قانون الموجبات والعقود

Manage GPT-4o translations for this law.

← Back to law details

EN translation

Status: Draft

Model: gpt-4o-2024-08-06

Provider: openai

Source version: 2025-10-04T18:11:35+00:00

Translation (editable Markdown/plain text)

Law of Obligations and Contracts

# On Obligations in General First

### Article 1

An obligation is a legal bond that gives a person or several natural or legal persons the status of debtor towards a person or several persons described as creditors.

## On Types of Obligations First

### On Civil Obligations and Natural Obligations First

##### Article 2

A civil obligation is one that the creditor can enforce against the debtor, while a natural obligation is a legal duty that cannot be enforced. However, its voluntary execution has the same significance and effects as the execution of a civil obligation.

##### Article 3

In the absence of a text, the judge may decide whether a moral duty constitutes a natural obligation or not, and a natural obligation cannot be contrary to a rule of public law.

##### Article 4

What a person knowingly does to fulfill a natural obligation cannot be reclaimed and is not considered a donation but is regarded as a fulfillment.

##### Article 5

A natural obligation is not extinguished by set-off.

##### Article 6

The acknowledgment of a natural obligation, even explicitly, does not convert it into a civil obligation. Such a conversion can only arise from the renewal of the contract.

##### Article 7

A natural debt cannot be secured by a personal guarantee or a mortgage as long as it remains a natural debt.

##### Article 8

The covenants made to ensure the execution of a natural obligation are subject, in terms of form and substance, to the provisions of contracts with consideration.

### On Obligations Involving Multiple Persons (Multiple Creditors or Debtors) Second

##### Article 9

An obligation may pertain to several obligees or obligors. Obligations of this kind are divided into concurrent obligations and joint obligations.

#### On Concurrent Obligations One

###### Article 10

The distribution of benefits and costs in concurrent obligations is necessarily based on the principle of equality between creditors and debtors, unless the contract stipulates otherwise.
In reality, the number of debts corresponds to the number of creditors or debtors, which is the matter that should be considered, especially in:
1 - Matters related to the right of litigation, as none of the creditors can exercise this right, nor can it be exercised against any of the debtors, except to the extent of the share that belongs to the creditor or the share that is upon the debtor from that obligation.
2 - Matters concerning the notification of each of the debtors or attributing the fault to them, as the notification and attribution of fault are carried out concerning each debtor individually.
3 - Matters related to assessing the conditions of nullity that may be personal to each party involved in the obligation.
4 - Matters concerning actions that interrupt the statute of limitations and the reasons that suspend its running.

#### On the Obligations of Solidarity Second

##### On Joint Obligations Among Creditors (Solidarity of Creditors) First

###### Article 11

Solidarity exists among creditors when two or more persons are holders of a single debt, each of whom has the right to demand payment of this entire debt, and the debtor, on the other hand, has the right to pay the debt to any one of them. This is what is called solidarity among creditors. However, the solidary creditor does not have the right to dispose of the entire debt but is considered authorized by the other creditors to preserve the portion that exceeds his share and to collect it from the debtors.

###### Article 12

Solidarity among creditors is not assumed but must arise from a legal contract, the law, or the nature of the act.

###### Article 13

The obligation of solidarity is extinguished towards all creditors by payment, compensation, deposit of the due item, or renewal of the contract towards one of the creditors. The debtor who pays one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others and is only discharged from the share of that creditor. The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in one person among the solidary creditors and in the debtor does not extinguish the obligation except concerning this creditor.

###### Article 14

The lapse of time that has occurred concerning the right of one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others. The error or delay of one of the solidary creditors does not harm the other creditors.

###### Article 15

The waiver of the debt by one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others and does not discharge the debtor except from the share of that creditor. The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in one person among the solidary creditors and in the debtor does not extinguish the obligation except concerning this creditor.

###### Article 16

If one of the creditors warns the debtor or enforces interest on the debt, all other creditors benefit from the result of his action.

###### Article 17

The actions that interrupt the lapse of time concerning one of the solidary creditors benefit the others. However, the reasons that suspend the lapse of time remain personal and specific to each of the creditors.

###### Article 18

The settlement concluded between one of the creditors and the debtor benefits the other creditors when it includes acknowledgment of the right or the debt. This settlement does not affect them when it includes the waiver of the debt or puts them in a difficult position unless they agree to it.

###### Article 19

If one of the solidary creditors grants the debtor a deadline, it does not affect the others unless the contrary is inferred from the instrument of obligation, the law, or the nature of the case.

###### Article 20

What each of the solidary creditors receives, whether by collection or settlement, becomes shared between him and the other creditors, and they share it according to their shares. If one of the creditors obtains a guarantee or assignment for his share, the other creditors have the right to share in what the guarantor or assignee pays, all this unless the contrary is inferred from the contract, the law, or the nature of the case.

###### Article 21

After payment, the total debt is divided into equal shares unless otherwise stipulated.

###### Article 22

The solidary creditor who, after collection, is unable to present the collected money due to his fault is liable to the other creditors according to their shares.

##### On Joint Obligations Among Debtors (Solidarity of Debtors) Second

###### General Provisions First

###### Article 23

The obligation is joint among the debtors when several debtors are bound by a single debt, and each of them must be considered in their relations with the creditor as a debtor for the entirety of this debt. This is referred to as "joint liability of the debtors." However, the joint liability does not prevent the division of the debt among the heirs of the jointly liable debtor.

###### Article 24

Joint liability among debtors is not inferred by implication but must be explicitly derived from the contract establishing the obligation, from the law, or from the nature of the case. However, joint liability is mandatory in obligations contracted between merchants in commercial matters unless the opposite is derived from the contract establishing the obligation or from the law.

###### Effects of Solidarity Second

###### Effects of Solidarity in the Creditor-Debtor Relationships 1

###### Article 25

If there is a cause for solidarity among the debtors, then all of them are obligated to the same thing but under distinct and independent bonds from each other, especially concerning:
1 -The validity of these bonds
2 -Their entitlement
3 -Their expiration

###### Article 26

Each of the joint debtors has the right to present defenses specific to them and common among all the debtors.

###### Article 27

The defenses specific to each of the debtors are those that one or several of them can present, particularly:
1 -The possible reasons for annulment (coercion, fraud, error, and incapacity), whether specific to one debtor or some of them
2 -The form (term or condition) that does not include what all have committed to.
3 -Reasons for the expiration of the obligation that did not occur for all.

###### Article 28

The common defenses are those that all the debtors in the joint obligation can present, particularly:
1 -Reasons for nullity (such as an unlawful subject and the lack of legally required forms, etc.) that include what all have committed to
2 -The form (term or condition) that includes what all have committed to
3 -Reasons for expiration that led to the discharge of the debt for all.

###### Article 29

Payment, performance of the substitute, deposit of the due item, or set-off that occurred between one of the debtors and the creditor, all discharge the obligation of the other obligors.

###### Article 30

The delay of the creditor concerning one of the obligors benefits the others from its consequences.

###### Article 31

The renewal of the obligation between the creditor and one of the obligors discharges the others unless they agree to the new obligation. If the creditor requires the acceptance of the debtors and they refuse, the previous obligation does not expire.

###### Article 32

The discharge of the debt for one of the joint debtors benefits the other obligors unless the creditor has declared that they only wish to discharge the debt for that debtor and to the extent of their share. In that case, the other debtors benefit only in proportion to the share of the debtor whose obligation was discharged.

###### Article 33

A creditor who agrees to divide the debt for the benefit of one of the debtors retains the right to claim the entire debt from the others unless otherwise stipulated.

###### Article 34

A settlement made between the creditor and one of the obligors benefits the others if it includes a discharge of the debt or another form of release, and it does not bind them or affect their position if they did not agree to it.

###### Article 35

The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in the person of the creditor and one of the debtors does not extinguish the obligation except concerning the share of that debtor.

###### Article 36

A judgment issued against one of the joint debtors does not have the force of res judicata concerning the other debtors. However, a judgment issued in favor of one of the debtors benefits the others unless it is based on a reason related to the person of the debtor who obtained the judgment. The reasons that suspend the statute of limitations may remain personal and specific to one of the creditors, but the reasons that interrupt the statute of limitations concerning one of the joint debtors also interrupt it concerning the others.

###### Effects of Solidarity in the Relationships Between Debtors 2

###### Article 37

If there is solidarity among the debtors, any of them can discharge the others' obligations:
1 - By paying the entire debt
2 - By offsetting a debt owed to him by the creditor against the total debt
3 - By assuming the obligation alone instead of the other debtors
4 - By swearing an oath, if necessary, that no debt is owed
5 - By obtaining from the creditor a discharge of the entire debt.

###### Article 38

Each of the joint debtors is responsible only for his own actions in fulfilling the obligation. A notice directed to one of them does not affect the others.

###### Article 39

The obligation of solidarity is divided by law concerning the relationships among the debtors themselves; among them, none is liable except in proportion to his share. The shares that the debtors are liable for under the provisions of the previous paragraph are equal except in the following cases:
1 - If the contract states otherwise
2 - If the interests of the debtors are not equal. If the interest in the debt belongs to one debtor alone, the others must be considered guarantors in their relationship with him.

###### Article 40

If a debtor in a solidarity obligation pays the entire debt, he has the right to seek recourse from the other debtors for what exceeds his share. He can then file a personal lawsuit or the lawsuit that the creditor was entitled to file, along with the associated securities if necessary. However, regardless of the lawsuit he files, he is only entitled to demand from each debtor the share that he must ultimately bear.

###### Article 41

If among the joint debtors there is a person or several persons who are absent or unable to pay, their share of the debt is borne by the present and capable debtors in proportion to what each must bear of the debt, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Termination of Solidarity Third

###### Article 42

Solidarity ceases when the creditor waives it.

###### Article 43

The waiver of solidarity can be either general and inclusive of all debtors or personal to one or several of them. If the waiver includes all debtors, the obligation is divided among them as a concurrent obligation is divided. If the waiver is personal and specific to one or several of the debtors, the creditor can only demand from those whose solidarity was waived their respective share. However, the creditor has the right to sue the remaining debtors for the entire amount of the debt in solidarity. If one of the debtors, who was not included in the waiver of solidarity, becomes insolvent, the remaining debtors, including those who benefited from this waiver, are responsible for fulfilling the debt owed by the insolvent debtor.

### On Successive and Non-Successive Obligations Third

##### Article 44

An obligation is successive if its subject matter is not fulfilled by a single act at once, but rather by abstention, continuous action, or a series of actions.

### On Positive Obligations and Negative Obligations Fourth

##### Article 45

The positive obligation is one where the debtor is required to perform or deliver something.

##### Article 46

An obligation to deliver is one where the subject is either the payment of a sum of money or other fungible items, or the creation of a real right.

##### Article 47

The obligation to deliver necessarily transfers the right of ownership of the item if it is a specified movable property.

##### Article 48

If the subject of the obligation to deliver is the creation of a real right in immovable property, the owner has the right to register it in the land registry.

##### Article 49

The obligation to deliver also includes the duty to hand over the item and to preserve it until delivery if it is a specified item.

##### Article 50

An obligation to act is one where the debtor is required to complete an act, particularly the delivery of something.

##### Article 51

A negative obligation is one where the subject is the abstention from performing an act.

### On Personal and Real Obligations Fifth

##### Article 52

Personal obligations are those that the debtor commits to personally and are thus guaranteed by the entirety of his possessions. Real obligations are those in which the debtor is not personally obligated nor is he a guarantor with the entirety of his possessions, but is obligated in his capacity as a manager of certain things or funds and is a guarantor only with respect to them.

### On Obligations with Multiple Subjects Sixth

##### Article 53

Obligations with multiple subjects are concurrent, alternative, or optional.

#### On Reciprocal Obligations First

###### Article 54

A concurrent obligation is one whose subject includes a number of things that must be fulfilled together, such that the debtor's liability is not discharged except by performing all of them.

###### Article 55

Concurrent obligations are subject to the rules applicable to simple obligations.

#### On Alternative Obligations Second

###### Article 56

An alternative obligation is one whose subject includes several things, and the debtor's obligation is fully discharged by performing one of them. The debtor alone has the right to choose unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 57

The choice is made simply by informing the other party, and once made, the chosen item is considered as if it were the original subject of the obligation.

###### Article 58

However, if the obligation has alternative subjects due at fixed terms, choosing one at a certain term does not prevent the entitled party from choosing another at a different term, unless the opposite is derived from the basic document, customary practice, or what is presumed to be the will of the parties.

###### Article 59

If the party with the right to choose dies before making a choice, their right transfers to their heirs. If they declare incapacity, the right of choice passes to the creditors. If the heirs or creditors do not agree, the other party may request a deadline for them, after which the right of choice passes to this party.

###### Article 60

The debtor's obligation is discharged by performing one of the promised items, but they cannot force the creditor to accept part of one item and part of another. The creditor is only entitled to demand the full performance of one item and cannot force the debtor to perform by delivering part of one and part of another.

###### Article 61

If only one of the subjects is executable, the obligation is or becomes a simple obligation.

###### Article 62

The alternative obligation is extinguished if all the subjects of the obligation become impossible at the same time without fault of the debtor and before their delay.

###### Article 63

If all the subjects of the obligation become impossible at the same time due to the debtor's fault or after their delay, the creditor may demand the price of the subject they choose from those subjects.

###### Article 64

If the debtor refuses to choose or if there are several debtors who do not agree on the choice, the creditor has the right to request the judge to set a deadline for them and to designate the item that must be performed if they do not choose within this period.

###### Article 65

If the right of choice belongs to the creditor and they are delayed, the other party has the right to request a sufficient deadline for the creditor to make a decision. If the deadline passes without a choice being made, this right passes to the debtor.

###### Article 66

If, in the situation referred to in the previous article, the execution of one of the subjects of the obligation becomes impossible due to the debtor's fault or after their delay, the creditor has the right to demand the subject that remains possible or compensation suitable for the damage resulting from the impossibility of executing that subject.

###### Article 67

If the execution of one of the subjects of the obligation becomes impossible due to the creditor's fault, it is considered as if they chose this subject, and they cannot demand what remains possible from the subjects.

#### On Optional Obligations Third

###### Article 68

An obligation is optional when one thing must be performed, with the debtor having the right to discharge their obligation by performing another thing. The thing required to be performed is, in the eyes of the law, the subject of the obligation that determines its nature, not the other thing by which the debtor can discharge their obligation by performing it.

###### Article 69

The optional obligation is extinguished if the thing that is its subject perishes without fault of the debtor and before their delay, and it is not extinguished if the thing whose delivery was made optional perishes.

### On Divisible Obligations and Indivisible Obligations Seventh

#### On Obligations That Are Indivisible One

###### Article 70

The obligation is indivisible:

First - Due to the nature of the subject when it is a thing or an act that is not subject to physical or moral division.

Second - By virtue of the instrument of obligation creation or by virtue of the law when it is understood from the instrument or the law that the execution of the obligation is not partial.

###### Article 71

If there are multiple debtors in an indivisible obligation, each of them can be compelled to pay the total amount, provided that they have the right to recourse against the other debtors. This rule applies to the heirs of someone who has contracted such an obligation, as the rule of hereditary division does not apply, contrary to the solidarity debt. Recourse against the remaining debtors can be either by filing a personal lawsuit or by filing the lawsuit that was the creditor's right, along with the associated securities.

###### Article 72

If there are multiple creditors in an indivisible obligation and there is no solidarity among them, the debtor can only pay all the creditors together. Each creditor cannot demand execution except in the name of all and with their authorization. However, each creditor may request, on behalf of all, the deposit of the due item or its delivery to a custodian appointed by the court if the item is not subject to deposit.

###### Article 73

The debtor of an indivisible debt and the defendant for the total obligation can request a delay to involve the other debtors in the lawsuit to prevent a judgment being issued against him alone for the total debt. However, if the debt can only be collected from the defendant debtor, a judgment may be issued against him alone, and he then has the right to recourse against his co-heirs or co-obligors according to each one's share.

###### Article 74

The interruption of the statute of limitations by one of the creditors in an indivisible obligation benefits the others, just as its interruption against one debtor is effective against the other debtors. Similarly, the reasons for suspending the statute of limitations apply to all.

#### On Divisible Obligations Second

###### Article 75

All obligations not specified in the first and second paragraphs of Article seventy are divisible.

###### Article 76

A divisible obligation must be executed between the creditor and the debtor as if it were indivisible, and divisibility is only considered if there are several creditors, each of whom can only claim their share of the divisible debt, or if there are several debtors, each of whom is only liable for a part of the debt. The same rule applies to heirs, who can only claim or be claimed for the share that belongs to or is owed by them from the estate debt.

###### Article 77

The debt divisible among debtors is not divided:
First - When the subject of the obligation is the delivery of a specific item in the possession of one of the debtors.
Second - When one of the debtors is solely entrusted with executing the obligation, either by virtue of the contract of creation or by a subsequent contract.
In both cases, the debtor in possession of the item or entrusted with execution can be claimed for the entire debt and has the right to seek recourse against their partners in the debt if necessary.

###### Article 78

The interruption of the statute of limitations, in the cases outlined in the previous article, for the debtor who can be claimed for the entire debt, applies to all other obligors.

### On Primary Obligations and Additional Obligations Eighth

##### Article 79

If there are two obligations, one is considered primary and the other additional if the first is the basis for the second, especially in the following cases:

First - When one obligation is a legal result of the other, such as the obligation to compensate for damage resulting from the non-fulfillment of a previous obligation.

Second - When one obligation is contracted in consideration of the other obligation (such as a penalty clause, guarantee, or mortgage).

##### Article 80

The additional obligations mentioned in the second paragraph of the previous article are extinguished with the primary obligation because they are linked to it, unless otherwise stipulated by law or by agreement of the parties.

### On Conditional Obligations Ninth

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 81

A condition is a future uncertain event upon which the creation or extinction of an obligation depends, and it has retroactive effect unless the contrary is derived from the will of the parties or from the nature of the obligation. In the first case mentioned in the previous paragraph, it is called a suspensive condition, and in the second case, it is called a resolutory condition. A past or present event, even if unknown to the parties, is not considered a condition in the sense intended in this article.

###### Article 82

The stipulation of an impossible thing or one contrary to morals or law is void and nullifies the agreement contingent upon it. The subsequent possibility of the condition, whether materially or legally, does not render the agreement valid. However, the matter is different if the impossible or unlawful condition is considered as if it was not written, provided the parties did not attribute decisive importance to it and it was not the motivating reason for the creation of the obligation.

###### Article 83

Any condition that restricts or prevents the exercise of rights inherent to every person, such as the exercise of marriage rights or civil rights, is void. However, this provision does not apply to the case where one of the parties refrains from practicing a trade or profession for a certain time or in a limited place. The condition of remaining a widow is valid if justified by legitimate reasons, and the right to assess these reasons belongs to the judge.

###### Article 84

An obligation is void if its existence is made dependent solely on the will of the obligor (which is a purely potestative condition). However, the parties or one of them may reserve the right to declare within a specified period whether they wish to maintain or terminate the contract. This reservation cannot be stipulated in the acknowledgment of debt, in a gift, in the remission of debt, or in a forward sale.

###### Article 85

If the period is not specified in the case mentioned in the previous article, each party may require the other party to declare their decision within a reasonable period. If the period expires without the party declaring their desire to terminate the contract, the contract becomes final from the date of its conclusion. If the party clearly declares to the other party their desire to terminate the contract, the agreement is considered as if it never existed.

###### Article 86

If the party who reserved the right to terminate dies before the expiration of the period and has not expressed their will, their heirs have the right to maintain or terminate the contract within the period that remained for their predecessor. If the heirs disagree, those who wish to maintain the contract cannot force the others to accept it, but they may take the entire contract for their own account.

###### Article 87

If the party who reserved the right to terminate becomes insane or loses legal capacity for another reason, the court, upon the request of the other party or other interested parties, appoints a special guardian for this purpose. The guardian, with the court's authorization, decides whether to accept or terminate the contract according to the interests of the incapacitated person. In the case of bankruptcy, the trustee in bankruptcy or other representatives of the creditors' group automatically assume guardianship.

#### In which cases the condition is considered fulfilled or not fulfilled Second

###### Article 88

If an obligation is contracted and is contingent upon the occurrence of an event within a certain time, this condition is considered unfulfilled if that time elapses without the event occurring, and the court is absolutely not allowed to grant an extension of the period in this case. If no time limit is set, the condition can be fulfilled at any time and is not considered unfulfilled unless it becomes certain that the event will not occur.

###### Article 89

If an obligation permissible by law is contracted on the condition that an event does not occur within a certain time, this condition is considered fulfilled if that time passes without the event occurring or if it becomes certain before the specified time that it will not occur. If there is no specified time, the condition is not fulfilled unless it becomes certain that the event will not occur.

###### Article 90

A condition whose fulfillment depends on the participation of a third party in the work or on an act by the creditor is considered unfulfilled if the third party refrains from participating or the creditor from completing the specified act, even if the impediment is not dependent on their will.

###### Article 91

The condition is considered fulfilled when the debtor, who is conditionally obligated, unjustly prevents the occurrence of the event or is delayed in completing it.

###### Article 92

The condition that is fulfilled has no effect if the event occurred through the deceit of the person who had an interest in the occurrence of this event.

#### On the Effects of the Suspension Clause Third

###### Article 93

An obligation contracted under a suspensive condition does not accept compulsory execution nor voluntary execution, and time does not pass on it as long as the condition is pending. However, the creditor can undertake precautionary measures, the most specific of which is registering the mortgage securing his debt when necessary, requesting the application of the line, placing seals, and creating reports and schedules.

###### Article 94

An obligation contracted under a suspensive condition, while the condition is still pending, can be transferred either specifically or generally.

###### Article 95

The obligor under a suspensive condition cannot, before the realization of this condition, perform any act that would prevent the exercise of the creditor's rights or make it more difficult in the event the condition is fulfilled. After the suspensive condition is fulfilled, the acts performed by the obligor during that time are void to the extent that they harm the creditor, except for rights lawfully acquired by a third party in good faith.

###### Article 96

If the subject of the obligation under a condition is destroyed or damaged before the condition is fulfilled, the following rules apply:
If the entire thing is destroyed and its destruction is not due to a reciprocal contract, the thing is considered destroyed at the debtor's expense, meaning he has no right to demand the creditor to execute the reciprocal thing. If the thing is damaged or its value decreased without any act or fault of the debtor, the creditor must accept it in its condition without a reduction in price. If the entire thing is destroyed due to the fault or act of the debtor, the creditor has the right to claim compensation for damages. If the thing is damaged or its value decreased due to the act of the debtor, the creditor may choose either to accept the thing in its condition or to cancel the contract. In both cases, the right to claim compensation for damages is not forfeited when necessary, unless the parties have stipulated otherwise.

#### On the Effects of the Cancellation Clause Fourth

###### Article 97

The cancellation condition does not suspend the execution of the obligation but merely obliges the creditor to return what was taken upon the fulfillment of the condition. If unable to return it for a reason for which they are responsible, they are liable for damages. However, they are not required to return the products and increments. Any provision requiring them to return the products is considered null and void.

###### Article 98

The rule stipulated in the second paragraph of Article 95 applies to obligations contracted under a cancellation condition concerning the actions performed by the one whose rights are annulled upon the fulfillment of the condition, except for legally acquired rights of a third party in good faith.

###### Article 99

If the cancellation condition is fulfilled, the actions performed by the creditor during that time become void, except for administrative actions, which remain valid in any case.

### On Obligations with a Term Tenth

#### General Provisions First

###### Article 100

Obligations can be conditioned by a term, and the term is a future event certain to occur, which may suspend the maturity or extinguishment of the obligation without retroactive effect. If the time at which this event will occur is known in advance, the obligation is considered to have a certain term; otherwise, it is considered to have an uncertain term.

#### On Obligations with Deferred Terms Second

##### General Provisions One

###### Article 101

An obligation with a deferred execution or a deferred term is one whose execution is suspended until the term is due. If no term is specified or inferred from the nature of the case, execution can be requested immediately.

###### Article 102

The term period begins from the date of the contract if the parties or the law have not specified another date. In obligations arising from a crime or quasi-crime, the term period begins from the date of the judgment that determines the compensation owed by the debtor.

###### Article 103

The day that marks the start of the term period is not counted, and the term calculated in days ends at the end of the last day of the term period.

###### Article 104

If calculated by weeks, months, or years, the due date falls on the corresponding day by name or order of the week, month, or year, to the day the contract was concluded.

###### Article 105

If the due date falls on a legal holiday, it is postponed to the next non-holiday day.

###### Article 106

The deferred term is either legal or granted. The legal term is established in the contract creating the obligation or in a subsequent contract or derived from the law, and the granted term is one given by the judge.

###### Article 107

The legal term is explicit or implicit: it is explicit if expressly stipulated, and implicit if inferred from the nature of the obligation.

###### Article 108

The deferred term not only makes the obligation not due for payment but also prevents the statute of limitations from applying as long as the term has not expired. However, if the obligation has been executed, there is no basis for reclaiming what was not due.

###### Article 109

The deferred term is set for the benefit of the debtor unless the contrary is inferred from the circumstances, the contract's text or nature, or the law.

###### Article 110

If the term is set for the benefit of the creditor or for the mutual benefit of both parties, it prevents the debtor from voluntarily executing the obligation.

###### Article 111

A creditor with a term can, upon maturity, use all precautionary measures to safeguard their rights and request a guarantee or other forms of security, or resort to precautionary seizure when there are valid reasons to fear the debtor's insolvency, bankruptcy, or flight.

###### Article 112

The party who solely benefits from the term can waive it at their discretion.

###### Article 113

A debtor who benefits from the term loses the right to benefit from it:
1- If they go bankrupt or become insolvent.
2- If they commit an act that diminishes the special securities given to the creditor under the contract creating the obligation, a subsequent contract, or the law. If the diminution of those securities is due to a reason beyond the debtor's control, the creditor has the right to request additional security. If not obtained, the creditor has the right to demand immediate execution of the obligation.
3- If the debtor does not provide the securities promised in the contract.

###### Article 114

The death of the debtor makes all their obligations with a term due for payment, except for debts secured by real securities.

##### Provisions Related to the Granted Term Second

###### Article 115

The judge may take into consideration the debtor's situation if he is in good faith and grant him, with extreme caution, moderate timeframes to fulfill the obligation and order the suspension of proceedings while keeping everything as it is, unless there is a contrary legal provision.

###### Article 116

Contrary to the legal deadline, the granted timeframe does not prevent the set-off when necessary.

#### On Obligations with a Suspensive Term Third

###### Article 117

The obligations whose subject is to perform a continuous act or a series of successive acts have the effect of a term being a condition subsequent.

###### Article 118

An obligation with a condition subsequent has the effects of a simple obligation as long as that term has not occurred. Upon its occurrence, the obligation is terminated only with respect to the future.

## On the Sources of Obligations and Their Validity Conditions Second

### General Provisions and Legal Obligations First

##### Article 119

Obligations arise:
1 - From the law
2 - From unlawful acts (such as a crime or quasi-crime)
3 - From unjust enrichment
4 - From legal acts.

##### Article 120

Legal obligations are those that derive directly from the law and nothing else, such as obligations existing between neighboring property owners or maintenance debts imposed by law on certain relatives or in-laws. Since these obligations arise independently of the will of the parties involved, they do not require the existence of capacity at all unless the law states otherwise.

### Unlawful Acts (Crime or Quasi-Crime) Second

##### Article 121

An offense is an act that harms the interest of others intentionally and without right, while a quasi-offense is an act that affects the interest of others without right but unintentionally.

#### On the Causes of Liability Arising from Crime or Quasi-Crime First

##### On Liability Arising from Personal Acts First

###### Article 122

Any act by a person that results in unlawful harm to the interest of another obliges the perpetrator, if they are discerning, to compensate. A person lacking legal capacity is responsible for unlawful acts committed with awareness, and if the damages are caused by a non-discerning person and the injured party cannot obtain compensation from the person responsible for that individual, the judge has the right, considering the condition of both parties, to award fair compensation to the perpetrator of the harm.

###### Article 123

A person is liable for damage resulting from their negligence or lack of foresight, just as they are liable for damage arising from an act they commit.

###### Article 124

A person is also obliged to compensate if they harm another by exceeding, during the exercise of their right, the limits of good faith or the purpose for which this right was granted.

##### On Liability Arising from the Act of Others Second

###### Article 125

A person is certainly responsible for the damages caused by other individuals for whom they are responsible, and their number is limited and confined.

###### Article 126

Parents and guardians are responsible for any unlawful act committed by minor children residing with them and under their authority. Teachers and employers are responsible for the damage resulting from unlawful acts committed by students or apprentices while under their supervision, provided that the government assumes liability instead of members of the official teaching staff. Liability attaches to the aforementioned persons unless they prove that they could not have prevented the act that caused it. Liability remains even if the perpetrator of the damage is not responsible due to lack of awareness.

###### Article 127

The master and guardian are responsible for the damage caused by unlawful acts committed by the servant or ward during work or due to the work for which they were employed, even if they were not free in their choice, provided they have actual authority over them in supervision and management. This liability applies to legal entities as well as natural persons.

###### Article 128

It is possible, even in cases not previously mentioned, for a person to be responsible for the act of another person, but only if a specific fault is proven against them, not as an absolute responsibility. In such a case, they are not responsible for the act of another but for their own fault.

##### On Liability Arising from Animal Acts Third

###### Article 129

The keeper of an animal is responsible for the damage caused by their animal, even if it has strayed or escaped. This liability also applies in the absence of a contrary provision, even if the keeper and the injured party are bound by a prior contract, such as an employment contract. The liability is only lifted from the keeper if evidence of force majeure or a mistake committed by the injured party is provided.

###### Article 130

As for damages caused by wild animals, the owner of the land or the farmer is not liable unless there is proof of a specific mistake committed by them through action or negligence.

##### On Liability Arising from Inanimate Objects Fourth

###### Article 131-معدلة

The guardian of movable and immovable objects is responsible for the damages caused by those objects even when they are not under his actual management or supervision, such as a car while driving, an airplane while flying, or an elevator while in use. This strict liability is not removed unless the guardian proves the existence of a force majeure or a fault by the injured party. It is not sufficient for the guardian to prove that he did not commit a fault, and the existence of a prior contract between the guardian and the injured party does not prevent the application of liability arising from the objects unless there is a legal provision to the contrary.

###### Article 132

If the damage results from several objects, such as the collision of two cars, the strict liability is removed and replaced by ordinary liability based on personal action.

###### Article 133

The owner of a building is responsible for the damage caused by its collapse or the collapse of a part of it when the cause of this incident is a lack of maintenance of the building, a defect in its construction, or its age. This liability also applies to the owner of the surface if the ownership of the surface is separate from the ownership of the land. However, if the maintenance of the building is the responsibility of a person other than the owner, the liability remains with the owner, but he has the right to seek recourse against that person and can involve him in the liability lawsuit. All these rules must be applied even if the owner and the injured party are bound by a prior obligation, unless there is a legal provision to the contrary.

#### On the Compensation Amount and Its Nature Second

###### Article 134

The compensation owed to the victim of a crime or quasi-crime must essentially be equivalent to the damage suffered. Moral damage is considered just as material damage is, and the judge may take into account the aspect of affection if it is highlighted by a legitimate kinship or familial connection. Indirect damages should also be considered, provided they are clearly connected to the crime or quasi-crime. Generally, only current damages are included in the compensation calculation, but the judge may, as an exception, consider future damages if their occurrence is certain and if he has the necessary means to estimate their true value in advance.

###### Article 135

If the victim has committed an error that partially mitigates the liability of the opponent but does not eliminate it, the liability should be distributed in a way that leads to a reduction in the compensation awarded to the victim.

###### Article 136

Compensation is generally in the form of money and is allocated as damages. However, the judge has the right to assign it in a form that better serves the interest of the victim, making it in kind, and it can particularly be in the form of publication in newspapers.

###### Article 137

If the damage is caused by several persons, joint liability exists among them:
First - if there is participation in the act
Second - if it is impossible to determine the proportion of damage caused by each person.

#### Provisions Related to Criminal and Quasi-Criminal Liability Third

###### Article 138

No one can completely or partially absolve themselves from the consequences of their fraud or gross negligence by including a clause that negates or mitigates their liability, and any clause included for this purpose in any contract is inherently void.

###### Article 139

Clauses that negate liability and risk clauses are valid and enforceable to the extent that they absolve the drafter of the clause from the consequences of their unintentional actions or mistakes. However, this absolution is limited to material damages and does not apply to damages affecting individuals, as human life and personal safety are above any agreement.

### On Illicit Gains Third

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 140

Whoever unjustly gains a profit that harms others is obliged to return it.

###### Article 141

The obligation of the gainer towards the one from whom the gain was made is not realized in this manner and based on this principle unless the following conditions are met:
First - The alleged gainer must have obtained a gain, whether this gain is direct or indirect, material or moral.
Second - The one from whom the gain was made must have lost in exchange for this gain in property or money transferred from him or in a service he performed.
Third - The realized gain and the corresponding loss must be devoid of a legal reason on which they are based.
Fourth - The one from whom the gain was made must have no other means to obtain his demand except the right of action based on the occurrence of the gain, and this right is secondary compared to other legal means.

###### Article 142

The gainer is only obliged to return the amount of the gain he has on the day of the claim, unless the law provides otherwise. The situation is different if the gainer was in bad faith at the time of the gain, in which case he becomes responsible for everything he gained, regardless of any events that occur afterward, such as destruction, transfer, or deterioration. In this case, he bears all risks and is obliged to return all the results he gained or should have gained, and he is only entitled to claim necessary expenses.

#### On Payment of What is Not Due Second

###### Article 143

Anyone who mistakenly believes they are indebted and pays what is not owed due to a legal or factual error has the right to demand restitution from the beneficiary.

###### Article 144

There is no basis for restitution:
First - If the obligation is civil and contingent upon a term that has not yet matured, even if the debtor believed it was due for payment. In this case, there is no right to claim interest for the period between payment and maturity.
Second - If the obligation is purely natural or moral and the payer was at least aware of the true situation at the time of payment.
Third - If the beneficiary was in good faith at the time of payment and has destroyed or invalidated their document, deprived themselves of the guarantees securing their debt, or allowed time to pass in favor of their actual debtor.

###### Article 145

Restitution is possible:
First - If the obligation is contingent upon a condition unknown to the debtor and not fulfilled.
Second - If the debtor can counter the creditor's claim with a decisive argument of which they were unaware.
Third - If they believed themselves obligated by a civil obligation while the obligation imposed on them was purely moral or natural.

###### Article 146

The rules established for unjust enrichment in general apply to the payment of what is not owed.

### On Legal Acts Fourth

##### Article 147

A legal act is one that is intended to produce legal effects, particularly to create obligations. A legal act that creates obligations may be issued by one party (such as a declaration of intent by one party) or may be an agreement, in which case it is referred to as a contract.

#### On Acts Issued by One Party (Negotiorum Gestio) One

###### Article 148

A single will, even if clearly and formally declared, is fundamentally incapable of creating binding relationships as long as it is not coupled with another will representing independent or opposing interests. However, exceptionally and in limited cases specified by law, obligations may arise from the will of one party, such as an offer to contract (see Article 179) or contracting for the benefit of a third party (Article 227) or agency without authority.

##### General Principles First

###### Article 149

An act is considered voluntary when a person, on their own initiative, manages the affairs of another knowingly and without authorization with the intention of acting on behalf of that other person. If it happens that a person manages the interests of another unknowingly, believing they are managing their own property, the matter is then subject to the rules of unjust enrichment, not the rules of voluntary agency.

###### Article 150

Legal acts, like material acts, can be the subject of a voluntary agent's work.

###### Article 151

The voluntary agent performs their work with a spirit of selflessness or with the intention of benefiting, especially while performing their job or profession. A person lacking legal capacity cannot be a voluntary agent. If they perform a voluntary act, they are only liable to the owner to the extent of their gain.

###### Article 152

The work of the voluntary agent ends with their death, as the obligations of their heirs are subject to the provisions of Article 820 related to agency.

###### Article 153

If the voluntary agent is mistaken about who the owner is, the rights and obligations arising from their work are established between them and the true owner.

###### Article 154

When the owner expressly or implicitly approves the work of the voluntary agent, the rights and obligations between the parties are subject to the provisions of agency from the start of the work concerning the parties themselves, and from the time of approval concerning third parties. In the absence of approval or until it occurs, those rights and obligations are subject to the provisions of Article 161 and the following articles.

###### Article 155

The voluntary agent is subject to the provisions related to agency concerning acts for which they had a specific agency.

##### Obligations of the Intervener Second

###### Article 156

The intermeddler must attend to his work with the care of a good father and act according to the known or presumed will of the owner of the property. He is responsible for any error, even if minor, but he is only required to exercise the same care he applies to his own affairs:
First - When his intervention is to prevent imminent serious harm threatening the owner of the property.
Second - When he is an heir completing work started by his predecessor.

###### Article 157

The intermeddler must continue the work he started until the owner of the property is able to complete it himself, unless the cessation of the intermeddling does not harm the interest of the owner of the property.

###### Article 158

He is bound by the obligations imposed on an agent concerning the presentation of accounts and the return of what he received through his management.

###### Article 159

The intermeddler who intervenes in the affairs of another contrary to the known or presumed will of the owner of the property, or performs actions contrary to his presumed will, is liable for all damages arising from his actions, even if no fault can be attributed to him.

###### Article 160

However, the violation of the will of the owner of the property cannot be invoked if the urgent necessity compelled the intermeddler:
1- To fulfill an obligation on the owner of the property arising from the law that the public interest requires to be fulfilled.
2- To fulfill a legal obligation related to providing food, funeral expenses, or other necessary obligations.

##### Obligations of the Capital Owner Third

###### General Provisions 1

###### Article 161

The owner of the property whose affairs have been managed beneficially is obligated towards the intermeddler and towards others with the obligations stipulated in Article 163 and the following articles. This provision must be applied even if the owner of the property does not possess legal capacity. The management of the work is considered good if, at the time of execution, it conforms to the rules of good management.

###### Article 162

In all cases where the owner of the property is not obliged to recognize the expenses incurred by the intermeddler, the latter has the right to remove the improvements he made, provided that no damage results from their removal, and to retrieve the items he purchased that were not accepted by the owner of the property.

###### Obligations of the Principal towards the Intervener 2

###### Article 163

The owner of the property, in the case provided for in Article 161, must relieve the intermeddler from the consequences of his management and compensate him for what he advanced or lost in accordance with the provisions related to agency.

###### Article 164

The owner of the property is not obliged to return anything when the intermeddler has undertaken the work without the intention of claiming back what he advanced, and the existence of such intention is assessed:
1- If the intermeddling was contrary to the will of the owner of the property, except in the cases provided for in Article 60.
2- In all other cases where it is clearly derived from the circumstances that the intermeddler did not intend to claim back what he advanced.

#### On Contracts Second

##### General Provisions First

###### Article 165

An agreement is any meeting of wills to produce legal effects, and if it aims to establish binding relationships, it is called a contract.

###### Article 166

The law of contracts is subject to the principle of freedom of contract, so individuals can arrange their legal relationships as they wish, provided they observe the requirements of public order, public morals, and mandatory legal provisions.

###### Article 167

Contracts are divided into:
1- Reciprocal contracts and non-reciprocal contracts
2- Contracts with consideration and gratuitous contracts
3- Consensual contracts and formal contracts
4- Contracts of consent and contracts of approval
5- Individual contracts and group contracts
6- Possession contracts and insurance contracts
7- Named contracts and unnamed contracts.

###### Article 168

A non-reciprocal contract is one that obligates one or more parties towards another party or parties without any exchange of obligations, so that some are only creditors and others only debtors. A reciprocal or bilateral contract is one where each party is obligated towards the other in a reciprocal manner according to the agreement made between them. If one party is initially obligated and the other party is exposed to bearing some obligations later due to special circumstances or upon the execution of the contract, the contract does not lose its non-reciprocal nature (as in deposit, loan for use, and pledge).

###### Article 169

A contract with consideration is one that is made for the benefit of all contracting parties, who derive benefits from it that are perceived as balanced (such as sale, barter, lease, employment contract, and interest-bearing loan). A gratuitous contract is one made for the benefit of one party without the other party expecting a benefit that perceptibly equals the sacrifice they agreed to (such as a gift, loan for use, and interest-free loan).
The contract retains its gratuitous nature even if the benefiting party is obligated to some costs or obligations, even if they are for the benefit of the beneficiary (such as a gift with charges), as the contract must be viewed as a whole and according to the spirit in which it was created. A contract with consideration can be reciprocal (such as sale and barter) or non-reciprocal (such as an interest-bearing loan), and similarly, a gratuitous contract may obligate only one party (such as an ordinary gift) or both parties (such as a gift with charges).

###### Article 170

A commutative contract is one where the importance of the obligations is determined initially in a fixed manner, allowing each contracting party to know at the time of contracting the extent of the benefits they will gain and the amount of sacrifice they agreed to. An aleatory contract is one where the nature of one or several obligations or the existence of the obligations is contingent upon an event whose uncertainty prevents such an assessment (such as an insurance contract or a life annuity contract).

###### Article 171

Consensual contracts are those whose formation is not contingent upon a specific apparent condition, but it suffices that the consent of the contracting parties is fully expressed in any form. However, if the law requires that this consent be expressed in a specific form, such as the creation of an official document, the contract is formal. Essentially, contracts are formed by the mere voluntary consent of the contracting parties and do not need to be presented in any formal format unless a legal provision requires it.

###### Article 172

A contract of consent is one where the terms are freely discussed and negotiated between the contracting parties (such as ordinary sale, lease, barter, and lending). When one party merely accepts a proposed system offered to them and is not legally or practically allowed to negotiate its contents, the contract is then called a contract of approval (such as a contract for transportation with a railway company or an insurance contract).

###### Article 173

An individual contract is one that requires the unanimous acceptance of the contracting parties, even if it concerns a large number of real or legal persons.
A group contract is one imposed by a majority on a minority, binding people who did not accept it (such as a collective employment contract or a settlement in bankruptcy).

###### Article 174

Possession contracts are those intended to introduce new value to the property of the contracting parties or some of them. Insurance contracts are those intended to maintain the condition of that property in its entirety.

###### Article 175

Contracts are named if the law has assigned them a specific name and form, and the rules established in the first section of this law apply to both named and unnamed contracts. However, the rules mentioned in the second section do not apply to unnamed contracts except by analogy and considering the proportionality between them and the specific named contracts.

##### Essential Elements of Contracts or Conditions of Their Validity Second

###### Article 178

Consent in contracts is the meeting and agreement of two or more wills to establish binding relationships between the contracting parties, and it consists of two elements:
First - Offer or proposal
Second - Acceptance, which also requires, except in contracts of agreement, negotiations that may be long and multifaceted.

###### Article 176

The consent of the contracting parties is the core and cornerstone of every contract, indeed of every agreement in a broader sense.

###### Article 177

It is indispensable:
First - For the actual existence of consent
Second - For it to encompass one or several subjects
Third - For there to be a reason for it
Fourth - For it to be free from certain defects
Fifth - For it to be proven, in some cases, in a specific form.

###### On Consent First

###### On Offer or Proposal 1

###### Article 179

An explicit or implicit offer does not bind its author in principle, meaning that he can, if he wishes, retract it. His death or loss of legal capacity renders the offer void. The situation is different when it is derived from the nature of the offer, the circumstances under which it was made, or the text of the law that the offeror intended to bind himself. In such cases, the offer must continue for the period specified by its author or derived from custom or law, despite his death or loss of legal capacity. This is especially the case:
1- If the offer is explicitly accompanied by a deadline.
2- If the offer is in commercial matters.
3- If the offer is made by correspondence.
4- If it is a promise of a reward.

###### On Acceptance 2

###### Article 180

Acceptance, like an offer, can be explicit or implicit. Silence is considered acceptance when the offer pertains to a transaction that previously existed between the parties, and the buyer's silence after receiving goods is considered acceptance of the terms specified in the invoice.

###### Article 181

The person to whom the offer is made is generally free to refuse and bears no consequences for declining to contract. However, the situation is different if they have created a condition that invites the offer (such as a merchant towards the public, a hotel owner, a restaurant owner, or an employer towards employees). In such cases, the refusal to contract must be based on reasons worthy of acceptance. Otherwise, the refusal is arbitrary, and they may be held liable for this.

###### Article 182

Acceptance only constitutes a contract if it fully matches the offer, as it is a response to it. A response that is conditional or restricted is considered a rejection of the offer with a proposal for a new offer.

###### At the Time of Consent and Contract Formation 3

###### Article 183

Among present persons, consent is considered to exist and the contract is established at the time when acceptance is coupled with the offer between the contracting parties who agree on the terms of the contract, unless they agree to establish the contract in a specific form they have chosen for it (Article 220, paragraph 3).

###### Article 184

If negotiations are conducted by correspondence or through a messenger between absent parties, the contract is considered established at the time and place where acceptance is issued by the person to whom the offer was addressed.

###### Article 185

A contract established through telephone conversation is considered equivalent to a contract established between present persons, and its establishment is determined by the will of the contracting parties or by the judge according to the circumstances of the case.

###### On the Subject Second

###### Article 186

The true subject of every contract is the creation of obligations, however, this purpose is only achieved if the obligations themselves have subjects that possess certain qualities.

###### Article 187

The subject can be an act (this is an obligation to act) or an abstention (this is an obligation to refrain) or a transfer of ownership or the creation of a real right (this is an obligation to perform).

###### Article 188

The absence of a subject results in the non-existence of the contract. However, the subject may be a future thing, but it is not permissible to renounce an unearned inheritance, nor to create any contract on this inheritance or on any of its items, even if the heir consents, otherwise the act is null and void.

###### Article 189

The subject must be sufficiently specified and must be possible and lawful.

###### Article 190

The specification must cover the nature and quantity of the subject, but it is sufficient to specify the type of thing and for the contract to include what allows the quantity to be determined later.

###### Article 191

Any contract that obliges something or an act that is impossible is void if such impossibility is absolute and cannot be overcome. However, impossibility that is only from the debtor's side does not prevent the validity of the contract. The obligation that is not executed then turns into compensation for damages.

###### Article 192

Any contract that obliges something not permitted by law or not in accordance with morals is void, and something that is not considered property among people cannot be the subject of an obligation. However, when applying this rule, it must be considered that commerce has a relative meaning, for example, some properties may not be the subject of certain transactions, although they may perfectly well be included in other transactions.

###### Article 193

A person may promise the act of another, but this promise only binds the promisor and does not affect the third party, who retains complete freedom.

###### On the Cause Third

###### Article 194

A distinction is made between the cause of the obligation and the cause of the contract.

###### On the Cause of Obligation 1

###### Article 195

The cause of the obligation lies in the motive that directly drives it in an unchanging manner, and it is considered an inseparable part of the contract, such as the reciprocal obligation in bilateral contracts, the performance in real contracts, and the intention of donation in gratuitous contracts. As for contracts with non-reciprocal consideration, the cause is the existing obligation, whether civil or natural.

###### Article 196

An obligation that has no cause, or has an incorrect or unlawful cause, is considered as if it never existed, leading to the contract it pertains to being deemed nonexistent as well. What has been paid can be recovered.

###### Article 197

The cause is incorrect if a party commits to something based on an imaginary reason they mistakenly believed existed. The apparent cause does not inherently invalidate the contract; the contract remains valid if the true cause of the obligation is lawful.

###### Article 198

An unlawful cause is one that contravenes public order, morals, and mandatory legal provisions.

###### Article 199

Every obligation is presumed to be based on a true and lawful cause, even if not explicitly stated in the contract. The declared cause is considered valid until proven otherwise, and if evidence is presented showing the cause is invalid or unlawful, the party claiming the existence of another lawful cause must prove their assertion.

###### On the Cause of the Contract 2

###### Article 200

The cause of the contract lies in the personal motive that led the contracting party to establish the contract, and it is not considered an inseparable part of the contract but differs in each type of contract even if they belong to the same category.

###### Article 201

If the cause of the contract is unlawful, the contract is originally void.

###### On Defects of Consent Fourth

###### Article 202

Consent is considered defective or completely absent in certain cases if it is given due to a mistake, obtained by deceit, extracted by intimidation, or if there is gross unfairness or lack of capacity.

###### Mistake 1

###### Article 203

If the mistake concerns the nature of the contract or the true subject of the obligation, it prevents the formation of the contract itself, and the contract is considered as if it never existed.

###### Article 204

Consent is considered defective and the contract voidable:
First - If the mistake concerns the essential qualities of the thing.
Second - If the mistake concerns the identity of the person or their essential qualities in contracts where the creation depends on the person of the contractor.
Third - If the mistake concerns the effectiveness of the cause of the obligation (such as creating a covenant for a previous obligation thought to be civil when it was only natural).

###### Article 205

A mistake does not affect the validity of the contract if it was not the motivating factor, especially if this mistake concerns:
First - Incidental or secondary qualities of the thing or person.
Second - The value of the thing, except in cases of gross disparity (Article 214).
Third - Mere motives that led one of the contracting parties to contract.
Fourth - Numbers or calculations, in which case correction is legally required, but the contract remains valid.

###### Article 206

A legal mistake is considered and defects consent just like a practical mistake.

###### Article 207

A mistake concerning the essential qualities of the thing does not invalidate the contract unless it originates from both parties and is part of the stipulation. However, a mistake concerning the person is considered even if it originates from only one party.

###### Deception 2

###### Article 208

Deception does not absolutely negate the existence of consent, but it vitiates it and leads to the annulment of the contract if it was the motivating factor and the reason for the deceived party to contract. However, incidental deception that led to changes in the terms of the contract and was not the motivating factor for its creation gives the deceived party the right to claim compensation for damages only.

###### Article 209

Deception that led to the creation of the contract does not lead to its annulment unless the party who committed it harmed the interest of the other party. As for deception committed by a third party, it also invalidates the contract if the other party was unaware of it, and the deceived party only has the right to claim compensation for damages from the deceiver.

###### Fear 3

###### Article 210

Any contract formed under the pressure of fear resulting from physical violence or threats directed at the debtor, their property, spouse, or any of their ascendants or descendants is void. There is no need to distinguish whether this pressure comes from one of the contracting parties, a third party, or circumstances outside the contract. However, in the latter two cases, the coerced party wishing to escape the contract may be required to compensate the other party if the latter acted in good faith. This compensation should be proportional to what fairness dictates.

###### Article 211

Fear only invalidates consent if it is the reason for it. To understand its nature and effect, consideration should be given to the personality of the coerced person (such as their age, whether they are a woman or a man, their level of education, and their social status).

###### Article 212

Fear arising from respect for a father, mother, or other ascendants is not sufficient to invalidate a contract, nor is the use of legal means, as long as this use is legitimate, meaning that its purpose is merely to obtain what is due.

###### Unfairness 4

###### Article 213

Unfairness is the disparity and lack of balance between the obligations set for the benefit of one party and the obligations imposed on the other party in contracts with consideration.

###### Article 214

Unfairness does not fundamentally invalidate the consent of the aggrieved party. However, the contract becomes voidable in the following cases:
First - If the aggrieved party is a minor.
Second - If the aggrieved party is an adult and the unfairness has two characteristics:
The first is that it is gross and deviates from the usual norm,
The second is that the beneficiary intended to exploit the distress, recklessness, or lack of experience of the aggrieved party. To the extent specified above, even aleatory contracts can be annulled due to unfairness.

###### On Incapacity 5

###### Article 215

Every person who has reached the age of eighteen is competent to commit, unless declared incompetent by a legal provision.

###### Article 216

The actions of a person completely devoid of the power of discernment are voidable (such as a minor or an insane person) and are considered as if they never occurred. However, the actions of persons who lack full capacity but have discernment are voidable (such as a discerning minor). The party contracting with the person lacking capacity cannot invoke the right to annulment; this right belongs to the person lacking capacity, their agent, or their heirs. If the contract created by the discerning minor is not subject to a special form, the minor can only obtain its annulment if they prove they were under duress. However, if a special procedure is required, the annulment is effective due to that, without the claimant needing to prove duress.

###### Article 217

A minor legally authorized to engage in trade or industry cannot benefit from the previous provisions but is treated as having reached the age of majority within the scope of their trade and to the extent necessary.

###### Article 218

Any interested party has the right to object to the incompetence of those legally placed under guardianship.

###### General Provisions for Defects in Consent 6

###### Article 219

The burden of proof is on the one who claims the defect, and the soundness of consent is presumed, as well as the capacity of the contracting parties.

###### On the Conditions of the Format Fifth

###### Article 220

The rules that apply to the forms of contracts are specified for each category of them. Where there is no such specification, the contract is concluded merely by the agreement of the contracting parties. However, it may happen that the agreement does not produce all its effects and is not enforceable against a third party except by adopting certain means of publicity, which are of public significance and without which the effect of the contract cannot extend beyond the circle of the contracting parties or their general successors in rights. On the other hand, if the contracting parties agree to place the contract in a special form not required by law, such as a written form, the contract is not concluded and does not produce its effects, even between the contracting parties, until it is placed in that form.

##### On the Effects of Contracts Third

###### Article 221

Contracts established in a legal manner bind the contracting parties. They must be understood, interpreted, and executed in accordance with good faith, fairness, and custom.

###### Article 222

Contracts include those who have generally acquired the rights of the contracting parties, and their effects are primarily for or against them, either immediately (like creditors) or after the death of the contracting parties or one of them (like heirs and legatees of the entire estate or a part thereof in general terms).

###### Article 223

The contracting parties are not necessarily the persons whose names appear in the contracts and who sign them, as these may have acted as agents or intermediaries. In such cases, the contract does not take effect on the person represented but on the person being represented, making this person a creditor or debtor instead of the agent or intermediary.

###### Article 224

The situation is different if the agent acts in appearance under his own name and his name is borrowed without revealing his agency. Those dealing with him in this manner cannot sue anyone else, nor can anyone else sue them. The rules of agency and representation apply only to the relationships between the undisclosed agent and the principal.

###### Article 225

A contract does not primarily produce effects on a third party, meaning it cannot grant this person rights or make them a debtor. The contract has a relative effect confined to the contracting parties or those who have generally acquired their rights.

###### Article 226

However, this rule does not allow exceptions from the negative aspect. A promise concerning a third party binds the promisor if he undertakes to persuade them to consent and takes the matter upon himself. The third party remains entirely free to agree or refuse (Article 193). Refusal to consent does not make the person liable for anything at all, but it makes the promisor liable for compensation for not fulfilling the obligation he explicitly or implicitly undertook. As for consent, its effects between the contracting parties begin from the day of the contract and have no effect on the third party until the day it is obtained.

###### Article 227

The relative nature of contracts allows for exceptions from the positive aspect, as one may contract in his own name for the benefit of a third party, making this person a creditor to the obligor under the contract itself. Contracting for the benefit of others is valid and applicable:
First - When it relates to an agreement created by the contractor for his own benefit, whether financial or moral.
Second - When it is a condition or a gratuitous act between living persons or a gratuitous act in a will accepted by the contractor for the benefit of another person (a donation with a condition).

###### Article 228

Contracting for the benefit of others can be for the benefit of future persons or persons not currently specified, provided that their identification is possible when the agreement produces its effects.

###### Article 229

Contracting for the benefit of others only requires compliance with the formalities necessary for the validity of the agreement in which it is incorporated. Therefore, it is not subject to the formalities of a gift between living persons, even if it is a pure donation to the third-party beneficiary.

###### Article 230

The third-party beneficiary of such a contract becomes immediately and directly a creditor to the obligor.

###### Article 231

The contractor for the benefit of others has the right to withdraw from his contract as long as the third-party beneficiary has not accepted it explicitly or implicitly. The withdrawal can also be explicit or implicit, and the exercise of this right is exclusive to the contractor himself, not to his creditors or heirs.
However, such withdrawal does not necessarily discharge the debtor's obligation, as, unless there is a contrary provision or legal impossibility, he remains obligated towards the contractor who, by this means, has retained for himself or his heirs the benefit of an arrangement made for the benefit of a third party (such as a life insurance contract for the benefit of others).

##### On the Dissolution of Contracts Fourth

###### Article 232

The contract may be terminated before its due date and before its full execution either due to a defect that occurred at the time of its creation or due to circumstances that followed its creation. In the first case, it is void, and in the second, it is annulled or rescinded.

###### On the Nullification of the Contract First

###### Article 233

The annulment of the contract is always due to an original defect that affected it at the time of its creation (such as error, fraud, duress, unfairness, and lack of capacity), and only the court may rule for annulment, which then has a retroactive effect. However, the contract remains valid and continues to produce its usual effects as long as the annulment has not been declared judicially.

###### Article 234

The right to file an annulment lawsuit is only for the persons for whom the law has established annulment for their benefit or protection. This rule specifically excludes those who contracted with these persons, and this right transfers to the heirs of its owner.

###### Article 235

The right to file this lawsuit is extinguished by the statute of limitations after ten years unless the law has specified another period for a specific case. The mentioned period does not start from the day the defective contract was created but from the day the defect was removed. For example, in cases of error and fraud, the period starts from the day the aggrieved party discovered them. In the case of duress, it starts from the day it ceased, and in the case of loss of capacity, from the day it was completely restored. If the contracting party was insane, the ten-year period does not start until he comprehends the contract that was previously created, and the mentioned statute of limitations is based on the implicit confirmation of the contract by the owner of the annulment lawsuit, as it is considered that he has waived filing it.

###### Article 236

The confirmation of the contract can be expressed in another form, explicitly or implicitly, and then appears as an actual confirmation, not presumed. However, explicit confirmation is only effective if the confirmation document includes the essence of the contract, the defect it had, and the intention to waive the annulment lawsuit. Implicit confirmation is inferred from every situation and behavior from which it can be deduced that the owner of that lawsuit has waived it.

###### Article 237

Confirmation, regardless of its form, whether presumed, explicit, or implicit, erases the defect that was in the contract, so no one can use this defect as an argument to object by any means, whether as a defense or a claim. Confirmation includes the waiver of all means that could have been used to object to the contract, except for the rights acquired by a third party in good faith.

###### On the Dissolution of the Contract Due to Circumstances Occurring After Its Formation Second

###### Article 238

The dissolution may have a retroactive effect and is then called annulment, or its effect may be limited to the future and is then called termination.

###### On the Cancellation of the Contract 1

###### Article 239

The cancellation of the contract occurs either due to a cancellation clause included in it, or by virtue of an assumed intention of the contracting parties (such as an implicit nullifying clause), or due to the lapse of an obligation or several obligations due to the impossibility of their execution (rules of risk of loss).

###### Article 240

The fulfillment of the cancellation condition dissolves the contract retroactively in accordance with the provisions of Article 99, except for administrative acts, which remain valid and in effect. With this restriction in mind, the situation is restored to what it should have been if the dissolved contract had never been concluded at all, and this dissolution occurs automatically without judicial intervention.

###### Article 241

The existence of a cancellation condition is presumed in all reciprocal contracts if one of the contracting parties fails to fulfill their obligation and cannot claim the impossibility of execution unless there is an exception stipulated by law. However, the contract is not automatically canceled in this case. The party whose rights have not been fulfilled has the option between compulsory execution in some form and contract cancellation with a claim for compensation. Fundamentally, this cancellation is only by a judge's ruling, who examines in the case of partial execution whether the deficiency in this execution is significant enough to justify the cancellation of the contract. The judge may, even in the case of non-execution, grant the debtor extension after extension based on their good faith. The contracting parties have the right to agree among themselves that the contract, in the event of non-execution, is automatically canceled without judicial intervention. This condition does not dispense with a warning intended to officially establish non-execution. It is also possible to agree on the non-requirement of such a procedure, and in this case, the clause exempting from judicial intervention and warning must be formulated in clear and explicit terms.

###### Article 242

The cancellation due to non-execution of the obligation produces the effects that arise from the fulfillment of an explicit cancellation condition.

###### Article 243

If the execution of an obligation or several obligations becomes impossible without the debtor's fault, that obligation or those obligations lapse due to impossibility in accordance with the provisions of Article 341. If the matter concerns obligations arising from a reciprocal contract, the corresponding obligations lapse with the lapse of their counterparts, as if the contract were automatically dissolved without judicial intervention. In other words, the risks fall on the debtor of the thing that has become impossible, bearing the loss without being able to seek recourse against their contracting party. The situation is different if the debtor has already fulfilled their essential obligations. The contract, despite the impossibility of executing secondary obligations, remains in effect. The debtor, whose obligation is discharged by force majeure, can still demand the other party to fulfill their obligation. In this manner, a seller of a specified item who has transferred the sold item to the buyer can demand the price, so the risks in this case fall on the creditor of the obligation whose execution has become impossible.

###### Article 244

If the contract is dissolved due to the impossibility of execution, there is no place for compensating the losing party, so the risks of the incident fall on them.

###### On Contract Termination 2

###### Article 245

Contracts cannot generally be rescinded except by the mutual consent of all who created them, except for contracts that terminate upon the death of one of the contracting parties, regardless of rescission in its true sense. This consent can be explicit or implicit, or by the arrival of the specified term for the contract's termination.

###### Article 246

Rescission by one party becomes possible if it is stipulated in the contract or in the law. Accordingly, a lease contract can be created for a specific duration, granting either or both parties the right to rescind it before the set term. Similarly, some contracts, such as agency and partnership, may be rescindable by one party at their sole discretion.

###### Article 247

A rescinded contract does not cease to have effect until the date of its rescission, and this rescission does not apply retroactively. Thus, the effects it produced remain definitively acquired.

###### Article 248

The party rescinding the contract is liable for compensation for damages if they misuse their right to rescind, i.e., if they use it contrary to the spirit of the law or the contract.

## On the Effects of Obligations Third

### Execution of the Obligation by Specific Performance First

##### Article 249

As much as possible, obligations must be fulfilled in kind, as the creditor has an acquired right to receive the subject of the obligation itself.

##### Article 250

This rule applies not only to obligations of performance but also to obligations of action and obligations of abstention. The creditor has the right to request the court to authorize him to execute the obligation of action himself at the debtor's expense. He also has the right to request the removal of what was done contrary to the obligation of abstention, also at the debtor's expense.

##### Article 251

However, this treatment cannot be applied to obligations that require the debtor himself to perform the work in kind. In such cases, the creditor has the right to request that the debtor be fined for each day, week, or month of delay or for each breach committed, in order to coerce the recalcitrant debtor and break his inertia. After the obligation is fulfilled in kind, the court has the right to waive the fine or to retain an amount that compensates the creditor for the damage caused by the unlawful abstention of the debtor.

### On Substitute Execution, i.e., Payment of Compensation for Damages Second

##### Article 252

If the obligation to deliver the specific item is not performed completely and perfectly, the creditor has the right to take compensation in place of the specific performance due to not obtaining the best. If the compensation is made in exchange for the final failure to perform, whether partially or completely, it is called compensation. However, if specific performance is still possible because the debtor was only delayed in completing his obligations, the compensation given to the creditor is called delay compensation.

#### Conditions Required for Entitlement to Compensation for Damage and Loss (Debtor's Delay) First

###### Article 253

To be entitled to compensation for damages:
First - It must be attributed to the debtor.
Second - The damage must have occurred.
Third - The debtor must have been warned for his delay, except in exceptional circumstances.

###### Article 254

In the case of a contract, the debtor is responsible for non-performance of the obligation, unless he proves that performance has become impossible in the circumstances outlined in Article 341, in which case he is discharged from liability due to the impossibility of performance.

###### Article 255

In some contracts, and as an exception, the debtor is not responsible merely for not performing the contract, but liability is contingent upon his committing a fault that the creditor must prove, and the law specifies the degree of its importance.

###### Article 256

The conditions for attributing damage, in the absence of a contract, are specified in Article 122 and the following articles.

###### Article 257

The delay of the debtor, without which he is not liable to pay compensation for damages, primarily results from a warning sent to him by the creditor in some manner. However, it must be in writing (such as a registered letter, telegram, notice, or filing a lawsuit against him in court, even if it is not competent), and this warning is obligatory regardless of the nature of the obligation or the origin of the compensation for damages.

###### Article 258

The warning is no longer required:
1- When performance becomes impossible.
2- When the obligation is due immediately for the benefit of the debtor, even partially.
3- When the subject of the obligation to be performed is the return of something the debtor knows is stolen or has acquired knowingly in an unlawful manner. In the three aforementioned cases, the debtor is automatically in a state of delay without any intervention from the creditor.

#### On Determining Compensation for Damages Second

###### Article 259

The determination of the value of compensation for damage is primarily made by the judge and may be stipulated by law or by agreement between the contracting parties.

##### Judicial Appointment First

###### Article 260

The compensation for damages must be exactly equivalent to the actual damage or lost profit.

###### Article 261

Indirect damages are considered just like direct damages, but only if their connection to the non-performance of the obligation is fully proven.

###### Article 262

In the case of a contract, compensation only includes damages that could have been foreseen at the time of the contract's creation, unless the debtor has committed fraud.

###### Article 263

Moral damages are considered just like material damages, provided that their monetary valuation is reasonably possible.

###### Article 264

Future damages can be considered under the conditions and criteria specified for criminal compensation in Article 134, paragraph six.

##### Legal Appointment Second

###### Article 265

If the subject of the obligation is a sum of money, the compensation for delay shall be by paying interest on the due amount calculated at the legal rate, unless there is a contrary provision in the contract or in the law. However, if the debtor is in bad faith, additional compensation may be granted to the creditor who was harmed by the unlawful refusal.

##### Appointment by Agreement (Penalty Clause) Third

###### Article 266

The contracting parties may determine in advance in the contract or in a subsequent document, the value of compensation for damages in the event the debtor fails to fulfill the obligation in whole or in part. The penalty clause is set to compensate the creditor for the damages incurred from the non-fulfillment of the obligation. Therefore, the creditor is not entitled to claim both the principal and the penalty together, unless the penalty clause was set merely for delay or as a means to coerce the debtor into fulfillment. The judge has the right to reduce the coercive penalty if found excessive, and the judge may reduce the compensation specified in the penalty clause if part of the original obligation has been fulfilled.

###### Article 267

The penalty clause is valid and enforceable even if it effectively serves as a clause exempting liability. However, the case of fraud committed by the debtor is an exception.

### On the Means Granted to the Creditor to Enable the Execution of the Obligation Due to Them (Right of Retention - Direct Action - Indirect Action - Paulian Action) Third

##### Article 268

The creditor has a general lien on the debtor's assets as a whole, not on individual properties. This right, which grants the creditor the status of the general successor of the debtor, does not give him the right of pursuit or preference. Ordinary creditors are fundamentally equal, with no distinction between them based on the dates their rights arose, unless there are legitimate preference reasons arising from the law or agreement.

##### Article 269

The creditor's lien has characteristics, each of which is a means at his disposal to enable him to obtain what he is entitled to. Some of these means are purely precautionary, some aim directly at compulsory execution, and there is a third category of means that are intermediate between the previous two, designed to pave the way for compulsory execution and prepare its causes.

##### Article 270

Precautionary measures such as sealing, registering the mortgage, and interrupting the running of time can be invoked by any creditor, even if his right is contingent upon a term or condition.

##### Article 271

Execution measures, on the contrary, may not be used by the creditor unless his right is due. The most specific of these measures is the execution seizure, and also includes the method of fining (Article 251) and the right of retention, which is the right of any person who is both a creditor and a debtor in the same transaction or situation to refrain from execution as long as the other party has not offered to fulfill his obligation.

##### Article 272

The right of retention is not limited to those who are creditors and debtors under a reciprocal contract but also exists in any situation where the debt is connected to its subject, i.e., where there is a correlation between the obligation required and the debt related to the person exercising the right of retention for the obligation. This right of retention belongs, for example, to the possessor, the investor, or the holder of the pledged item without distinction between movable and immovable property, nor between the good-faith and bad-faith retainer. However, the right of retention is denied to the holder of lost or stolen items and the holder of items taken by force from their rightful owner.

##### Article 273

The right of retention ceases with the cessation of possession because it is based on it. However, the creditor has the right, if the item is taken from him secretly or by force, to request the restoration of the situation to its previous state, provided that this request is made within thirty days from the date he became aware of the taking.

##### Article 274

The right of retention, subject to the aforementioned special condition, does not grant its holder the right of pursuit or preference, but it can be invoked against everyone, meaning that the retainer has the right to refuse to relinquish the item regardless of the identity of the objector.

##### Article 275

The intermediate means that pave the way for the execution of the creditor's lien without completing that execution are: the indirect lawsuit, the Paulian action, and the right to distinguish between two properties.

##### Article 276

Creditors have the right to use all the rights of their debtor and to file all lawsuits related to him, except for the rights and lawsuits related to his person alone, especially those whose subject matter falls outside their lien. However, they cannot use this privilege to take his place in managing his property, as he remains in control of its management despite the poor state of his affairs. Creditors may directly sue on behalf of their debtor without first conducting any procedure to substitute him in the rights and lawsuits related to him, even if they do not have an enforceable title. However, they cannot initiate such litigation unless their debt is due. The results of the lawsuit are shared among all creditors without granting any privilege to the creditor who initiated the lawsuit over the others.

##### Article 277

The situation is different if the law grants creditors the exceptional right to file a direct lawsuit, as its results belong to the plaintiff alone, and he is not required to share the profit with other creditors. However, this procedure can only be conducted if it is stipulated by an explicit provision interpreted in its limited sense.

##### Article 278

Creditors whose debts have become due have the right to request in their own names the annulment of contracts made by the debtor that undermine their rights and were the cause of his inability to pay or exacerbated this inability. However, contracts where the debtor was merely negligent in gaining profit are not subject to annulment. This lawsuit, called the "Paulian action," may involve persons whom the debtor contracted with deceitfully. However, it cannot be filed against persons who acquired their rights in exchange for consideration unless their collusion with the debtor is proven. Only the person or persons who filed this lawsuit benefit from its results, to the extent necessary to protect their rights. As for any excess, the contract remains valid and continues to produce all its effects. This lawsuit is barred by the passage of time after ten years.

### On Substitute Execution, i.e., Payment of Compensation for Damages Second

## On the Transfer of Obligations Fourth

#### Article 279

Obligations are transferred upon death or between living persons unless there is an impossibility arising from a legal provision or from the obligation being purely personal and related to the person of the contractor. The transfer due to death is subject to the rules of inheritance, whether by will or otherwise. As for the transfer between living persons, it is subject to the following rules, with a distinction made between the transfer of obligations viewed from the positive aspect (transfer of the creditor's debt) and the transfer of obligations viewed from the negative aspect (transfer of the debtor's debt).

### Transfer of the Creditor's Debt First

##### Article 280

A creditor may assign a debt to another person unless such assignment is prohibited by law, by the will of the contracting parties, or because the obligation is purely personal and established between two specific persons in a manner that does not allow for change.

##### Article 281

It is permissible to assign rights that are conditional, even if they are purely prospective. The assignment of a disputed right, for which a lawsuit has been filed, becomes valid provided the debtor consents to the creditor's assignment of the debt. The effects of this assignment remain subject to the provisions of Article 3 of the law issued on February 17, 1928.
However, the assignee cannot be evaded when they have a legitimate reason for acquiring the disputed rights, such as being an heir with the assignor or a partner in ownership or a creditor to them.

##### Article 282

The assignment is completed between the contracting parties from the moment of their agreement unless the assignment is gratuitous, in which case the formalities related to gifts between living persons must be observed.

##### Article 283

The transfer is not considered effective with respect to a third party, especially the debtor whose debt has been assigned, unless this assignment is notified to the debtor or the debtor declares in a document with a registered date that they have accepted the assignment. Until one of these actions is completed, the debtor may discharge their obligation to the assignor.
If the assignor has made two successive assignments of the same debt, the assignee who first acts in accordance with the law is preferred over the other, even if their contract is of a later date.

##### Article 284

The assignor must deliver the debt instrument to the assignee and grant them all means available to prove and obtain the assigned right. The assignor guarantees to the assignee—except in the case of a gratuitous assignment—the existence of the assigned right at the time of the assignment and the validity of this right, but does not guarantee the debtor's solvency. If the agreement specifies otherwise regarding the debtor's solvency, the provision must be limited to the present solvency and the liability limited to the value of the consideration for the assignment, unless there is a contrary declaration.

##### Article 285

The assignment transfers to the assignee the debt with all its accessories, such as guarantees, privileges, mortgages, and real securities, in accordance with the forms and conditions stipulated in the Property and Real Rights Law. It also transfers all defects attached to the debt and its inherent characteristics, allowing the debtor to raise defenses and objections that they could have raised against the assignor. The situation is reversed if the debtor has agreed to the transfer unconditionally: they are then considered to have waived the defenses they previously held.

##### Article 286

The aforementioned rules apply not only to the assignment of a creditor's debt but also to the assignment of rights in general, unless there is a contrary provision in the law or the nature of the right prevents their application.

### Transfer of the Debtor's Debt Second

##### Article 287

The transfer of a debtor's obligation occurs either by agreement between the creditors and the person assuming the obligation or by agreement between the latter and the debtor. In the second case, the effect of the transfer remains suspended pending the creditor's approval. The contracting parties may, as long as the approval has not been given, modify or cancel their agreement, and if the creditor does not approve the transfer, it becomes void.
If the creditor approves, the transfer has a retroactive effect from the day the agreement was made between the debtor and the person to whom the obligation was transferred. Approval can only be given after the contracting parties notify the creditor of the transfer.
Approval must be given within the period specified in the notification, and if no period is specified, within a time deemed sufficient for decision-making. If the period expires, the approval is considered refused.

##### Article 288

Real securities remain in effect after the transfer of the obligation. However, personal securities are extinguished unless the guarantors agree to the concluded agreement.

##### Article 289

The grounds for defense and means of defense inherent to the obligation transfer from the debtor to the person assuming the obligation. However, the means specific to the previous debtor cannot be invoked by the new debtor, who is entitled to present grounds for defense and means of defense specific to themselves.

## On the Extinction of Obligations Fifth

#### Article 290

Obligations are extinguished:
First - By their execution, which is the natural way of extinguishing them (payment).
Second - By a measure or event that ensures the creditor obtains a benefit other than what he is entitled to request (such as payment by performance of a substitute, renewal of the obligation, set-off, and merger of debts).
Third - By reasons that extinguish the obligation or may extinguish it regardless of the creditor obtaining any benefit (such as impossibility of performance, discharge from the debt, and the passage of time).

#### Article 291

The extinction of the principal obligation leads to the extinction of the subsidiary obligations and the movable securities that were associated with the debt, and results in the right to erase the records associated with the immovable securities.

### On the Extinction of the Obligation by its Execution (Payment) First

#### To Whom and By Whom Payment Must Be Made One

###### Article 292

The debtor must personally fulfill the obligation when it is inferred from the contract text or the nature of the debt that it is incumbent upon him to perform it himself. In other cases, any person may execute the obligation without the debtor's knowledge, and the creditor cannot object to this intervention.

###### Article 293

Execution must be carried out in the presence of the creditor or his legally authorized agent or the person appointed for this purpose. Execution to a person without authority does not discharge the debtor except in the following cases:
First - If the creditor agrees.
Second - If the creditor benefits from the incorrect execution. The debtor is discharged to the extent of the creditor's benefit.
Third - If payment is made in good faith to a person who appears to have the status of the creditor, such as an apparent heir.

###### Article 294

A creditor who unjustifiably refuses the payment offered to him under conditions conforming to the rules is considered in default from the time his refusal is officially recorded. From that time, the risk of the thing's destruction or deterioration falls on the creditor, and interest on the debt ceases. Additionally, the debtor is then entitled to deposit the subject of the obligation, transferring the burden of costs and risks to the creditor, thereby discharging his obligation.

###### Article 295

If the subject of the obligation is an act, not the delivery of something, the debtor has the right, from the time the creditor is in default, to rescind the contract according to the provisions related to the debtor's default.

###### Article 296

When the due item is depositable, this deposit is made at the place and under the conditions specified by the court of the place of payment. If the item is not depositable, such as being perishable or its preservation entails excessive costs, the debtor may, after obtaining the judge's permission, sell it publicly and deposit the proceeds.

###### Article 297

The debtor may retrieve the deposited item as long as the creditor has not declared acceptance of the deposit. In this case, the debt returns with all its accessories.

###### Article 298

The cost of the deposit is borne by the creditor when the deposit is legitimate.

#### With What is the Execution Carried Out Second

###### Article 299

The specific thing due must be fulfilled, and the creditor cannot be forced to accept something else, even if it is of higher value. If the thing is only specified by its type, the debtor is not required to provide it from the highest type, but he is not allowed to provide it from the lowest type.

###### Article 300

The debtor cannot force the creditor to accept partial fulfillment, even if the obligation is divisible, because fulfillment in this sense is indivisible. This rule can be deviated from by applying the rules of set-off or by exercising the right of division concerning guarantors. The judge has the right to grant the well-intentioned debtor a grace period for fulfillment, making the debt payable in installments over a long or short period, depending on the circumstances.

###### Article 301

When the debt is a sum of money, it must be fulfilled in the currency of the country. In normal times, when dealing is not mandatory in paper currency, the contracting parties remain free to stipulate fulfillment in specific metallic money or foreign currency.

#### Place and Time of Execution Third

###### Article 302

The debt must be paid at the place specified in the contract. If there is no explicit or implicit condition in this regard, payment must be made at the debtor's place of residence. However, if the obligation involves a specific item, execution must occur where the item was at the time the contract was made.

###### Article 303

The creditor cannot be forced to accept payment before the due date unless the term is set solely for the benefit of the debtor. If there is no specific term or one implied by the nature of the case, the obligation can be executed and demanded without delay. Execution must occur on the due date, taking into account the provisions of Article 105.

#### On the Expenses of Fulfillment and Establishing Evidence Thereof Fourth

###### Article 304

The expenses of fulfillment shall be borne by the debtor.

###### Article 305

Fulfillment is usually proven by the receipt issued by the creditor to the debtor. It is self-evident for its date with respect to the contracting parties themselves. If there is no receipt, evidence can be extracted either from the creditor's records and household documents or from the annotations written by the creditor at the bottom or margin of the debt instrument.

###### Article 306

The debtor who has made full payment has the right to request, in addition to the receipt, the delivery of the instrument itself to him or its destruction. If the payment is partial, he can request, in addition to the receipt, that the amount paid be noted on the debt instrument kept by the creditor.

#### On the Effects of Payment (Designation of the Payment Party - Payment with Creditor Substitution) Fifth

###### Article 307

If a debtor owes several debts to a single creditor, the debtor may declare at the time of payment which debt they wish to settle. If no declaration is made, the choice is up to the creditor, provided they make this choice without delay in the receipt itself, unless the debtor objects.

###### Article 308

The debtor's choice is subject to certain restrictions: if there is no agreement with the creditor, the debtor cannot, in the case of partial payment, allocate this payment to the principal before settling the interest, nor can they prefer to settle a debt that is not yet due over one that is due.

###### Article 309

If there is no explicit allocation by either party, the payment must be considered as pertaining to the debt that is due, not to the debt that is not yet due. If there are several debts due, the payment is allocated to the debt that is in the debtor's interest to settle first, otherwise to the debt that is the most burdensome. In the absence of any other reason for allocation, the payment covers the debts proportionally to their amounts.

###### Article 310

Payment extinguishes the debt absolutely and finally with respect to all parties concerned. Payment may be limited to transferring the debt if it is accompanied by substitution, in which case it is considered that the debt is paid in full or in part by a person who should not bear the entire burden definitively, thus replacing the creditor who received their right to enable recourse against the original debtor or the co-obligors.

###### Article 311

Substitution occurs either by law or by the will of the creditor or debtor.

###### Article 312

Substitution is legal in the following cases:
First - For the benefit of the ordinary creditor or the mortgagee or the insurer who settles the rights of another creditor with priority over them. However, substitution concerning rights subject to registration in the land registry is only effective after completing this registration.
Second - For the benefit of the person obligated to pay with others (as in joint or indivisible obligations) or the person obligated to pay on behalf of others (such as a guarantor or a third party holding the mortgaged property) if compelled to pay or if the payment is in their interest.
Third - For the benefit of the heir who settled the estate's debts from their own funds.

###### Article 313

A creditor who accepts payment from a third party can substitute them in their rights, and substitution must then occur explicitly at the time of payment at the latest. However, the date of the receipt document containing the substitution is not considered fixed concerning other persons regarding the substitution until the date becomes valid.

###### Article 314

Substitution is valid when the debtor borrows an amount of money to settle their obligations and grants the lender, to secure their money, all the rights that belonged to the original creditor who was paid. In such a case, it is required:
First - That the borrowing document and the receipt document have a valid date.
Second - That it is declared in the borrowing document that the money was borrowed for the purpose of settlement and declared in the receipt document that the settlement was made with the borrowed money.
Third - That it is declared that the lender replaces the creditor whose debt was settled in their rights. The creditor's consent is not required for the validity of this transaction.

###### Article 315

Legal or contractual substitution allows the substitute creditor to assume the rights of the creditor whose debt was settled, but it does not grant them the status or position of the assignor. They are not entitled to file a warranty claim against the creditor whose debt was settled. They only replace them to the extent of the money they paid and in proportion to it. If they are obligated with others, they cannot sue their co-obligors except for each one's share and portion. The substitute creditor, in addition to the right to file claims arising from the substitution, is entitled to file a personal claim arising from their intervention as an agent or volunteer.

###### Article 316

In the case of partial payment, the substitute shares with the creditor in exercising the rights pertaining to each of them in proportion to what is owed to each, and their debts are settled from the debtor's funds in proportion to each one's share.

#### Payment by Transfer (Check) Sixth

###### Article 317

Payment by transfer (check) remains subject to the provisions of the law issued on April 7, 1330 (1914), which is still in force.

### Methods of Extinguishing the Obligation by Which the Creditor Gains a Benefit Other Than What They Were Entitled to Request Second

#### On Fulfillment by Providing Compensation One

###### Article 318

The debt is extinguished if the creditor accepts, instead of execution, the performance of something other than what was due to him. If any doubt arises and the creditor does not object or does not express any reservation at the time of performance by rendering the substitute, the creditor is considered, until proven otherwise, to have accepted that performance and acknowledged it as discharging the debtor's obligation.

###### Article 319

The rules of sale are principally applied to the performance by rendering a substitute, especially the rules related to warranty and the capacity of the contracting parties. However, the rules of performance are applied by analogy and as far as possible, particularly concerning the designation of the party responsible for performance.

#### On the Renewal of the Obligation Second

###### Article 320

Renewal is the replacement of the original obligation with a new obligation. The existence of the renewal of the obligation cannot be presumed but must be explicitly derived from the contract.

###### Article 321

The creditor must be competent to dispose of their right, and the debtor must be competent to commit.

###### Article 322

Renewal is not completed unless both the old and new obligations truly exist and have no cause for absolute nullification. However, the mere potential for nullification of this debt or that does not prevent renewal; its effects remain as long as nullification has not been adjudicated. A debt subject to nullification can be replaced with a valid obligation if the party entitled to nullification is aware of the situation, thus considered to have waived their right to initiate it. A natural obligation can be replaced through renewal with a civil obligation.

###### Article 323

Renewal occurs only by introducing a new element into the obligation. The change may involve either the person of one of the contracting parties, the subject of the obligation, or the legal basis from which the obligation is derived.

###### Article 324

Renewal is not inferred from changing the form of the obligation, changing the place of performance, issuing a negotiable instrument, or adding other persons to the obligors.

###### Article 325

Renewal extinguishes the original obligation and its accessories for all parties, and guarantors and other obligors can agree to be subject to the terms of the new obligation. An explicit provision may be stipulated to attach mortgages, privileged rights, and movable pledges to the new debt under the same conditions that guaranteed the extinguished obligation, but this is only possible if the owner of the property subject to the mortgage or privilege consents to this attachment.

###### Article 326

Delegation is an authorization given by one person (called the delegator) to another person (called the delegatee) to contract an obligation towards a third person (called the delegatee). It does not necessarily imply the existence of a prior obligation between the contracting parties, and this transaction is not presumed nor does it lead to the renewal of a prior obligation that linked the delegator to the delegatee or the delegator to the delegatee. If there is no specific provision, the new obligation merges alongside the previous obligations (this is called incomplete delegation).

###### Article 327

If the intention of the contracting parties is to replace the previous obligation or obligations with a new obligation (complete delegation), the delegator's liability towards the delegatee is immediately discharged, provided that the new obligation undertaken by the delegatee is valid and that the delegatee is solvent at the time of delegation.

#### On Set-off Third

###### Article 328

If there are two persons, each of whom is both a creditor and a debtor to the other, each of them has the right to offset the other with what he owes to the extent of the lesser amount of the two debts.

###### Article 329

Offsetting only occurs between debts that involve money or items of the same kind of fungibles.

###### Article 330

Only liquidated and due debts are subject to offsetting. However, a grace period granted by the judge does not prevent offsetting. It is not necessary for both debts to be payable in the same place. However, circumstances that prevent payment generally prevent offsetting.

###### Article 331

Offsetting occurs regardless of the reasons for one of the debts, except in the following cases:
1- When claiming the return of something taken without right from its owner
2- When claiming the return of a deposit or a loan for use
3- If there is a debt that cannot be seized
4- If the debtor has previously waived the offsetting.

###### Article 332

Offsetting does not occur automatically but upon the request of one of the parties, and it extinguishes the debt on the day the necessary conditions for invoking it are met, regardless of matters that may have occurred thereafter, such as the expiration of one of the obligations due to the passage of time.

###### Article 333

Offsetting essentially acts as payment when invoked, but only to the extent of the lesser debt, and it extinguishes the accessories of the obligation (such as mortgage of real estate and movable property, guarantee, etc.) in proportion to its extinguishment of the obligation itself. However, the extinction of rights subject to registration in the land registry only occurs with the erasure of that registration.

###### Article 334

A guarantor may request offsetting with what the creditor owes to the principal debtor, but the principal debtor may not request offsetting with what the creditor owes to the guarantor. Similarly, a joint debtor cannot invoke the existence of another debt owed to one of his partners in the debt, owed by the creditor. However, if the guarantor or joint debtor invokes offsetting after becoming creditors to the creditor, the offsetting extinguishes the debt of the principal debtor or all other debtors. They have the right to invoke offsetting.

###### Article 335

Offsetting does not affect the rights of a third party previously acquired.

###### Article 336

When there are several debts subject to offsetting between two persons, the rules established for determining the direction of payment apply.

#### On Merger of Obligations Fourth

###### Article 337

When the conflicting attributes of creditor and debtor converge in a single obligation and in a single person, their convergence creates a union that extinguishes the obligation to the extent of this union. If the cause of the union ceases and its cessation has retroactive effect, the debt, along with all its accessories, is reinstated for all parties as if the union had never occurred.

### Extinction of the Obligation for Reasons That Apply Regardless of Any Benefit to the Creditor Third

#### General Provisions First

###### Article 344

Obligations are extinguished by the creditor's retirement who fails to invoke their rights over a period of time.

#### Principle of Prescription and Its Duration Second

###### Article 345

The statute of limitations does not automatically apply; it must be invoked by the party in whose interest it is. It can be invoked at any stage of the trial, even for the first time on appeal. The judge cannot apply the statute of limitations on their own initiative.

###### Article 346

A creditor cannot waive the statute of limitations in advance, nor can they extend or shorten its duration, but they can waive it after it has been obtained. The waiver can be explicit or implicit. If the waiver is fraudulent, the creditors can seek to annul it by filing a Paulian action.

###### Article 347

Every joint debtor and guarantor has the right to invoke the statute of limitations against the creditor, and another creditor of the debtor can invoke it indirectly.

###### Article 348

The statute of limitations does not begin until the debt becomes due. The period is calculated in days, not hours, and the start day is not counted. The statute of limitations is complete at the end of the last day of the period.

###### Article 349

The statute of limitations is generally completed after ten years.

###### Article 350

The statute of limitations is five years for overdue payments, interest, dividends, and rents for buildings and agricultural lands, and generally for obligations due annually or less. The statute of limitations is also five years for claims between partners or between them and other persons for obligations arising from a partnership contract. This period begins from the day the dissolution of the partnership or the withdrawal of a partner is announced.

###### Article 351

The statute of limitations is two years for:
1- The right to claim by sellers and suppliers of goods and factory owners concerning the items they provide.
2- The right to claim by farmers and producers of raw materials concerning the items they provide if used for the debtor's household needs. The period begins from the day these items are provided.
3- The right to claim by teachers, professors, and owners of public and private boarding schools concerning salaries due to them before their students, and the supplies provided to these students. The period begins from the due date of the salaries.
4- The right to claim by servants concerning their wages, advances, and other obligations due to them under the employment contract, as well as the right to claim by the employer against their servants concerning the money advanced to them as servants.
5- The right to claim by workers and trainees concerning their wages, supplies, daily wages, and money advanced for their service. Also, the right to claim by the employer concerning the money advanced to their workers as workers.
6- The right to claim by hotel and restaurant owners concerning the provision of accommodation and food to their clients and the money advanced to them.
7- The right to claim by furniture and movable property lessors concerning the rental fees.
8- The right to claim by private and public institutions specializing in treating diseases or caring for patients concerning the care provided to them and the supplies and advances given to them. The period begins from the day the care is provided or the supplies are given.
9- The right to claim by hired workers concerning the compensations they can demand according to articles 652 and 656 of the mentioned law.

###### Article 352

The statute of limitations is also two years for:
1- The right to claim by doctors, surgeons, midwives, dentists, and veterinarians for their consultations, operations performed, and supplies and advances provided. The period begins from the date of the last consultation or operation.
2- The right to claim by pharmacists for the medicines they provided. The period begins from the date of provision.
3- The right to claim by lawyers and legal agents for their fees and advances. The period begins from the issuance of the final judgment or from the date of their dismissal from the agency.
4- The right to claim by building and surveying engineers and other engineers and experts for the plans they draw, the work they perform, or the advances they provide. The period begins from the date of delivery of the plans, completion of the work, or payment of the advances.
5- The right to claim by brokers concerning the brokerage fee. The period begins from the date of the agreement.

###### Article 353

In the cases specified in articles 351 and 352, the statute of limitations applies even if the provision of supplies, delivery, service, or work continues.

#### On the Suspension and Interruption of Prescription Third

###### Article 354

The statute of limitations does not apply, and if it is in effect, it is suspended:
1- Between spouses during the marriage period
2- Between parents and their children
3- Between an incapacitated person or a legal entity on one side, and the guardian, custodian, or administrator on the other side, as long as their duties have not ceased and they have not rendered a final account of their administration
4- Between the master and the servant as long as the employment contract is in effect.

###### Article 355

The statute of limitations for minors who are not emancipated and other incapacitated persons who do not have a guardian, judicial supervisor, or legal representative is suspended until they reach the age of majority, are emancipated, or a legal representative is appointed for them.

###### Article 356

The statute of limitations is also generally suspended in favor of a creditor who was unable to interrupt it for a reason beyond their control.

###### Article 357

The statute of limitations is interrupted:
1- By any judicial or extrajudicial demand with a valid date that puts the debtor in default of fulfilling the obligation, even if submitted to a court without jurisdiction or ruled invalid in form.
2- By a request to accept the creditor's claim in the debtor's bankruptcy.
3- By a precautionary measure involving the debtor's property or by a petition seeking permission to undertake such an action.

###### Article 358

The statute of limitations is interrupted by the debtor's acknowledgment of the creditor's right.

###### Article 359

If the statute of limitations is legally interrupted, the time elapsed before the act that interrupted it does not count towards the period required for the statute of limitations. This remaining period resumes in principle from the moment the act interrupting the statute of limitations ceases to produce its effects. If the debt is acknowledged in a document or proven by a judgment, the new statute of limitations period remains ten years.

#### Effects of Prescription Fourth

###### Article 360

The statute of limitations is considered as evidence of the debtor's discharge, and the presumption of discharge arising from it is irrefutable and does not accept evidence to the contrary.

###### Article 361

The statute of limitations not only extinguishes the creditor's right to file a lawsuit but also nullifies the obligation itself. Therefore, it cannot be utilized in any way, neither by filing a lawsuit nor by presenting a defense. However, the debtor who is discharged by the statute of limitations from a civil perspective remains bound by a natural obligation, which can be a reason for payment.

## Evidence in Obligations Rights Sixth

#### Article 362

Whoever claims to be a creditor must provide evidence of their right. After presenting the evidence, the person claiming the obligation has lapsed must prove the validity of their statement.

#### Article 363

A written contract made at the time of agreement does not have full evidentiary power unless signed by the contracting parties. When the contract is mutual, copies must be made equal to the number of contracting parties with opposing interests. If the agreement is not mutual, the words "valid for" must be written before signing. If these procedures, namely multiple copies and the mention of "valid for," are not followed, the agreement remains valid, but the written document is only considered as preliminary evidence that must be supplemented by testimonies and indications. However, multiple copies are not necessary if the contracting parties agree to deposit the original with a third party of their choice.

#### Article 364

If one of the contracting parties cannot sign their signature, they may substitute the signature with their fingerprint.

#### Article 365

The rules of evidence related to contract agreements, the creation of obligations, their transfer, or their lapse are included in the Code of Civil Procedure.

## On the Rules of Interpretation of Legal Acts Seventh

#### Article 366

The judge, in legal matters, must ascertain the true intention of the obligor (if the obligation is unilateral) or the intention of all contracting parties (if there is a contract), rather than adhering to the literal meaning of the text.

#### Article 367

If a text can be interpreted in two ways, the interpretation that most closely aligns with the spirit of the contract and its intended purpose must be adopted. In any case, the interpretation that gives the text effect is preferred over one that leaves the text without effect.

#### Article 368

The clauses of a single agreement should be coordinated and interpreted in relation to each other, considering the entirety of the contract.

#### Article 369

In case of doubt, the text is interpreted in favor of the debtor against the creditor.

#### Article 370

If there are gaps in the contract text, the judge must fill them either with the provisions included in the law if the contract is named, or otherwise by referring to the rules established for the contracts most similar to the one being interpreted.

#### Article 371

The judge must also, on his own initiative, consider the clauses that are customarily observed, even if they are not explicitly mentioned in the contract text.

# Rules Specific to Certain Contracts Second

## On Sale First

### On the Conditions of Sale One

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 372

Sale is a contract in which the seller undertakes to transfer ownership of an item, and the buyer undertakes to pay its price.

###### Article 373

The validity of the sale depends on the agreement of the contracting parties on the nature of the contract, the sold item, the price, and the general conditions for the validity of contractual obligations.

###### Article 374

The sale can be:
1- In bulk, which involves a collection of items for a single price regardless of number, weight, or measurement, unless the intention is to determine the total price.
2- By weight, count, or measurement.
3- Subject to trial.
4- Subject to taste.
5- A sale with the right of redemption.

###### Article 375

The expenses of the sale deed and what is derived from it are borne by the buyer.

###### Article 376

The sale may be written or verbal, taking into account the rules established for the sale of immovable property.

#### Who can be a Buyer or Seller Second

###### Article 377

Both the seller and the buyer must be competent to commit. The seller must be competent to dispose of the item or to waive the right on which the sale is based.

###### Article 378

The persons mentioned below are not allowed to purchase either by themselves or through borrowed persons, even if the purchase is by auction, unless they have a license from the judiciary. If they do, the purchase contract is void:
First - Sales agents are not allowed to purchase the goods entrusted to them for sale.
Second - Public administrators are not allowed to purchase state property, village property, or the property of institutions entrusted to their care.
Third - Official agents are not allowed to purchase the goods entrusted to them for sale.
Fourth - A father or mother, guardian, custodian, judicial supervisor, or temporary guardian is not allowed to purchase the property of the persons they represent or supervise.

###### Article 379

Brokers and experts are not allowed to purchase by themselves or through others the goods, rights, and debts entrusted to them for sale or appraisal, nor to litigate or mortgage them.

###### Article 380

Judges, lawyers, court clerks, and their assistants are not allowed to purchase by themselves or through others the disputed rights within the jurisdiction of the courts where they perform their duties.

###### Article 381

The wives and children, even if they are adults, of the aforementioned persons are considered borrowed persons in the cases stipulated in the previous articles.

#### Items Suitable for Sale Third

###### Article 382

The sale does not conclude on items that cannot be traded, items that have no estimable value, or items that cannot be delivered due to their nature.

###### Article 383

The sale of tangible and intangible assets is valid.

###### Article 384

The sold item may be a specific object or a right established on it, whether common or specified. The sale may also involve an item specified only by its type, provided that in this case, the sale is not valid unless the type designation refers to fungible items identified by number, weight, category, or measurement in a sufficient manner so that the contracting parties are aware of what they have agreed upon.

###### Article 385

The sale of another's property is void except in the following cases:
First - If the sold item is specified by its kind or type only.
Second - If the owner approves it.
Third - If the seller subsequently acquires ownership rights over the sold item. However, if the owner refuses to approve the sale, the seller is liable for compensation for damages to the buyer if the seller knew he did not own the sold item and the buyer was unaware of this. The seller cannot claim the contract's invalidity on the grounds that the sale was concluded on another's property.
- All this while retaining the application of the provisions of Decision No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner on March 15, 1926.

#### On the Price Fourth

###### Article 386

The contracting parties must specify the price of the sale, and it is permissible to delegate the determination of the price to a third party. In this case, if the third party refrains or is unable to determine the price, the sale does not take place.

###### Article 387

If the contract of sale does not mention the payment terms or conditions, the sale is considered to be for cash without conditions.

#### When the Sale is Complete Fifth

###### Article 388

The sale is not complete unless the contracting parties agree on the type of contract, the item sold, and the price.

###### Article 389

A bulk sale is considered complete once the contracting parties agree on the item sold and the price, even if weighing, counting, or measuring, which is necessary to determine the price when required, has not occurred.

###### Article 390

If the sale is by weight, count, or measure, the item sold remains at the seller's risk until the weighing, counting, or measuring is completed.

###### Article 391

A sale on the condition of trial is considered in all cases to be concluded on a condition of suspension.

###### Article 392

A sale on the condition of tasting is not considered complete as long as the buyer has not accepted the item sold.

###### Article 393

The sale of real estate or real rights attached to real estate has no effect, even between the contracting parties, until the date of its registration in the land registry.

### On the Effects of Sale Second

#### General Provisions - Transfer of Ownership One

###### Article 394

The buyer automatically acquires ownership of the sold item if it is a specific item when the sale is completed by the agreement of the contracting parties, unless there is a contrary legal provision such as the one mentioned in the previous article. This remains the case even in the following two situations:
First - If the delivery or payment of the price is subject to a term.
Second - If the sale is concluded with a condition of cancellation.

###### Article 395

The buyer has the right, from the completion of the contract, even before delivery, to transfer the sold item unless there is an agreement or a contrary legal provision. The seller has the right to transfer his right to the price before receiving it.

###### Article 396

From the time the contract becomes complete - unless there is a contrary provision - the buyer must bear:
First - Taxes, charges, and all burdens imposed on the sold item.
Second - The expenses of preserving the sold item and the costs of collecting it.
Third - The risks of the specific item.

###### Article 397

If the sale is concluded on an item specified only by its type or is concluded on the condition of weight, count, measurement, trial, or taste, or is concluded by mere description, the seller remains bearing the risks of the sold item even if it has come into the hands of the buyer, until it is specified, weighed, counted, measured, or accepted by the buyer or his representative.

###### Article 398

If the sale is optional and a period for choice has been set, the buyer does not bear the risks until the choice is made, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 399

The seller bears the risks of the sold item during its travel until the buyer receives it, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 400

If fruit on trees, garden products, or crops that have not yet reached the time of harvest are sold, the fruit or vegetables remain under the seller's guarantee until they mature.

#### On the Obligations of the Seller Second

##### On Delivery and Warranty First

###### Article 401

The seller has two main obligations, which are:
First - Delivery of the sold item
Second - Warranty of the sold item

###### On Delivery First

###### In what manner delivery must be made 1

###### Article 402

Delivery is when the seller or their representative places the sold item at the buyer's disposal so that the buyer can take possession of it and benefit from it without any hindrance.

###### Article 403

Delivery is carried out in the following ways:
First - If the sold item is real estate, by relinquishing it and handing over its keys when necessary, provided that the buyer does not encounter anything that prevents them from taking possession of the sold item.
Second - If the sold item is movable property, by actual delivery or by handing over the keys to the buildings or boxes containing those movables, or by any other means customarily accepted.
Third - Delivery is also completed, even by mere acceptance of the contracting parties, if bringing the sold item is not possible at the time of sale or if the sold item is already in the possession of the buyer for another reason.
Fourth - It is also completed by transferring or delivering the certificate of deposit, bill of lading, or transport document if the sold items are stored in public warehouses.

###### Article 404

The delivery of intangible sales, such as a right of passage, for example, is done by delivering the documents that prove the existence of the right or by the seller allowing the buyer to use it, provided that nothing prevents this use. If the subject of the right is intangible and its use requires taking possession of something, the seller must then enable the buyer to take possession of this thing without hindrance.

###### Where Delivery Must Occur 2

###### Article 405

The sold item must be delivered at the location where it was at the time of the contract's creation unless otherwise stipulated. If a location for the sold item is specified in the sales contract that differs from its actual location, the seller must transport the sold item to the specified location if the buyer requests its transportation.

###### Article 406

If the sold item must be sent from one place to another, delivery is not completed until the item reaches the buyer or their representative.

###### When Delivery Must Occur 3

###### Article 407

Delivery must be made at the time specified in the contract, and if no time is specified, delivery must be made immediately after the contract is concluded, taking into account the periods required by the nature of the sale or custom.
The seller who has not granted the buyer a period for payment is not obliged to deliver the sold item as long as the buyer has not paid the price. Offering a guarantee or other forms of security does not substitute for payment of the price.

###### Article 408

If several items are sold together, the seller has the right to retain all of them until he receives the total price, even if the price of each item has been specified separately.

###### Circumstances in which the seller can or cannot refuse delivery 4

###### Article 409

The seller may not refuse to deliver the sold item:
First - if he has authorized another person to receive the price or the remaining amount due.
Second - if he has accepted an assignment to another person for the payment of the price or the remaining amount due.
Third - if he has granted the buyer a grace period for payment after the contract.

###### Article 410

The seller is not obliged to deliver the sold item even if he has granted the buyer a grace period for payment:
First - if the buyer becomes insolvent after the sale contract is concluded.
Second - if he is in a state of bankruptcy or judicial liquidation at the time of sale, with the seller being unaware of his condition.
Third - if the securities provided as a guarantee for payment have decreased, exposing the seller to the risk of losing the price.

###### Article 411

If the seller exercises the right to withhold the sold item pursuant to the aforementioned articles, he shall be liable for the sold item under the conditions by which a pledgee is liable for the pledged item in his possession.

###### On Bearing Delivery Expenses 5

###### Article 412

The seller bears the costs unless there is a contrary provision or custom:
First - The delivery expenses such as the fees for measuring, weighing, counting, or determining the volume.
Second - The necessary expenses for establishing or transferring the right if the sold item is intangible.

###### Article 413

The expenses for taking and receiving the sold item (such as packaging, transport, and shipping) and the expenses for paying the price, cutting, registration, and the cost of documents issued by the notary and the stamps required for the purchase deed, all of these are paid by the buyer unless there is a contrary provision or custom.
The receiving expenses include transit fees, entry fees, and customs duties that are incurred during the transportation of the sold item and upon its arrival.

###### Regarding What Delivery Must Include 6

###### Article 414

The sold item must be delivered in the condition it was in at the time of sale, and the seller may not change its condition thereafter.

###### Article 415

If the specific item sold is destroyed or damaged before delivery due to an act or mistake by the seller, the buyer has the right to claim the value of that item or compensation for the decrease in its value, under the conditions that allow him to claim against any other person.
If the sold item is fungible, the seller must deliver an item of the same quality and quantity, while preserving the buyer's right to claim additional compensation for damages when necessary.

###### Article 416

If the sold item is destroyed or damaged before delivery due to an act or mistake by the buyer, he is obliged to accept it in its condition and pay the full price.

###### Article 417

All products of the sold item and all its civil and natural increments become the property of the buyer from the date of completion of the sale. They must be delivered to him with the sold item, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 418

The obligation to deliver the item includes its accessories.

###### Article 419

The delivery of real estate also includes the fixtures, as they are considered necessarily part of the sold item.

###### Article 420

The sale of an animal includes:
First - The young of the suckling
Second - The wool or hair that is due for shearing.

###### Article 421

The components and valuable items found within a movable item are not considered included in the sale unless stated otherwise.

###### Article 422

The seller is obliged to deliver the content of the sold item as stipulated in the contract, subject to the modifications stated below.

###### Article 423

If real estate is sold with its content and the unit price specified, the seller must deliver to the buyer, upon his insistence, the quantity specified in the contract. If unable to do so or if the buyer does not insist, the seller must accept a proportional reduction in the price. However, if the content exceeds what is specified in the contract and the excess is one part in twenty of the specified content, the buyer may choose either to pay the increase in price or to rescind the contract.

###### Article 424

If the purchase contract, in the cases outlined in the previous article, refers to the cadastral maps, there is no reason to increase or decrease the price unless the verified amount after measurement exceeds the permissible limit.

###### Article 425

If the sale is contracted on a specific, limited item or on distinct, independent real estate, whether the measurement is specified first or the item then the measurement afterward, the statement of measurement does not entitle the seller to increase the price if the measurement is found to be greater, nor the buyer to decrease it if found to be less.

###### Article 426

In all cases where the buyer exercises the right to rescind the contract, the seller must return the price if he has received it, as well as the contract expenses.

###### Article 427

The seller's claim for an increase in price and the buyer's claim for a reduction or rescission of the contract must be filed within one year starting from the day of contracting, otherwise the right to file them is forfeited.

###### On Warranty Second

###### Article 428

The warranty owed by the seller to the buyer aims at two purposes:
The first is to guarantee possession of the sold item without opposition, and the second is to guarantee against defects and hidden flaws in the sold item.

###### Obligation to Guarantee Enjoyment and Possession Without Opposition 1

###### Article 429

If nothing specific regarding warranty is stipulated at the time of sale, the seller is obliged to guarantee the buyer against any claims by third parties to the whole or part of the sold item, and against any burdens claimed on the sold item that were not disclosed at the time of sale.

###### Article 430

The contracting parties have the right, by special agreement, to increase or decrease the effect of this legal obligation, and they also have the right to agree that the seller is not obliged to provide any warranty.

###### Article 431

Even if the seller stipulates that they are not obliged to provide any warranty, they remain obliged to guarantee their own actions. Any contrary agreement is void.

###### Article 432

In the case of a stipulation of no warranty, the seller remains obliged, upon the occurrence of a claim, to refund the price unless the buyer has made the purchase and assumed the potential risks and damages.

###### Article 433

If the promise of warranty is made in an absolute manner, or if nothing specific regarding warranty is stipulated, the buyer from whom the entire item is taken due to a claim has the right to demand from the seller:
First - A refund of the price
Second - The value of the fruits if the buyer is compelled to return them to the rightful owner
Third - The expenses incurred by the buyer in the warranty claim and the original claimant's expenses
Fourth - Compensation for damages, considering the value of improvements to the property when necessary, and the contract's expenses and legal fees, provided that the buyer cannot demand compensation for damages if they were aware of the risk of the claim at the time of sale.

###### Article 434

If the sold item is found at the time of the claim to be damaged, reducing its value, or with a defect due to the buyer's gross negligence or an event arising from force majeure, the seller remains obliged to refund the price. However, if the buyer has benefited from the defect they caused in the sold item, the seller may deduct an amount equivalent to the value of that benefit from the price.

###### Article 435

The seller must personally refund the buyer or compel the rightful owner to refund all expenses for useful repairs and improvements made by the buyer to the sold item.

###### Article 436

A seller of another's property, if acting in bad faith, must pay the buyer all expenses incurred on the sold item for luxuries and enhancements.

###### Article 437

If only a part of the sold item is taken from the buyer, and this part is of such significance to the whole that the buyer would have refrained from purchasing without it, they have the right to rescind the contract.

###### Article 438

If the sale is not rescinded in the case of a claim to part of the sold item, the seller must refund the buyer the value of the claimed part in relation to the total price, with compensation for damages when necessary.

###### Article 439

If there are non-apparent real rights on the sold item that were not disclosed, and they are significant enough that it can be estimated that the buyer would not have purchased had they known, the buyer has the right to rescind the contract unless they prefer to accept compensation.

###### Article 440

If the buyer avoids a claim by paying a sum of money, the seller can avoid the consequences of the warranty by refunding that amount to the buyer with interest and all expenses.

###### Article 441

If the buyer is summoned to court based on a third party's claim to rights on the sold item, they must summon their seller to court. If they fail to do so and a judgment is issued against them that gains the force of res judicata, they lose their right to warranty unless they prove that the seller, even if involved in the lawsuit, could not have obtained a judgment dismissing it.

###### Warranty Against Defects in the Sold Goods 2

###### Article 442

The seller guarantees the defects of the sold item that significantly reduce its value or make it unsuitable for the use intended according to its nature or under the sales contract. However, defects that only slightly reduce the value or usability of the item, and defects that are customarily tolerated, do not warrant a guarantee. The seller also guarantees the presence of the qualities that he mentioned or that the buyer stipulated must exist.

###### Article 443

If the sold items are such that their true condition can only be known by making changes to them, like fruits with a dry shell, the seller does not guarantee their hidden defects unless he explicitly guarantees them or local custom requires him to do so.

###### Article 444

If the sale is concluded based on a sample, the seller guarantees the presence of the sample's qualities in the sold goods. If the sample is destroyed or damaged, the buyer must prove that the goods do not conform to it.

###### Article 445

The seller only guarantees defects existing at the time of sale if the sold item is a specific object, or at the time of delivery if the sold item is fungible and sold by weight, measure, or description.

###### Article 446

If the sold item is movable property other than animals, the buyer must inspect the condition of the item upon receipt and inform the seller without delay within seven days following receipt of any defect that the seller must guarantee, otherwise, the item is considered accepted unless the defects are not detectable by ordinary inspection or there are obstacles unrelated to the buyer's will that prevented the inspection of the item's condition. In such a situation, defects must be reported to the seller upon discovery, otherwise, the item is considered accepted. However, a seller acting in bad faith cannot invoke this provision. The latter.

###### Article 447

The buyer must promptly request an inspection of the sold item by a petition to be conducted by an expert appointed by the competent court president.
If the inspection is not conducted according to the procedures, the buyer must prove the existence of the defect upon receipt. Inspection is not required if the sale is concluded based on a sample with no dispute over its nature.
If the goods are imported from another country and the seller has no agent at the place of receipt, the buyer must take precautions to temporarily preserve the goods.
If there is a risk of rapid deterioration, the buyer has the right to request the sale of those goods based on a license requested by a petition from the president of the court where the goods are located after conducting the aforementioned inspection.
If the seller's interest requires this sale, the buyer is obliged to conduct it in this manner. The buyer must inform the seller without delay of all the above, otherwise, he is liable for damages.

###### Article 448

In the case mentioned in the previous article, the costs of returning the goods are borne by the seller.

###### Consequences of the Seller's Warranty 3

###### Article 449

If there is a reason to return the sold item, either due to defects or the absence of certain qualities, the buyer has the right to request the annulment of the sale and the return of the price. In addition to the aforementioned, he is entitled to compensation for damages in the following cases:
First - When the seller is aware of the defects of the sold item or its lack of the promised qualities and did not declare that he sold without warranty. It is assumed that the seller is aware if he is a trader or manufacturer selling his own products.
Second - If the seller declares the sold item free of defects, unless there are defects that only appeared after the sale or are defects that the seller could be unaware of in good faith.
Third - If the presence of qualities that the sold item lacks was explicitly stipulated or if commercial custom requires their presence.

###### Article 450

If the sale is concluded on a collection of specific items and some of them are defective, the buyer has the right to invoke the right granted to him in the previous article. If the sold item is of fungibles, the buyer is only entitled to request the delivery of another quantity of the same type free from those defects. However, he retains the right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.

###### Article 451

If the sold item consists of several different items purchased as a whole for a single price, the buyer has the right, even after receipt, to annul the sale concerning the defective part of those items and to recover a proportionate part of the price. However, if the items cannot be separated without damage, such as being pairs, he is only entitled to annul the entire sale.

###### Article 452

The annulment due to a defect in the main item also includes its accessories, even if the price of the accessories is specified separately. A defect in the accessory does not annul the sale of the main item.

###### Article 453

The price reduction is determined by estimating the value of the sold item in its intact state at the time of the contract on one hand, and then estimating its value in its current state on the other. When the sale is concluded on several items purchased as a single deal, their value estimation is based on the value of all the items that make up the deal.

###### Article 454

In the event of annulment of the sale, the buyer must return:
First - The item affected by the defect that necessitates the return as received, along with what followed it and what is considered part of it and what was attached to it after the contract was concluded.
Second - The fruits of the sold item from the date of the annulment of the sale by mutual consent or by judgment, and its fruits prior to this date.
However, if the fruits were not formed at the time of sale, the buyer has the right to take them if harvested, even before ripening, and he also has the right to take the ripe fruits even if not harvested. On the other hand, the seller is obliged:
First - To pay the buyer the expenses of planting, irrigation, maintenance, and the expenses of the fruits returned by the buyer to him.
Second - To return the price he received along with the legal contract expenses.
Third - To compensate the buyer for the loss caused by the sold item if the seller was fraudulent.

###### Article 455

The buyer is not entitled to recover anything or reduce the price if he cannot return the sold item in the following cases:
First - If the sold item was destroyed by force majeure or by the buyer's fault or by persons for whom he is responsible.
Second - If the sold item was stolen or taken from the buyer.
Third - If the buyer transformed the sold item into a form that no longer serves its original purpose.

###### Article 456

If the sold item is destroyed due to the defect it was affected by or by force majeure arising from this defect, its destruction is on the seller, and he is obliged to return the price. If he acted in bad faith, he is also obliged to pay compensation for damages.

###### Article 457

There is no way to annul the sale, and the buyer is only entitled to demand a price reduction:
First - If the sold item is damaged by his fault or by the fault of persons for whom he is responsible.
Second - If the buyer used the sold item in a way that significantly reduced its value. This rule applies if the item was used before knowing about the defect.
However, if the use was after knowing about the defect, the provisions of Article 462 apply.

###### Article 458

The price reduction obtained by the buyer for an acknowledged defect does not prevent him from requesting the annulment of the sale or another price reduction if another defect appears.

###### Cases in which the return of the sold item is not applicable or where there is no basis for this claim 4

###### Article 459

The claim for rescission is dismissed if the defect is removed before filing the rescission lawsuit or the price reduction lawsuit, or during it, and if this defect is by nature temporary and not likely to reappear. This rule does not apply if the defect is by nature likely to recur.

###### Article 460

The seller is not responsible for apparent defects or defects that the buyer has previously known or could have easily known. However, the seller is responsible, even for defects that the buyer could have easily known, if the seller declared the item free from them.

###### Article 461

The seller is not responsible for defects in the item or for its lack of required qualities:
First - if they were declared.
Second - if it was stipulated that he does not bear any warranty.

###### Article 462

The buyer's right to claim rescission is forfeited:
First - if he explicitly waived it after discovering the defect in the item.
Second - if after discovering the defect, he sold the item or disposed of it in another way as an owner.
Third - if he used the item for his personal benefit and continued to use it after discovering the defect.
This rule does not apply to houses and similar covered structures, as it is possible to continue residing in or using them during the litigation for rescission of the sale.

###### Article 463

The lawsuit arising from the existence of defects warranting the rescission of the sale or from the lack of promised qualities must be filed as follows, otherwise the right to file it is forfeited:
1- It must be filed for immovable property within 365 days after delivery.
2- It must be filed for movables and animals within thirty days after delivery, provided that the notice stipulated in Article 446 is sent to the seller. These time limits can be extended or shortened by agreement of the contracting parties.

###### Article 464

There is no basis for filing a rescission lawsuit in sales conducted by the judicial authority.

##### On the Obligation of Receipt Second

###### Article 472

The buyer must take delivery of the sold item at the place and time specified in the contract. If there is no contrary provision, he must take delivery of the sold item without delay, taking into account the necessary time for receipt. If he does not appear to take delivery of the sold item or appears without offering to pay the price at the same time and the sale is for cash, the rules concerning the creditor's delay apply.
If the sold items are to be delivered in successive installments, failure to take delivery of the first installment results in the same effects as failure to take delivery of the whole. All this unless there is an agreement to the contrary between the parties.

### On Certain Special Types of Sale Third

#### On Sale with Right of Redemption One

###### Article 473

The sale with a right of redemption or the fiduciary sale is one in which the buyer, after the complete sale, is obligated to return the sold item to the seller in exchange for the refund of the price. The subject of the fiduciary sale may be movable or immovable things.

###### Article 474

It is not permissible to stipulate a period for the redemption of the sold item that exceeds three years from the date of sale. If a period longer than this is stipulated, it shall be reduced to three years.

###### Article 475

The aforementioned period is mandatory, and the judge cannot rule to nullify it, even if it is not optional. However, if the failure to exercise this right is due to an error by the buyer, the expiration of the period does not prevent its exercise.

###### Article 476

The item sold with redemption becomes, by virtue of the sale, the property of the buyer under the condition of redemption, meaning that the buyer remains its owner if the seller does not fulfill the agreed conditions for its redemption. However, if these conditions are met, the sold item is considered as if it never left the seller's ownership. In any case, the buyer enjoys the sold item until the period ends or until the seller exercises the right of redemption, subject to the provisions of Articles 482 and 485. The buyer has the right to reap the fruits of the sold item and to file any related lawsuits, provided no fraud is committed.

###### Article 477

The right of redemption is exercised by the seller notifying the buyer of their desire to redeem the sold item, and they must simultaneously offer to refund the price.

###### Article 478

If the seller dies before exercising their right of redemption, this right passes to their heirs, who may exercise it within the remaining period available to their predecessor.

###### Article 479

The heirs may only exercise the right of redemption collectively and may only request the return of the entire sold item. This rule also applies if several persons sell a jointly owned item under a single contract without preserving each person's right to redeem their share.

###### Article 480

A lawsuit for the redemption of the sold item may be filed against the buyer's heirs collectively. However, if the estate has been distributed and the sold item is part of one heir's share, the redemption lawsuit is filed against that heir alone for the entire sold item.

###### Article 481

If the seller is declared insolvent, the right of redemption belongs to the creditors.

###### Article 482

The seller with a right of redemption is entitled to file a redemption lawsuit against the second buyer.

###### Article 483

The seller exercising the right of redemption cannot repossess the sold item unless they refund:
First - The price they received
Second - Beneficial expenses to the extent they increased the value of the sold item. As for luxury expenses, the buyer may only remove the improvements made to the sold item if they can be removed without damage. The buyer cannot claim reimbursement for necessary expenses, maintenance costs, or the cost of harvesting fruits. On the other hand, the buyer must return:
First - The sold item and any increase in it since the sale contract
Second - The fruits harvested since the day the price was paid or deposited. The buyer may exercise the right of retention if they are not refunded what is due to them, all while retaining the conditions agreed upon between the parties.

###### Article 484

The buyer is responsible for any damage or destruction to the sold item caused by their actions, mistakes, or the mistakes of those they are responsible for. They are also responsible for changes that result in a substantial alteration to the sold item contrary to the seller's interest. However, they are not liable for damage to the sold item caused by force majeure or minor changes. In such cases, the seller is not entitled to request a price reduction.

###### Article 485

The seller who redeems their property under the right of redemption simultaneously acquires the right to erase all records of real rights, burdens, and mortgages created by the buyer. However, they are obligated to honor lease contracts made by the buyer without fraud, provided the lease does not exceed the redemption period and has a valid date.

###### Article 486

If the sold item is agricultural property and the seller exercises the right of redemption during the agricultural year, the buyer, if they or their lessees have sown the seeds, has the right to remain in possession of the cultivated sections until the end of the agricultural year. However, they must pay what is customary locally for the remaining period from the day of redemption to the end of the agricultural year.

#### On Salam Sale Second

###### Article 487

A Salam sale is a contract whereby one party advances a certain amount of money to the other party, obligating the latter to deliver a specified quantity of foodstuffs or other movable items at a date agreed upon by both parties. This contract is only valid if documented in writing.

###### Article 488

The entire price must be paid to the seller at the time the contract is established.

###### Article 489

If no delivery period is specified, the parties are considered to have agreed upon the customary practice of the locality.

###### Article 490

The foodstuffs or other items subject to the sale must be specified by their quantity, quality, weight, or measure according to their nature; otherwise, the contract is void. However, if the items sold are not countable or weighable, it suffices to specify their quality with precision.

###### Article 491

If the place of delivery is not specified, it must be at the place where the contract was made.

###### Article 492

If the seller is unable to deliver what was promised due to force majeure and without fault or delay on their part, the buyer may either rescind the contract and recover the advance payment or wait until the following year. If the seller offers the contracted item in the following year, the buyer must accept it and cannot rescind the contract. This ruling also applies if the buyer has received part of the sold item. If the contracted item is unavailable, the provisions of the first paragraph of this article apply.

#### On the Promise of Sale or Purchase Third

###### Article 493

A promise of sale is a contract whereby a person commits to selling something to another person who does not commit to purchasing it immediately. By nature, this contract is not reciprocal. It does not create any obligation on the promisee but binds the promisor definitively, so they cannot withdraw their offer and must wait for the decision of the promisee.

###### Article 494

The effects of the contract are transferred to the heirs of the contracting parties, with the obligations and rights it entails for them.

###### Article 495

If the promisor transfers a movable item to a third party despite their commitment, they transfer ownership of that item to the transferee but are liable to pay compensation for damages to the promisee for failing to fulfill their obligation.

###### Article 496

When the promisee declares their intention to purchase, the promise becomes a sale without retroactive effect. Ownership is transferred on the day of acceptance. However, the determination of the extent of any unfairness reverts to the day the seller made the promise.

###### Article 497

A promise to purchase made by one party is also permissible and should be understood and interpreted like a promise of sale, with the necessary modifications.

###### Article 498

A promise of sale concerning immovable property is subject to the applicable real estate laws.

## On Barter Second

#### Article 499

Barter is a contract in which each of the contracting parties undertakes to provide something in exchange for obtaining something else.

#### Article 500

Barter is concluded by the mere consent of the parties. However, if the subject of the barter is real estate or real rights on real estate, the provisions of Article 393 and the applicable real estate laws shall apply.

#### Article 501

If the barter is made on items of varying value, the contracting parties may pay the difference in money or other items.

#### Article 502

The expenses of the contract and its legal costs are necessarily divided between the parties to the barter unless there is another agreement between them.

#### Article 503

The rules of sale apply to the extent permitted by the nature of this contract, especially those related to warranty of eviction, hidden defects, and the nullity of contracting on the property of others.

## On Donation Third

### On the Nature of the Gift and Its Creation First

##### Article 504

A gift is a transaction between living persons whereby an individual transfers to another person all or part of their property without compensation.

##### Article 505

Gifts that take effect upon the donor's death are considered acts stemming from the individual's last will and are subject to the personal status rules related to inheritance.

##### Article 506

Gifts that take effect between living persons are subject to the general rules pertaining to contracts and obligations, taking into account the contrary provisions mentioned in this book.

##### Article 507

The gift is completed and ownership of the gifted property, whether movable or immovable, is transferred when the donor consents to the acceptance by the donee, while applying the following provisions.

##### Article 508

The donor retains the right to retract the offer as long as acceptance has not occurred.

##### Article 509

A manual gift is completed when the donor delivers the item to the donee.

##### Article 510

A gift of real estate or real property rights is not completed unless it is registered in the land registry.

##### Article 511

A promise of a gift is not valid unless it is in writing, and a promise of a gift of real estate or a real property right is not valid unless it is registered in the land registry.

##### Article 512

Gifts may not exceed the limit of the portion that the donor is entitled to dispose of.

##### Article 513

Under no circumstances may a gift include the donor's future property, i.e., property over which they do not have the right to dispose at the time of the gift.

##### Article 514

The donor may gift the ownership of the property to one person and the right to its usufruct to another person or several other persons, and they may also reserve this usufruct for themselves.

### Persons Who Can Give and Accept Gifts Second

##### Article 515

Any person who is capable of contracting and disposing of their property can make a donation. The guardian is not entitled to dispose of the assets they manage without compensation.

##### Article 516

Any person who is not explicitly declared by law as incapable of accepting a donation can accept it. The capacity to accept is relatively restricted:
First - The guardian in relation to the ward.
Second - The doctor during the period of terminal illness if they are not a relative of the patient.

##### Article 517

Persons who are unable to contract cannot accept donations that are conditional or entail an obligation, except with the authorization of their legal representatives.

##### Article 518

Donations granted to unborn children in the womb may be accepted by the persons who represent them.

##### Article 519

Donations granted to persons whom the law declares incapable of accepting them are considered void, even if conducted under the guise of another contract or through a borrowed person.

##### Article 520

The donee must accept the donation personally or through another person with a special or sufficiently general power of attorney (such as the father, mother, or guardian), otherwise the acceptance is void.

### On the Effects of the Gift Third

##### Article 521

A gift to several persons together is considered granted in equal shares, unless otherwise stipulated.

##### Article 522

The donee assumes the position of the donor in all rights and claims related to it in the event of dispossession due to entitlement. However, the donor is not obliged to guarantee the gifted property unless otherwise stipulated or if the gift is conditional upon a charge. In the latter case, the donor is responsible for the entitlement to the extent of the value of the charge.

##### Article 523

If the gift is conditional upon the payment of the donor's debts, this condition only includes debts contracted before the gift, unless otherwise stipulated.

### On Revocation and Reduction of Gifts Fourth

#### Revocation of the Gift One

###### Article 524

Every gift between living persons granted by someone who has no children or legitimate descendants can be revoked:
First - If the donor has children after the gift, even after their death.
Second - If the donor had a child they believed to be deceased at the time of the gift, and it later turns out the child is still alive.

###### Article 525

Upon revocation of the gift in the case specified in the previous article, the gifted property is returned to the donor. If the property has been transferred, the donor receives the equivalent value of the gain realized by the donee. If the gifted property is mortgaged, the donor may release the mortgage by paying the amount secured by it. However, the donor retains the right to reclaim this amount from the donee.

###### Article 526

The right to file a lawsuit for revocation of the gift due to the appearance of children expires by statute of limitations after five years, starting from the date of birth of the last child, or from the date the donor learned that the child they thought was deceased is still alive. This right to file such a lawsuit is not subject to waiver. It transfers upon the donor's death to their children and descendants.

###### Article 527

The gift is annulled at the request of the donor if the donee fails to fulfill or ceases to fulfill any of the conditions or obligations imposed on them. The rules for returning the property to the donor, as specified in the aforementioned Article 525, apply.

###### Article 528

The gift is also annulled at the request of the donor:
First - If the donee commits a misdemeanor or felony against the person, honor, or property of the donor.
Second - If the donee commits a significant breach of the duties imposed on them by law towards the donor or their family.

###### Article 529

Upon revocation of the gift due to the appearance of children or ingratitude, or upon reduction of the gift for being excessive, the donee does not return the fruits except from the day the lawsuit is filed. However, if the revocation is due to non-fulfillment of obligations or conditions, the donee must return the fruits along with the property from the time they ceased fulfilling those obligations or conditions, or from the time they became delinquent in executing them.

###### Article 530

It is not permissible to waive in advance the right to file a lawsuit for annulment of the gift due to ingratitude. This lawsuit expires by statute of limitations after one year, starting from the day the donor becomes aware of the matter, and the donor's right to file such a lawsuit does not transfer to their heirs if they were capable of filing it and did not do so.
Similarly, it cannot be filed against the heir of the donee if it was not filed against the donee before their death.

#### On the Reduction of the Gift Second

###### Article 531

A donation that exceeds, according to what is stipulated in Article 512, the limit set in relation to the value of the assets left by the donor at the time of death, must have the excess amount reduced. However, this reduction does not invalidate the effects of the donation, nor the donor's possession of the fruits during their lifetime.

###### Article 532

If two or more donations are granted and it is impossible to fulfill them completely without exceeding the limit, the most recent donations are annulled or reduced to the extent that they exceed the limit.

## On the Lease of Things Fourth

### General Provisions First

#### Applicable Rules in All Leases One

###### Article 533

Lease of things is a contract by which a person commits to allow another person to benefit from a fixed or movable thing or a right for a specified period in exchange for a consideration that this person commits to pay. Lease in its general sense refers to the lease of real estate that does not yield natural fruits and the lease of tangible movables or rights. Agricultural lease, however, refers to the lease of agricultural lands.

###### Article 534

A lease cannot be contracted on a thing that perishes with use unless it is intended merely for viewing or display. However, it is permissible to lease things that lose value with use.

###### Article 535

The provisions related to the subject of sale are principally applied to the subject of leasing things.

###### Article 536

The consideration must be specified and may be either in money or in products or foodstuffs and other movables, provided they are specified in description and quantity. It may also be a share or an undivided portion of the products of the leased thing. In the lease of agricultural properties, it may be stipulated that the lessee performs certain tasks considered part of the consideration, in addition to an amount paid in money or a quantity imposed on him from the yields.

###### Article 537

If the contracting parties do not specify the rent, they are considered to have agreed on the prevailing rate for things of the type leased in the place of the contract. If there is a fee or tariff in this place, they are considered to have agreed to act accordingly.

###### Article 538

The lease is concluded by the agreement of the parties on the thing, the consideration, and all other conditions intended to be included in the contract.

###### Article 539

Anyone who only has the right of personal use, the right of residence, the right of retention, or the right of security over a thing is not allowed to lease it.

#### Rules Pertaining to the Lease of Real Estate Second

###### Article 540

The legal rules pertaining to the lease of immovable property referred to by the law are applied by analogy and to the extent permitted by the nature of things to the rents of other immovable property and to movables unless there is a condition, legal provision, or contrary custom.

###### Article 541

The lease by the investor of immovable property or rights related to such property without the consent of the owner of the freehold lapses in relation to the owner of the freehold after three years from the end of the investment, provided that the lease by the guardian or legal custodian of immovable property or rights related thereto may not be concluded for a period exceeding one year except in the case of guardianship and with the authorization of the competent court.

###### Article 542

A non-written lease contract for real estate cannot be proven before its execution except by the acknowledgment of the person being sued of the existence of the lease or by their oath. If there is a commencement of execution, it is considered proof of the existence of the lease, and the rent is determined in case of disagreement between the contracting parties by an expert, and its duration is determined according to the custom of the country. If the lessee remains in the leased property after the lease term has expired and the concerned party leaves it in their possession, especially if they do not request eviction, the lease is considered implicitly renewed and is subject to the provisions of Article 592 and the following.

###### Article 543-Amended

Lease contracts for built properties intended for residential and non-residential purposes are subject to the freedom of contract and the will of the contracting parties in all that does not conflict with the following mandatory provisions:
First:
Duration: If the period specified in the contract is less than three years, the lease is considered concluded for a period of three years. However, if the lessee benefiting from the extension wishes to leave the leased property, they must inform the lessor two months before the end of the extended year by an open registered card with acknowledgment of receipt or by a letter addressed through the notary public.
Second: The following are exempt from the previous provisions:
A- Seasonal lease contracts for summer and winter resorts.
B- Lease contracts for places provided by employers to their employees free of charge or for a fee.
Third: If the lease contract for the property, whether built or not, exceeds three years, it is not considered with respect to a third party unless the contract is registered in the land registry, and the registration of the implicit lease renewal is subject to the same rule.

### On the Effects of Leasing Objects Second

#### Obligations of the Lessor One

###### Article 544

The lessor has three main obligations, which are:
First - Delivering the leased property to the lessee
Second - Maintenance of the leased property
Third - Warranty

##### On the Delivery of the Leased Property First

###### Article 545

The delivery of the leased property is subject to the provisions of the delivery of the sold property.

###### Article 546

The expenses of delivery are on the lessor. As for the costs of the documents, they are on both parties, meaning that each party pays the expenses of the document delivered to them. The expenses of receiving and taking possession of the leased property are on the lessee, unless there is a custom or a contrary provision.

##### On the Maintenance of the Leased Property Second

###### Article 547

The lessor is obliged not only to deliver the leased property in a condition that allows the lessee to use it for its intended purpose according to its nature or according to the specification agreed upon by the contracting parties, but also to maintain the leased property and its appurtenances to keep it in the aforementioned condition, except in the following cases:
First - When there are other conditions between the contracting parties.
Second - If the leased property is real estate and the custom of the country dictates that minor repairs are the responsibility of the lessee. If the lessor delays in carrying out the repairs required of him, the lessee may compel him to perform them through legal means, and if he does not, the lessee may obtain permission from the court to carry them out himself, provided that he recovers their cost from the rent.

###### Article 548

The lessee of the property must carry out minor repairs and maintenance in the leased property unless the contract or custom exempts him from them. The repairs referred to are: repairing room tiles if only some are broken, repairing window glass unless the breakage is due to cold, an unusual accident, or force majeure not attributable to the lessee's fault, and repairing doors, mesh windows, wooden barriers, shop locks, hinges, slides, and locks. However, the cost of whitewashing room walls, renewing paint, replacing wallpaper, and repairing roofs falls on the lessor, even if limited to simple tasks of whitewashing or repair.

###### Article 549

The lessee is not obliged to carry out any minor repairs if the cause is old age, force majeure, a defect in the construction, or an act committed by the lessor.

###### Article 550

The cost of cleaning wells, toilet pits, and water drains is the responsibility of the lessor unless there is a contrary provision or custom.

###### Article 551

The lessor must pay the taxes and charges related to the leased property unless there is a contrary provision or custom.

##### The Warranty Obligations for the Tenant Printing Third

###### General Provisions First

###### Article 552

The warranty owed by the lessor to the lessee has two subjects:
First - The enjoyment of the leased property and the disposal of it without interference.
Second - Defects of the leased property, and this warranty is mandatory even if not stipulated in the contract, and the good faith of the lessor does not exempt him from the obligation of warranty.

###### Guarantee of Possession and Enjoyment of the Leased Property, and Guarantee Against Eviction Due to Entitlement Second

###### Lessor's Act Guarantee 1

###### Article 553

The obligation of warranty includes the requirement for the lessor to refrain from any action that would prevent the lessee from taking possession of the leased property or deprive them of the benefits they were entitled to rely on according to the purpose for which the leased property was intended and according to the condition it was in at the time the contract was established. The lessor is not only responsible for their own actions in this regard but is also accountable for the actions of their workers, other lessees, and rights holders deriving from them.

###### Article 554

However, the lessor has the right to carry out, despite the lessee's opposition, all urgent repairs that cannot be postponed until the end of the contract. If the lessee is deprived of the use of the entire leased property or part of it for a period exceeding seven days due to these repairs, they have the right to request the termination of the contract or a reduction in the rent proportionate to the time they were deprived of using the leased property. The lessor must oversee the urgent repairs and notify the lessee sufficiently in advance before carrying them out. If the lessor fails to provide such notice, they are considered liable unless there is an unavoidable obstacle not resulting from their negligence.

###### Guarantee of Third Party Actions 2

###### Article 555

The lessor is also legally obligated to guarantee the lessee against any disturbance or eviction affecting the leased property, in whole or in part, arising from a lawsuit concerning ownership or a real right on the leased property.
The provisions related to the eviction of the buyer due to eviction claims are generally applicable to the eviction of the lessee.

###### Article 556

If the lessee is summoned to court for a lawsuit in which a judgment is sought against him for vacating the leased property, in whole or in part, or for enforcing some easement rights, he is required to notify the lessor without delay and is not obliged during this time to relinquish any part of the leased property. The lessee must be removed from the lawsuit in any case when the person through whom possession of the leased property was established is identified. The lawsuit may only be pursued against the lessor in such a case, but the lessee is allowed to intervene in it.

###### Article 557

The lessor is not obligated to guarantee the lessee against any disturbance caused by a third party through force or violence affecting his enjoyment without this third party claiming any right to the leased property and without the lessor having done anything that led to such disturbance. However, the lessee has the right to sue that person in his own name.

###### Article 558

However, if such actual disturbance is of a nature that deprives the lessee of the enjoyment of the leased property, he may request the termination of the contract or a relative reduction in the rent. In this case, he is required to prove:
First - The occurrence of the disturbance
Second - That this disturbance prevents the continuation of enjoyment.

###### Warranty of Leased Property Defects Third

###### Article 559

The lessor guarantees to the lessee all defects of the leased property that significantly diminish its use or render it unsuitable for the intended use according to its nature or according to the contract. The lessor is also responsible for the absence of qualities that were explicitly promised or that are required for the intended purpose of the leased property. However, for defects that do not prevent use or only slightly diminish it, the lessee has no right to claim against the lessor. This also applies to defects that are customarily tolerated.

###### Article 560

If an event occurs that necessitates a guarantee, the lessee may demand the annulment of the contract or a reduction of the rent. The lessee also has the right to claim compensation for damages in the cases specified in Article 449, and the provisions of Articles 451, 452, and 453 related to sales shall then apply.

###### Article 561

The lessor does not guarantee defects of the leased property that were easily ascertainable unless it was declared that they do not exist. The lessor is also not liable for:
First - if the defects were disclosed to the lessee.
Second - if the lessee was aware of the defects of the leased property or its lack of required qualities at the time of contract formation.
Third - if the lessor stipulated that they would not bear any guarantee.

#### On the Destruction and Defect of the Leased Property Second

###### Article 562

If the leased property is destroyed, damaged, altered, or the lessee is deprived of its use or part of it to the extent that it becomes unsuitable for the intended use, and this is not due to the fault of either contracting party, the lease contract is terminated without compensation to either party. The lessee is only required to pay the rent proportionate to their use. Any clause contrary to the above is void.

###### Article 563

If only part of the leased property is damaged or becomes unsuitable for the intended use, or if only a part of it becomes unsuitable, the lessee is then entitled only to a reduction in rent proportional to the damage.

###### Article 564

The provisions of Articles 562 and 563 apply when the leased property, in whole or in part, without fault of either contracting party, lacks the quality promised by the lessor or required for the intended purpose of the lease.

###### Article 565

The lessee may not file lawsuits under the provisions of Articles 562, 563, and 564 after the contract term has ended.

###### Article 566

The lessee is liable for fire unless it is proven that it occurred due to force majeure, a defect in the building, or flames spreading from a neighboring house.

###### Article 567

If there are multiple lessees, each lessee is liable for the fire in proportion to the value of the part they occupy, unless they prove that the fire originated in one of their homes, in which case that lessee alone is responsible, or if some prove that the fire could not have started in their premises, they are not liable.

#### Tenant Obligations Third

##### General Provisions First

###### Article 568

The lessee has two main obligations.
1 - Payment of the rent.
2 - Maintenance of the leased property and its use according to the purpose for which it was intended or the purpose specified in the contract, avoiding excess and misuse.

##### On the Payment of Rent Second

###### Article 569

The tenant must pay the rent at the time specified in the contract, and if no time is specified, according to local custom. If there is no custom, then at the end of the period of use. It is permissible to stipulate that the rent be paid in advance. In all cases, the costs of payment shall be borne by the tenant.

###### Article 570

The rent for real estate is paid at the location of the property, and the rent for movable property is paid at the place where the contract was made, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 571

The landlord has the right to retain the furniture and other movable items located in the rented premises, whether they belong to the tenant or to someone who has taken over the lease. He also has the right to retain them even if they belong to a third party, to secure the due rent and the rent for the current year. He also has the right to resort to the competent authority to prevent the removal of these items, and if they are removed without his knowledge or despite his objection, he can demand their return to where they were or to place them in another warehouse.
However, he cannot exercise the right of retention or demand except to the extent necessary to secure him, and he does not have the right to pursue what has been removed if the remaining items in the rented place are sufficient to protect his rights.

###### Article 572

The right to demand cannot be exercised after fifteen days have passed from the day the landlord became aware of the removal of the items.

###### Article 573

The right of retention or demand cannot be exercised:
First - On items that cannot be subject to enforcement related to movables.
Second - On stolen or lost items.
Third - On items owned by a third party if the landlord knew at the time they were brought into the rented premises that they belonged to him.

###### Article 574

The landlord's right of retention extends to what the second tenant brings into the rented premises to the extent that the first tenant has rights over the second tenant. He cannot claim what was paid in advance to the original tenant, but the exceptions stipulated in Article 587 must be considered.

##### On the Preservation and Return of the Leased Property Third

###### Article 575

The lessee must promptly notify the lessor of all actions requiring his intervention, such as urgent repairs, the discovery of unexpected defects, infringements on rights, objections related to ownership, real rights, or damage caused by a third party, otherwise, he shall be civilly liable.

###### Article 576

The lessee must return the leased property at the end of the specified term. If he retains it beyond this term, despite a request for eviction or any similar action indicating the lessor's dissatisfaction, he shall be obliged to compensate the lessor.
The amount of this compensation is determined in proportion to the rental value, taking into account the damage suffered by the lessor.

###### Article 577

If a statement or description of the leased property is made between the lessor and the lessee, the lessee must return the leased property as he received it.

###### Article 578

If no statement or description of the leased property is made, it is presumed that the lessee received the leased property in good condition. He must return it in that condition.

###### Article 579

The lessee is liable for the destruction or damage of the leased property if it arises from his actions. The lessee of a hotel or other premises open to the public is liable for travelers or guests he receives on the premises.

###### Article 580

The lessee is not liable for destruction or damage arising:
First - From the normal and customary use of the leased property, taking into account the previous provisions related to minor repairs required from the lessee.
Second - From force majeure if it is not attributable to his fault.
Third - From the age of the building, a defect in it, or the failure to carry out repairs required from the lessor.

###### Article 581

The leased item must be returned to the place of the contract, and the costs of its return shall be borne by the lessee unless there is an agreement or custom to the contrary.

###### Article 582

The lessee has the right to retain the leased property for debts owed to him by the lessor related to the leased property.

###### Article 583

If the lessee constructs buildings, plants, or other improvements that increase the value of the leased property, the lessor must return to him at the end of the lease either the cost of the expenses or the value of the improvement, provided that these improvements were made with his knowledge and without his opposition. Otherwise, the lessor has the right, after proving that these improvements do not benefit him, to request the lessee to remove them and compensate him, if necessary, for any damage to the property caused by this removal.
If the lessor prefers to retain the improvements and pay one of the aforementioned values, the judge may grant him a deadline for payment.

##### On the Right to Assign the Lease and the Tenant's Right in the Lease Fourth

###### Article 584

The tenant has the right to lease all or part of the leased property and to transfer the lease to another, unless the contract stipulates a prohibition on leasing or transferring, or if such prohibition is inferred from the nature of the leased property. The prohibition of transferring the lease does not imply a prohibition on leasing unless explicitly stated. However, prohibiting the tenant from leasing implies prohibiting them from transferring to another, even for free, unless this prohibition is explicitly stated. The prohibition on leasing should be understood in its absolute sense, meaning it entails prohibiting leasing even if it pertains to a part of the leased property or if the purpose is to substitute another person, even for free. If it is stipulated that the tenant has the right to lease or transfer with the consent of the landlord, the landlord cannot refuse the lease or transfer without a legitimate reason.

###### Article 585

In any case, the tenant is not allowed to transfer or lease the property for use that differs from the use specified in the contract or inferred from the nature of the property, or for use that imposes a heavier burden.

###### Article 586

The original tenant guarantees the person to whom they lease or transfer the lease and remains obligated towards the landlord for all obligations arising from the contract. This obligation ceases:
First - If the landlord directly collects the rent from the second tenant or the transferee without expressing any reservation regarding their right against the original tenant.
Second - If the landlord explicitly consents to the tenant leasing to another person or transferring the lease to them without expressing any reservation regarding their right against the original tenant.

###### Article 587

The second tenant or the transferee of the lease is directly obligated towards the landlord to the extent of the debt owed by the original tenant at the time of the notice sent to them. They cannot claim what they have paid in advance to the original tenant except in the following two cases:
First - If the payment is in accordance with local custom.
Second - If it is evidenced by a document with a valid date.

###### Article 588

The landlord, in all cases where they have the right to sue the original tenant, can directly file a lawsuit against the second tenant and the transferee while retaining their right to sue the original tenant. The original tenant always has the right to intervene in the lawsuit.

###### Article 589

The transfer of the lease is subject to the provisions related to the transfer of a creditor's debt and necessitates that the transferee assumes the position of the transferor in the rights and obligations arising from the contract, taking into account the provisions of Article 586.

### On the Termination of Lease of Things Third

#### On the Due Date One

###### Article 590

The lease of things necessarily ends upon the expiration of the term agreed upon by the contracting parties without the need for a request for eviction, subject to any contrary agreement if it exists, and subject to the provisions related to the lease of agricultural lands.

###### Article 591

If the term is not specified, the lease is considered contracted for a period of a year, six months, a month, a week, or a day, depending on whether the rent is determined for a year, half a year, a month, etc. The lease contract ends upon the expiration of any of these terms without the need for a request for eviction unless there is a contrary custom.

###### Article 592

If the lease contract ends and the lessee remains in possession of the leased property, the lease is considered renewed under the same conditions and for the same period if the lease was contracted for a specific term. If the term was not specified, either party has the right to terminate the contract; however, the lessee has the right to benefit from the period specified according to local custom to vacate the premises.

###### Article 593

Continued use of the leased property does not imply a tacit renewal of the contract if eviction has been requested or if one of the parties has taken another action of this kind indicating their unwillingness to renew the contract.

###### Article 594

In the case provided for in Article 592, the guarantees given for the first contract do not extend to the obligations arising from the tacit renewal of the contract, but mortgages and other forms of security remain in effect.

#### On the Termination of Lease Second

###### Article 595

The lease is terminated in favor of the lessor while retaining the right to compensation for damages when necessary:
First - If the lessee uses the leased item for a benefit other than that for which it was intended according to its nature or by agreement.
Second - If the lessee neglects the leased item in a way that causes significant damage to it.
Third - If the rent due is not paid.

###### Article 596

The lessor may not terminate the lease on the pretext that he wants to occupy the leased house himself.

###### Article 597

The lease contract is not terminated by the transfer of the leased property, whether the transfer is voluntary or compulsory. The new owner assumes the position of the transferor in all his rights and obligations arising from leases and contracts whose terms have not expired, provided they are free of fraud and have a valid date prior to the transfer.

###### Article 598

If there is no written contract with a valid date, the new owner has the right to evict the lessee from the leased property, but he must grant him the customary notice period.

###### Article 599

If the ownership of the leased property is removed due to a claim of entitlement, the entitled party has the choice to either maintain the current leases or terminate the contract. However, in the latter case, he must provide the customary notice period if the lessee is in good faith. The lessee has no right to claim rents and compensations from anyone other than the lessor when necessary.

###### Article 600

The lease contract is not terminated by the death of the lessee nor the lessor.

###### Article 601

The termination of the original lease leads to the termination of the secondary leases made by the lessee, except in the cases stipulated in the first and second paragraphs of Article 586.

### On the Lease of Agricultural Lands Fourth

##### Article 602

The lease of agricultural lands is subject to the general rules outlined above and the specific rules stipulated in the following articles.

##### Article 603

A lease can be contracted on agricultural lands for a maximum of forty years. If the lease is contracted for a period exceeding this limit, either party may terminate the contract at the end of the forty years.

##### Article 604

The lease contract must specify the type of crops or yields that are the subject of the investment. If not specified, the lessee is considered authorized to plant anything that can be grown on lands similar to the leased property.

##### Article 605

If the lease contract includes agricultural machinery, livestock, or supplies such as fodder, hay, and fertilizer, both parties must provide each other with a correct, signed statement of these assets and jointly assess their value.

##### Article 606

The lessee must use the leased property according to the conditions specified in the contract. They may not use it in a way that harms the owner. They are not allowed to make changes to the method of exploiting the leased property that could have a harmful effect, even after the lease ends, unless explicitly authorized.

##### Article 607

The lessee has no right to the offspring of animals or to any increases that occur to the leased property during the contract period.

##### Article 608

All work necessary for the use of the leased property, such as digging and maintaining ditches, cleaning canals, repairing roads, paths, and fences, and making minor repairs to rural buildings and silos, is the responsibility of the lessee unless otherwise stipulated. They must carry out this work at their own expense without compensation and are liable to the lessor for damages resulting from failure to fulfill these obligations. 
However, construction work and major repairs to buildings and other farm dependencies are the responsibility of the lessor, as are repairs to wells, canals, and basins. In case of delay by the lessor, the provisions of Article 547 apply.

##### Article 609

If the lease contract for agricultural land includes more or less than what the leased property actually contains, the rent is increased or decreased, or the contract is terminated in the cases stipulated in the Book of Sale, according to the rules listed therein. The right to litigate in this regard expires one year from the date of the contract unless another date is specified for commencing use, in which case the time limit starts from that date.

##### Article 610

If the lessee is prevented from cultivating or farming their land due to force majeure, they have the right to demand a reduction in the rent or to recover what they have advanced.

##### Article 611

The lessee has the right to demand a reduction in the rent or to recover it if their crop is completely destroyed after planting due to force majeure not attributable to their fault. If part of the crop is destroyed, there is no basis for reducing or refunding the rent in proportion to this part unless it exceeds half. 
There is no way to reduce or refund the rent if the lessee has received compensation for the damage from the party causing the damage or from an insurance company.

##### Article 612

The lessee of the land cannot obtain a reduction in the rent if the fruits were destroyed after being separated from the land unless the lease contract stipulates giving the owner a specific amount of the yields. In this case, the owner must bear their share of the loss, provided that the lessee is not at fault or delayed in delivering the owner's share of the fruits. The lessee also cannot demand a reduction in the rent if the cause of the damage was present and known at the time of the contract's creation.

##### Article 613

A specific provision may impose on the lessee the burden of ordinary emergencies, such as hail, lightning, or frost. However, if this provision is made for extraordinary emergencies, such as destruction resulting from wars in areas not targeted, it is considered void.

##### Article 614

The contract is terminated in favor of the lessor of agricultural land: 
First - if the lessee neglects to plow the land or does not care for its plowing as a good father would. 
Second - if they do not place the crop in the places designated for it according to the contract. 
Third - if they use the leased property for a benefit other than that for which it was intended according to its nature or the lease contract, and in general, if they do not fulfill the lease conditions, resulting in damage to the lessor. All previously mentioned rules are observed while preserving the lessor's right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.

##### Article 615

The lease of agricultural land ends automatically at the expiration of the specified period. If no period is specified, the lease is considered contracted for the time necessary for the lessee to harvest all the fruits of the leased land. The notice of eviction must be given at least six months before the end of the current year if the arable lands are divided according to seasons and periods, and the lease ends at the end of the last season.

##### Article 616

If the lessee remains after the agreed term has expired and the lessor leaves them in possession of the leased property, the lease is considered renewed for the same period if there was a specified period; otherwise, it is considered renewed until the next harvest.

##### Article 617

The lessee of agricultural land, if their yield has not grown by the end of the lease due to an incident not attributable to their deception or fault, has the right to remain in the leased property provided they pay the lessor a rent equivalent to the rent specified in the contract, but they must prove the state of the crop at the end of their lease.

##### Article 618

The lessee who vacates the agricultural land may not perform any act that would reduce or delay the benefit of their successor.

##### Article 619

The lessee who vacates the leased property must leave suitable housing with all necessary facilities for the successor to use for the upcoming year before they begin their use. Similarly, the new lessee must leave suitable housing and all necessary facilities for the predecessor to consume the fodder and harvest the remaining crops. In both cases, local customs are observed.

##### Article 620

The lessee must leave, upon vacating the leased property, fodder, hay, and fertilizer from the current year's crop in an amount equivalent to what they received upon entering the leased property. They cannot evade this obligation by claiming need. 
If the lessee did not receive any of these materials, the lessor may retain a sufficient quantity of them after estimating their value according to the prevailing market price at the time. 
Local customs are also followed in this matter.

##### Article 621

The lessee must return the items received according to the inventory at the end of the contract and is responsible for them except in cases arising from force majeure, not attributable to his fault, and except for wear and tear resulting from normal and customary use of those items. If during the contract period he has replenished what was lacking from these items or repaired what was damaged, he has the right to recover the money he spent for this purpose unless there is a fault attributable to him.

##### Article 622

If the lessee has completed from his own funds the equipment for the leased property and added tools not mentioned in the inventory, the owner has the option at the end of the lease to either pay him their value after appraisal or return them to him in their current condition.

##### Article 623

All other agricultural contracts such as sharecropping, watering, and planting remain subject to the provisions of the applicable texts and local customs.

## On Service Lease or Employment Contract and on Industry Lease or Contracting Fifth

### General Provisions One

#### Definition One

###### Article 624

A contract of employment or service is a contract whereby one of the contracting parties undertakes to make his work subject to the service of the other party and under his management, in return for a wage that this party undertakes to pay him. A contract for work or a contract for industry is a contract whereby a person undertakes to complete a specific work for another person in return for a suitable remuneration for the importance of the work. A contract whereby a craftsman or a professional undertakes to provide his services to those who contract with him, as well as contracts whereby teachers undertake to perform their profession for the benefit of an institute or a person, are considered contracts for industry. A transport contract is also of this kind.

#### On Consent Second

###### Article 625

Contracts referred to in the previous article are concluded by the mere consent of the parties.

###### Article 626

Such consent is not valid unless the contracting parties are competent to commit.
As for the interdicted and the minor, they must act under the supervision of those who have authority over them or obtain their approval.

#### On the Subject of Lease - Employment Lease Third

###### Article 627

Any agreement in which a person commits to service for the duration of their life or for an extended period that binds them until their death is absolutely void.

###### Article 628

Also absolutely void is any agreement whose subject is:
First - Matters that are physically impossible
Second - Teaching secret magical works and acts contrary to law, morals, or public order, or performing the mentioned acts.

###### Article 629

Lawyers or others engaged in legal disputes are not allowed to make any agreement with their clients, either personally or under an assumed name, that involves sharing in the outcome of the case by making their fee a portion of what may be obtained.
(Article 69 of the 1970/8 Law - Regulation of the Legal Profession)

#### On the Service Lease Fee Fourth

###### Article 630

The compensation must be specified or capable of being specified.

###### Article 631

The stipulation of wages or compensation is estimated in the following cases unless there is evidence to the contrary:
First - Upon completion of work that is not usually performed without compensation.
Second - If the work is part of the profession of the person performing it.
Third - If the work is commercial or performed by a merchant during the practice of their trade.

###### Article 632

If no agreement is made to specify the wage or compensation for the work, it is determined according to custom. If there is a tariff or fee, they must be applied.

###### Article 633

The employer or master is obliged to pay the wage or compensation according to the terms of the contract or the custom of the locality. If there is no agreement or custom, compensation is not due until after the service is performed or the work is completed.

###### Article 634

Anyone who is obligated to perform work or service and is unable to complete it for reasons related to their employer is entitled to receive the full wage promised if they have remained at the employer's disposal and have not rented their service to another person. However, the court may reduce the specified wage according to the circumstances.

#### On the Execution of Work Fifth

##### On the Method of Conducting Work First

###### Article 635

Anyone who leases their work or service may not delegate the execution to another person if it can be inferred from the nature of the work or the will of the contracting parties that it is in the interest of the lessee for the lessor to perform the work themselves.

###### Article 636

The lessor of work or service is not only responsible for their fault but also liable for their negligence, lack of foresight, and incompetence, and any agreement to the contrary has no effect.

###### Article 637

The lessor is also responsible for the damage resulting from their failure to execute the instructions received if they were explicit and there was no sufficient reason for not adhering to them. However, if they had such a reason and there was no danger in the delay, they are obliged to notify the principal and await new instructions.

###### Article 638

The lessor is responsible for the actions of the person they appoint in their place or employ or assist, just as they are responsible for their own actions. However, if they are compelled by the nature of the work to seek the assistance of other persons, they do not bear the consequences, provided they prove:
First - that they exercised all necessary care in selecting and supervising their workers.
Second - that they exhausted all possible means to prevent the failure to perform the obligation and to mitigate its harmful consequences.

##### On Risks Second

###### Article 639

The lessor who only provides his labor is obliged to ensure the preservation of the items delivered to him for the execution of the work or manufacture. He must return them after execution and is responsible for their destruction or damage unless it is due to force majeure and he is not in a state of delay. A defect in the item or its perishable nature to the extent that leads to its destruction is considered force majeure. The burden of proof for force majeure lies with the lessor. If the items are not necessary for the execution of the work, he is only responsible for them as a depository is for a deposit.

###### Article 640

Items that must be returned to the owner or master, if stolen, destroyed, or damaged due to fire, are not considered incidents of force majeure that relieve the lessor of liability unless he proves that he took all care to prevent the incidents.

###### Article 641

Hotel and inn owners are responsible for any damage, destruction, or theft that affects the belongings of travelers staying with them unless they prove that the damage is attributable to the traveler himself or to persons visiting, accompanying, or serving him, or that it results from force majeure or the nature of the deposited item.

###### Article 642

Hotel and inn owners are not responsible for documents, securities, financial papers, or valuable items that were not delivered into their hands or the hands of their employees.

#### On the Termination of Service or Industry Lease Sixth

###### Article 643

The service or industry lease ends:
First - Upon the expiration of the agreed period or the completion of the work.
Second - By a court ruling to annul the contract in certain cases specified by law.
Third - Due to the impossibility of performing the work due to force majeure or the death of the employee or the contractor. In this last case, the exceptional provisions stipulated by law are observed. The service or industry lease does not end with the death of the employer or the master.

### On the Employment Contract or Service Lease Second

##### Article 644

The employment contract or service lease is subject to the general provisions stipulated in Article 624 and the following articles.

##### Article 645

If the worker lives in the employer's house, the employer must cover the care expenses for twenty days if the worker suffers from an illness or accident not caused by the worker's own fault.

##### Article 646

The employer is relieved from the obligation specified in the previous article if the worker can obtain such care from a cooperative association of which they are a member, from an insurance company with which they are insured, or from the public relief department.

##### Article 647

The employer or master, and generally anyone who employs workers, must:
1 - Ensure the provision of necessary safety or health conditions in factories, rooms, and generally in all places provided to workers, employees, or servants to enable them to perform the work lease.
2 - Ensure that the equipment, machines, tools, and generally all items provided to workers, employees, or servants for the execution of the work lease do not pose any danger to their health and lives beyond the inherent risk of performing the work in a normal manner.
3 - Take all necessary measures required by the nature of the work and the conditions under which it is performed to protect the lives of workers, employees, or servants and to maintain their health during the tasks they perform under their management for their account. The employer or master is responsible for any violation of the provisions of this article.

##### Article 648

The employer or master is also responsible for accidents and disasters that befall the worker during the performance of the work assigned to them if the accidents and disasters arise from the employer's violation of the special regulations related to the practice of their trade, industry, or profession, or from their failure to maintain those regulations.

##### Article 649

In the cases stipulated in the previous two articles, the compensation amount may be reduced if the cause of the accident is the fault or negligence of the injured party.

##### Article 650

Any agreement or provision intended to deny or reduce the liability stipulated in the previous articles from the master, employer, or lessee is absolutely void.

##### Article 651

The employment or service lease ends with the expiration of the period specified by the contracting parties. If the worker continues to work or provide service without opposition from the other party after the lease ends, and the contract duration was one year or less, this contract is considered implicitly renewed for the same period. If the contract was for more than one year, it is renewed for one year, and if it was monthly, it is renewed only for one month. However, if there is an explicit dismissal from service, the continuation of work or service does not imply implicit renewal.

##### Article 652

If the lease period is not specified in the contract and cannot be inferred from the nature of the work to be performed, either party may request to cease work, provided they notify the other party in advance. The notice period is one month if the employment contract has been executed for three years or less, and two months if the contract has been executed for more than three years.

##### Article 653

If the worker has committed to working as a laborer, servant, or employee in a store, shop, or public place, the first fifteen days are considered a trial period during which either party may cancel the contract without paying compensation, but the due wage must be paid to the worker, and they must be notified of the dismissal two days before termination - all unless the local custom or agreement dictates otherwise.

##### Article 654

In employment or service leases, each party has the right to terminate the contract if the other party fails to fulfill their obligations. The judge may also rule for termination at the request of one party for other significant reasons.

##### Article 655

The employer or master has the right to terminate the employment contract due to illness or injury that prevents the worker from fulfilling their obligations satisfactorily, after paying them what they are entitled to for their service period.

##### Article 656

If the contract termination is initiated by the employer and is not caused by violations of the contract obligations or a mistake made by the worker, the worker is entitled to compensation equivalent to one month's salary or wage for each year started from the first five years and half a month's salary or wage for each year started from the remaining years. The salary or wage used as the basis for this compensation is the last salary or wage received by the worker at the time of contract termination. If the employer does not observe the notice period stipulated in the previous article, they must pay the worker additional compensation equal to the salary or wage for the required notice period or the remaining duration of the notice period, and any prior waiver of the right to compensation is void and not considered.
If the contract termination is initiated by the worker without a legitimate reason and without observing the notice period mentioned above, they must pay for the damage caused to the employer.
If a worker contracts to perform a new service, the termination of the first employment contract contrary to the rules makes the new employer jointly responsible for the damage caused to the first employer in the following two cases:
1 - If they employ a worker knowing that they are bound by an employment contract.
2 - If they continue to employ a worker after knowing that this worker is still bound to another employer by an employment contract. In this second case, the liability of the second employer is lifted if it is shown that upon learning of the existence of the employment contract terminated by the worker contrary to the rules, this contract had ended by its term if it was a fixed-term contract or by the end of the notice period if it was an indefinite-term contract, and if 15 days have passed since the termination of the mentioned contract.
The cessation of the project does not relieve the employer from respecting their obligations unless there is a force majeure.
If there is a change in the legal status of the employer, especially due to inheritance, sale, merger in the form of the institution, or conversion into a company, all employment contracts in effect on the day of the change remain valid between the new employer and the institution's employees.

### On the Lease of Industry (Istisna) or Project Commitment Contract Third

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 657

The lease of industry or the contract for the concession of projects is subject to the general provisions stipulated in Article 624 and the following articles up to Article 628, as well as the provisions set forth in the following articles.

###### Article 658

In the case of manufacturing, the manufacturer may limit themselves to providing only their labor, with the client providing the materials when necessary. It is also permissible for the manufacturer to provide both the materials and the labor. However, if the materials provided by the manufacturer are the main subject of the contract and the labor is only a subsidiary, it is considered a sale, not manufacturing.

###### Article 659

The manufacturer must provide the tools and equipment necessary to complete the work unless there is a custom or agreement to the contrary.

###### Article 660

If it is necessary for the completion of the work that the client performs a certain task, the manufacturer has the right to explicitly invite them to do so. If the client fails to fulfill their obligation after a sufficient period, the manufacturer has the option to either maintain the contract or request its dissolution. In both cases, they may obtain compensation for any damage suffered, if applicable.

###### Article 661

The client has the right to request the dissolution of the contract after notifying the manufacturer:
First - If the manufacturer persists in delaying the commencement of the work without a legitimate reason.
Second - If the manufacturer is in a state of delay in delivery, unless the reason for not completing the work or for its delay or for the delay in delivery is attributed to an error by the client.

#### On the Manufacturer's Liability for Warranty Second

###### Article 662

If, during the execution of the work, it becomes apparent that the materials provided by the client or the land on which a building or other structure is to be erected have defects or deficiencies that would prevent the work from being properly executed, the contractor must inform the client without delay. If the contractor fails to do so, they will be liable for the damage resulting from these defects unless they are of a type that a contractor of similar expertise could not have identified.

###### Article 663

A contractor who provides the materials is responsible for their quality. However, if the client provides the materials, the contractor must use them according to technical standards and without negligence, inform the client of how they are being used, and return any unused materials to the client.

###### Article 664

The contractor must, in all cases, guarantee against defects and deficiencies resulting from their work. The provisions of Articles 442, 446, and 449 apply to this guarantee.

###### Article 665

In the situation described in the previous article, the client may reject the manufactured item. If it has been delivered, the client can return it within the week following delivery and set a sufficient deadline for the contractor to repair the defect or make up for the lack of certain qualities if such repair is possible. If the deadline passes without the contractor fulfilling their obligation, the client may choose one of the following options:
1- Have the item repaired by another person at the contractor's expense if repair is still possible.
2- Request a reduction in the fee.
3- Demand the annulment of the contract and leave the item at the contractor's expense.
All this while retaining the right to compensation for damages when necessary.
If the client provided the materials, they are entitled to recover their value.
The provisions of Articles 453, 454, and 455 apply to the situations mentioned under numbers 2 and 3 above.

###### Article 666

If the client receives a manufactured item that contains a defect or lacks one of the required qualities and is aware of these defects but does not return it or reserve their rights according to the provisions of the previous article, then Article 463 may be applied regarding the period within which they can file an objection unless it is proven that they were aware of those defects.

###### Article 667

The guarantee stipulated in Article 663 and the following articles up to Article 665 is nullified if the defects are due to explicit instructions from the client contrary to the contractor's or manufacturer's opinion.

###### Article 668

The engineer, construction engineer, or contractor directly employed by the client are responsible for five years following the completion of the building or other structure they managed or executed if that building or structure collapses entirely or partially or is clearly at risk of collapse due to a deficiency in materials or a defect in construction or the land.
If the construction engineer did not manage the work, they are only responsible for defects appearing in the engineering design they provided.
The five-year period mentioned begins from the day the work is received.
A lawsuit must be filed within thirty days starting from the day the event necessitating the guarantee is confirmed, otherwise, it will be dismissed.

###### Article 669

Any provision aiming to negate or reduce the guarantee stipulated in the previous articles is void.

###### Article 670

The client must accept the manufactured item if it complies with the contract terms and transport it at their own expense if it is transportable.

#### On the Risk of Damage or Deterioration Third

###### Article 671

In all cases where the manufacturer provides the materials, he is not responsible for the destruction of the construction, in whole or in part, due to force majeure. However, he cannot claim compensation if the destruction occurred before delivery and the client was not delayed in receiving it. Thus, the risks fall on the manufacturer. In this case, the manufacturer must provide proof that the destruction occurred due to force majeure if the destruction happened before the client received the item.

###### Article 672

In the case where the manufacturer only provides his work or craftsmanship, he is not responsible for destruction due to force majeure. He can claim his fee if the item was destroyed due to a defect in the materials, or if the client had received it or was delayed in receiving it.

#### On the Payment of Rent Fourth

###### Article 673

The wage is not due until the completion of the construction or work. If the wage is determined in parts on the condition that a portion is paid whenever a part of the time has elapsed or a section of the work is completed, then the payment is due at the end of each part or upon the completion of each section.

###### Article 674

If the work is interrupted for a reason not related to the will of the parties, the craftsman is only entitled to receive a wage proportional to the work he has completed, while retaining the application of Article 67 concerning the loss of materials provided.

###### Article 675

Anyone who performs work for a specified compensation based on a design or estimate he has prepared or approved cannot request an increase in compensation on the grounds that expenses exceeded the amount estimated in the design or estimate, unless the client explicitly allowed him to exceed the amount, or there is a provision to the contrary.

###### Article 676

Payment must be made at the place where the manufactured item is to be delivered.

###### Article 677

The craftsman has the right to retain the construction and all items received from the client for the work until he is paid the compensation or wage and any advances he may have made when necessary, unless the contract stipulates payment at a specific time. In this case, the craftsman is responsible for the item he retains, according to the rules applicable to the pledgee.

###### Article 678

All those employed in the construction have the right to directly sue the owner of the property to the extent of the amount owed to the contractor at the time of filing the lawsuit.

#### On Transportation Fifth

###### Article 679

The term 'transportation' is specific to the reciprocal contract whose primary purpose is to ensure the transfer of a person or thing from one place to another.

###### Article 680

Transportation is merely a type of work lease or project commitment and, by necessity, has the nature of contracts with consideration. The person engaged in it is called a carrier and is specifically referred to as a transport contractor if this work is his regular profession.

###### Article 681

The transportation contract is concluded when the parties agree on its elements and conditions, even before the item is delivered to the carrier by the sender, unless the parties explicitly or implicitly agree to delay the conclusion of the contract until after delivery.

###### Article 682

If the transported items are goods, the sender must clearly specify to the carrier the address of the recipient, the place of delivery, the number of packages, their weight, contents, delivery deadline, and the route to be followed. If there are valuable items in the packages, he must inform the carrier of their existence and value.

###### Article 683

The carrier is responsible for the loss, damage, or reduction of the items except in cases arising from force majeure, a defect in the transported item, or the sender's fault. The burden of proof for these exonerating circumstances lies with the carrier unless he made reservations upon receipt due to a defect in the packaging, which creates a presumption in favor of the carrier that the sender or recipient may contest if necessary.

###### Article 684

The recipient has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the carrier for the contract made by the carrier with the sender. Through this lawsuit, he can demand delivery or compensation for damages, if necessary, for not completing the work in whole or in part.

###### Article 685

The carrier must immediately inform the recipient upon the arrival of the goods.

###### Article 686

The carrier has a lien on the transported items to collect the transportation fee and its accessories, and he also has the right to retain them.

###### Article 687

The right to file a lawsuit against the carrier is time-barred after one year starting from the day of delivery in the case of damage, and from the day delivery was supposed to occur in the case of loss or delay in delivery.

###### Article 688

The contract for transporting persons, like the contract for transporting goods, is concluded upon mutual consent. It obliges the carrier to deliver the passenger safely to the designated place within the agreed time, and if an unforeseen event occurs, the liability arising from the contract is removed from the carrier by proving the existence of force majeure or fault by the injured party.

###### Article 689

Luggage that has been registered is subject to a transportation contract in addition to the passenger transportation contract, whereas hand luggage is not included in the contract, and the carrier is not responsible for it unless the injured party proves a specific fault committed by the carrier.

## On Deposit and Custody Sixth

### On Ordinary Deposit One

#### General Provisions First

###### Article 690

Deposit is a contract whereby the depositary receives a movable item from the depositor and undertakes to preserve and return it. The depositary is not entitled to any remuneration for preserving the deposit unless the parties agree otherwise.

###### Article 691

If the deposit consists of a sum of money or fungible items, and the depositary is authorized to use them, the contract is considered a loan for consumption.

###### Article 692

The deposit and acceptance of the deposit require the capacity to commit on the part of both the depositor and the depositary. However, if a person with capacity accepts a deposit from a person without capacity, they are obliged to fulfill all the obligations of a depositary.

###### Article 693

If a person with capacity deposits an item with a person lacking capacity, they may request its return if it is still in the hands of the depositary. However, if the deposit has been transferred to another party, they may only file a claim for restitution equivalent to the gain obtained by the person lacking capacity. The rules concerning the liability of those lacking capacity when committing a crime or quasi-crime apply where necessary.

###### Article 694

It is not necessary for the validity of the deposit between the parties that the depositor be the owner of the deposit or have legal possession of it.

###### Article 695

The deposit contract is concluded by the acceptance of both parties and the delivery of the item. Constructive delivery is sufficient when the item to be deposited is already in the possession of the depositary for another reason.

#### On the Obligations of the Depositary Second

###### Article 696

The depositary must take care of the deposit as he takes care of his own belongings, while retaining the application of the provisions of Article 713.

###### Article 697

The depositary is not entitled to delegate another person to preserve the deposit except in one of the following two cases:
1- If the depositor explicitly permits it
2- If a very urgent necessity requires it.

###### Article 698

The depositary is, except in the case provided for in number (2) of the previous article, responsible for the person he delegates unless he proves that the deposit would have been destroyed or damaged even if it had remained in his hands without committing a fault. However, if the depositary is entitled to delegate another person, he is only liable in the following two cases:
1- If he chooses a person who does not possess the qualifications to preserve the deposit
2- If he alters the instructions he had or issues instructions to the person he delegated that resulted in damage, even if he made a good choice.

###### Article 699

The depositor has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the deputy of the depositary as if it were against the depositary himself.

###### Article 700

If the depositary uses the deposit or disposes of it without the depositor's permission, he is responsible for its destruction or damage even if the cause is an external event. He is also responsible for destruction or damage in all cases, even if it results from an unforeseen accident, if he trades with the deposit. However, he retains any profit he may have made from this. If he only uses or disposes of part of the deposit, he is only responsible for that part.

###### Article 701

The depositary cannot force the depositor to retrieve his deposit before the agreed term except for a legitimate reason. However, he must return the deposit whenever the depositor requests it, even if the agreed time for its return has not yet arrived.

###### Article 702

The depositary who is asked by the depositor to return the deposit is considered in delay merely for delaying without a legitimate reason. If the deposit is for the benefit of a third party, he must not return the deposit without their authorization.

###### Article 703

If no time is set for the return, the depositary can return the deposit at any time he wishes, provided he does not return it at an inappropriate time and grants the depositor sufficient time for retrieval or to prepare what the circumstances require.

###### Article 704

The deposit must be returned to the place where it was deposited unless there is a contrary provision. If it is agreed that it should be returned to a place other than where it was deposited, the depositor must bear the cost of its return and transportation.

###### Article 705

The depositary must deliver the deposit to the depositor or to the person in whose name it was deposited or to the person designated to receive it. He cannot require the depositor to prove ownership of the deposit. The person designated to receive the deposit has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the depositary to compel him to return the deposit to him.

###### Article 706

If the depositor is a person lacking legal capacity or a person declared insolvent by the court, the deposit cannot be returned except to his legal representative, even if the loss of capacity or insolvency occurred after the deposit.

###### Article 707

If the depositor dies, the depositary cannot return the deposit to anyone other than his heir or his legal representative. If there are multiple heirs, the depositary can choose one of two options: either present the case to the judge and act according to his decision, thereby relieving himself of liability, or return to each heir what corresponds to his share.
In this case, he remains responsible, and if the deposit is indivisible, the heirs must agree to be able to receive it. If there are minors or absentees among them, the deposit cannot be returned except with the judge's permission. If the heirs do not agree or do not obtain such permission, the depositary is discharged by depositing the deposit in accordance with the provisions of deposit, either on his own initiative or by a court order issued at the request of any interested party. If the estate is insolvent or there are legatees, the depositary must in all cases refer the matter to the judge.

###### Article 708

The provisions of the previous article also apply to the case where the deposit contract is issued by several persons together, unless there is an explicit agreement that the deposit can be returned to one of them or to all of them.

###### Article 709

If the deposit was made by a guardian or custodian in his capacity as guardian or custodian and he no longer holds this capacity at the time of retrieval, the deposit cannot be returned except to the person whom the depositor represented if this person is eligible to receive it, or to the person who succeeded the guardian or custodian.

###### Article 710

The depositary must return the deposit to the depositor even if another person claims it for himself, unless it is seized or a claim of entitlement is filed in court. In such a case, the depositary must inform the depositor without delay about the seizure or claim of entitlement. The depositary is exempt from the lawsuit from the moment he proves that he is merely a depositary. If the dispute lasts beyond the specified date for returning the deposit, the depositary can obtain permission to deposit it for the account of the rightful owner.

###### Article 711

The depositary must return the deposit itself and the accessories delivered with it in the condition they are in, while retaining the application of the provisions of Article 714.

###### Article 712

The depositary must return with the deposit what he has gained from its natural and civil products.

###### Article 713

The depositary is responsible for any destruction or damage that could have been avoided:
First- If he receives a fee for guarding the deposit
Second- If he accepts deposits by virtue of his profession or job.

###### Article 714

The depositary is not responsible for the destruction or damage of the deposit if it results from:
1- The nature of the deposited item or a defect in it or the act of the depositor
2- Force majeure, unless he is in delay in returning the deposit. The burden of proof for the circumstances mentioned in paragraphs (1) and (2) above lies with the depositary if he receives a fee or accepts deposits by virtue of his profession or job.

###### Article 715

The depositary from whom the deposit was taken by force majeure and who received a sum of money or something else in return, is obliged to return what he received.

###### Article 716

If there are multiple depositaries, they are jointly liable concerning the obligations and rights arising from the deposit, unless there is a contrary provision.

#### On the Obligations of the Depositor Third

###### Article 717

The depositor must pay the depositary the expenses of preserving the deposit and compensate him for the losses incurred due to the deposit.

###### Article 718

The depositary has the right to retain the deposit until he receives all that is due to him because of the deposit.

### Detention in the Custody of a Guardian Second

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 719

Custody is the deposit of a disputed item in the hands of a third person. The subject of custody may be movable or immovable property, and it is subject to the provisions applicable to ordinary deposits and the following provisions.

###### Article 720

Custody is entrusted to a person agreed upon by all parties concerned, and it can also be appointed by the judge. The judge may decide to appoint a custodian:
1- For an item that is the subject of a dispute or questionable legal relations, until the dispute or doubt is resolved, or for an item offered by the debtor to discharge his obligation.
2- For movable and immovable property that the concerned party, for legitimate reasons, fears may be embezzled, damaged, or impaired by the possessor.
3- For movable property secured for the creditor's right if the creditor proves the debtor's insolvency or has legitimate reasons to fear the debtor's escape, embezzlement, or impairment of those items. The rights and obligations of the custodian are determined in the court's decision appointing him; otherwise, they are subject to the rules applicable to an agreed custodian.

###### Article 721

Custody may not be free of charge.

#### On the Obligations of the Custodian Second

###### Article 722

The custodian is responsible for preserving the item and managing its affairs. They are required to produce everything that can be produced from it.

###### Article 723

The custodian is not allowed to perform any acts of disposal or transfer except for those necessary for the benefit of the detained item. If the custody involves perishable items, they may be sold with the judge's authorization, and the subject of the custody will then be the proceeds of the sale.

###### Article 724

The custodian must return the detained item without delay to the person designated by both parties or by the court, and they are subject to the obligations related to its return as those of a paid depositary.

###### Article 725

If the custody is not free of charge, the custodian is liable for any fault in their management according to the rules applicable to agency.

###### Article 726

If the custody is entrusted to several persons, solidarity is necessarily established among them according to the rules applicable to agency.

#### Obligations of the Party Receiving the Item Third

###### Article 727

The party to whom the item is returned must pay the custodian the necessary and useful expenses incurred in good faith and without excess, and must pay the agreed-upon fee or the fee determined by the judge.
If the deposit is voluntary, the custodian may file a lawsuit against all depositors to compel them to pay the expenses and fulfill the fee, taking into account the proportion of their interests in the matter.

## On Loans Seventh

### On the Loan for Use First

##### Article 728

There are two types of loans: a loan for use or lending, and a loan for consumption.

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 729

A loan for use or lending is a contract whereby a person (called the lender) delivers an item to another person (called the borrower) to use for a period of time or for a specific purpose, provided that the same item is returned to him. In lending, the lender remains the owner of the loaned item and retains legal possession of it, while the borrower only has possession and use.

###### Article 730

Lending is essentially free of charge.

###### Article 731

The subject of lending may be movable or immovable property.

###### Article 732

Lending is concluded by the consent of both parties and by delivering the loaned item to the borrower.

###### Article 733

In lending, the lender must be capable of transferring it without compensation. Therefore, a guardian, custodian, or trustee of another's property may not lend the items entrusted to them for management.

#### On the Obligations of the Borrower Second

##### General Provisions First

###### Article 734

The borrower must diligently ensure the preservation of the loaned item. He may not entrust its safekeeping to another person except in cases of extreme necessity. If he violates the provision of the previous paragraph, he is not only liable for the fault of this person but also for emergencies resulting from force majeure.

###### Article 735

The borrower may not use the loaned item beyond the manner and limits specified in the contract or derived from custom.

###### Article 736

The borrower may use the loaned item himself and may lend it or transfer its use to another person without compensation, unless the loan was contracted for a consideration related to the borrower's person or for a specific use that prevents such disposition.

###### Article 737

The borrower may not lease, pledge, or dispose of the loaned item except with the lender's permission.

###### Article 738

The borrower must bear:
1- The ordinary expenses for the maintenance of the loaned item.
2- The expenses necessary for the use of the loaned item.

###### Article 739

If the item is borrowed by several persons together, they are jointly liable for it.

##### On the Obligation of Restitution Second

###### Article 740

The borrower must return the loaned item itself and all accessories and additions that have been made to it since the date of the loan within the agreed period.

###### Article 741

If the loan is for a specific period, the borrower must return the loaned item after using it according to the agreed purpose or custom. If the intended purpose is not specified, the lender may request it at any time, unless there is a contrary custom.

###### Article 742

The lender may request the return of the loaned item even before the end of the period or before the agreed use in the following cases:
First - If the lender has an urgent and unforeseen need for the loaned item.
Second - If the borrower misuses it or uses it for a purpose not specified in the contract.
Third - If the borrower does not give it the necessary care.

###### Article 743

If the borrower waives the use of the loaned item or disposes of it in another manner for the benefit of another person, the lender may directly file a lawsuit against this person, which he was entitled to file against the borrower.

###### Article 744

The borrower must return the loaned item to the place where it was received unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 745

The borrower must bear the expenses of receiving and returning the loaned item.

##### Liability for the Destruction or Damage of the Loaned Item Third

###### Article 746

The borrower shall not be responsible for the destruction or damage of the borrowed item if such destruction or damage arises from its ordinary use in accordance with the agreement made between the parties. If the lender claims that the borrower misused it, the lender must provide evidence.

###### Article 747

The borrower shall be responsible for the damage or destruction of the borrowed item resulting from force majeure:
First - if they misused it.
Second - if they used it for purposes other than those designated by its nature or by agreement.
Third - if they are in a state of delay in returning it.
Fourth - if they neglected to take the necessary precautions to maintain the borrowed item or disposed of it for the benefit of another person without the lender's permission, while the loan was made for a consideration related to the borrower's person.

###### Article 748

Any agreement that imposes on the borrower the liability for emergencies resulting from force majeure, except in the cases stipulated in the previous article, shall be void. Also void is any agreement that exempts the borrower in advance from liability for their fault or negligence.

#### Obligations of the Lender Third

###### Article 749

The borrower has the right to file a claim for damages against the lender in the following cases:
First - If the borrower incurs necessary expenses for the maintenance of the borrowed item.
Second - If the borrowed item has defects that lead to harm to its user.

###### Article 750

However, the lender is not liable:
First - If the lender was unaware of the reason that led to the seizure of the borrowed item through a claim of entitlement or was unaware of its hidden defects.
Second - If the defects or risks were so apparent that it was easy for the borrower to recognize them.
Third - If the lender had warned the borrower of the existence of those defects or risks or of the risk of its seizure through a claim of entitlement.
Fourth - If the damage resulted solely from the borrower's fault or negligence.

###### Article 751

The borrower has the right to retain the borrowed item until they receive the compensation due from the lender.

#### On the Termination of the Loan Contract by the Death of the Borrower Fourth

###### Article 752

The loan contract is dissolved upon the death of the borrower. However, the obligations arising from it are transferred to his heirs.

#### On the Statute of Limitations for the Right to File a Lawsuit Between the Lender and the Borrower Fifth

###### Article 753

The right of the lender to sue the borrower and the right of the borrower to sue the lender in lawsuits arising from the provisions of Articles 734, 735, and 737 are extinguished by the statute of limitations after six months. This period begins, in relation to the lender, from the day the loan is returned to them, and in relation to the borrower, from the day the contract ends.

### On Consumer Loans Second

#### On the Nature of the Consumption Loan One

###### Article 754

A consumption loan is a contract whereby one party delivers to the other party money or other fungible items on the condition that the borrower returns to the lender, at the agreed-upon term, an equivalent amount in type and quality.

###### Article 755

A consumption loan is also concluded if a creditor has, in the possession of another person, by way of deposit or otherwise, a sum of money or a quantity of fungible items and allows the debtor to keep those monies or items by way of lending.

#### On the Conditions of Consumer Loans Second

###### Article 756

The lender must have the necessary capacity to dispose of the items they wish to lend.

###### Article 757

A consumption loan may be contracted on all movable items of the same kind, whether they are consumed upon first use or not.

###### Article 758

If the borrower receives income bonds, other financial papers, or goods instead of the agreed-upon money, the value of the loan is calculated based on the price of the bonds or the price of the goods at the time and place of delivery. Any provision to the contrary is void.

#### On the Effects of the Consumption Loan Third

###### Article 759

The loaned items become the property of the borrower, and their risks are upon him.

###### Article 760

The lender is responsible for hidden defects in the loaned items and for their dispossession by a claim of entitlement, in accordance with the rules established in the section on sales.

###### Article 761

The borrower must return what is equivalent to the loaned item in type and quality.

###### Article 762

The borrower cannot be forced to return what he owes before the due date specified by the contract or custom. However, he may return it before the due date, unless this return harms the interest of the lender.

###### Article 763

If no due date is specified, the borrower is obliged to return upon any request from the lender. If the parties agree that the borrower will only fulfill when he is able or when the means are available, the borrower may then request the judge to set a date for fulfillment.

###### Article 764

The borrower must return the loaned item at the place where the loan was contracted unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

###### Article 765

The expenses of receipt and return are on the borrower.

### Loan with Interest Third

##### Article 766

Interest is not due on a consumption loan unless stipulated. If the borrower voluntarily pays interest that is not stipulated or exceeds the agreed interest, they have no right to reclaim it or deduct it from the principal.

##### Article 767

If the parties agree on the payment of interest without specifying a rate, the borrower must pay the legal interest. In civil matters, the agreed interest rate must be corrected if it exceeds the legal interest. If no correction is made, only the legal interest rate is due.

##### Article 768

Interest may be charged on the interest of the principal either by filing a lawsuit or by a special contract established after maturity. In both cases, it is required that the due interest pertains to a period of not less than six months, while preserving the rules and customs related to commerce.

## On Agency Eighth

### On Agency in General One

##### Article 769

Agency is a contract by which the principal authorizes the agent to undertake a case or several cases, or to complete a work or act, or a series of works and acts. The acceptance of the agent is required, and the acceptance of the agency may be implicit and inferred from the agent's performance of it.

##### Article 770

Agency is originally without compensation, and there is nothing to prevent stipulating a fee. It is not considered gratuitous in the following cases:
First - If the agent performs the services contracted under the agency as part of his profession or trade.
Second - If the agency is between merchants for commercial activities.
Third - If custom dictates payment for the services contracted under the agency.

##### Article 771

The agency may be subject to a condition and may be effective from a specific time or until a specific time.

##### Article 772

The agency is not valid unless the principal himself is competent to undertake its subject. This competence is not required of the agent, but it is sufficient for him to be of discernment.

##### Article 773

The agency is void:
First - If its subject is impossible or not sufficiently specified.
Second - If its subject involves actions contrary to public order, morals, or laws.

##### Article 774

The agency is not valid if its subject involves performing an act that cannot be completed by another, such as taking an oath.

##### Article 775

The agency may only be granted in the form required for the act that is the subject of the agency, unless there is a contrary legal provision.

### On the Effects of the Agency Between the Principal and the Agent Second

#### On the Rights and Obligations of the Agent One

##### On the Rights of the Agent First

###### Article 776

The agency may be special or general.

###### Article 777

A special agency is one that is given to the agent for a specific matter or several specific matters, or that grants him a limited special authority. It does not entitle him to act except in the matters or tasks specified and their necessary appendices as required by the nature of the work or custom.

###### Article 778

A general agency for managing the affairs of the principal only allows the agent to perform administrative tasks, while acts of disposition, reconciliation, and arbitration always require a special agency.

###### Article 779

The agent is not entitled to exceed the limits specified in the agency; however, he can deviate from the instructions given to him if he is unable to inform the principal beforehand and there are circumstances under which the principal's approval can be assumed. In this case, the agent must inform the principal without delay about the modifications made in executing the agency.

###### Article 780

If the agent is able to perform the entrusted task under more beneficial and advantageous conditions than those specified in the agency, the difference benefits the principal.

###### Article 781

If several agents are appointed in one agency for one matter, they may not act individually unless expressly authorized to do so. For example, one of them cannot perform an administrative task in the absence of the other, even if it is impossible for the absent one to assist in this task. However, the previous rule does not apply in the following two cases:
First - In defense before the judiciary, returning a deposit, paying a due written debt, taking a precautionary measure in the interest of the principal, or any other urgent matter whose neglect would harm the principal.
Second - In an agency contracted between merchants for commercial tasks. In these two cases, one of the agents can act alone validly unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 782

The agent may not delegate another person to execute the agency in the following cases:
First - If the principal has expressly granted him this right.
Second - If granting this right arises from the nature of the work or the circumstances.
Third - If the agency is general and absolute.

###### Article 783

An agent who does not have the power to delegate is responsible for the actions of the person he appoints as he is for his own actions. If delegation is permitted, he is only responsible if he chooses a person who does not have the required qualifications for the agency or if, despite making a good choice, he gave his deputy instructions that caused harm or neglected to supervise him when necessary.

###### Article 784

In all cases, the deputy agent is directly responsible to the principal as the agent himself, and he has the same rights as the agent.

##### In the Obligations of the Agent Second

###### Article 785

The agent must execute the agency with the care of a good father.

###### Article 786

The obligations stipulated in the previous article must be interpreted strictly:
First - if the agency is for a fee
Second - if it is in the interest of a minor or an incapacitated person or in the interest of a legal entity.

###### Article 787

The agent must inform the principal of all circumstances that may lead them to modify or revoke the agency.

###### Article 788

The agent is obliged, upon completing the agency, to promptly inform the principal in a manner that allows them to fully understand how it was completed. If the principal delays in responding after receiving the notification beyond what the nature of the work or customary practice requires, they are considered to have approved what the agent has done, even if it exceeds their authority.

###### Article 789

The agent must provide the principal, upon request at any time, with a statement of their management and deliver to them everything received through the agency by any means, and must pay interest on funds delayed in payment.

###### Article 790

The agent is responsible for the items received through the agency, according to the conditions stipulated in articles 696, 697, 711, 712, 714, and 715. If the agency is for a fee, the agent's liability is subject to the provisions of article 713.

###### Article 791

If there are several agents, there is no solidarity among them unless stipulated, but the solidarity of agents necessarily exists:
First - when the damage suffered by the principal arises from a joint error they conspired on
Second - when the agency is indivisible
Third - when the agency is contracted for commercial activities between merchants, and there is no contrary provision that, even if the agent is jointly liable with the other agents, they are not responsible in any case for what one of them does outside the scope of the agency or exceeds its limits.

### Effects of the Agency with Respect to Third Parties Third

##### Article 799

If the agent contracts in his own name and on his own behalf, he shall have the rights arising from the contract. He remains directly bound to those he contracted with as if the matter concerned him alone without the principal, even if those he contracted with knew him as a borrowed person or an intermediary working on commission.

##### Article 800

An agent who acts in the capacity of an agent and does not exceed his authority does not incur any personal obligation whatsoever to the other persons he contracted with.
These persons cannot claim against anyone other than the principal.

##### Article 801

A third party does not have the right to file a lawsuit against the agent to compel him to execute the agency unless it was contracted for the benefit of that person as well.

##### Article 802

A third party has the right to file a lawsuit against the agent to compel him to accept the execution of the contract when its execution is necessarily included in his agency.

##### Article 803

In the presence of a special agency, anyone dealing with the agent in his capacity as an agent has the right to request him to present the agency document and to obtain, when necessary, an official copy of this document, provided that he pays its cost.

##### Article 804

The acts performed by the agent in the name of the principal correctly and within the limits of his authority have effect in benefiting or harming the principal as if the principal himself had performed them.

##### Article 805

The principal is obliged to fulfill directly the commitments made by the agent on his behalf within the limits of the authority granted to him in the agency. However, the conditional terms and secret agreements made between the principal and the agent, which are not derived from the agency itself, cannot be invoked against a third party unless it is proven that this person was aware of them at the time of the contract.

##### Article 806

The principal is not bound by what the agent does that falls outside his authority or exceeds its limits except in the following cases:
First - If he approves it, even implicitly
Second - If he benefits from it
Third - If the agent contracts under conditions more beneficial than those specified in the instructions he received
Fourth - If the agent contracts under conditions more costly than those specified in the instructions he received, in the following cases:
1- If the party is of little significance
2- If it conforms to the usual tolerance in trade or in the place where the contract was concluded.

##### Article 807

An agent who acts without an agency or exceeds the limits of his agency is obliged to compensate for damages to the persons he contracted with if the contract cannot be executed. The agent is not obliged to guarantee anything if he provided his contracting party with sufficient knowledge of his authority unless the agent had undertaken to execute the obligation.

### On the Termination of Agency Fourth

##### Article 808

The agency ends:
First - Upon the completion of the work for which it was given.
Second - Upon the fulfillment of the cancellation condition or the arrival of the specified term for the agency.
Third - By the principal dismissing the agent.
Fourth - By the agent withdrawing from the agency.
Fifth - By the death of the principal or the agent.
Sixth - By a change in the condition of the principal or the agent leading to the loss of legal capacity to exercise their rights, such as interdiction or declaration of bankruptcy, unless the subject of the agency involves actions that can be completed despite such change.
Seventh - By the impossibility of execution arising from a cause unrelated to the will of the contracting parties.

##### Article 809

The agency given by a legal entity or a company ends with the dissolution of this company or that entity.

##### Article 810

The principal may dismiss the agent at any time. Any contrary provision is not enforceable, whether concerning the contracting parties or third parties. The stipulation of remuneration does not prevent the principal from exercising this right. However, if the agency is contracted in the interest of the agent or another person, the principal may not revoke the agency except with the consent of the party for whom it was contracted.

##### Article 811

The dismissal may be explicit or implicit. If the dismissal is made by letter or telegram, it is not effective until the agent receives the notification of their dismissal.

##### Article 812

If the agency is from several persons in a single matter, dismissal is only permissible with the agreement of all principals. However, if the matter is divisible, the dismissal by one of the principals removes the agency concerning the part related to that principal alone. In partnerships (collective) and other companies, each partner with the right to represent the company may revoke the agency.

##### Article 813

The dismissal of the entire agency or part of it is not effective against a third party acting in good faith if the agent contracted before knowing of their dismissal. However, the principal retains the right to recourse against their agent.

##### Article 814

When the law requires a specific form for establishing the agency, the same form must be used to revoke it.

##### Article 815

The agent may not withdraw from the agency unless they notify the principal of their withdrawal. The agent is liable for any damage or loss caused by this withdrawal if they fail to take necessary measures to fully protect the principal's interests until the principal can take the necessary actions themselves.

##### Article 816

The agent may not withdraw from their agency if it is contracted in the interest of a third party, except in the case of illness or another legitimate impediment. In the mentioned case, the agent must notify the person for whom the agency was given and grant them sufficient time to take necessary actions.

##### Article 817

The dismissal or death of the original agent leads to the dismissal of the sub-agent except in the following two cases:
First - When the sub-agent is appointed with authorization from the principal.
Second - When the original agent has absolute authority to act or has the right to appoint a sub-agent.

##### Article 818

The death of the principal or a change in their condition nullifies the agency of the original agent and their sub-agent except in the following two cases:
First - When the agency is given in the interest of the agent or a third party.
Second - When the subject of the agency is an action intended to be completed after the principal's death, in which case the agent becomes the executor of the will.

##### Article 819

The actions performed by the agent in the name of the principal before knowing of their death or any reason leading to the termination of the agency are considered valid, provided that the third party with whom they contracted was also unaware of this reason.

##### Article 820

If the agency ends due to the death of the principal, their bankruptcy, or loss of capacity, the agent must, if delay poses a risk, complete what they started as necessity dictates and take all necessary actions for the principal's benefit if there is no heir with capacity or legal representative for the principal or the heir. The agent is also entitled to recover what they have advanced or spent to execute the agency according to the rules related to negotiorum gestio.

##### Article 821

If the agent dies and the heirs are aware of the agency's existence, they must promptly inform the principal of the death. They must also retain the documents and other papers related to the principal and take all necessary measures to protect their interests. However, the provisions of this article do not apply to minor heirs as long as they are without a guardian.

##### Article 822

If the principal or the agent suddenly terminates the agency contract at an inappropriate time and without an acceptable reason, they may be liable for damages to the other party due to the misuse of this right.
The existence and amount of damage are determined by the judge according to the nature of the agency, the circumstances of the case, and local customs.

## On Companies Ninth

#### Article 823

Companies are of two types:
First - Companies of ownership or quasi-companies
Second - Contractual companies or companies in the true sense.

### Co-ownership or Quasi-Partnership One

#### Rights and Obligations of Partners in Ownership First

###### Article 824

When an object or a right is jointly owned and shared among several people, a legal entity called a co-ownership or quasi-company is established, which can be either voluntary or compulsory.

###### Article 825

In case of doubt, the shares of the partners are considered equal.

###### Article 826

Each partner can use the shared object in proportion to their right, provided they do not use it in a manner contrary to the nature of that object or the purpose for which it is intended, or contrary to the interest of the company, or in a way that prevents other partners from exercising their rights.

###### Article 827

A partner may not make changes to the shared object without the explicit or implicit consent of their partners. If the provisions of the previous paragraph are not observed, the following rules apply:
First - Division is carried out when the object is divisible. If the part where the change occurred falls within the share of the partner who made it, no party can object. However, if the change falls within the share of another partner, this partner can choose either to receive compensation for the change or to compel their partner to restore the object to its original state.
Second - When the object is indivisible, the partners can compel the one who made the change to restore the object to its original state and bear the cost, with compensation for damages when necessary.

###### Article 828

When the object is by nature indivisible, a partner is entitled only to what corresponds to their share of its products. It must be leased for the benefit of all partners, even if one of them objects.

###### Article 829

Each partner must account to their partners for everything they received in excess of their share of the products of the shared object.

###### Article 830

Partners may agree that each of them individually enjoys the object or the shared right by way of rotation. In this case, each of them can dispose of their specific right enjoyed during the designated period, whether for compensation or not, and is not required to account to their partners for what they received. However, they cannot do anything that would diminish or prevent the rights of the other partners when it is their turn to enjoy.

###### Article 831

Each partner must ensure the maintenance of the shared object as they would their own belongings.

###### Article 832

Each partner has the right to compel the other partners to contribute according to their shares to the necessary expenses for maintaining the shared object and keeping it suitable for its intended use. However, each of them can be relieved from this obligation:
First - By selling their share while retaining the right of preemption associated with co-ownership for the partner who incurred the expense or offered to incur it.
Second - By allowing the mentioned partner the right to enjoy the shared object with its products until they recover what they paid on behalf of the partners.
Third - By requesting division if possible. If the expense has been paid, the partners are liable for it according to their shares.

###### Article 833

Each partner is obliged towards the others to bear the burdens of the shared object and the expenses of management and investment, and each partner's share of these burdens and expenses is determined according to their share in that object.

###### Article 834

Beneficial and luxury expenses incurred by one of the partners do not entitle them to claim anything from their partners unless they have been expressly or implicitly authorized to incur them.

###### Article 835

The minority of partners is compelled to accept the decisions made by the majority regarding the management of the shared object and how to benefit from it, provided the majority holds three-quarters of the interests that constitute the subject of the company. If the majority does not hold three-quarters, the partners may resort to the judge, who will decide what is most in line with the general interest of the company. He may appoint a manager for it if necessary or order its division.

###### Article 836

The minority is not compelled to accept the majority's decisions if they pertain to:
First - Acts of disposition, and administrative acts as well if they directly affect ownership.
Second - New amendments to the company contract or the shared object.
Third - Contracting new obligations. In the aforementioned cases, the opinion of the dissenters must prevail. However, the other partners may exercise the right stipulated in Article 86 when necessary.

###### Article 837

Each partner has a common share in the ownership of the shared object and its products. They may sell that share, transfer it, mortgage it, delegate someone else to enjoy it, and dispose of it in any other way, whether for compensation or not, unless they only hold a right specific to their person.

###### Article 838

If one of the partners sells their common share to another person, the other partners may invoke the right of preemption in accordance with the legal provisions related to it.

#### How the Co-ownership Company Ends Second

###### Article 839

The co-ownership or quasi-partnership ends:
First - By the destruction of all the jointly owned property.
Second - By the partners transferring their shares to one of them or leaving them to him.
Third - By partition.

###### Article 840

No one is compelled to remain in co-ownership, so each partner may request partition. However, the court may temporarily suspend the partition lawsuit if it finds that the circumstances are not suitable for conducting it.

###### Article 841

It is permissible to agree to remain in co-ownership for a specified period not exceeding five years, and any extension beyond this limit is disregarded. The court may decide to terminate the co-ownership even during the specified period if strong and unforeseen reasons justify it. However, the court may, even in this case, order the dissolution of the partnership and partition during the agreed period for the continuation of co-ownership.

###### Article 842

Partition cannot be requested if the subject of the partnership consists of items that, after partition, are no longer suitable for their intended use.

###### Article 843

The statute of limitations does not apply to a lawsuit requesting partition.

### On Contractual Companies Second

#### General Provisions Common to Civil and Commercial Companies One

###### Article 844

A company is a mutual contract whereby two or more persons participate in something with the intent to share the profits resulting from it.
In cases provided by law, it can be established by an act issued by the will of a single person.

###### Article 845

The participation of employees or representatives of legal entities or companies in a portion of the profits as total or partial compensation for the services they perform is not sufficient to grant them the status of a partner.

###### Article 846

A company cannot be formed:
First - Between a father and a son who is still under paternal authority.
Second - Between a guardian and a minor until the minor reaches the age of majority, the guardian presents the guardianship account, and final approval is obtained.
Third - Between a guardian of an incapacitated person or a manager of a religious establishment, and the persons managing their funds.
The authorization of a father or guardian for a minor or incapacitated person to engage in commerce is not sufficient to make them eligible to contract with them to establish a company.

###### Article 847

Every company must have a lawful purpose: any company with a purpose contrary to morals, public order, or the law is absolutely void. Also absolutely void is any company whose subject matter consists of things not considered property among people.

###### Article 848

A company is formed by the agreement of the contracting parties to establish it and to all the terms of the contract, except in cases where the law requires a special form. However, if the subject of the company is real estate or other properties subject to mortgage, and the duration exceeds three years, the contract must be written and registered in the legal form, and the transactions stipulated in Decision No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner on March 15, 1926, must also be completed.

###### Article 849

The partners' shares in the capital may be money, movable or immovable property, or intangible rights, and may also be the industry of one or all of the partners.

###### Article 850

It is also permissible for one of the partners to contribute the commercial trust they enjoy.

###### Article 851

The items contributed by the partners may differ in value and type. In case of doubt, they are considered equal in what they have contributed.

###### Article 852

The share of each partner in the capital must be specified, along with its type. If it consists of all the present assets owned by one of the partners, an inventory must be organized for it. If it consists of non-monetary items, they must be appraised according to their value on the day they are introduced into the company's assets, otherwise, the partners are considered to agree that their market price on the day of contribution is the basis for appraisal. If there is no price, it is according to the value determined by experts.

###### Article 853

The joint capital or the company's capital consists of the total shares contributed by the partners and the items purchased with them to carry out the company's activities. The compensation received for the destruction, damage, or expropriation of an item belonging to the capital is also included in the company's capital, but only to the extent of the value assigned to that item when it was placed in the company according to the contract. The company's capital is jointly owned by the partners, each having a common share in it proportional to what they contributed to the capital.

###### Article 854

A company may be formed for a fixed term or an indefinite period. If its subject is an activity with a specific duration, it is considered formed for the duration of that activity.

###### Article 855

The company begins from the date of the contract, unless the partners agree to set another date.

#### On the Effects of the Company Second

##### Effects of the Partnership Among Partners First

###### On the Obligations of Partners First

###### Article 856

Each partner is indebted to the other partners for everything they promised to provide to the company. In case of doubt, partners are considered obligated to provide equal shares.

###### Article 857

Each partner must deliver what they are obligated to provide at the specified time. If no specific time is set, then immediately after the contract is concluded. The time required by the nature of the thing or the distance should be considered. If a partner is late in providing their share of the capital, the other partners may request their removal from the company or compel them to fulfill their obligation, while retaining the right to claim compensation for damages in both cases.

###### Article 858

If a partner's share in the capital is a debt owed to them by another person, the partner is not discharged until the day the company receives the amount that the debt was provided in place of. The partner is liable for damages if the amount is not paid on the due date.

###### Article 859

If the share provided is the ownership of a specific asset, the partner who provided it is obligated to guarantee against hidden defects and eviction due to rightful claims, as a seller would. If what was provided is limited to the right of usufruct, the partner is obligated to guarantee as a lessor and must also guarantee the content of that thing under the same conditions.

###### Article 860

A partner who has committed to providing their craft is obligated to perform the promised work and to account for all profits earned from the date of the contract through that craft, which is the subject of the company. However, they are not required to include in the company any patents obtained, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

###### Article 861

If a partner's share is destroyed or damaged due to force majeure after the contract and before actual or constructive delivery, the following rules apply:
First - If what the partner provides is money or other fungibles, or the right of usufruct of a specific thing, the risk of destruction or damage is borne by the owning partner.
Second - If it is a specific thing whose ownership was transferred to the company, all partners bear the risk.

###### Article 862

No partner is required to renew their share in the capital if it is destroyed, except in the case mentioned in Article 911, nor are they required to increase it beyond what is specified in the contract.

###### Article 863

A partner may not invoke set-off between damages for which they are responsible and profits the company has gained through them from another matter.

###### Article 864

A partner may not delegate another to execute what they have committed to the company. They are responsible in all cases for the actions of the persons they appoint in their place or assist them, and for any mistakes they make.

###### Article 865

A partner may not, without the consent of their partners, engage in activities similar to those of the company for their own account or for the account of others if such competition harms the company's interests. In case of violation, the partners have the choice between demanding compensation for damages or taking over the activities the partner engaged in and claiming the profits made. All this while retaining the right to work on removing them from the company. If three months pass without choosing one of the mentioned options, they lose the right to choose and are left only with the right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.

###### Article 866

The provision of the previous article does not apply if the partner had an interest in competing projects before joining the company or was engaged in similar activities with the knowledge of their partners and was not required to abandon them. The mentioned partner may not resort to the courts to compel their partners to consent.

###### Article 867

Each partner is required to show the same care and diligence in fulfilling their duties to the company as they do in managing their own affairs. Any negligence of this kind is considered a fault for which they are liable to the other partners, as well as for failing to fulfill the duties arising from the partnership contract and for the misuse of the authority granted to them. They are not liable for force majeure unless it results from their fault.

###### Article 868

Each partner is required, under the same conditions as an agent, to account for:
First - All amounts and assets they take from the company's capital for joint activities.
Second - Everything they receive on the joint account or through activities that are the subject of the company.
Third - In general, for every action they undertake on behalf of the company.
Any provision exempting a partner from the duty to account is void.

###### On the Rights of the Partner Second

###### Article 869

Each partner has the right to take from the joint funds the amount specified in the contract for their personal expenses. They are not entitled to exceed this amount.

###### Article 870

Any partner who uses the funds or common items without the permission of the other partners, for their own benefit or for the benefit of a third party, is required to return the amounts taken and add to the company's funds the profits they have gained. The partners retain the right to compensation for damages and to file a criminal lawsuit against them if necessary.

###### Article 871

A partner, even if they are a manager, may not, without the consent of the other partners, involve another person in the company's activities, unless the contract grants them this right. However, they may allow a third party to have an interest in their own share or transfer it to them, and they may transfer their share in the capital during division, unless there is an agreement to the contrary. If the partner exercises a right recognized in the previous paragraph, it does not create a legal relationship between the company and the third party concerned or the person to whom the partner has transferred their rights, as these two persons have no rights other than the profits and losses attributable to that partner based on the balance sheet. They may not file any lawsuit against the company, even as a proxy for the partner whose rights have been transferred to them.

###### Article 872

A person who replaces an outgoing partner with the consent of all partners or pursuant to a provision in the partnership contract assumes their position in all rights and obligations according to the conditions derived from the nature of the partnership.

###### Article 873

Each partner has the right to claim from the other partners in proportion to their shares in the company:
First - For the amounts spent to preserve the common items, and the expenses incurred for the benefit of all with prudence and without extravagance.
Second - For the obligations they have undertaken for the benefit of all with prudence and without extravagance.

###### Article 874

A managing partner is not entitled to receive special remuneration for their management unless explicitly stated. This rule applies to the other partners concerning the work they do for the common interest or the special services they provide to the company, which are not part of their obligations as partners.

###### Article 875

The obligations of the company towards the partners are divided among them in proportion to what each has contributed to it.

###### On the Management of the Company Third

###### Article 876

The right to manage the company's affairs belongs to all partners together, and none of them has the right to exercise it individually unless authorized by the other partners.

###### Article 877

The right to manage the company includes the right to represent it towards others unless stated otherwise.

###### Article 878

When partners agree to give each of them a mandate to manage the company's affairs and clarify that each partner can act without consulting the others, their company is then called a delegation or general mandate company.

###### Article 879

In a general delegation company, each partner may individually perform all management acts that fall within the company's subject, including acts of disposition. In particular, they may:
First - Enter into a private company on behalf of the company with others intended for one or a series of administrative acts.
Second - Provide funds to third parties to undertake a project on behalf of the company.
Third - Appoint workers and representatives.
Fourth - Appoint and dismiss agents.
Fifth - Receive money, terminate contracts, sell for cash, credit, or deferred payment, or upon delivery items within the company's subject, acknowledge debts, bind the company to obligations as required by management needs, mortgage or otherwise secure to the same extent, accept such mortgages or securities, issue or endorse promissory notes or drafts, accept the return of sold goods due to a defect warranting return when the partner who contracted it is absent, represent the company in lawsuits whether as plaintiff or defendant, and settle provided it is beneficial - all unless there is fraud or specific restrictions clarified in the company contract.

###### Article 880

In a general delegation company, a partner may not, without specific authorization stated in the company contract or a subsequent contract:
First - Dispose without compensation, except for customary gifts and rewards.
Second - Guarantee others.
Third - Lend without compensation.
Fourth - Conduct arbitration.
Fifth - Waive the foundation, business establishment, or patent certificate on which the company was contracted.
Sixth - Waive guarantees unless the waiver is in exchange for compensation.

###### Article 881

If the company contract specifies that all partners have the right to manage but none may act individually without the others, the company is then described as limited or with limited agency. If there is no specific provision or custom, each partner in the limited company may perform administrative acts provided they obtain the consent of their partners, unless there is a matter requiring urgency and its neglect would harm the company.

###### Article 882

If the company contract states that decisions are made by majority, it should be understood, in case of doubt, that the majority refers to the number. If the votes are equally divided, the opposition prevails. If the parties disagree on the decision to be made, it is referred to the court to decide what aligns with the company's general interest.

###### Article 883

Management may be entrusted to one or several managers, and they may be appointed from outside the company members. However, they may only be appointed by the majority required by the company contract for its decisions.

###### Article 884

A partner entrusted with managing the company under the contract may, despite the opposition of the other partners, perform all administrative acts, including acts of disposition within the company's subject, in accordance with Article 887, provided there is no fraud and the restrictions clarified in the contract granting the authority are observed.

###### Article 885

A manager appointed from outside the partners has the rights granted to an agent under Article 777, unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Article 886

If the company has several managers, none of them may act without the assistance of the others unless there is a contrary provision, except in urgent situations where delay would cause significant harm to the company. In case of disagreement, the majority opinion must be followed, and if the votes are equally divided, the opposition prevails. If the disagreement is limited to the method to be followed, it is referred to the decision of all partners. If the management branches are distributed among the managers, each may perform acts within their branch's management and may not exceed it under any circumstances.

###### Article 887

Managers, even if unanimous, and partners, even if the majority decides, may not perform acts outside the company's subject according to its nature and commercial custom. Unanimity of partners is required:
First - To dispose without compensation of the joint property or any of its parts.
Second - To amend the company contract or deviate from its requirements.
Third - To perform acts outside the company's subject. Any provision allowing managers or the majority to make such decisions in advance without consulting others is void.
In this case, even partners who are not managers have the right to participate in discussions.
If a disagreement arises, the opposition's opinion must be followed.

###### Article 888

Non-managing partners may not participate in any management acts or object to acts performed by managers appointed under the contract unless they exceed the acts that are the company's subject or explicitly violate the contract or law.

###### Article 889

Non-managing partners have the right to request an account of the company's management and the state of the joint property at any time, to inspect the company's books and papers, and to examine them. Any contrary provision is void. This right is personal and cannot be exercised by an agent or other representative except in the case of incapacitated persons, in which case their legal representatives may act on their behalf, or in the presence of a validly proven impediment.

###### Article 890

A partner who is only a silent partner has no right to inspect the company's books and papers except for a significant reason and with the judge's permission.

###### Article 891

Managers appointed under the company contract may not be dismissed except for legitimate reasons and by a decision made with the agreement of all partners. However, the company contract may grant this right to the majority or state that managers appointed under the contract can be dismissed as an agent is dismissed. Legitimate reasons include mismanagement, severe disagreement among managers, significant breach of their duties by one or more of them, and the impossibility of performing their duties. On the other hand, managers appointed under the company contract may not resign from their positions without a legally acceptable impediment, otherwise, they are liable to pay compensation for damages to the partners. If the dismissal of managers is subject to the partners' discretion, they may resign under the conditions set for an agent.

###### Article 892

If the partner managers are not appointed according to the company contract, they are subject to dismissal like agents. However, their dismissal can only be decided by the majority required for their appointment. On the other hand, they have the right to resign from their duties under the conditions set for agents. The provisions of this article apply to non-partner managers.

###### Article 893

If nothing is decided regarding the management of the company's affairs, it is considered a "limited company," and the relations of the partners in this regard are subject to the provisions of Article 891.

###### Rules Pertaining to the Allocation of Partners' Shares in Profits and Losses Fourth

###### Article 894

If the partnership contract does not specify each partner's share of profits and losses, each partner's share shall be proportional to their contribution to the company's capital. If the contract specifies only the share of profits, this specification applies to losses as well, and vice versa. As for the partner who only contributes their expertise, their share is determined based on the importance of this expertise to the company. A partner who, in addition to their expertise, contributes money or other assets, is entitled to a share appropriate to their contributions in both respects.

###### Article 895

If the contract stipulates granting one of the partners all the profits, the partnership is void. Any clause that exempts a partner from sharing in the losses leads to the nullification of the partnership.

###### Article 896

The company's profits and losses are settled based on the balance sheet, which must be organized along with the inventory list at the end of each year or at the end of each fiscal year for the company.

###### On the Formation of the Reserve Fund Fifth

###### Article 897

Before any distribution, one-twentieth of the net profits at the end of the year is deducted to form the reserve fund until it reaches one-fifth of the capital. If the capital decreases, it must be replenished according to the loss with the profits earned thereafter. The company ceases to distribute any profit to the partners until the capital returns to its original amount, unless the partners decide to reduce the company's capital to the actual existing amount.

###### Article 898

After deducting what is required by the previous article, each partner's share of the profits is settled, and they are entitled to take it. If they fail to take it, it is kept as a deposit for them without increasing their share in the company's capital, unless the other partners explicitly agree to add it to their share, all unless there is a contrary provision.

###### Special Provisions Sixth

###### Article 899

A partner is not required, in the event of a loss, to return to the company's assets the share he received from the profits of a previous year if he took it in good faith based on a legally organized balance sheet also prepared in good faith. However, if the balance sheet was not organized in good faith, the partner has the right to file a lawsuit for damages against the company's managers.

###### Article 900

If the company is established for a specific purpose, the final settlement of accounts and distribution of profits shall only occur after the completion of that purpose.

##### Effects of the Company with Respect to Third Parties Second

###### Article 901

If the company contract does not require solidarity, the partners are liable to creditors in proportion to what each has contributed to the company.

###### Article 902

In a general mandate company, the partners are jointly liable for the obligations correctly undertaken by any one of them, unless there is deceit.

###### Article 903

A partner who undertakes obligations outside the scope of his authority or the purpose for which the company was established is solely liable for those obligations.

###### Article 904

Acts performed by one of the partners outside the limits of his authority bind the company towards third parties to the extent that the company has benefited from his actions.

###### Article 905

The partners are liable to third parties - if in good faith - for acts of deceit and fraud committed by the company's representative, and are obliged to compensate for the damage caused by those acts, while retaining their right to sue the person who caused the damage.

###### Article 906

Anyone who joins an established company is bound, to the extent required by its type, by the obligations contracted before his entry, even if the company's name or title has changed, and any contrary agreement is void with respect to third parties.

###### Article 907

Creditors of the company can file lawsuits against the company represented by its managers and against the partners themselves. However, the execution of the judgment in their favor must first target the company's assets. They have priority over these assets over the personal creditors of the partners.

###### Article 908

If the company's assets are insufficient, they can turn to the partners to recover what remains of the debt under the conditions required by the type of company. Each partner may then present defenses specific to him and the company against the company's creditors, including set-off.

###### Article 909

Creditors of an individual partner cannot exercise their rights during the company's existence except in the partner's share of the realized profits according to the balance sheet, not in his share of the capital. After the company ends or is dissolved, they have the right to exercise those rights in his share of the company's assets after debts are deducted. However, they may impose a precautionary seizure on this share before any liquidation.

#### On the Dissolution of the Company and the Expulsion of Partners Third

###### Article 910

The company ends:
First - Upon the expiration of the specified term or upon the occurrence of a cancellation condition.
Second - Upon the completion of the purpose for which it was established or if it becomes impossible to complete it.
Third - Upon the destruction of the shared assets or a significant portion thereof, making it impossible to conduct beneficial investment.
Fourth - Upon the death of one of the partners, declaration of their absence, or their incapacitation due to mental reasons, unless there is an agreement to continue the company with their heirs or successors, or to continue it among the surviving partners.
Fifth - Upon the bankruptcy declaration or judicial liquidation of one of the partners.
Sixth - By agreement of the partners.
Seventh - By the withdrawal of one or more partners if the company's duration is not specified by the contract or according to the nature of the work that was the subject of the company.
Eighth - By a court ruling in the cases stipulated by law.

###### Article 911

If one of the partners contributes the usufruct of a specific item to the company, the destruction of this item before or after its delivery results in the dissolution of the company among the partners. This rule applies when it becomes impossible for the partner who promised to provide their craft to perform the work.

###### Article 912

A company that is automatically dissolved upon the expiration of its specified term or upon the completion of the purpose for which it was established is considered to have its term implicitly extended if the partners continue the activities that were the subject of the company after the agreed term or the completion of the work for which it was established. This implicit extension is year by year.

###### Article 913

The private creditors of one of the partners have the right to object to the extension of the company's term, but they only have this right if the amount of their debt is determined by a judgment that has acquired the status of res judicata. This objection suspends the effect of the company's extension concerning the objectors, and the other partners may decide to expel the partner for whom the objection was made. Article 918 specifies the effects of this expulsion.

###### Article 914

Each partner has the right to request the dissolution of the company even before the specified term if there are legitimate reasons, such as significant disagreements among the partners, or if one or several partners fail to fulfill the obligations arising from the contract, or if it becomes impossible for them to do so. The partners cannot waive in advance their right to request the dissolution of the company in the cases stipulated in this article.

###### Article 915

If the company's duration is not specified by the contract or according to the nature of the work, each partner may withdraw from the company by notifying the other partners of this withdrawal, provided it is done in good faith and not at an inappropriate time. Withdrawal is not considered in good faith if the withdrawing partner intends to monopolize the benefit that the partners intended to avoid jointly. Withdrawal is considered at an inappropriate time if it occurs after the commencement of activities, making it in the company's interest to delay its dissolution. In all cases, the withdrawal only takes effect from the end of the company's year, and it must be declared at least three months before this date, unless there are significant reasons.

###### Article 916

If it is stipulated that the company continues after the death of one of the partners with their heirs, this stipulation has no effect if the heir is incapacitated. However, the competent judge may authorize minors or incapacitated persons to continue the company if it is in their significant interest and may order all necessary measures to protect their rights in such cases.

###### Article 917

Commercial companies are not considered dissolved concerning third parties before the expiration of their specified term, except after one month from the announcement of the judgment or other documents indicating the company's dissolution.

###### Article 918

In the case stipulated in Article 914 and in all cases where the company is dissolved due to the death of one of the partners, their absence, incapacitation, declaration of insolvency, or due to the incapacity of one of the heirs, the remaining partners may continue the company among themselves by obtaining a court ruling to expel the partner who caused the company's dissolution. In this case, the expelled partner or the heirs of the deceased or other legal representatives of the deceased, incapacitated, absent, or insolvent partner have the right to receive their share of the company's assets and profits after liquidation on the day the expulsion is decided. They do not share in the profits and losses occurring after this date except to the extent that such profits and losses are a direct necessary result of the activities preceding the expulsion of the partner they succeed, their absence, death, or insolvency. They are only entitled to claim their share on the distribution date specified by the company's contract.

###### Article 919

If the company consists of two partners, the partner who did not cause its dissolution in the cases stipulated in Articles 914 and 915 may obtain permission from the judge to settle with the other partner and continue to invest in the company, assuming its assets and liabilities.

###### Article 920

The heirs of the deceased partner are obligated to fulfill the obligations that fall upon the heirs of the agent.

###### Article 921

After the dissolution of the company, managers are not allowed to initiate new activities other than those necessary to complete the ongoing projects. If they do so, they are personally liable in solidarity for the activities they initiated. This prohibition applies from the date of the company's term expiration, the completion of the purpose for which it was established, or the occurrence of the event leading to the company's dissolution according to the law.

#### On Liquidation and Division Fourth

###### Article 922

The division among partners in contract companies or ownership occurs if they are adults and have the right to dispose of their rights, according to the method specified in the company's founding contract or the method they agree upon, unless they unanimously decide to conduct liquidation before any division.

##### On Liquidation First

###### Article 923

All partners, including those not involved in management, have the right to participate in the liquidation. Liquidation is conducted by all partners or by a liquidator appointed unanimously if not previously appointed under the company contract. If the concerned parties do not agree on the choice of the liquidator or if there are legitimate reasons preventing the liquidation from being entrusted to the persons appointed in the company contract, the liquidation is conducted by the judiciary, based on the first request submitted by one of the partners.

###### Article 924

The managers, until the appointment of the liquidator, are considered trustees of the company's assets and must handle urgent matters.

###### Article 925

In all activities undertaken by the dissolved company, it must be stated that it is "under liquidation." The contract clauses and legal provisions related to operating companies apply to the company under liquidation, whether concerning the relationships between the partners themselves or their relationships with others, to the extent that these clauses and provisions apply to a company under liquidation and in consideration of the provisions contained in this section.

###### Article 926

If there are several liquidators, they are not allowed to act individually unless explicitly authorized to do so.

###### Article 927

Upon commencing work, the judicial and non-judicial liquidator must, in conjunction with the company managers, prepare an inventory list and a balance sheet of the company's assets and liabilities. They must receive and preserve the company's books, papers, and assets handed over by the managers and record all liquidation-related activities in a daily ledger according to their chronological order, following the accounting rules used in commerce, and retain all supporting documents and other papers related to the liquidation.

###### Article 928

The liquidator represents the company under liquidation and manages its affairs. Their agency includes all necessary actions to liquidate the company's assets and settle its liabilities, particularly the authority to collect debts, complete pending cases, take all precautionary measures required by the common interest, publish necessary announcements to invite creditors to present their claims, settle the company's due and outstanding debts, conduct judicial sales of the company's immovable assets that cannot be easily divided, sell goods in storage, and sell tools—all while observing the restrictions outlined in the document appointing them as liquidator and the decisions made unanimously by the partners during the liquidation.

###### Article 929

If a known creditor does not appear, the liquidator has the right to deposit the amount due to them if the deposit is mandatory. For debts that are not due or are disputed, the liquidator must reserve a sufficient amount of money to settle them and place it in a secure location.

###### Article 930

If the company's assets are insufficient to settle the due debts, the liquidator must request the necessary amounts from the partners if they are obliged to provide them according to the type of company or if they are still indebted for their entire share in the capital or part of it. The shares of insolvent partners are distributed among the other partners in proportion to their liability for the losses.

###### Article 931

The liquidator may borrow and undertake other obligations, even through commercial transfer, issue commercial papers, grant extensions, delegate and accept delegation, and mortgage the company's assets, all to the extent required by the interest of the liquidation, unless otherwise stated in their power of attorney document.

###### Article 932

The liquidator is not allowed to make settlements, arbitrate, or relinquish securities except in exchange for compensation or equivalent securities. They are also not allowed to sell the commercial establishment entrusted to them for liquidation wholesale, conduct transfers without compensation, or initiate new activities unless explicitly authorized to do so. However, they are allowed to undertake new activities to the extent necessary to liquidate pending business. If they violate these provisions, they are personally liable for the activities they initiated. If there are multiple liquidators, they are jointly liable.

###### Article 933

The liquidator has the right to delegate others to carry out one or several specific tasks and is responsible for the persons they delegate, according to the rules related to agency.

###### Article 934

The liquidator, even if judicial, is not allowed to contravene the decisions made unanimously by the concerned parties regarding the management of the joint assets.

###### Article 935

The liquidator must, upon every request, provide the partners or the co-owners with comprehensive information about the state of the liquidation and make available to them the books and papers related to the liquidation activities.

###### Article 936

The liquidator is bound by the obligations that apply to a paid agent concerning the submission of accounts and the return of money received through their agency. At the end of the liquidation, they must prepare an inventory list and a balance sheet of assets and debts, summarizing all the activities they conducted and the final state resulting from them.

###### Article 937

The liquidator's agency is not without compensation. If their fee is not determined, the judge may set its amount. The concerned parties retain the right to object to the determined value.

###### Article 938

A liquidator who has paid joint debts from their own funds only has the right to initiate claims related to the creditors whose debts they have settled. They do not have the right to seek recourse from the partners or the co-owners except in proportion to their shares.

###### Article 939

After the completion of the liquidation and the submission of accounts, the liquidator deposits the dissolved company's books, papers, and documents with the court registry or another secure location designated by the court, unless the majority of the partners appoint a person to receive them. They must remain preserved in the specified location for fifteen years from the date of deposit. The concerned parties, their heirs, successors in rights, or liquidators have the right to review and audit the documents.

###### Article 940

If the position of one or several liquidators becomes vacant due to death, bankruptcy, interdiction, resignation, or dismissal, a successor is appointed in the manner established for their appointment.

##### On Partition Second

###### Article 941

Partners may agree on the division in the manner they see fit. If there is among them someone who is not legally competent or is intermittently absent, the approval of their legal representative is not sufficient; the competent civil judge must approve the division for it to become effective.

###### Article 942

If the partners disagree on the division or if there is among them someone who is not legally competent or is intermittently absent and the judge does not approve the consensual division, any of the partners may file a lawsuit before the court against all partners and holders of real rights whose names are listed in the land registry or in the Mukhtar's list for unregistered and undetermined properties. The court must seek the assistance of experts to appraise the common property and divide it in kind without depriving any partner of the intended benefit before the division, taking into account the characteristics of each section and ensuring its independence as much as possible with servitude rights. The following rules must also be observed:
1 - For contiguous properties - the shares of the partners are determined by consolidation and partition.
2 - For non-contiguous properties - they are considered as if they are combined, and shares are determined based on their value in a manner that allows one or more partners to have a piece or several pieces.
3 - In case of small shares, and the impossibility of determining shares based on the smallest, small shares can be combined and added to one or more shares.
4 - In case of disparity between shares - they are adjusted with cash up to one-fifth of their value.
5 - Shares are chosen by lot unless one of the partners has a property adjacent to the common property, in which case they are given their share from the adjacent section. The judge must determine the method of drawing lots, considering the interest of the partners in what it requires in terms of combining or separating their shares.
6 - If division in kind is impossible, the property is sold at public auction according to the provisions of the execution law through the enforcement department, with the appraisal value as the basis for the first bid. The auction can be limited to the partners if they agree on that.

###### Article 943

Creditors of the company or creditors of one of the insolvent partners have the right to object to the division or sale of the common property at auction in their absence, and they can intervene at their own expense. They also have the right to request the annulment of the division if it was conducted despite their objection.

###### Article 944

The dividing partners or any of them may stop the annulment lawsuit by paying the creditor or depositing the claimed amount.

###### Article 945

Creditors who were duly summoned and did not attend until after the division is completed do not have the right to demand its annulment. However, if a sufficient amount was not left to settle their debts, they have the right to claim their rights from the common property if a part of it remains undivided, and they are allowed to sue the dividing partners to the extent determined by the type of partnership, whether it is a contractual partnership or a property partnership.

###### Article 946

Each dividing partner is considered as if they originally owned the items that came out in their share or that they purchased at auction when the common property was sold, and as if they never owned the other items.

###### Article 947

The division, whether by agreement, law, or court, cannot be annulled except for reasons of error, coercion, fraud, or unfairness.

###### Article 948

The dividing partners guarantee each other against any disturbance or claim due to a reason preceding the division, and each is obligated to compensate the entitled guarantors based on the value of the item at the time of division. If one of the dividing partners is insolvent, what is due to the entitled guarantor is distributed among all the other dividing partners in proportion to each one's share.

###### Article 949

The annulment of the division for the reasons specified by law returns each of the dividing partners to the legal and practical state they were in at the time of the division, taking into account the rights acquired by a third party in good faith according to the rules and for a consideration. The annulment lawsuit must be filed in the year following the division and is not accepted after its expiration.

## On Aleatory Contracts Tenth

### On Warranty First

#### On Warranty in General First

##### General Provisions First

###### Article 950

Insurance is a contract whereby a person (called the guarantor) commits to certain obligations upon the occurrence of certain events affecting the insured person or their property, in exchange for a payment called the premium or fee.

###### Article 951

The provisions of this section apply to premium-based insurance but do not apply to mutual insurance companies and insurance syndicates if they are contrary to the laws or regulations established for those companies or syndicates.

###### Article 952

Marine insurances remain subject to the Commercial Law and the laws specific to them.

###### Article 953

All provisions of this section that are not explicitly stated to be enforceable despite any contrary agreement or that their non-compliance results in nullity, are merely interpretations of the contracting parties' intentions and may be deviated from by explicit provision.

###### Article 954

The guarantor may insure others against the risks they have insured and this reinsurance may cover a specific insurance contract, several contracts, or all contracts made by the guarantor. In all cases, the guarantor alone is responsible towards the insured.

###### Article 955

Insurance related to property is only a contract of indemnity and may not place the insured person, after the occurrence of the event, in a better financial position than they would have been if the event had not occurred.

###### Article 956

If insurance is contracted for an amount exceeding the value of the insured item and there is fraud or deceit by one of the contracting parties, the contract is void with respect to that party, and compensation for damages may be awarded to the party for whom the annulment is decided for this reason. If there is no fraud or deceit, the contract is considered valid only up to the true value of the insured item. The guarantor is not entitled to collect premiums on the excess amount. However, the premiums due and the premiums for the current year remain definitively acquired by the guarantor.

###### Article 957

The amounts insured in life insurance contracts (insurance in case of death and insurance in case of life) are definitively determined in the schedule of conditions. When insurance is contracted for accidents affecting individuals, the insured amount specified in the schedule of conditions may not be disputed.

###### Article 958

A single person may not contract multiple insurances related to the same item and the same risks for a total amount exceeding the value of the insured item. If different insurances are contracted without fraud on the same date or on different dates for a total amount exceeding the value of the insured item, all those contracts are valid, and each produces its effect in proportion to the value assigned to it, provided that it does not exceed the total value of the insured item. The provisions of this article may be circumvented by including a clause in the schedule of conditions that stipulates following the rule of chronological order or requires solidarity among the guarantors.

###### Article 959

If the insurance contract covers only a portion of the value of the insured item, the insured person is considered as still insuring themselves for the remaining portion and thus bears a proportionate part of the damage unless it is explicitly stated that the insured person is entitled - within the limits of the insurance amount - to receive full compensation if the damage does not exceed the insured value.

###### Article 960

Any person with an interest in preserving an item can insure it. This right is particularly available to the owner, investor, pledgee, privileged creditor, or mortgagee of real estate income, and to any person liable for the destruction or damage of the item in their possession.

###### Article 961

Insurance may be contracted under a general or special power of attorney or without a power of attorney for the benefit of a specific person. In this case, the person for whose benefit the insurance is contracted benefits from it even if they only agree to it after the occurrence of the event. Insurance may also be contracted for the benefit of an unspecified person, and this clause acts as an insurance contract for the benefit of the person signing the schedule of conditions and as a contract for the benefit of a third party for the person benefiting from this clause, whether known or future. The person signing the schedule of conditions related to insurance contracted for the benefit of an unspecified person is solely liable to the guarantor for paying the premium, but the objections that the guarantor can raise against the signer can also be raised against the person benefiting from the insurance, whoever that person may be.

###### Article 962

The duration of the contract is specified in the schedule of conditions, and it may be stipulated that the contract is automatically renewed implicitly if the insured does not express their desire before the end of the period specified in the current schedule of conditions. This renewal is only effective year by year, as the insured retains the right to terminate the contract at any time despite any contrary provision.

##### On Proving the Insurance Contract and the Format of the Terms List and How to Transfer It Second

###### Article 963

The insurance contract is drawn up in a document registered with the notary public or an ordinary document. If the document is ordinary, a number of original copies must be made equal to the number of contracting parties with distinct interests. Each copy must mention the number of original copies made, and any addition to the original insurance contract and any amendment to it must be proven at the end, signed by the contracting parties. These provisions do not prevent the insurer from being obligated towards the insured, even before the delivery of the terms list or the additional appendix, if the insured proves that the insurer accepted the contract by means of a temporary memorandum.

###### Article 964

The insurance contract is dated on the day it is concluded and specifies:
1 - The insured item
2 - The names of the insurer and the insured and their places of residence
3 - The type of insured risks
4 - The start date and end date of the risks
5 - The insured value
6 - The premium or insurance fee
7 - The submission of the contracting parties to the judgment of arbitrators in case of dispute if they have agreed to that. The terms list may be for a named person or "to order" or to the bearer, and the terms list drawn up "to order" may be transferred by endorsement, even in blank. The provisions of this article do not apply to life insurance contracts except in accordance with the conditions stipulated in Article 999.

###### Article 965

The insurer has the right to invoke against the holder of the terms list, even if it is drawn up to order or to the bearer, the objections related to it that he could have raised against the original insured if the transfer had not occurred.

##### On the Obligations of the Guarantor and the Guaranteed, and on Nullity and Rescission Third

###### On the Obligations of the Guarantor and His Rights in Litigation First

###### Article 966

The guarantor is responsible for the destruction or damage that occurs due to force majeure or an unforeseen accident or results from the fault of the insured, provided that the guarantor is not responsible for the destruction or damage that occurs due to a fault committed by the insured intentionally, even if there is an agreement to the contrary.

###### Article 967

The guarantor is liable for the destruction and damage caused by persons for whom the insured is civilly responsible, regardless of the type of their fault and its significance.

###### Article 968

The guarantor is not responsible for the defect, malfunction, or deficiency that affects the insured item due to an inherent defect.

###### Article 969

The guarantor is not responsible for the destruction or damage caused by external war, civil war, sedition, or a national movement unless there is an agreement to the contrary, and the guarantor must provide evidence that the destruction or damage resulted from one of these causes. Any provision requiring the insured to prove that the damage or destruction did not result from one of these causes is void.

###### Article 970

The guarantor is not obliged to pay more than the insured value, but within the limits of that value, he must pay the insured for what he spent to mitigate the damage when the risk materializes. The guarantor is obliged to this duty regardless of the outcome. The judge may decide to reject or reduce the expenses if he deems them unnecessary or excessive.

###### Article 971

When the entire insured item is destroyed, the insurance contract is automatically terminated, and the insured is not entitled to claim any refund of the current year's premium.

###### Article 972

The guarantor who has paid the insurance compensation automatically subrogates the insured in all rights and claims against other persons who caused the damage that led to the guarantor's liability. The guarantor may relieve himself of all or part of the liability towards the insured if it is impossible for him to subrogate in those rights and claims due to an act by the insured. Contrary to the previous provisions, the guarantor is not entitled to pursue the insured's children, descendants, ascendants, direct in-laws, officers, employees, workers, or servants, or generally all persons who usually reside in the insured's house, unless one of these persons committed fraud.

###### In the Obligations of the Insured Second

###### Article 973

The insured may not, under any circumstances, waive the guaranteed items.

###### Article 974

The insured must:
First - Pay the premiums on the specified dates.
Second - Clearly inform the guarantor at the time of contract completion of all conditions that would enable him to assess the risks he guarantees.
Third - Inform the guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Article 977 of any new conditions that may increase the risks.
Fourth - Inform the guarantor of any incident that may lead to liability within three days of becoming aware of it. The provisions of the third and fourth paragraphs mentioned above do not apply to life insurance.

###### Article 975

Premiums are paid at the residence of the insured, except for the first premium.
Whether the premium is payable at the residence of the guarantor or the insured, the insurance contract is suspended after ten days from the date of notifying the insured of the delay in paying a premium on time. The notification is made by sending a registered letter to the insured or the person authorized to pay the premiums at their last known residence to the guarantor. This letter must state that it is sent for notification purposes and include the premium due date and the text of this article.
The guarantor has the right, after twenty days from the expiration of the period specified in the previous paragraph, to terminate the contract or demand its enforcement in court. Termination can be effected by a declaration from the guarantor in a registered letter sent to the insured. In contracts that stipulate that the contract does not lapse when the insured delays paying the due premium, the guarantor is exempt from sending the notification and collects the due premium automatically from the reserve, sending a registered letter to the insured about it.
An insurance contract that has not been terminated resumes its effects for the future at noon on the day following the payment of the overdue premium to the guarantor and the payment of expenses if necessary.
The periods specified in this article do not include the day the registered letter is sent, and if the last day of any of these periods is a holiday, the period is extended to the next day.
These periods are not extended due to distance, but if the notification is directed to a place outside Lebanese territories, the ten-day period mentioned in the second paragraph of this article only starts from the day the registered letter is submitted as recorded in the postal administration's records.
Any clause that shortens the periods specified by the previous provisions or exempts the guarantor from notification is void.

###### Article 976

The guarantor has a lien on the guaranteed item to collect the premium debt, and if this lien applies to immovable property, it must be registered in the form of a compulsory mortgage, ranking after the lien for legal expenses, and its effect only covers an amount equivalent to the premiums of the last two years. It is only effective if the insurance contract has not been terminated.

###### Article 977

If the insured intends to perform an act that would increase the risks to the extent that the guarantor, if aware of such an increase, would not have contracted with him or would have contracted only for a higher premium, he must notify the guarantor by registered letter before performing that act. If the risks increase without any action from the insured, he must inform the guarantor within eight days at most from the date he becomes aware of the increased risks. In both cases, the guarantor has the right to terminate the contract unless the insured agrees to increase the premium based on the guarantor's proposal. However, the guarantor cannot invoke the increased risks if, after becoming aware of them, he has shown a desire to continue the insurance, especially if he continues to collect premiums or pays compensation after the incident occurs.

###### Article 978

If the list of conditions refers to specific situations that were considered when determining the premium amount and that would increase the risks, the insured has the right, if those situations cease during the insurance, to request the termination of the contract if the guarantor does not agree to reduce the corresponding premium, even if there is an agreement to the contrary.

###### Article 979

If the insured dies or transfers the item covered by the insurance, the insurance contract continues for the benefit of the heir or buyer, provided they fulfill the obligations that the insured was required to fulfill towards the guarantor under the contract. However, in the aforementioned case, the guarantor, heir, or buyer has the right to terminate the contract made by the predecessor or seller by notifying the other party of their desire. Any agreement that stipulates the payment of an amount exceeding the annual premium as compensation for damages to the guarantor if the insured item is sold or the insured dies and the buyer or heir chooses to terminate the contract as mentioned in the second paragraph of this article is void. When the guaranteed item is sold, the seller remains obligated to the guarantor for the payment of due premiums but is released from all obligations, even as a guarantor, concerning premiums not yet due, from the date he notifies the guarantor of the sale contract by registered letter. If there are multiple heirs or buyers and the insurance contract continues, they are jointly liable for paying the premiums.

##### On Prescription Fourth

###### Article 985

All rights of claim arising from the insurance contract are extinguished by the statute of limitations after two years from the incident that gives rise to them. However, this period does not run:
First - In the case of concealment of the insured risk, omission, or false or incorrect declaration, except from the day the insurer becomes aware of it.
Second - Nor does it run in the event of an occurrence except from the day the concerned parties become aware of it if they prove their ignorance of it until that day, and when the lawsuit filed by the insured against the insurer arises from the litigation of a third party, the statute of limitations does not run except from the day this person files their lawsuit against the insured or from the day they receive compensation from the insured.

###### Article 986

The duration of the statute of limitations cannot be shortened by a clause included in the terms and conditions.

###### Article 987

The two-year statute of limitations applies even to minors, interdicted persons, and others lacking legal capacity.
It can be interrupted by one of the ordinary causes interrupting the statute of limitations. Moreover, the statute of limitations related to the claim for premium payment can be interrupted by the insurer sending a registered letter to the insured person.

#### On Fire Insurance Second

###### Article 988

The fire insurer is responsible for all damages resulting from conflagration, ignition, or simple burning, but is not responsible for damages arising merely from the act of heat or direct contact with fire or contact with a hot substance, if no fire or beginning of a fire that could turn into an actual fire occurs.

###### Article 989

The insurer only covers material damages directly resulting from the fire or the beginning of the fire.

###### Article 990

Considered as direct material damages are the material damages inflicted on the insured items due to rescue operations and means of salvation.

###### Article 991

The insurer is responsible, despite any contrary agreement, for the loss or disappearance of the insured items during the fire, unless it is proven that the loss or disappearance was due to theft.

###### Article 992

The insurer is not responsible for the destruction or damage of the insured item arising from an inherent defect, according to the provisions of Article 968, but covers fire damages resulting from that defect unless he has the right to request the annulment of the insurance contract according to the provisions of the first paragraph of Article 982.

###### Article 993

The insurance does not cover fires resulting from volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes, and other calamities. However, it does cover fires resulting from lightning.

#### On Life Insurance Third

###### Article 994

Insurance can be contracted on the life of a person by that person or by another.

###### Article 995

The insurance contingent upon death contracted by a third party for the benefit of the insured is void if the insured does not expressly declare their acceptance, stating the value of the insurance.
Similarly, the insured must expressly declare their acceptance upon any transfer of the right to benefit from the contract made by a third party for their benefit.

###### Article 996

No person may contract insurance contingent upon the death of a minor under fifteen years of age, a person under guardianship, or any other person placed in a mental institution. Any contract contrary to this prohibition is void. Annulment is ruled upon at the request of the insurer or the person who signed the policy or the agent of the incapacitated person.
All premiums paid must be fully refunded. Furthermore, the insurer and the policy signer are subject to a monetary penalty ranging from five to two hundred and fifty Syrian pounds for each insurance knowingly contracted contrary to this prohibition. However, the provisions of this article do not prevent the conclusion of a contract that guarantees, upon the death of one of the persons specified in the first paragraph of this article, the return of premiums paid under a life insurance contract made for one of those persons.

###### Article 997-معدلة

A third party may not contract insurance contingent upon the death of a person placed under judicial supervision without the supervisor's authorization. However, this authorization does not substitute for the consent of the incapacitated person themselves, when necessary.
If such authorization or consent is not obtained, the contract is annulled at the request of the supervisor, the policy signer, or the insurer, as the case may be.

###### Article 998

The life insurance policy must include, in addition to the matters specified in Article 964:
First - The name, surname, and date of birth of the insured.
Second - The name and surname of the beneficiary if a specific beneficiary is designated.
Third - The event or term upon which the entitlement to the insurance amount depends.

###### Article 999

The life insurance policy may be made "to order" but not to bearer.
The endorsement of a life insurance policy made "to order" must include the date, the name of the endorsee, and the signature of the endorser, otherwise it is void. The specification of the amount paid is not required, and the transfer is not effective against the insurer unless notified by registered letter or if the insurer acknowledges in writing the holder's right to benefit from it.

###### Article 1000-معدلة

The insurer may undertake, by a special clause, to pay the insurance amounts in the event of the insured's intentional and voluntary suicide or in the event of execution by death penalty. However, this clause is only effective after a period of two years from the creation of the contract, and in the case of execution, the date of the crime is considered for calculating the period.

###### Article 1001-معدلة

If the contract does not include the clause stipulated in the previous article, or if the suicide or the crime leading to the death penalty occurred before the expiration of the two-year period mentioned, the insurer must pay the beneficiaries an amount equal to the reserve amount.

###### Article 1002

It may be stipulated that the guaranteed amounts be paid:
First - In the event the insured person remains alive on a certain date.
Second - In the event of their death.
Third - Either on a certain date if the insured remains alive, or in the event of their death if it occurs before that date.
The capital or guaranteed income may be paid upon the death of the insured either to their heirs or successors in rights, or to a designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The insurance is considered contracted for the benefit of designated beneficiaries when the insured grants the right to benefit to their spouse without naming them or to their children and descendants born or to be born, and it is not necessary to record their names in the policy or any subsequent document specifying the beneficiary of the guaranteed capital.
The children and descendants designated in the aforementioned manner benefit from the insurance in proportion to their inheritance shares and retain this right even if they renounce the inheritance. If no specific beneficiary is mentioned in the policy or if the designated beneficiary refuses, the policy signer has the right to designate the beneficiary or replace them with another.
This designation or replacement is made inter vivos by adding a clause to the contract or by endorsement if the policy is made "to order" - or by way of a will.

###### Article 1003

When the insurance is contracted for the benefit of a specific person, it becomes irrevocable upon the beneficiary's acceptance. This acceptance can be explicit or implicit. As long as acceptance has not occurred, the right to revoke is limited to the insurance contractor, excluding their creditors or legal agents and their heirs after death or those to whom they bequeathed. The beneficiary's acceptance of the insurance contracted for their benefit or its revocation is not effective against the insurer until the date they become aware of it. The allocation of the insurance benefit to a specific person is conditional upon the existence of this person at the date of entitlement to the guaranteed capital or income unless the contract or circumstances indicate otherwise.

###### Article 1004

The right to benefit from the insurance may be pledged in favor of the insured's creditor by a clause to the contract or by a written document delivered to the insurer. If the policy is made "to order," the pledge contracted to secure a debt, even if this debt is non-commercial, can be created by an endorsement stating that the policy is delivered as security.

###### Article 1005

When insurance contingent upon death is contracted without designating a beneficiary or for the benefit of the insured's heirs or successors in rights designated as such, the guaranteed capital is considered part of their estate.

###### Article 1006

The amount stipulated to be paid upon the insured's death to a specific beneficiary does not enter their estate. The beneficiary, regardless of the form and date of their designation, is considered to have solely acquired that amount from the day of the contract, even if their acceptance occurs after the insured's death.

###### Article 1007

The amounts paid upon the insured's death to a specific beneficiary are not subject, if applicable, to reduction rules due to exceeding the reserve amount allocated to the insured's heirs. These rules also do not apply to amounts paid by the insured as insurance premiums unless they are manifestly excessive relative to their financial capacity or income, particularly.

###### Article 1008

The creditors of the insured do not have the right to claim the capital contracted upon for the benefit of a specific person, and they can only recover the premiums in the cases specified in the second paragraph of the previous article.

###### Article 1009

Every beneficiary can, after accepting the guarantee contracted for their benefit, transfer the benefit of the contract either by sale or by endorsement if the list of conditions is drafted "to order." Any transfer, regardless of its form, is considered void if the person who contracted the guarantee on their life has not accepted it in writing.

###### Article 1010

Each spouse may contract a guarantee for the benefit of the other reciprocally and under a single deed.

###### Article 1011

The insured alone, without their creditors, has the right to either maintain the contract or choose reduction or cancellation. If the contract is maintained, it continues with all its effects for the benefit of the beneficiary designated in the list of conditions or at the end of the contract. If there is no designated beneficiary, any person has the right to maintain the contract for their benefit if the insured agrees, provided that this person pays the insured's creditors the cancellation compensation.

###### Article 1012-Amended

The guarantor has no right to litigate for the payment of premiums. Non-payment of a premium only leads to the termination of the guarantee contract or the reduction of its effects after fulfilling the conditions specified in Article 975. In life insurance contracts contingent on death and contracted for the entire life of the insured without stipulating their survival beyond a certain date, and in all contracts where it is agreed to pay the guaranteed amount or income after a certain number of years, non-payment only results in reduction despite any contrary agreement if three or more premiums have been paid. This reduction particularly affects either the amount of the guaranteed sum or income or the duration of the guarantee contract. Contracts that stipulate that the contract does not lapse when the insured delays in paying the due premium are not subject to the termination or reduction mentioned in the previous paragraphs.

###### Article 1013-Amended

Despite any contrary provision, the guarantor must include in the contracts a detailed and explicit table of the amounts specified in the contract, such as the cash reserve, the reduced guarantee, and the amount the insured is entitled to borrow on their contract for each year of the contract. The guarantor must also state that they guarantee these amounts, commit to them, and will fulfill what must be fulfilled upon request submitted to them or to the company's agent in Lebanon without the need for any procedure.

###### Article 1014-Amended

The cancellation of the contract is optional except in the cases specified in Articles 1001 and 1015 and in cases where the guarantor compels the insured to terminate, and it is also optional for the guarantor to advance to the insured.

###### Article 1015

The effect of the guarantee contract necessarily ends if the beneficiary intentionally causes the death of the insured or through their act, unless it was merely an error. The guarantor must pay the reserve value to the heirs of the insured or their successors in rights if the premiums have been paid for three years or more. If there was only an attempt to kill, the insured has the right to revoke the designation of the guarantee beneficiary even if the perpetrator of the attempt accepted the guarantee contracted for their benefit.

###### Article 1016

If the guarantee beneficiary is designated by will and the guarantor pays the guaranteed amount to a person who, without the designation, would have been the beneficiary, the payment discharges the guarantor's obligation provided they acted in good faith.

###### Article 1017

If the list of conditions related to life insurance is lost, the following rules apply: If the list is not "to order," the guarantor must deliver a second copy to the insured in exchange for their declaration that they have not granted any right on the guarantee - the second copy serves as the lost document. If the list is "to order," the claimant must submit a sealed statement containing a summary of the circumstances in which the list was lost. This statement acts as an objection that suspends the payment of the principal and its accessories. If a third person appears holding the contested list, the guarantor informs the objector by registered letter and temporarily holds the list. The objector must bring the matter to the competent court within the month following the receipt of that letter to decide on the ownership of the list. If they do not file their claim within the specified period, the objection is automatically nullified unless there is fraud or an acceptable impediment. If two years pass from the date of the objection to the list without a third person appearing with it, the objector has the right to submit a petition to the court president requesting authorization to obtain a second copy of the list. This copy, in the eyes of the guarantor, replaces the original list, which becomes unenforceable against them. The person from whom it was taken retains the right to seek recourse against anyone by ordinary legal means.

###### Article 1018

An error in the age of the insured does not lead to the nullity of the guarantee contract unless the actual age of the insured exceeds the limit set for the guarantee contract according to the guarantor's tariff. In other cases, if the premium paid due to such an error is less than the premium that should have been paid, the guaranteed principal or income is reduced in proportion to the premium paid and the premium appropriate for the insured's actual age. If the situation is reversed, meaning the premium paid due to an error in the insured's age was excessively high, the guarantor must refund the excess without interest.

###### Article 1019

If the guarantor goes bankrupt or enters judicial liquidation, and if they do not provide a solvent guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Article 980, the debt of each beneficiary of ongoing guarantee contracts is determined on the day of the bankruptcy or judicial liquidation ruling, equivalent to the value of each contract's reserve calculated without any increase - based on the conventional premium tariff that was in effect at the time the contract was completed.

#### On Accident Insurance Fourth

###### Article 1020

Accident insurance is a contract whereby the insurer, in return for a premium, undertakes to pay a certain capital or a known income to the insured himself, his heirs, successors in rights, or specified persons, upon the death of the insured or his permanent or temporary disability, if the death or disability results from an accident or a known type of accident that befell the insured person. The insured may be the one who signs the terms sheet, or it may be one or several persons for whose benefit the insurance terms sheet is signed. The provisions of this section related to life insurance apply to accident insurance, except for the exceptional provisions and amendments outlined in the following articles.

###### Article 1021

The payment of premiums is mandatory in accident insurance.

###### Article 1022

The provisions of this section related to reduction or cancellation in life insurance do not apply to accident insurance.

###### Article 1023

When the insured is not the person who signed the terms sheet, it is permissible to suffice with specifying his profession or occupation contrary to the provisions of Article 998. In this case, the provisions of Article 996, which prohibit the insurance contract for a minor under the age of fifteen, do not apply.

### On Gambling and Betting Second

##### Article 1024

The law does not grant the right to litigate regarding gambling debts or the payment of betting stakes.

##### Article 1025

Excluded from the provision of the previous article are bets made between persons participating in games related to weapons training, racing, and sports games, provided that the judge has the right to dismiss the case if he deems the value excessive. In the cases mentioned in the first paragraph of this article, legally licensed intermediaries collecting betting stakes from persons not participating in the games cannot invoke the provision of the previous article.

##### Article 1026

The loser does not have the right to recover what he voluntarily paid in a game or bet free from any fraud.

##### Article 1027

The game of "lottery" does not grant the right to litigate unless it is legally authorized.

### On Lifetime Income Third

##### Article 1028

A lifetime income contract is a contract whereby a person (referred to as the income debtor) commits to pay another person (referred to as the income creditor) for his lifetime or the lifetime of another person or several persons, an annuity or annual income in exchange for some movable or immovable property that is transferred at the time of the creation of the income obligation. If the transferred property is immovable, the creation of the income has no effect, even between the parties, until it is registered in the land registry.

##### Article 1029

It is permissible to create an income contract on the life of the person who provided the capital or on the life of a third person or several persons. It is also permissible to create it for the benefit of the person or persons whose life the contract is contingent upon or for the benefit of another person or several other persons.

##### Article 1030

An income contract is void if it is created on the life of a person who was deceased at the time of its creation or was, on that date, suffering from an illness that led to his death within twenty days of the mentioned date.

##### Article 1031

The non-payment of due installments does not entitle the income creditor to claim the recovery of the capital or the transferred property. In this case, he is only entitled to claim the payment of the due installments and to secure future installments.

##### Article 1032

The installment for the year in which the income creditor dies is paid in proportion to the number of days he lived in that year. However, if the agreement is for advance payment, the installment that began during the creditor's lifetime must be paid in full.

##### Article 1033

A person who creates an income on his property without compensation for the benefit of another person for his lifetime has the right to stipulate at its creation that it is not subject to seizure for the settlement of debts owed by the income creditor.

##### Article 1034

The claim for income is not permissible if the existence of the person whose life the contract is contingent upon is not proven.

## On Conciliation Eleventh

### On the Conditions of Settlement One

##### Article 1035

Settlement is a contract by which the parties resolve the existing dispute between them or prevent its occurrence through mutual concessions.

##### Article 1036

Anyone entering into a settlement must be competent to dispose, in exchange for compensation, of the assets included in the settlement.

##### Article 1037

Settlement is not permissible on matters related to personal status or public order, nor on personal rights that are not considered assets among people. However, it is permissible on a financial interest arising from a matter related to personal status or from a crime.

##### Article 1038

The parties may settle on rights or things even if their value is unknown to them.

##### Article 1039

Settlement is not permissible on the right to food, but it is permissible on the manner of providing food or the manner of fulfilling due installments.

##### Article 1040

Settlement on acquired inheritance rights is permissible in exchange for compensation that is less than the legal share prescribed by law, provided that the concerned parties are aware of the extent of the estate.

##### Article 1041

When a settlement involves the creation of rights on real estate or other mortgageable assets, or the disposal of these rights or modification thereof, it must be made in writing. It will only be effective if registered in the land registry.

### On the Effects of Settlement Second

#### General Provisions One

###### Article 1042

Settlement shall definitively extinguish the rights and claims that were the subject of the reconciliation and shall secure for each party the ownership of the items delivered to them by the other party or the rights acknowledged to them. A settlement on a debt in exchange for the payment of part of the due amount extinguishes the remaining part of the debt and releases the debtor from liability.

###### Article 1043

Each of the contracting parties must guarantee to the other the items they provide by way of settlement. If one of the parties receives, by virtue of the settlement, the disputed item, and then this item is taken from them by a claim of entitlement or found to have a defect warranting return, there is a basis for annulling the entire settlement contract or part of it, or for reducing the compensation according to the conditions set for sale. If the settlement involves granting the right to use an item for a period of time, the guarantee owed by each party to the other is the same guarantee owed in the lease of items.

###### Article 1044

The settlement contract must be interpreted narrowly and, regardless of its wording, may only apply to the disputes and rights that were the subject of the settlement.

###### Article 1045

A person who settles on a right they had or received based on a specific cause, and then acquires the same right from another person or based on another cause, is not bound by the provisions of the previous settlement contract concerning the right they newly acquired.

###### Article 1046

If one of the parties refuses to fulfill the commitments they made in the settlement contract, the other party has the right to demand the execution of the contract if possible; otherwise, they have the right to request annulment, while preserving their right to claim compensation for damages in both cases.

#### On the Grounds for Annulment or Dissolution of the Settlement Contract Second

###### Article 1047

A reconciliation contract can be contested:
First - Due to coercion or deception.
Second - Due to a material error concerning the identity of the other party, their status, or the subject matter of the dispute.
Third - Due to the absence of cause when the reconciliation is based on:
1- A forged document
2- A non-existent cause
3- A case concluded by a valid reconciliation or a final judgment not subject to appeal or retrial, and one or both parties were unaware of its existence. Annulment for the aforementioned reasons can only be requested by the party who acted in good faith.

###### Article 1048

Reconciliation cannot be contested due to a legal error or due to unfairness.

###### Article 1049

When reconciliation is generally agreed upon concerning all matters existing between the contracting parties, the discovery of documents unknown at the time of the contract and later discovered does not constitute grounds for annulment unless there is deception by the other party. This rule does not apply to reconciliation made by an agent lacking capacity, motivated by the absence of a document later found.

###### Article 1050

Reconciliation is indivisible, so the annulment of a part or its invalidation leads to the annulment or invalidation of the entire contract. However, this rule does not apply:
First - When the contract's wording and the nature of the agreement indicate that the contracting parties consider the contract's clauses as independent and separate sections.
Second - When the annulment results from the incapacity of one of the contracting parties. In this latter case, only the incapacitated party, for whose benefit the annulment was established, benefits from the annulment, unless there is an explicit contrary provision.

###### Article 1051

Annulment or dissolution returns the contracting parties to the same legal status they were in at the time of the contract and allows each party to recover what they provided for the execution of the reconciliation, with the exception of rights acquired by a third party in good faith legally and for consideration. If the use of the waived right becomes impossible, the value of this right is recovered.

###### Article 1052

If the contract named reconciliation actually involves a gift, sale, or other contracts contrary to its wording, its validity and effects are assessed according to the provisions governing the contract implied by the reconciliation.

## On Suretyship Twelfth

### On the Conditions of Suretyship One

##### Article 1053

Suretyship is a contract whereby a person undertakes towards the creditor to fulfill the obligation of their debtor if the debtor fails to fulfill it.

##### Article 1054

Whoever instructs a person to open a financial credit for a third party, taking upon themselves to be responsible for them, is obliged as a guarantor for the obligations contracted by the third party up to the amount specified for them. If the guarantor does not specify an amount, they are responsible to a reasonable extent consistent with the situation of the person for whom the credit was opened. The commitment mentioned in the first paragraph of this article can be revoked as long as the person instructed to open the credit has not begun its execution. This commitment cannot be proven except in writing.

##### Article 1055

Only those who have the capacity to dispose of property without compensation can appoint themselves as a guarantor. Suretyship is not valid from a minor, even with the permission of their father or guardian, if they have no interest in the matter they are tasked with.

##### Article 1056

Suretyship is only valid for a legitimate obligation.

##### Article 1057

The subject of suretyship may be a possible obligation (such as guaranteeing the removal of ownership in a claim of entitlement) or a future or unspecified obligation, provided that specification is possible later (such as guaranteeing the amount that will be adjudicated against a person). In this case, the guarantor's obligation is determined by what the original debtor owes.

##### Article 1058

Suretyship is not valid for an obligation that the guarantor cannot fulfill in place of the original debtor, such as a corporal punishment.

##### Article 1059

Suretyship is not presumed; the intention to guarantee must be explicitly stated in the document.

##### Article 1060

A promise to guarantee a person is not a suretyship, but the promisee has the right to demand the completion of the suretyship, otherwise, they may claim compensation for damages.

##### Article 1061

Suretyship must be explicitly accepted by the creditor.

##### Article 1062

Suretyship for an obligation is permissible without the knowledge of the original debtor and despite their will. However, suretyship given despite the explicit prohibition of the debtor does not create a legal relationship between the debtor and the guarantor; the guarantor is only obligated towards the creditor.

##### Article 1063

The suretyship of a guarantor is valid just as the suretyship of the original debtor is valid.

##### Article 1064

Suretyship cannot exceed what is owed by the original debtor except concerning the term.

##### Article 1065

Suretyship may be conditional on a term, meaning it can be for a specific time or starting from a certain date. It may also be contracted for only part of the debt or under less burdensome conditions.

##### Article 1066

If the suretyship is not explicitly limited to a specific amount or a known part of the debt, the guarantor also guarantees compensation for damages and expenses adjudicated against the original debtor for failing to fulfill the obligation. The guarantor is not responsible for new obligations contracted by the original debtor after the creation of the guaranteed obligation unless the guarantor has explicitly guaranteed the fulfillment of all obligations the debtor undertakes due to the contract, in which case they are responsible like the original debtor for all obligations the debtor may be responsible for under the contract.

##### Article 1067

Suretyship is gratuitous by nature unless there is a contrary provision.

##### Article 1068

If the guarantor accepted by the creditor under the contract becomes insolvent, they must provide another guarantor or equivalent security, otherwise, the creditor has the right to demand immediate payment of their debt or to rescind the contract made on this condition. However, if the guarantor's solvency becomes insufficient, additional suretyship or security must be provided. These provisions do not apply:
Firstly, if the suretyship was given without the debtor's knowledge or despite them.
Secondly, if the suretyship was given under an agreement in which the creditor specified the person of the guarantor.

### On the Effects of Suretyship Second

#### On the Effects of Suretyship in General First

###### Article 1069

The guarantee does not include solidarity without an explicit agreement. If solidarity is stipulated or if the guarantee is considered a commercial act by the guarantor, its effects are subject to the provisions related to joint obligations among debtors.

###### Article 1070

The creditor has no claim against the guarantor unless the original debtor is in default of fulfilling the obligation.

###### Article 1071

However, the following provisions must be observed:
1- If the guarantor dies before the debt is due, the creditor has the right to claim from the heirs immediately without waiting for the due date. If the heirs pay the debt in this case, they have the right to recourse against the debtor when the original debt is due.
2- The declaration of the guarantor's insolvency makes the debt due for payment even before the original debt's due date. In this case, the creditor has the right to request the inclusion of his debt among the debts of the group of creditors.
3- The creditor, in the case stipulated in Article 114, does not have the right to claim from the guarantor except when the agreed-upon term is due.

#### Grounds for Requesting to Sue the Debtor First Second

###### Article 1072

The guarantor has the right to request from the creditor at the start of the trial and before any defense on the merits that the original debtor be pursued first in his movable and immovable property, and to specify from them what is suitable for execution, provided that their location is within the areas under the jurisdiction of the courts of the countries under the French mandate. In this case, the pursuit of the guarantor is suspended until litigation in the debtor's property is completed, but this does not prevent the creditor from being authorized to take precautionary measures against the guarantor. If the creditor has a mortgage or a lien on some of the debtor's movable property, he must satisfy his debt from it, unless this property is subject to securing other obligations of the debtor and is insufficient to fulfill them all.

###### Article 1073

The guarantor cannot insist on pursuing the original debtor:
First - if he has expressly waived this right, especially if he has committed to the obligation jointly with the original debtor.
Second - if the original debtor has become notoriously insolvent or declared his inability to pay.
Third - if the assets suitable for pursuit are subject to dispute or mortgaged as security for debts that consume a large portion of their value, or are clearly insufficient to satisfy the creditor, or if the debtor only has a revocable right to these assets.

###### Article 1074

The guarantor who insists on pursuing the debtor must indicate to the creditor the original debtor's assets and cover the necessary expenses for execution.

#### On Multiple Guarantors Third

###### Article 1075

If several persons guarantee a single debt in one document, each of them is only liable for their share and portion, and they have the right to demand from the creditor the division of the claim. There is no solidarity among the guarantors unless it is stipulated or if each of them has contracted the guarantee separately for the entire debt or when the guarantee is considered a commercial act by the guarantors.

###### Article 1076

The guarantor of the guarantor is not liable towards the creditor unless the original debtor and all guarantors become insolvent, or if they are discharged based on personal reasons related to the debtor or the guarantors.

#### On Certain Defenses the Guarantor May Invoke Against Creditors Fourth

###### Article 1077

The guarantor has the right to invoke all defenses available to the original debtor, whether personal or in rem, including defenses based on the incapacity of the original debtor. The guarantor retains this right even if the original debtor opposes or renounces those defenses. The guarantor also has the right to invoke defenses specific to the person of the debtor, such as the discharge of the debt that was granted to the debtor personally.

###### Article 1078

The guarantor has the right to take action against the original debtor to be released from the obligation of the guarantee:
First - When the guarantor is legally pursued for the payment of the debt, or before any legal action when the debtor is in default of performing the obligation.
Second - When the debtor has undertaken to provide the guarantor with a discharge document from the creditor within a specified period if the period has expired.
If the debtor is unable to provide the discharge document, they must pay the debt or provide the guarantor with sufficient collateral or security. The guarantor who finds themselves in one of the situations stipulated in Article 1073 cannot invoke the right to benefit from the previous provisions.

###### Article 1079

The guarantor has the right, in order to be released from the debt, to take action against the creditor if they delay in demanding the performance of the obligation that has become due.

#### The Surety's Right of Recourse Against the Debtor Fifth

###### Article 1080

The guarantor who has fulfilled the original obligation has the right to seek reimbursement from the debtor for all that he has paid, even if the guarantee was given without the debtor's knowledge. He also has the right to seek reimbursement for expenses and damages arising necessarily from the guarantee. Any act by the guarantor - other than actual fulfillment - that would extinguish the original obligation and release the debtor is considered equivalent to fulfillment and opens the way for the guarantor to seek reimbursement from the debtor for the principal debt and related expenses.

###### Article 1081

The guarantor who has paid the debt is not entitled to seek reimbursement from the original debtor unless he presents a receipt from the creditor or other documents proving the extinguishment of the debt. The guarantor who paid before the due date can only seek reimbursement from the debtor at the time of the original obligation's maturity.

###### Article 1082

If there are several joint guarantors and one of them pays the entire debt at maturity, he has the right to seek reimbursement from the other guarantors according to each one's share and portion. He also has the right to seek reimbursement for the share of any who have become insolvent.

###### Article 1083

If the guarantor and the creditor reach a settlement, the guarantor has the right to seek reimbursement from the debtor and other guarantors only for what he has actually paid or its equivalent value if a specific amount is involved.

###### Article 1084

The guarantor who has properly fulfilled the debt steps into the creditor's position in all his rights and privileges against the original debtor to the extent of the amount he has paid, and against the other guarantors to the extent of their shares and portions. However, this substitution does not alter the specific agreements made between the original debtor and the guarantor.

###### Article 1085

The guarantor has no right to seek reimbursement from the debtor:
First - when he pays a debt that concerns him personally, even if it appears in someone else's name
Second - when the guarantee was given despite the debtor's prohibition
Third - when it is evident from the guarantor's explicit acknowledgment or from the circumstances that the guarantee was given as a donation without consideration of the right to seek reimbursement from the original debtor.

###### Article 1086

The guarantor is not entitled to seek reimbursement from the original debtor if he has paid the debt or has been adjudicated in the final instance without the debtor's knowledge, provided the debtor proves that he has settled the debt or has reasons proving the debt's invalidity or extinguishment. However, this rule does not apply when it is impossible for the guarantor to inform the debtor, such as when the debtor is absent.

### On the Termination of Suretyship Third

##### Article 1087

All causes of nullity or lapse related to the original obligation nullify the guarantee.

##### Article 1088

The obligation of the guarantee lapses for the same reasons that other obligations lapse, even if those reasons are unrelated to the original obligation.

##### Article 1089

The guarantor is discharged if subrogation into the creditor's rights becomes impossible due to an act by the creditor.

##### Article 1090

The payment of the debt by the guarantor discharges both the guarantor and the original debtor. Similarly, the guarantor's assignment to a third party, if accepted by the creditor and the third party, the proper deposit of the owed item, payment by performance of a substitute, and renewal of the debt between the creditor and the guarantor.

##### Article 1091

The release of the debtor from the debt discharges the guarantor, but the release of the guarantor does not discharge the debtor. The release of one of the guarantors without the consent of the others discharges them to the extent of the share of the guarantor whose obligation was released.

##### Article 1092

The renewal of the debt between the creditor and the original debtor discharges the guarantors unless they have agreed to guarantee the new debt. However, if the creditor stipulates the inclusion of the guarantors in the new obligation and they do not agree, the previous obligation does not lapse.

##### Article 1093

The unification of the roles of creditor and original debtor in one person discharges the guarantor. If this unification occurs in the original debtor due to the death of the creditor and the original debtor is an heir along with others, the guarantor is discharged to the extent of the debtor's share. However, the unification of the roles of creditor and guarantor in one person does not discharge the original debtor. The unification of the roles of original debtor and guarantor when one becomes the heir of the other nullifies the guarantee, leaving only the original debt. The creditor retains the right to pursue those who guaranteed the guarantor and maintains the securities taken to guarantee the guarantor's obligation.

##### Article 1094

The extension of the term granted by the creditor to the original debtor benefits the guarantor unless it is due to the debtor's insolvency. However, the extension granted by the creditor to the guarantor does not benefit the original debtor unless the creditor states otherwise.

##### Article 1095

The interruption of the statute of limitations on the original debtor applies to the guarantor, and the statute of limitations completed in favor of the original debtor benefits the guarantor.

##### Article 1096

When the creditor voluntarily accepts something other than the owed item as payment for the debt, the guarantor, even if jointly liable with the debtor, is discharged, even if that item is claimed from the creditor through a claim of entitlement or returned by the creditor due to hidden defects.

##### Article 1097

The death of the guarantor does not nullify the guarantee; rather, the guarantor's obligation transfers to their heirs.

### On the Guarantee of Attendance Fourth

##### Article 1098

Appearance surety is a commitment by which a person undertakes to present another person before the judiciary or to bring him when the obligation is due or when needed.

##### Article 1099

Appearance surety is not valid from someone who does not have the right to transfer without compensation.

##### Article 1100

Appearance surety is only completed by declaration.

##### Article 1101

The surety must bring the guaranteed person to the place specified in the contract, and if no place is specified, the guaranteed person must be brought to the place of contract completion.

##### Article 1102

The surety is discharged if the guaranteed person is brought or if the guaranteed person voluntarily appears on the specified day and place. It is not sufficient to discharge the surety if the guaranteed person is brought before the specified day.

##### Article 1103

The surety is discharged if the guaranteed person is in the custody of the judicial authority on the due date for reasons unrelated to the surety and this is communicated to the creditor.

##### Article 1104

The surety is liable for the original debt if the guaranteed person is not brought on the specified day, and is discharged if the guaranteed person appears after this date. However, if a judgment has been issued against the surety, the appearance of the guaranteed person is not sufficient to overturn this judgment. The death of the guaranteed person, his well-known insolvency, and the declaration of his incapacity all discharge the surety.

##### Article 1105

A surety who has been judged to pay for not bringing the debtor has the right to request the reversal of the judgment if he proves that the guaranteed person was dead or insolvent at the time of the judgment. If the surety has executed the judgment issued against him, he has the right to claim back from the creditor the amount he paid according to the conditions set for recovering what was not due.

# Repeal of Conflicting Provisions and Entry into Force of the Law Third

### Article 1106

All provisions of the "Majalla" and other legislative texts that contradict the Code of Obligations and Contracts or do not conform to its provisions are repealed and remain repealed.

### Article 1107

This law shall come into effect thirty months after its publication in the Official Gazette.

Review status

Reviewer notes

Advanced: edit structured JSON

The JSON below mirrors the original law structure. Update it only if you need to correct per-article text. Keep keys identical; only translate the values.

{
    "law": {
        "id": 6,
        "title": "Law of Obligations and Contracts",
        "published_at": null
    },
    "nodes": [
        {
            "id": 1,
            "name": "On Obligations in General",
            "number": "First",
            "articles": [
                {
                    "id": 1,
                    "body": "An obligation is a legal bond that gives a person or several natural or legal persons the status of debtor towards a person or several persons described as creditors.",
                    "position": 1,
                    "article_number": "1"
                }
            ],
            "category": "Section",
            "children": [
                {
                    "id": 2,
                    "name": "On Types of Obligations",
                    "number": "First",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 3,
                            "name": "On Civil Obligations and Natural Obligations",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2,
                                    "body": "A civil obligation is one that the creditor can enforce against the debtor, while a natural obligation is a legal duty that cannot be enforced. However, its voluntary execution has the same significance and effects as the execution of a civil obligation.",
                                    "position": 2,
                                    "article_number": "2"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 3,
                                    "body": "In the absence of a text, the judge may decide whether a moral duty constitutes a natural obligation or not, and a natural obligation cannot be contrary to a rule of public law.",
                                    "position": 3,
                                    "article_number": "3"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 4,
                                    "body": "What a person knowingly does to fulfill a natural obligation cannot be reclaimed and is not considered a donation but is regarded as a fulfillment.",
                                    "position": 4,
                                    "article_number": "4"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 5,
                                    "body": "A natural obligation is not extinguished by set-off.",
                                    "position": 5,
                                    "article_number": "5"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 6,
                                    "body": "The acknowledgment of a natural obligation, even explicitly, does not convert it into a civil obligation. Such a conversion can only arise from the renewal of the contract.",
                                    "position": 6,
                                    "article_number": "6"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 7,
                                    "body": "A natural debt cannot be secured by a personal guarantee or a mortgage as long as it remains a natural debt.",
                                    "position": 7,
                                    "article_number": "7"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 8,
                                    "body": "The covenants made to ensure the execution of a natural obligation are subject, in terms of form and substance, to the provisions of contracts with consideration.",
                                    "position": 8,
                                    "article_number": "8"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 4,
                            "name": "On Obligations Involving Multiple Persons (Multiple Creditors or Debtors)",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 9,
                                    "body": "An obligation may pertain to several obligees or obligors. Obligations of this kind are divided into concurrent obligations and joint obligations.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "9"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 5,
                                    "name": "On Concurrent Obligations",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 10,
                                            "body": "The distribution of benefits and costs in concurrent obligations is necessarily based on the principle of equality between creditors and debtors, unless the contract stipulates otherwise.\r\nIn reality, the number of debts corresponds to the number of creditors or debtors, which is the matter that should be considered, especially in:\r\n1 - Matters related to the right of litigation, as none of the creditors can exercise this right, nor can it be exercised against any of the debtors, except to the extent of the share that belongs to the creditor or the share that is upon the debtor from that obligation.\r\n2 - Matters concerning the notification of each of the debtors or attributing the fault to them, as the notification and attribution of fault are carried out concerning each debtor individually.\r\n3 - Matters related to assessing the conditions of nullity that may be personal to each party involved in the obligation.\r\n4 - Matters concerning actions that interrupt the statute of limitations and the reasons that suspend its running.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "10"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 6,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of Solidarity",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 7,
                                            "name": "On Joint Obligations Among Creditors (Solidarity of Creditors)",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 11,
                                                    "body": "Solidarity exists among creditors when two or more persons are holders of a single debt, each of whom has the right to demand payment of this entire debt, and the debtor, on the other hand, has the right to pay the debt to any one of them. This is what is called solidarity among creditors. However, the solidary creditor does not have the right to dispose of the entire debt but is considered authorized by the other creditors to preserve the portion that exceeds his share and to collect it from the debtors.",
                                                    "position": 9,
                                                    "article_number": "11"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 12,
                                                    "body": "Solidarity among creditors is not assumed but must arise from a legal contract, the law, or the nature of the act.",
                                                    "position": 10,
                                                    "article_number": "12"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 13,
                                                    "body": "The obligation of solidarity is extinguished towards all creditors by payment, compensation, deposit of the due item, or renewal of the contract towards one of the creditors. The debtor who pays one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others and is only discharged from the share of that creditor. The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in one person among the solidary creditors and in the debtor does not extinguish the obligation except concerning this creditor.",
                                                    "position": 11,
                                                    "article_number": "13"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 14,
                                                    "body": "The lapse of time that has occurred concerning the right of one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others. The error or delay of one of the solidary creditors does not harm the other creditors.",
                                                    "position": 12,
                                                    "article_number": "14"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 15,
                                                    "body": "The waiver of the debt by one of the solidary creditors does not affect the others and does not discharge the debtor except from the share of that creditor. The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in one person among the solidary creditors and in the debtor does not extinguish the obligation except concerning this creditor.",
                                                    "position": 13,
                                                    "article_number": "15"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 16,
                                                    "body": "If one of the creditors warns the debtor or enforces interest on the debt, all other creditors benefit from the result of his action.",
                                                    "position": 14,
                                                    "article_number": "16"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 17,
                                                    "body": "The actions that interrupt the lapse of time concerning one of the solidary creditors benefit the others. However, the reasons that suspend the lapse of time remain personal and specific to each of the creditors.",
                                                    "position": 15,
                                                    "article_number": "17"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 18,
                                                    "body": "The settlement concluded between one of the creditors and the debtor benefits the other creditors when it includes acknowledgment of the right or the debt. This settlement does not affect them when it includes the waiver of the debt or puts them in a difficult position unless they agree to it.",
                                                    "position": 16,
                                                    "article_number": "18"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 19,
                                                    "body": "If one of the solidary creditors grants the debtor a deadline, it does not affect the others unless the contrary is inferred from the instrument of obligation, the law, or the nature of the case.",
                                                    "position": 17,
                                                    "article_number": "19"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 20,
                                                    "body": "What each of the solidary creditors receives, whether by collection or settlement, becomes shared between him and the other creditors, and they share it according to their shares. If one of the creditors obtains a guarantee or assignment for his share, the other creditors have the right to share in what the guarantor or assignee pays, all this unless the contrary is inferred from the contract, the law, or the nature of the case.",
                                                    "position": 18,
                                                    "article_number": "20"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 21,
                                                    "body": "After payment, the total debt is divided into equal shares unless otherwise stipulated.",
                                                    "position": 19,
                                                    "article_number": "21"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 22,
                                                    "body": "The solidary creditor who, after collection, is unable to present the collected money due to his fault is liable to the other creditors according to their shares.",
                                                    "position": 20,
                                                    "article_number": "22"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 8,
                                            "name": "On Joint Obligations Among Debtors (Solidarity of Debtors)",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 9,
                                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 23,
                                                            "body": "The obligation is joint among the debtors when several debtors are bound by a single debt, and each of them must be considered in their relations with the creditor as a debtor for the entirety of this debt. This is referred to as \"joint liability of the debtors.\" However, the joint liability does not prevent the division of the debt among the heirs of the jointly liable debtor.",
                                                            "position": 21,
                                                            "article_number": "23"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 24,
                                                            "body": "Joint liability among debtors is not inferred by implication but must be explicitly derived from the contract establishing the obligation, from the law, or from the nature of the case. However, joint liability is mandatory in obligations contracted between merchants in commercial matters unless the opposite is derived from the contract establishing the obligation or from the law.",
                                                            "position": 22,
                                                            "article_number": "24"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 10,
                                                    "name": "Effects of Solidarity",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 11,
                                                            "name": "Effects of Solidarity in the Creditor-Debtor Relationships",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 25,
                                                                    "body": "If there is a cause for solidarity among the debtors, then all of them are obligated to the same thing but under distinct and independent bonds from each other, especially concerning:\r\n1 -The validity of these bonds\r\n2 -Their entitlement\r\n3 -Their expiration",
                                                                    "position": 23,
                                                                    "article_number": "25"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 26,
                                                                    "body": "Each of the joint debtors has the right to present defenses specific to them and common among all the debtors.",
                                                                    "position": 24,
                                                                    "article_number": "26"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 27,
                                                                    "body": "The defenses specific to each of the debtors are those that one or several of them can present, particularly:\r\n1 -The possible reasons for annulment (coercion, fraud, error, and incapacity), whether specific to one debtor or some of them\r\n2 -The form (term or condition) that does not include what all have committed to.\r\n3 -Reasons for the expiration of the obligation that did not occur for all.",
                                                                    "position": 25,
                                                                    "article_number": "27"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 28,
                                                                    "body": "The common defenses are those that all the debtors in the joint obligation can present, particularly:\r\n1 -Reasons for nullity (such as an unlawful subject and the lack of legally required forms, etc.) that include what all have committed to\r\n2 -The form (term or condition) that includes what all have committed to\r\n3 -Reasons for expiration that led to the discharge of the debt for all.",
                                                                    "position": 26,
                                                                    "article_number": "28"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 29,
                                                                    "body": "Payment, performance of the substitute, deposit of the due item, or set-off that occurred between one of the debtors and the creditor, all discharge the obligation of the other obligors.",
                                                                    "position": 27,
                                                                    "article_number": "29"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 30,
                                                                    "body": "The delay of the creditor concerning one of the obligors benefits the others from its consequences.",
                                                                    "position": 28,
                                                                    "article_number": "30"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 31,
                                                                    "body": "The renewal of the obligation between the creditor and one of the obligors discharges the others unless they agree to the new obligation. If the creditor requires the acceptance of the debtors and they refuse, the previous obligation does not expire.",
                                                                    "position": 29,
                                                                    "article_number": "31"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 32,
                                                                    "body": "The discharge of the debt for one of the joint debtors benefits the other obligors unless the creditor has declared that they only wish to discharge the debt for that debtor and to the extent of their share. In that case, the other debtors benefit only in proportion to the share of the debtor whose obligation was discharged.",
                                                                    "position": 30,
                                                                    "article_number": "32"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 33,
                                                                    "body": "A creditor who agrees to divide the debt for the benefit of one of the debtors retains the right to claim the entire debt from the others unless otherwise stipulated.",
                                                                    "position": 31,
                                                                    "article_number": "33"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 34,
                                                                    "body": "A settlement made between the creditor and one of the obligors benefits the others if it includes a discharge of the debt or another form of release, and it does not bind them or affect their position if they did not agree to it.",
                                                                    "position": 32,
                                                                    "article_number": "34"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 35,
                                                                    "body": "The union of the qualities of creditor and debtor in the person of the creditor and one of the debtors does not extinguish the obligation except concerning the share of that debtor.",
                                                                    "position": 33,
                                                                    "article_number": "35"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 36,
                                                                    "body": "A judgment issued against one of the joint debtors does not have the force of res judicata concerning the other debtors. However, a judgment issued in favor of one of the debtors benefits the others unless it is based on a reason related to the person of the debtor who obtained the judgment. The reasons that suspend the statute of limitations may remain personal and specific to one of the creditors, but the reasons that interrupt the statute of limitations concerning one of the joint debtors also interrupt it concerning the others.",
                                                                    "position": 34,
                                                                    "article_number": "36"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 12,
                                                            "name": "Effects of Solidarity in the Relationships Between Debtors",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 37,
                                                                    "body": "If there is solidarity among the debtors, any of them can discharge the others' obligations:\r\n1 - By paying the entire debt\r\n2 - By offsetting a debt owed to him by the creditor against the total debt\r\n3 - By assuming the obligation alone instead of the other debtors\r\n4 - By swearing an oath, if necessary, that no debt is owed\r\n5 - By obtaining from the creditor a discharge of the entire debt.",
                                                                    "position": 35,
                                                                    "article_number": "37"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 38,
                                                                    "body": "Each of the joint debtors is responsible only for his own actions in fulfilling the obligation. A notice directed to one of them does not affect the others.",
                                                                    "position": 36,
                                                                    "article_number": "38"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 39,
                                                                    "body": "The obligation of solidarity is divided by law concerning the relationships among the debtors themselves; among them, none is liable except in proportion to his share. The shares that the debtors are liable for under the provisions of the previous paragraph are equal except in the following cases:\r\n1 - If the contract states otherwise\r\n2 - If the interests of the debtors are not equal. If the interest in the debt belongs to one debtor alone, the others must be considered guarantors in their relationship with him.",
                                                                    "position": 37,
                                                                    "article_number": "39"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 40,
                                                                    "body": "If a debtor in a solidarity obligation pays the entire debt, he has the right to seek recourse from the other debtors for what exceeds his share. He can then file a personal lawsuit or the lawsuit that the creditor was entitled to file, along with the associated securities if necessary. However, regardless of the lawsuit he files, he is only entitled to demand from each debtor the share that he must ultimately bear.",
                                                                    "position": 38,
                                                                    "article_number": "40"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 41,
                                                                    "body": "If among the joint debtors there is a person or several persons who are absent or unable to pay, their share of the debt is borne by the present and capable debtors in proportion to what each must bear of the debt, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                                    "position": 39,
                                                                    "article_number": "41"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 672,
                                                    "name": "Termination of Solidarity",
                                                    "number": "Third",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1224,
                                                            "body": "Solidarity ceases when the creditor waives it.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "42"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1225,
                                                            "body": "The waiver of solidarity can be either general and inclusive of all debtors or personal to one or several of them. If the waiver includes all debtors, the obligation is divided among them as a concurrent obligation is divided. If the waiver is personal and specific to one or several of the debtors, the creditor can only demand from those whose solidarity was waived their respective share. However, the creditor has the right to sue the remaining debtors for the entire amount of the debt in solidarity. If one of the debtors, who was not included in the waiver of solidarity, becomes insolvent, the remaining debtors, including those who benefited from this waiver, are responsible for fulfilling the debt owed by the insolvent debtor.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "43"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 673,
                            "name": "On Successive and Non-Successive Obligations",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1226,
                                    "body": "An obligation is successive if its subject matter is not fulfilled by a single act at once, but rather by abstention, continuous action, or a series of actions.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "44"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 674,
                            "name": "On Positive Obligations and Negative Obligations",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1227,
                                    "body": "The positive obligation is one where the debtor is required to perform or deliver something.",
                                    "position": 40,
                                    "article_number": "45"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1228,
                                    "body": "An obligation to deliver is one where the subject is either the payment of a sum of money or other fungible items, or the creation of a real right.",
                                    "position": 41,
                                    "article_number": "46"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1229,
                                    "body": "The obligation to deliver necessarily transfers the right of ownership of the item if it is a specified movable property.",
                                    "position": 42,
                                    "article_number": "47"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1230,
                                    "body": "If the subject of the obligation to deliver is the creation of a real right in immovable property, the owner has the right to register it in the land registry.",
                                    "position": 43,
                                    "article_number": "48"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1231,
                                    "body": "The obligation to deliver also includes the duty to hand over the item and to preserve it until delivery if it is a specified item.",
                                    "position": 44,
                                    "article_number": "49"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1232,
                                    "body": "An obligation to act is one where the debtor is required to complete an act, particularly the delivery of something.",
                                    "position": 45,
                                    "article_number": "50"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1233,
                                    "body": "A negative obligation is one where the subject is the abstention from performing an act.",
                                    "position": 46,
                                    "article_number": "51"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 675,
                            "name": "On Personal and Real Obligations",
                            "number": "Fifth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1234,
                                    "body": "Personal obligations are those that the debtor commits to personally and are thus guaranteed by the entirety of his possessions. Real obligations are those in which the debtor is not personally obligated nor is he a guarantor with the entirety of his possessions, but is obligated in his capacity as a manager of certain things or funds and is a guarantor only with respect to them.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "52"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 676,
                            "name": "On Obligations with Multiple Subjects",
                            "number": "Sixth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1235,
                                    "body": "Obligations with multiple subjects are concurrent, alternative, or optional.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "53"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 677,
                                    "name": "On Reciprocal Obligations",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1236,
                                            "body": "A concurrent obligation is one whose subject includes a number of things that must be fulfilled together, such that the debtor's liability is not discharged except by performing all of them.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "54"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1237,
                                            "body": "Concurrent obligations are subject to the rules applicable to simple obligations.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "55"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 678,
                                    "name": "On Alternative Obligations",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1238,
                                            "body": "An alternative obligation is one whose subject includes several things, and the debtor's obligation is fully discharged by performing one of them. The debtor alone has the right to choose unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                            "position": 47,
                                            "article_number": "56"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1239,
                                            "body": "The choice is made simply by informing the other party, and once made, the chosen item is considered as if it were the original subject of the obligation.",
                                            "position": 48,
                                            "article_number": "57"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1240,
                                            "body": "However, if the obligation has alternative subjects due at fixed terms, choosing one at a certain term does not prevent the entitled party from choosing another at a different term, unless the opposite is derived from the basic document, customary practice, or what is presumed to be the will of the parties.",
                                            "position": 49,
                                            "article_number": "58"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1241,
                                            "body": "If the party with the right to choose dies before making a choice, their right transfers to their heirs. If they declare incapacity, the right of choice passes to the creditors. If the heirs or creditors do not agree, the other party may request a deadline for them, after which the right of choice passes to this party.",
                                            "position": 50,
                                            "article_number": "59"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1242,
                                            "body": "The debtor's obligation is discharged by performing one of the promised items, but they cannot force the creditor to accept part of one item and part of another. The creditor is only entitled to demand the full performance of one item and cannot force the debtor to perform by delivering part of one and part of another.",
                                            "position": 51,
                                            "article_number": "60"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1243,
                                            "body": "If only one of the subjects is executable, the obligation is or becomes a simple obligation.",
                                            "position": 52,
                                            "article_number": "61"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1244,
                                            "body": "The alternative obligation is extinguished if all the subjects of the obligation become impossible at the same time without fault of the debtor and before their delay.",
                                            "position": 53,
                                            "article_number": "62"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1245,
                                            "body": "If all the subjects of the obligation become impossible at the same time due to the debtor's fault or after their delay, the creditor may demand the price of the subject they choose from those subjects.",
                                            "position": 54,
                                            "article_number": "63"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1246,
                                            "body": "If the debtor refuses to choose or if there are several debtors who do not agree on the choice, the creditor has the right to request the judge to set a deadline for them and to designate the item that must be performed if they do not choose within this period.",
                                            "position": 55,
                                            "article_number": "64"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1247,
                                            "body": "If the right of choice belongs to the creditor and they are delayed, the other party has the right to request a sufficient deadline for the creditor to make a decision. If the deadline passes without a choice being made, this right passes to the debtor.",
                                            "position": 56,
                                            "article_number": "65"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1248,
                                            "body": "If, in the situation referred to in the previous article, the execution of one of the subjects of the obligation becomes impossible due to the debtor's fault or after their delay, the creditor has the right to demand the subject that remains possible or compensation suitable for the damage resulting from the impossibility of executing that subject.",
                                            "position": 57,
                                            "article_number": "66"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1249,
                                            "body": "If the execution of one of the subjects of the obligation becomes impossible due to the creditor's fault, it is considered as if they chose this subject, and they cannot demand what remains possible from the subjects.",
                                            "position": 58,
                                            "article_number": "67"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 679,
                                    "name": "On Optional Obligations",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1250,
                                            "body": "An obligation is optional when one thing must be performed, with the debtor having the right to discharge their obligation by performing another thing. The thing required to be performed is, in the eyes of the law, the subject of the obligation that determines its nature, not the other thing by which the debtor can discharge their obligation by performing it.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "68"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1251,
                                            "body": "The optional obligation is extinguished if the thing that is its subject perishes without fault of the debtor and before their delay, and it is not extinguished if the thing whose delivery was made optional perishes.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "69"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 680,
                            "name": "On Divisible Obligations and Indivisible Obligations",
                            "number": "Seventh",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 681,
                                    "name": "On Obligations That Are Indivisible",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1252,
                                            "body": "The obligation is indivisible:\r\n\r\nFirst - Due to the nature of the subject when it is a thing or an act that is not subject to physical or moral division.\r\n\r\nSecond - By virtue of the instrument of obligation creation or by virtue of the law when it is understood from the instrument or the law that the execution of the obligation is not partial.",
                                            "position": 59,
                                            "article_number": "70"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1253,
                                            "body": "If there are multiple debtors in an indivisible obligation, each of them can be compelled to pay the total amount, provided that they have the right to recourse against the other debtors. This rule applies to the heirs of someone who has contracted such an obligation, as the rule of hereditary division does not apply, contrary to the solidarity debt. Recourse against the remaining debtors can be either by filing a personal lawsuit or by filing the lawsuit that was the creditor's right, along with the associated securities.",
                                            "position": 60,
                                            "article_number": "71"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1254,
                                            "body": "If there are multiple creditors in an indivisible obligation and there is no solidarity among them, the debtor can only pay all the creditors together. Each creditor cannot demand execution except in the name of all and with their authorization. However, each creditor may request, on behalf of all, the deposit of the due item or its delivery to a custodian appointed by the court if the item is not subject to deposit.",
                                            "position": 61,
                                            "article_number": "72"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1255,
                                            "body": "The debtor of an indivisible debt and the defendant for the total obligation can request a delay to involve the other debtors in the lawsuit to prevent a judgment being issued against him alone for the total debt. However, if the debt can only be collected from the defendant debtor, a judgment may be issued against him alone, and he then has the right to recourse against his co-heirs or co-obligors according to each one's share.",
                                            "position": 62,
                                            "article_number": "73"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1256,
                                            "body": "The interruption of the statute of limitations by one of the creditors in an indivisible obligation benefits the others, just as its interruption against one debtor is effective against the other debtors. Similarly, the reasons for suspending the statute of limitations apply to all.",
                                            "position": 63,
                                            "article_number": "74"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 683,
                                    "name": "On Divisible Obligations",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1257,
                                            "body": "All obligations not specified in the first and second paragraphs of Article seventy are divisible.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "75"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1258,
                                            "body": "A divisible obligation must be executed between the creditor and the debtor as if it were indivisible, and divisibility is only considered if there are several creditors, each of whom can only claim their share of the divisible debt, or if there are several debtors, each of whom is only liable for a part of the debt. The same rule applies to heirs, who can only claim or be claimed for the share that belongs to or is owed by them from the estate debt.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "76"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1260,
                                            "body": "The debt divisible among debtors is not divided:\r\nFirst - When the subject of the obligation is the delivery of a specific item in the possession of one of the debtors.\r\nSecond - When one of the debtors is solely entrusted with executing the obligation, either by virtue of the contract of creation or by a subsequent contract.\r\nIn both cases, the debtor in possession of the item or entrusted with execution can be claimed for the entire debt and has the right to seek recourse against their partners in the debt if necessary.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "77"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1261,
                                            "body": "The interruption of the statute of limitations, in the cases outlined in the previous article, for the debtor who can be claimed for the entire debt, applies to all other obligors.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "78"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 684,
                            "name": "On Primary Obligations and Additional Obligations",
                            "number": "Eighth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1262,
                                    "body": "If there are two obligations, one is considered primary and the other additional if the first is the basis for the second, especially in the following cases:\r\n\r\nFirst - When one obligation is a legal result of the other, such as the obligation to compensate for damage resulting from the non-fulfillment of a previous obligation.\r\n\r\nSecond - When one obligation is contracted in consideration of the other obligation (such as a penalty clause, guarantee, or mortgage).",
                                    "position": 64,
                                    "article_number": "79"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1263,
                                    "body": "The additional obligations mentioned in the second paragraph of the previous article are extinguished with the primary obligation because they are linked to it, unless otherwise stipulated by law or by agreement of the parties.",
                                    "position": 65,
                                    "article_number": "80"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 685,
                            "name": "On Conditional Obligations",
                            "number": "Ninth",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 686,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1264,
                                            "body": "A condition is a future uncertain event upon which the creation or extinction of an obligation depends, and it has retroactive effect unless the contrary is derived from the will of the parties or from the nature of the obligation. In the first case mentioned in the previous paragraph, it is called a suspensive condition, and in the second case, it is called a resolutory condition. A past or present event, even if unknown to the parties, is not considered a condition in the sense intended in this article.",
                                            "position": 66,
                                            "article_number": "81"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1265,
                                            "body": "The stipulation of an impossible thing or one contrary to morals or law is void and nullifies the agreement contingent upon it. The subsequent possibility of the condition, whether materially or legally, does not render the agreement valid. However, the matter is different if the impossible or unlawful condition is considered as if it was not written, provided the parties did not attribute decisive importance to it and it was not the motivating reason for the creation of the obligation.",
                                            "position": 67,
                                            "article_number": "82"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1266,
                                            "body": "Any condition that restricts or prevents the exercise of rights inherent to every person, such as the exercise of marriage rights or civil rights, is void. However, this provision does not apply to the case where one of the parties refrains from practicing a trade or profession for a certain time or in a limited place. The condition of remaining a widow is valid if justified by legitimate reasons, and the right to assess these reasons belongs to the judge.",
                                            "position": 68,
                                            "article_number": "83"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1267,
                                            "body": "An obligation is void if its existence is made dependent solely on the will of the obligor (which is a purely potestative condition). However, the parties or one of them may reserve the right to declare within a specified period whether they wish to maintain or terminate the contract. This reservation cannot be stipulated in the acknowledgment of debt, in a gift, in the remission of debt, or in a forward sale.",
                                            "position": 69,
                                            "article_number": "84"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1268,
                                            "body": "If the period is not specified in the case mentioned in the previous article, each party may require the other party to declare their decision within a reasonable period. If the period expires without the party declaring their desire to terminate the contract, the contract becomes final from the date of its conclusion. If the party clearly declares to the other party their desire to terminate the contract, the agreement is considered as if it never existed.",
                                            "position": 70,
                                            "article_number": "85"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1269,
                                            "body": "If the party who reserved the right to terminate dies before the expiration of the period and has not expressed their will, their heirs have the right to maintain or terminate the contract within the period that remained for their predecessor. If the heirs disagree, those who wish to maintain the contract cannot force the others to accept it, but they may take the entire contract for their own account.",
                                            "position": 71,
                                            "article_number": "86"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1270,
                                            "body": "If the party who reserved the right to terminate becomes insane or loses legal capacity for another reason, the court, upon the request of the other party or other interested parties, appoints a special guardian for this purpose. The guardian, with the court's authorization, decides whether to accept or terminate the contract according to the interests of the incapacitated person. In the case of bankruptcy, the trustee in bankruptcy or other representatives of the creditors' group automatically assume guardianship.",
                                            "position": 72,
                                            "article_number": "87"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 687,
                                    "name": "In which cases the condition is considered fulfilled or not fulfilled",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1271,
                                            "body": "If an obligation is contracted and is contingent upon the occurrence of an event within a certain time, this condition is considered unfulfilled if that time elapses without the event occurring, and the court is absolutely not allowed to grant an extension of the period in this case. If no time limit is set, the condition can be fulfilled at any time and is not considered unfulfilled unless it becomes certain that the event will not occur.",
                                            "position": 73,
                                            "article_number": "88"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1272,
                                            "body": "If an obligation permissible by law is contracted on the condition that an event does not occur within a certain time, this condition is considered fulfilled if that time passes without the event occurring or if it becomes certain before the specified time that it will not occur. If there is no specified time, the condition is not fulfilled unless it becomes certain that the event will not occur.",
                                            "position": 74,
                                            "article_number": "89"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1273,
                                            "body": "A condition whose fulfillment depends on the participation of a third party in the work or on an act by the creditor is considered unfulfilled if the third party refrains from participating or the creditor from completing the specified act, even if the impediment is not dependent on their will.",
                                            "position": 75,
                                            "article_number": "90"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1274,
                                            "body": "The condition is considered fulfilled when the debtor, who is conditionally obligated, unjustly prevents the occurrence of the event or is delayed in completing it.",
                                            "position": 76,
                                            "article_number": "91"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1275,
                                            "body": "The condition that is fulfilled has no effect if the event occurred through the deceit of the person who had an interest in the occurrence of this event.",
                                            "position": 77,
                                            "article_number": "92"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 688,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of the Suspension Clause",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1276,
                                            "body": "An obligation contracted under a suspensive condition does not accept compulsory execution nor voluntary execution, and time does not pass on it as long as the condition is pending. However, the creditor can undertake precautionary measures, the most specific of which is registering the mortgage securing his debt when necessary, requesting the application of the line, placing seals, and creating reports and schedules.",
                                            "position": 78,
                                            "article_number": "93"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1277,
                                            "body": "An obligation contracted under a suspensive condition, while the condition is still pending, can be transferred either specifically or generally.",
                                            "position": 79,
                                            "article_number": "94"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1278,
                                            "body": "The obligor under a suspensive condition cannot, before the realization of this condition, perform any act that would prevent the exercise of the creditor's rights or make it more difficult in the event the condition is fulfilled. After the suspensive condition is fulfilled, the acts performed by the obligor during that time are void to the extent that they harm the creditor, except for rights lawfully acquired by a third party in good faith.",
                                            "position": 80,
                                            "article_number": "95"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1279,
                                            "body": "If the subject of the obligation under a condition is destroyed or damaged before the condition is fulfilled, the following rules apply:\r\nIf the entire thing is destroyed and its destruction is not due to a reciprocal contract, the thing is considered destroyed at the debtor's expense, meaning he has no right to demand the creditor to execute the reciprocal thing. If the thing is damaged or its value decreased without any act or fault of the debtor, the creditor must accept it in its condition without a reduction in price. If the entire thing is destroyed due to the fault or act of the debtor, the creditor has the right to claim compensation for damages. If the thing is damaged or its value decreased due to the act of the debtor, the creditor may choose either to accept the thing in its condition or to cancel the contract. In both cases, the right to claim compensation for damages is not forfeited when necessary, unless the parties have stipulated otherwise.",
                                            "position": 81,
                                            "article_number": "96"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 689,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of the Cancellation Clause",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1280,
                                            "body": "The cancellation condition does not suspend the execution of the obligation but merely obliges the creditor to return what was taken upon the fulfillment of the condition. If unable to return it for a reason for which they are responsible, they are liable for damages. However, they are not required to return the products and increments. Any provision requiring them to return the products is considered null and void.",
                                            "position": 82,
                                            "article_number": "97"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1281,
                                            "body": "The rule stipulated in the second paragraph of Article 95 applies to obligations contracted under a cancellation condition concerning the actions performed by the one whose rights are annulled upon the fulfillment of the condition, except for legally acquired rights of a third party in good faith.",
                                            "position": 83,
                                            "article_number": "98"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1282,
                                            "body": "If the cancellation condition is fulfilled, the actions performed by the creditor during that time become void, except for administrative actions, which remain valid in any case.",
                                            "position": 84,
                                            "article_number": "99"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 690,
                            "name": "On Obligations with a Term",
                            "number": "Tenth",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 691,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1283,
                                            "body": "Obligations can be conditioned by a term, and the term is a future event certain to occur, which may suspend the maturity or extinguishment of the obligation without retroactive effect. If the time at which this event will occur is known in advance, the obligation is considered to have a certain term; otherwise, it is considered to have an uncertain term.",
                                            "position": 85,
                                            "article_number": "100"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 692,
                                    "name": "On Obligations with Deferred Terms",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 693,
                                            "name": "General Provisions",
                                            "number": "One",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1284,
                                                    "body": "An obligation with a deferred execution or a deferred term is one whose execution is suspended until the term is due. If no term is specified or inferred from the nature of the case, execution can be requested immediately.",
                                                    "position": 86,
                                                    "article_number": "101"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1285,
                                                    "body": "The term period begins from the date of the contract if the parties or the law have not specified another date. In obligations arising from a crime or quasi-crime, the term period begins from the date of the judgment that determines the compensation owed by the debtor.",
                                                    "position": 87,
                                                    "article_number": "102"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1286,
                                                    "body": "The day that marks the start of the term period is not counted, and the term calculated in days ends at the end of the last day of the term period.",
                                                    "position": 88,
                                                    "article_number": "103"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1287,
                                                    "body": "If calculated by weeks, months, or years, the due date falls on the corresponding day by name or order of the week, month, or year, to the day the contract was concluded.",
                                                    "position": 89,
                                                    "article_number": "104"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1288,
                                                    "body": "If the due date falls on a legal holiday, it is postponed to the next non-holiday day.",
                                                    "position": 90,
                                                    "article_number": "105"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1289,
                                                    "body": "The deferred term is either legal or granted. The legal term is established in the contract creating the obligation or in a subsequent contract or derived from the law, and the granted term is one given by the judge.",
                                                    "position": 91,
                                                    "article_number": "106"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1290,
                                                    "body": "The legal term is explicit or implicit: it is explicit if expressly stipulated, and implicit if inferred from the nature of the obligation.",
                                                    "position": 92,
                                                    "article_number": "107"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1291,
                                                    "body": "The deferred term not only makes the obligation not due for payment but also prevents the statute of limitations from applying as long as the term has not expired. However, if the obligation has been executed, there is no basis for reclaiming what was not due.",
                                                    "position": 93,
                                                    "article_number": "108"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1292,
                                                    "body": "The deferred term is set for the benefit of the debtor unless the contrary is inferred from the circumstances, the contract's text or nature, or the law.",
                                                    "position": 94,
                                                    "article_number": "109"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1293,
                                                    "body": "If the term is set for the benefit of the creditor or for the mutual benefit of both parties, it prevents the debtor from voluntarily executing the obligation.",
                                                    "position": 95,
                                                    "article_number": "110"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1294,
                                                    "body": "A creditor with a term can, upon maturity, use all precautionary measures to safeguard their rights and request a guarantee or other forms of security, or resort to precautionary seizure when there are valid reasons to fear the debtor's insolvency, bankruptcy, or flight.",
                                                    "position": 96,
                                                    "article_number": "111"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1295,
                                                    "body": "The party who solely benefits from the term can waive it at their discretion.",
                                                    "position": 97,
                                                    "article_number": "112"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1296,
                                                    "body": "A debtor who benefits from the term loses the right to benefit from it:\r\n1- If they go bankrupt or become insolvent.\r\n2- If they commit an act that diminishes the special securities given to the creditor under the contract creating the obligation, a subsequent contract, or the law. If the diminution of those securities is due to a reason beyond the debtor's control, the creditor has the right to request additional security. If not obtained, the creditor has the right to demand immediate execution of the obligation.\r\n3- If the debtor does not provide the securities promised in the contract.",
                                                    "position": 98,
                                                    "article_number": "113"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1297,
                                                    "body": "The death of the debtor makes all their obligations with a term due for payment, except for debts secured by real securities.",
                                                    "position": 99,
                                                    "article_number": "114"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 694,
                                            "name": "Provisions Related to the Granted Term",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1298,
                                                    "body": "The judge may take into consideration the debtor's situation if he is in good faith and grant him, with extreme caution, moderate timeframes to fulfill the obligation and order the suspension of proceedings while keeping everything as it is, unless there is a contrary legal provision.",
                                                    "position": 100,
                                                    "article_number": "115"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1299,
                                                    "body": "Contrary to the legal deadline, the granted timeframe does not prevent the set-off when necessary.",
                                                    "position": 101,
                                                    "article_number": "116"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 695,
                                    "name": "On Obligations with a Suspensive Term",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1300,
                                            "body": "The obligations whose subject is to perform a continuous act or a series of successive acts have the effect of a term being a condition subsequent.",
                                            "position": 102,
                                            "article_number": "117"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1301,
                                            "body": "An obligation with a condition subsequent has the effects of a simple obligation as long as that term has not occurred. Upon its occurrence, the obligation is terminated only with respect to the future.",
                                            "position": 103,
                                            "article_number": "118"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 696,
                    "name": "On the Sources of Obligations and Their Validity Conditions",
                    "number": "Second",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 697,
                            "name": "General Provisions and Legal Obligations",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1302,
                                    "body": "Obligations arise:\r\n1 - From the law\r\n2 - From unlawful acts (such as a crime or quasi-crime)\r\n3 - From unjust enrichment\r\n4 - From legal acts.",
                                    "position": 104,
                                    "article_number": "119"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1303,
                                    "body": "Legal obligations are those that derive directly from the law and nothing else, such as obligations existing between neighboring property owners or maintenance debts imposed by law on certain relatives or in-laws. Since these obligations arise independently of the will of the parties involved, they do not require the existence of capacity at all unless the law states otherwise.",
                                    "position": 105,
                                    "article_number": "120"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 698,
                            "name": "Unlawful Acts (Crime or Quasi-Crime)",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1304,
                                    "body": "An offense is an act that harms the interest of others intentionally and without right, while a quasi-offense is an act that affects the interest of others without right but unintentionally.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "121"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 699,
                                    "name": "On the Causes of Liability Arising from Crime or Quasi-Crime",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 700,
                                            "name": "On Liability Arising from Personal Acts",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1305,
                                                    "body": "Any act by a person that results in unlawful harm to the interest of another obliges the perpetrator, if they are discerning, to compensate. A person lacking legal capacity is responsible for unlawful acts committed with awareness, and if the damages are caused by a non-discerning person and the injured party cannot obtain compensation from the person responsible for that individual, the judge has the right, considering the condition of both parties, to award fair compensation to the perpetrator of the harm.",
                                                    "position": 106,
                                                    "article_number": "122"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1306,
                                                    "body": "A person is liable for damage resulting from their negligence or lack of foresight, just as they are liable for damage arising from an act they commit.",
                                                    "position": 107,
                                                    "article_number": "123"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1307,
                                                    "body": "A person is also obliged to compensate if they harm another by exceeding, during the exercise of their right, the limits of good faith or the purpose for which this right was granted.",
                                                    "position": 108,
                                                    "article_number": "124"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 701,
                                            "name": "On Liability Arising from the Act of Others",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1308,
                                                    "body": "A person is certainly responsible for the damages caused by other individuals for whom they are responsible, and their number is limited and confined.",
                                                    "position": 109,
                                                    "article_number": "125"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1309,
                                                    "body": "Parents and guardians are responsible for any unlawful act committed by minor children residing with them and under their authority. Teachers and employers are responsible for the damage resulting from unlawful acts committed by students or apprentices while under their supervision, provided that the government assumes liability instead of members of the official teaching staff. Liability attaches to the aforementioned persons unless they prove that they could not have prevented the act that caused it. Liability remains even if the perpetrator of the damage is not responsible due to lack of awareness.",
                                                    "position": 110,
                                                    "article_number": "126"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1310,
                                                    "body": "The master and guardian are responsible for the damage caused by unlawful acts committed by the servant or ward during work or due to the work for which they were employed, even if they were not free in their choice, provided they have actual authority over them in supervision and management. This liability applies to legal entities as well as natural persons.",
                                                    "position": 111,
                                                    "article_number": "127"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1311,
                                                    "body": "It is possible, even in cases not previously mentioned, for a person to be responsible for the act of another person, but only if a specific fault is proven against them, not as an absolute responsibility. In such a case, they are not responsible for the act of another but for their own fault.",
                                                    "position": 112,
                                                    "article_number": "128"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 702,
                                            "name": "On Liability Arising from Animal Acts",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1312,
                                                    "body": "The keeper of an animal is responsible for the damage caused by their animal, even if it has strayed or escaped. This liability also applies in the absence of a contrary provision, even if the keeper and the injured party are bound by a prior contract, such as an employment contract. The liability is only lifted from the keeper if evidence of force majeure or a mistake committed by the injured party is provided.",
                                                    "position": 113,
                                                    "article_number": "129"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1313,
                                                    "body": "As for damages caused by wild animals, the owner of the land or the farmer is not liable unless there is proof of a specific mistake committed by them through action or negligence.",
                                                    "position": 114,
                                                    "article_number": "130"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 703,
                                            "name": "On Liability Arising from Inanimate Objects",
                                            "number": "Fourth",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1314,
                                                    "body": "The guardian of movable and immovable objects is responsible for the damages caused by those objects even when they are not under his actual management or supervision, such as a car while driving, an airplane while flying, or an elevator while in use. This strict liability is not removed unless the guardian proves the existence of a force majeure or a fault by the injured party. It is not sufficient for the guardian to prove that he did not commit a fault, and the existence of a prior contract between the guardian and the injured party does not prevent the application of liability arising from the objects unless there is a legal provision to the contrary.",
                                                    "position": 115,
                                                    "article_number": "131-معدلة"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1315,
                                                    "body": "If the damage results from several objects, such as the collision of two cars, the strict liability is removed and replaced by ordinary liability based on personal action.",
                                                    "position": 116,
                                                    "article_number": "132"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1316,
                                                    "body": "The owner of a building is responsible for the damage caused by its collapse or the collapse of a part of it when the cause of this incident is a lack of maintenance of the building, a defect in its construction, or its age. This liability also applies to the owner of the surface if the ownership of the surface is separate from the ownership of the land. However, if the maintenance of the building is the responsibility of a person other than the owner, the liability remains with the owner, but he has the right to seek recourse against that person and can involve him in the liability lawsuit. All these rules must be applied even if the owner and the injured party are bound by a prior obligation, unless there is a legal provision to the contrary.",
                                                    "position": 117,
                                                    "article_number": "133"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 704,
                                    "name": "On the Compensation Amount and Its Nature",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1317,
                                            "body": "The compensation owed to the victim of a crime or quasi-crime must essentially be equivalent to the damage suffered. Moral damage is considered just as material damage is, and the judge may take into account the aspect of affection if it is highlighted by a legitimate kinship or familial connection. Indirect damages should also be considered, provided they are clearly connected to the crime or quasi-crime. Generally, only current damages are included in the compensation calculation, but the judge may, as an exception, consider future damages if their occurrence is certain and if he has the necessary means to estimate their true value in advance.",
                                            "position": 118,
                                            "article_number": "134"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1318,
                                            "body": "If the victim has committed an error that partially mitigates the liability of the opponent but does not eliminate it, the liability should be distributed in a way that leads to a reduction in the compensation awarded to the victim.",
                                            "position": 119,
                                            "article_number": "135"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1319,
                                            "body": "Compensation is generally in the form of money and is allocated as damages. However, the judge has the right to assign it in a form that better serves the interest of the victim, making it in kind, and it can particularly be in the form of publication in newspapers.",
                                            "position": 120,
                                            "article_number": "136"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1320,
                                            "body": "If the damage is caused by several persons, joint liability exists among them:\r\nFirst - if there is participation in the act\r\nSecond - if it is impossible to determine the proportion of damage caused by each person.",
                                            "position": 121,
                                            "article_number": "137"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 705,
                                    "name": "Provisions Related to Criminal and Quasi-Criminal Liability",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1321,
                                            "body": "No one can completely or partially absolve themselves from the consequences of their fraud or gross negligence by including a clause that negates or mitigates their liability, and any clause included for this purpose in any contract is inherently void.",
                                            "position": 122,
                                            "article_number": "138"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1322,
                                            "body": "Clauses that negate liability and risk clauses are valid and enforceable to the extent that they absolve the drafter of the clause from the consequences of their unintentional actions or mistakes. However, this absolution is limited to material damages and does not apply to damages affecting individuals, as human life and personal safety are above any agreement.",
                                            "position": 123,
                                            "article_number": "139"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 707,
                            "name": "On Illicit Gains",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 708,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1323,
                                            "body": "Whoever unjustly gains a profit that harms others is obliged to return it.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "140"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1324,
                                            "body": "The obligation of the gainer towards the one from whom the gain was made is not realized in this manner and based on this principle unless the following conditions are met:\r\nFirst - The alleged gainer must have obtained a gain, whether this gain is direct or indirect, material or moral.\r\nSecond - The one from whom the gain was made must have lost in exchange for this gain in property or money transferred from him or in a service he performed.\r\nThird - The realized gain and the corresponding loss must be devoid of a legal reason on which they are based.\r\nFourth - The one from whom the gain was made must have no other means to obtain his demand except the right of action based on the occurrence of the gain, and this right is secondary compared to other legal means.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "141"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1325,
                                            "body": "The gainer is only obliged to return the amount of the gain he has on the day of the claim, unless the law provides otherwise. The situation is different if the gainer was in bad faith at the time of the gain, in which case he becomes responsible for everything he gained, regardless of any events that occur afterward, such as destruction, transfer, or deterioration. In this case, he bears all risks and is obliged to return all the results he gained or should have gained, and he is only entitled to claim necessary expenses.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "142"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 709,
                                    "name": "On Payment of What is Not Due",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1326,
                                            "body": "Anyone who mistakenly believes they are indebted and pays what is not owed due to a legal or factual error has the right to demand restitution from the beneficiary.",
                                            "position": 124,
                                            "article_number": "143"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1327,
                                            "body": "There is no basis for restitution:\r\nFirst - If the obligation is civil and contingent upon a term that has not yet matured, even if the debtor believed it was due for payment. In this case, there is no right to claim interest for the period between payment and maturity.\r\nSecond - If the obligation is purely natural or moral and the payer was at least aware of the true situation at the time of payment.\r\nThird - If the beneficiary was in good faith at the time of payment and has destroyed or invalidated their document, deprived themselves of the guarantees securing their debt, or allowed time to pass in favor of their actual debtor.",
                                            "position": 125,
                                            "article_number": "144"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1328,
                                            "body": "Restitution is possible:\r\nFirst - If the obligation is contingent upon a condition unknown to the debtor and not fulfilled.\r\nSecond - If the debtor can counter the creditor's claim with a decisive argument of which they were unaware.\r\nThird - If they believed themselves obligated by a civil obligation while the obligation imposed on them was purely moral or natural.",
                                            "position": 126,
                                            "article_number": "145"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1329,
                                            "body": "The rules established for unjust enrichment in general apply to the payment of what is not owed.",
                                            "position": 127,
                                            "article_number": "146"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 710,
                            "name": "On Legal Acts",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1330,
                                    "body": "A legal act is one that is intended to produce legal effects, particularly to create obligations. A legal act that creates obligations may be issued by one party (such as a declaration of intent by one party) or may be an agreement, in which case it is referred to as a contract.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "147"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 711,
                                    "name": "On Acts Issued by One Party (Negotiorum Gestio)",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1331,
                                            "body": "A single will, even if clearly and formally declared, is fundamentally incapable of creating binding relationships as long as it is not coupled with another will representing independent or opposing interests. However, exceptionally and in limited cases specified by law, obligations may arise from the will of one party, such as an offer to contract (see Article 179) or contracting for the benefit of a third party (Article 227) or agency without authority.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "148"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 712,
                                            "name": "General Principles",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1332,
                                                    "body": "An act is considered voluntary when a person, on their own initiative, manages the affairs of another knowingly and without authorization with the intention of acting on behalf of that other person. If it happens that a person manages the interests of another unknowingly, believing they are managing their own property, the matter is then subject to the rules of unjust enrichment, not the rules of voluntary agency.",
                                                    "position": 128,
                                                    "article_number": "149"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1333,
                                                    "body": "Legal acts, like material acts, can be the subject of a voluntary agent's work.",
                                                    "position": 129,
                                                    "article_number": "150"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1334,
                                                    "body": "The voluntary agent performs their work with a spirit of selflessness or with the intention of benefiting, especially while performing their job or profession. A person lacking legal capacity cannot be a voluntary agent. If they perform a voluntary act, they are only liable to the owner to the extent of their gain.",
                                                    "position": 130,
                                                    "article_number": "151"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1335,
                                                    "body": "The work of the voluntary agent ends with their death, as the obligations of their heirs are subject to the provisions of Article 820 related to agency.",
                                                    "position": 131,
                                                    "article_number": "152"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1336,
                                                    "body": "If the voluntary agent is mistaken about who the owner is, the rights and obligations arising from their work are established between them and the true owner.",
                                                    "position": 132,
                                                    "article_number": "153"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1337,
                                                    "body": "When the owner expressly or implicitly approves the work of the voluntary agent, the rights and obligations between the parties are subject to the provisions of agency from the start of the work concerning the parties themselves, and from the time of approval concerning third parties. In the absence of approval or until it occurs, those rights and obligations are subject to the provisions of Article 161 and the following articles.",
                                                    "position": 133,
                                                    "article_number": "154"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1338,
                                                    "body": "The voluntary agent is subject to the provisions related to agency concerning acts for which they had a specific agency.",
                                                    "position": 134,
                                                    "article_number": "155"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Paragraph",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 713,
                                            "name": "Obligations of the Intervener",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1339,
                                                    "body": "The intermeddler must attend to his work with the care of a good father and act according to the known or presumed will of the owner of the property. He is responsible for any error, even if minor, but he is only required to exercise the same care he applies to his own affairs:\r\nFirst - When his intervention is to prevent imminent serious harm threatening the owner of the property.\r\nSecond - When he is an heir completing work started by his predecessor.",
                                                    "position": 135,
                                                    "article_number": "156"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1340,
                                                    "body": "The intermeddler must continue the work he started until the owner of the property is able to complete it himself, unless the cessation of the intermeddling does not harm the interest of the owner of the property.",
                                                    "position": 136,
                                                    "article_number": "157"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1341,
                                                    "body": "He is bound by the obligations imposed on an agent concerning the presentation of accounts and the return of what he received through his management.",
                                                    "position": 137,
                                                    "article_number": "158"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1342,
                                                    "body": "The intermeddler who intervenes in the affairs of another contrary to the known or presumed will of the owner of the property, or performs actions contrary to his presumed will, is liable for all damages arising from his actions, even if no fault can be attributed to him.",
                                                    "position": 138,
                                                    "article_number": "159"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1343,
                                                    "body": "However, the violation of the will of the owner of the property cannot be invoked if the urgent necessity compelled the intermeddler:\r\n1- To fulfill an obligation on the owner of the property arising from the law that the public interest requires to be fulfilled.\r\n2- To fulfill a legal obligation related to providing food, funeral expenses, or other necessary obligations.",
                                                    "position": 139,
                                                    "article_number": "160"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Paragraph",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 714,
                                            "name": "Obligations of the Capital Owner",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [],
                                            "category": "Paragraph",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 715,
                                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                                    "number": "1",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1344,
                                                            "body": "The owner of the property whose affairs have been managed beneficially is obligated towards the intermeddler and towards others with the obligations stipulated in Article 163 and the following articles. This provision must be applied even if the owner of the property does not possess legal capacity. The management of the work is considered good if, at the time of execution, it conforms to the rules of good management.",
                                                            "position": 140,
                                                            "article_number": "161"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1345,
                                                            "body": "In all cases where the owner of the property is not obliged to recognize the expenses incurred by the intermeddler, the latter has the right to remove the improvements he made, provided that no damage results from their removal, and to retrieve the items he purchased that were not accepted by the owner of the property.",
                                                            "position": 141,
                                                            "article_number": "162"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 716,
                                                    "name": "Obligations of the Principal towards the Intervener",
                                                    "number": "2",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1346,
                                                            "body": "The owner of the property, in the case provided for in Article 161, must relieve the intermeddler from the consequences of his management and compensate him for what he advanced or lost in accordance with the provisions related to agency.",
                                                            "position": 142,
                                                            "article_number": "163"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1347,
                                                            "body": "The owner of the property is not obliged to return anything when the intermeddler has undertaken the work without the intention of claiming back what he advanced, and the existence of such intention is assessed:\r\n1- If the intermeddling was contrary to the will of the owner of the property, except in the cases provided for in Article 60.\r\n2- In all other cases where it is clearly derived from the circumstances that the intermeddler did not intend to claim back what he advanced.",
                                                            "position": 143,
                                                            "article_number": "164"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 717,
                                    "name": "On Contracts",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 718,
                                            "name": "General Provisions",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1348,
                                                    "body": "An agreement is any meeting of wills to produce legal effects, and if it aims to establish binding relationships, it is called a contract.",
                                                    "position": 144,
                                                    "article_number": "165"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1349,
                                                    "body": "The law of contracts is subject to the principle of freedom of contract, so individuals can arrange their legal relationships as they wish, provided they observe the requirements of public order, public morals, and mandatory legal provisions.",
                                                    "position": 145,
                                                    "article_number": "166"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1350,
                                                    "body": "Contracts are divided into:\r\n1- Reciprocal contracts and non-reciprocal contracts\r\n2- Contracts with consideration and gratuitous contracts\r\n3- Consensual contracts and formal contracts\r\n4- Contracts of consent and contracts of approval\r\n5- Individual contracts and group contracts\r\n6- Possession contracts and insurance contracts\r\n7- Named contracts and unnamed contracts.",
                                                    "position": 146,
                                                    "article_number": "167"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1351,
                                                    "body": "A non-reciprocal contract is one that obligates one or more parties towards another party or parties without any exchange of obligations, so that some are only creditors and others only debtors. A reciprocal or bilateral contract is one where each party is obligated towards the other in a reciprocal manner according to the agreement made between them. If one party is initially obligated and the other party is exposed to bearing some obligations later due to special circumstances or upon the execution of the contract, the contract does not lose its non-reciprocal nature (as in deposit, loan for use, and pledge).",
                                                    "position": 147,
                                                    "article_number": "168"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1352,
                                                    "body": "A contract with consideration is one that is made for the benefit of all contracting parties, who derive benefits from it that are perceived as balanced (such as sale, barter, lease, employment contract, and interest-bearing loan). A gratuitous contract is one made for the benefit of one party without the other party expecting a benefit that perceptibly equals the sacrifice they agreed to (such as a gift, loan for use, and interest-free loan).\r\nThe contract retains its gratuitous nature even if the benefiting party is obligated to some costs or obligations, even if they are for the benefit of the beneficiary (such as a gift with charges), as the contract must be viewed as a whole and according to the spirit in which it was created. A contract with consideration can be reciprocal (such as sale and barter) or non-reciprocal (such as an interest-bearing loan), and similarly, a gratuitous contract may obligate only one party (such as an ordinary gift) or both parties (such as a gift with charges).",
                                                    "position": 148,
                                                    "article_number": "169"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1353,
                                                    "body": "A commutative contract is one where the importance of the obligations is determined initially in a fixed manner, allowing each contracting party to know at the time of contracting the extent of the benefits they will gain and the amount of sacrifice they agreed to. An aleatory contract is one where the nature of one or several obligations or the existence of the obligations is contingent upon an event whose uncertainty prevents such an assessment (such as an insurance contract or a life annuity contract).",
                                                    "position": 149,
                                                    "article_number": "170"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1354,
                                                    "body": "Consensual contracts are those whose formation is not contingent upon a specific apparent condition, but it suffices that the consent of the contracting parties is fully expressed in any form. However, if the law requires that this consent be expressed in a specific form, such as the creation of an official document, the contract is formal. Essentially, contracts are formed by the mere voluntary consent of the contracting parties and do not need to be presented in any formal format unless a legal provision requires it.",
                                                    "position": 150,
                                                    "article_number": "171"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1355,
                                                    "body": "A contract of consent is one where the terms are freely discussed and negotiated between the contracting parties (such as ordinary sale, lease, barter, and lending). When one party merely accepts a proposed system offered to them and is not legally or practically allowed to negotiate its contents, the contract is then called a contract of approval (such as a contract for transportation with a railway company or an insurance contract).",
                                                    "position": 151,
                                                    "article_number": "172"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1356,
                                                    "body": "An individual contract is one that requires the unanimous acceptance of the contracting parties, even if it concerns a large number of real or legal persons.\r\nA group contract is one imposed by a majority on a minority, binding people who did not accept it (such as a collective employment contract or a settlement in bankruptcy).",
                                                    "position": 152,
                                                    "article_number": "173"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1357,
                                                    "body": "Possession contracts are those intended to introduce new value to the property of the contracting parties or some of them. Insurance contracts are those intended to maintain the condition of that property in its entirety.",
                                                    "position": 153,
                                                    "article_number": "174"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1358,
                                                    "body": "Contracts are named if the law has assigned them a specific name and form, and the rules established in the first section of this law apply to both named and unnamed contracts. However, the rules mentioned in the second section do not apply to unnamed contracts except by analogy and considering the proportionality between them and the specific named contracts.",
                                                    "position": 154,
                                                    "article_number": "175"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 719,
                                            "name": "Essential Elements of Contracts or Conditions of Their Validity",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1362,
                                                    "body": "Consent in contracts is the meeting and agreement of two or more wills to establish binding relationships between the contracting parties, and it consists of two elements:\r\nFirst - Offer or proposal\r\nSecond - Acceptance, which also requires, except in contracts of agreement, negotiations that may be long and multifaceted.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "178"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1359,
                                                    "body": "The consent of the contracting parties is the core and cornerstone of every contract, indeed of every agreement in a broader sense.",
                                                    "position": 155,
                                                    "article_number": "176"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1360,
                                                    "body": "It is indispensable:\r\nFirst - For the actual existence of consent\r\nSecond - For it to encompass one or several subjects\r\nThird - For there to be a reason for it\r\nFourth - For it to be free from certain defects\r\nFifth - For it to be proven, in some cases, in a specific form.",
                                                    "position": 156,
                                                    "article_number": "177"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 720,
                                                    "name": "On Consent",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 721,
                                                            "name": "On Offer or Proposal",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1363,
                                                                    "body": "An explicit or implicit offer does not bind its author in principle, meaning that he can, if he wishes, retract it. His death or loss of legal capacity renders the offer void. The situation is different when it is derived from the nature of the offer, the circumstances under which it was made, or the text of the law that the offeror intended to bind himself. In such cases, the offer must continue for the period specified by its author or derived from custom or law, despite his death or loss of legal capacity. This is especially the case:\r\n1- If the offer is explicitly accompanied by a deadline.\r\n2- If the offer is in commercial matters.\r\n3- If the offer is made by correspondence.\r\n4- If it is a promise of a reward.",
                                                                    "position": 1,
                                                                    "article_number": "179"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 722,
                                                            "name": "On Acceptance",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1364,
                                                                    "body": "Acceptance, like an offer, can be explicit or implicit. Silence is considered acceptance when the offer pertains to a transaction that previously existed between the parties, and the buyer's silence after receiving goods is considered acceptance of the terms specified in the invoice.",
                                                                    "position": 157,
                                                                    "article_number": "180"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1365,
                                                                    "body": "The person to whom the offer is made is generally free to refuse and bears no consequences for declining to contract. However, the situation is different if they have created a condition that invites the offer (such as a merchant towards the public, a hotel owner, a restaurant owner, or an employer towards employees). In such cases, the refusal to contract must be based on reasons worthy of acceptance. Otherwise, the refusal is arbitrary, and they may be held liable for this.",
                                                                    "position": 158,
                                                                    "article_number": "181"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1366,
                                                                    "body": "Acceptance only constitutes a contract if it fully matches the offer, as it is a response to it. A response that is conditional or restricted is considered a rejection of the offer with a proposal for a new offer.",
                                                                    "position": 159,
                                                                    "article_number": "182"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 723,
                                                            "name": "At the Time of Consent and Contract Formation",
                                                            "number": "3",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1367,
                                                                    "body": "Among present persons, consent is considered to exist and the contract is established at the time when acceptance is coupled with the offer between the contracting parties who agree on the terms of the contract, unless they agree to establish the contract in a specific form they have chosen for it (Article 220, paragraph 3).",
                                                                    "position": 160,
                                                                    "article_number": "183"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1368,
                                                                    "body": "If negotiations are conducted by correspondence or through a messenger between absent parties, the contract is considered established at the time and place where acceptance is issued by the person to whom the offer was addressed.",
                                                                    "position": 161,
                                                                    "article_number": "184"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1369,
                                                                    "body": "A contract established through telephone conversation is considered equivalent to a contract established between present persons, and its establishment is determined by the will of the contracting parties or by the judge according to the circumstances of the case.",
                                                                    "position": 162,
                                                                    "article_number": "185"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 724,
                                                    "name": "On the Subject",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1370,
                                                            "body": "The true subject of every contract is the creation of obligations, however, this purpose is only achieved if the obligations themselves have subjects that possess certain qualities.",
                                                            "position": 163,
                                                            "article_number": "186"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1371,
                                                            "body": "The subject can be an act (this is an obligation to act) or an abstention (this is an obligation to refrain) or a transfer of ownership or the creation of a real right (this is an obligation to perform).",
                                                            "position": 164,
                                                            "article_number": "187"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1372,
                                                            "body": "The absence of a subject results in the non-existence of the contract. However, the subject may be a future thing, but it is not permissible to renounce an unearned inheritance, nor to create any contract on this inheritance or on any of its items, even if the heir consents, otherwise the act is null and void.",
                                                            "position": 165,
                                                            "article_number": "188"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1373,
                                                            "body": "The subject must be sufficiently specified and must be possible and lawful.",
                                                            "position": 166,
                                                            "article_number": "189"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1374,
                                                            "body": "The specification must cover the nature and quantity of the subject, but it is sufficient to specify the type of thing and for the contract to include what allows the quantity to be determined later.",
                                                            "position": 167,
                                                            "article_number": "190"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1375,
                                                            "body": "Any contract that obliges something or an act that is impossible is void if such impossibility is absolute and cannot be overcome. However, impossibility that is only from the debtor's side does not prevent the validity of the contract. The obligation that is not executed then turns into compensation for damages.",
                                                            "position": 168,
                                                            "article_number": "191"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1376,
                                                            "body": "Any contract that obliges something not permitted by law or not in accordance with morals is void, and something that is not considered property among people cannot be the subject of an obligation. However, when applying this rule, it must be considered that commerce has a relative meaning, for example, some properties may not be the subject of certain transactions, although they may perfectly well be included in other transactions.",
                                                            "position": 169,
                                                            "article_number": "192"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1377,
                                                            "body": "A person may promise the act of another, but this promise only binds the promisor and does not affect the third party, who retains complete freedom.",
                                                            "position": 170,
                                                            "article_number": "193"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 725,
                                                    "name": "On the Cause",
                                                    "number": "Third",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1378,
                                                            "body": "A distinction is made between the cause of the obligation and the cause of the contract.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "194"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 726,
                                                            "name": "On the Cause of Obligation",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1379,
                                                                    "body": "The cause of the obligation lies in the motive that directly drives it in an unchanging manner, and it is considered an inseparable part of the contract, such as the reciprocal obligation in bilateral contracts, the performance in real contracts, and the intention of donation in gratuitous contracts. As for contracts with non-reciprocal consideration, the cause is the existing obligation, whether civil or natural.",
                                                                    "position": 171,
                                                                    "article_number": "195"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1380,
                                                                    "body": "An obligation that has no cause, or has an incorrect or unlawful cause, is considered as if it never existed, leading to the contract it pertains to being deemed nonexistent as well. What has been paid can be recovered.",
                                                                    "position": 172,
                                                                    "article_number": "196"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1381,
                                                                    "body": "The cause is incorrect if a party commits to something based on an imaginary reason they mistakenly believed existed. The apparent cause does not inherently invalidate the contract; the contract remains valid if the true cause of the obligation is lawful.",
                                                                    "position": 173,
                                                                    "article_number": "197"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1382,
                                                                    "body": "An unlawful cause is one that contravenes public order, morals, and mandatory legal provisions.",
                                                                    "position": 174,
                                                                    "article_number": "198"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1383,
                                                                    "body": "Every obligation is presumed to be based on a true and lawful cause, even if not explicitly stated in the contract. The declared cause is considered valid until proven otherwise, and if evidence is presented showing the cause is invalid or unlawful, the party claiming the existence of another lawful cause must prove their assertion.",
                                                                    "position": 175,
                                                                    "article_number": "199"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 727,
                                                            "name": "On the Cause of the Contract",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1384,
                                                                    "body": "The cause of the contract lies in the personal motive that led the contracting party to establish the contract, and it is not considered an inseparable part of the contract but differs in each type of contract even if they belong to the same category.",
                                                                    "position": 1,
                                                                    "article_number": "200"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1385,
                                                                    "body": "If the cause of the contract is unlawful, the contract is originally void.",
                                                                    "position": 1,
                                                                    "article_number": "201"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 728,
                                                    "name": "On Defects of Consent",
                                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1386,
                                                            "body": "Consent is considered defective or completely absent in certain cases if it is given due to a mistake, obtained by deceit, extracted by intimidation, or if there is gross unfairness or lack of capacity.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "202"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 729,
                                                            "name": "Mistake",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1387,
                                                                    "body": "If the mistake concerns the nature of the contract or the true subject of the obligation, it prevents the formation of the contract itself, and the contract is considered as if it never existed.",
                                                                    "position": 176,
                                                                    "article_number": "203"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1388,
                                                                    "body": "Consent is considered defective and the contract voidable:\r\nFirst - If the mistake concerns the essential qualities of the thing.\r\nSecond - If the mistake concerns the identity of the person or their essential qualities in contracts where the creation depends on the person of the contractor.\r\nThird - If the mistake concerns the effectiveness of the cause of the obligation (such as creating a covenant for a previous obligation thought to be civil when it was only natural).",
                                                                    "position": 177,
                                                                    "article_number": "204"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1389,
                                                                    "body": "A mistake does not affect the validity of the contract if it was not the motivating factor, especially if this mistake concerns:\r\nFirst - Incidental or secondary qualities of the thing or person.\r\nSecond - The value of the thing, except in cases of gross disparity (Article 214).\r\nThird - Mere motives that led one of the contracting parties to contract.\r\nFourth - Numbers or calculations, in which case correction is legally required, but the contract remains valid.",
                                                                    "position": 178,
                                                                    "article_number": "205"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1390,
                                                                    "body": "A legal mistake is considered and defects consent just like a practical mistake.",
                                                                    "position": 179,
                                                                    "article_number": "206"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1391,
                                                                    "body": "A mistake concerning the essential qualities of the thing does not invalidate the contract unless it originates from both parties and is part of the stipulation. However, a mistake concerning the person is considered even if it originates from only one party.",
                                                                    "position": 180,
                                                                    "article_number": "207"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 730,
                                                            "name": "Deception",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1392,
                                                                    "body": "Deception does not absolutely negate the existence of consent, but it vitiates it and leads to the annulment of the contract if it was the motivating factor and the reason for the deceived party to contract. However, incidental deception that led to changes in the terms of the contract and was not the motivating factor for its creation gives the deceived party the right to claim compensation for damages only.",
                                                                    "position": 181,
                                                                    "article_number": "208"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1393,
                                                                    "body": "Deception that led to the creation of the contract does not lead to its annulment unless the party who committed it harmed the interest of the other party. As for deception committed by a third party, it also invalidates the contract if the other party was unaware of it, and the deceived party only has the right to claim compensation for damages from the deceiver.",
                                                                    "position": 182,
                                                                    "article_number": "209"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 731,
                                                            "name": "Fear",
                                                            "number": "3",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1394,
                                                                    "body": "Any contract formed under the pressure of fear resulting from physical violence or threats directed at the debtor, their property, spouse, or any of their ascendants or descendants is void. There is no need to distinguish whether this pressure comes from one of the contracting parties, a third party, or circumstances outside the contract. However, in the latter two cases, the coerced party wishing to escape the contract may be required to compensate the other party if the latter acted in good faith. This compensation should be proportional to what fairness dictates.",
                                                                    "position": 183,
                                                                    "article_number": "210"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1395,
                                                                    "body": "Fear only invalidates consent if it is the reason for it. To understand its nature and effect, consideration should be given to the personality of the coerced person (such as their age, whether they are a woman or a man, their level of education, and their social status).",
                                                                    "position": 184,
                                                                    "article_number": "211"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1396,
                                                                    "body": "Fear arising from respect for a father, mother, or other ascendants is not sufficient to invalidate a contract, nor is the use of legal means, as long as this use is legitimate, meaning that its purpose is merely to obtain what is due.",
                                                                    "position": 185,
                                                                    "article_number": "212"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 732,
                                                            "name": "Unfairness",
                                                            "number": "4",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1397,
                                                                    "body": "Unfairness is the disparity and lack of balance between the obligations set for the benefit of one party and the obligations imposed on the other party in contracts with consideration.",
                                                                    "position": 186,
                                                                    "article_number": "213"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1398,
                                                                    "body": "Unfairness does not fundamentally invalidate the consent of the aggrieved party. However, the contract becomes voidable in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the aggrieved party is a minor.\r\nSecond - If the aggrieved party is an adult and the unfairness has two characteristics:\r\nThe first is that it is gross and deviates from the usual norm,\r\nThe second is that the beneficiary intended to exploit the distress, recklessness, or lack of experience of the aggrieved party. To the extent specified above, even aleatory contracts can be annulled due to unfairness.",
                                                                    "position": 187,
                                                                    "article_number": "214"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 733,
                                                            "name": "On Incapacity",
                                                            "number": "5",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1399,
                                                                    "body": "Every person who has reached the age of eighteen is competent to commit, unless declared incompetent by a legal provision.",
                                                                    "position": 188,
                                                                    "article_number": "215"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1400,
                                                                    "body": "The actions of a person completely devoid of the power of discernment are voidable (such as a minor or an insane person) and are considered as if they never occurred. However, the actions of persons who lack full capacity but have discernment are voidable (such as a discerning minor). The party contracting with the person lacking capacity cannot invoke the right to annulment; this right belongs to the person lacking capacity, their agent, or their heirs. If the contract created by the discerning minor is not subject to a special form, the minor can only obtain its annulment if they prove they were under duress. However, if a special procedure is required, the annulment is effective due to that, without the claimant needing to prove duress.",
                                                                    "position": 189,
                                                                    "article_number": "216"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1401,
                                                                    "body": "A minor legally authorized to engage in trade or industry cannot benefit from the previous provisions but is treated as having reached the age of majority within the scope of their trade and to the extent necessary.",
                                                                    "position": 190,
                                                                    "article_number": "217"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1402,
                                                                    "body": "Any interested party has the right to object to the incompetence of those legally placed under guardianship.",
                                                                    "position": 191,
                                                                    "article_number": "218"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 734,
                                                            "name": "General Provisions for Defects in Consent",
                                                            "number": "6",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1403,
                                                                    "body": "The burden of proof is on the one who claims the defect, and the soundness of consent is presumed, as well as the capacity of the contracting parties.",
                                                                    "position": 1,
                                                                    "article_number": "219"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 735,
                                                    "name": "On the Conditions of the Format",
                                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1404,
                                                            "body": "The rules that apply to the forms of contracts are specified for each category of them. Where there is no such specification, the contract is concluded merely by the agreement of the contracting parties. However, it may happen that the agreement does not produce all its effects and is not enforceable against a third party except by adopting certain means of publicity, which are of public significance and without which the effect of the contract cannot extend beyond the circle of the contracting parties or their general successors in rights. On the other hand, if the contracting parties agree to place the contract in a special form not required by law, such as a written form, the contract is not concluded and does not produce its effects, even between the contracting parties, until it is placed in that form.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "220"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 736,
                                            "name": "On the Effects of Contracts",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1405,
                                                    "body": "Contracts established in a legal manner bind the contracting parties. They must be understood, interpreted, and executed in accordance with good faith, fairness, and custom.",
                                                    "position": 192,
                                                    "article_number": "221"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1406,
                                                    "body": "Contracts include those who have generally acquired the rights of the contracting parties, and their effects are primarily for or against them, either immediately (like creditors) or after the death of the contracting parties or one of them (like heirs and legatees of the entire estate or a part thereof in general terms).",
                                                    "position": 193,
                                                    "article_number": "222"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1407,
                                                    "body": "The contracting parties are not necessarily the persons whose names appear in the contracts and who sign them, as these may have acted as agents or intermediaries. In such cases, the contract does not take effect on the person represented but on the person being represented, making this person a creditor or debtor instead of the agent or intermediary.",
                                                    "position": 194,
                                                    "article_number": "223"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1408,
                                                    "body": "The situation is different if the agent acts in appearance under his own name and his name is borrowed without revealing his agency. Those dealing with him in this manner cannot sue anyone else, nor can anyone else sue them. The rules of agency and representation apply only to the relationships between the undisclosed agent and the principal.",
                                                    "position": 195,
                                                    "article_number": "224"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1409,
                                                    "body": "A contract does not primarily produce effects on a third party, meaning it cannot grant this person rights or make them a debtor. The contract has a relative effect confined to the contracting parties or those who have generally acquired their rights.",
                                                    "position": 196,
                                                    "article_number": "225"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1410,
                                                    "body": "However, this rule does not allow exceptions from the negative aspect. A promise concerning a third party binds the promisor if he undertakes to persuade them to consent and takes the matter upon himself. The third party remains entirely free to agree or refuse (Article 193). Refusal to consent does not make the person liable for anything at all, but it makes the promisor liable for compensation for not fulfilling the obligation he explicitly or implicitly undertook. As for consent, its effects between the contracting parties begin from the day of the contract and have no effect on the third party until the day it is obtained.",
                                                    "position": 197,
                                                    "article_number": "226"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1411,
                                                    "body": "The relative nature of contracts allows for exceptions from the positive aspect, as one may contract in his own name for the benefit of a third party, making this person a creditor to the obligor under the contract itself. Contracting for the benefit of others is valid and applicable:\r\nFirst - When it relates to an agreement created by the contractor for his own benefit, whether financial or moral.\r\nSecond - When it is a condition or a gratuitous act between living persons or a gratuitous act in a will accepted by the contractor for the benefit of another person (a donation with a condition).",
                                                    "position": 198,
                                                    "article_number": "227"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1412,
                                                    "body": "Contracting for the benefit of others can be for the benefit of future persons or persons not currently specified, provided that their identification is possible when the agreement produces its effects.",
                                                    "position": 199,
                                                    "article_number": "228"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1413,
                                                    "body": "Contracting for the benefit of others only requires compliance with the formalities necessary for the validity of the agreement in which it is incorporated. Therefore, it is not subject to the formalities of a gift between living persons, even if it is a pure donation to the third-party beneficiary.",
                                                    "position": 200,
                                                    "article_number": "229"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1414,
                                                    "body": "The third-party beneficiary of such a contract becomes immediately and directly a creditor to the obligor.",
                                                    "position": 201,
                                                    "article_number": "230"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1415,
                                                    "body": "The contractor for the benefit of others has the right to withdraw from his contract as long as the third-party beneficiary has not accepted it explicitly or implicitly. The withdrawal can also be explicit or implicit, and the exercise of this right is exclusive to the contractor himself, not to his creditors or heirs.\r\nHowever, such withdrawal does not necessarily discharge the debtor's obligation, as, unless there is a contrary provision or legal impossibility, he remains obligated towards the contractor who, by this means, has retained for himself or his heirs the benefit of an arrangement made for the benefit of a third party (such as a life insurance contract for the benefit of others).",
                                                    "position": 202,
                                                    "article_number": "231"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 737,
                                            "name": "On the Dissolution of Contracts",
                                            "number": "Fourth",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1416,
                                                    "body": "The contract may be terminated before its due date and before its full execution either due to a defect that occurred at the time of its creation or due to circumstances that followed its creation. In the first case, it is void, and in the second, it is annulled or rescinded.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "232"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 738,
                                                    "name": "On the Nullification of the Contract",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1417,
                                                            "body": "The annulment of the contract is always due to an original defect that affected it at the time of its creation (such as error, fraud, duress, unfairness, and lack of capacity), and only the court may rule for annulment, which then has a retroactive effect. However, the contract remains valid and continues to produce its usual effects as long as the annulment has not been declared judicially.",
                                                            "position": 203,
                                                            "article_number": "233"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1418,
                                                            "body": "The right to file an annulment lawsuit is only for the persons for whom the law has established annulment for their benefit or protection. This rule specifically excludes those who contracted with these persons, and this right transfers to the heirs of its owner.",
                                                            "position": 204,
                                                            "article_number": "234"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1419,
                                                            "body": "The right to file this lawsuit is extinguished by the statute of limitations after ten years unless the law has specified another period for a specific case. The mentioned period does not start from the day the defective contract was created but from the day the defect was removed. For example, in cases of error and fraud, the period starts from the day the aggrieved party discovered them. In the case of duress, it starts from the day it ceased, and in the case of loss of capacity, from the day it was completely restored. If the contracting party was insane, the ten-year period does not start until he comprehends the contract that was previously created, and the mentioned statute of limitations is based on the implicit confirmation of the contract by the owner of the annulment lawsuit, as it is considered that he has waived filing it.",
                                                            "position": 205,
                                                            "article_number": "235"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1420,
                                                            "body": "The confirmation of the contract can be expressed in another form, explicitly or implicitly, and then appears as an actual confirmation, not presumed. However, explicit confirmation is only effective if the confirmation document includes the essence of the contract, the defect it had, and the intention to waive the annulment lawsuit. Implicit confirmation is inferred from every situation and behavior from which it can be deduced that the owner of that lawsuit has waived it.",
                                                            "position": 206,
                                                            "article_number": "236"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1421,
                                                            "body": "Confirmation, regardless of its form, whether presumed, explicit, or implicit, erases the defect that was in the contract, so no one can use this defect as an argument to object by any means, whether as a defense or a claim. Confirmation includes the waiver of all means that could have been used to object to the contract, except for the rights acquired by a third party in good faith.",
                                                            "position": 207,
                                                            "article_number": "237"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 739,
                                                    "name": "On the Dissolution of the Contract Due to Circumstances Occurring After Its Formation",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1422,
                                                            "body": "The dissolution may have a retroactive effect and is then called annulment, or its effect may be limited to the future and is then called termination.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "238"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 740,
                                                            "name": "On the Cancellation of the Contract",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1423,
                                                                    "body": "The cancellation of the contract occurs either due to a cancellation clause included in it, or by virtue of an assumed intention of the contracting parties (such as an implicit nullifying clause), or due to the lapse of an obligation or several obligations due to the impossibility of their execution (rules of risk of loss).",
                                                                    "position": 208,
                                                                    "article_number": "239"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1424,
                                                                    "body": "The fulfillment of the cancellation condition dissolves the contract retroactively in accordance with the provisions of Article 99, except for administrative acts, which remain valid and in effect. With this restriction in mind, the situation is restored to what it should have been if the dissolved contract had never been concluded at all, and this dissolution occurs automatically without judicial intervention.",
                                                                    "position": 209,
                                                                    "article_number": "240"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1425,
                                                                    "body": "The existence of a cancellation condition is presumed in all reciprocal contracts if one of the contracting parties fails to fulfill their obligation and cannot claim the impossibility of execution unless there is an exception stipulated by law. However, the contract is not automatically canceled in this case. The party whose rights have not been fulfilled has the option between compulsory execution in some form and contract cancellation with a claim for compensation. Fundamentally, this cancellation is only by a judge's ruling, who examines in the case of partial execution whether the deficiency in this execution is significant enough to justify the cancellation of the contract. The judge may, even in the case of non-execution, grant the debtor extension after extension based on their good faith. The contracting parties have the right to agree among themselves that the contract, in the event of non-execution, is automatically canceled without judicial intervention. This condition does not dispense with a warning intended to officially establish non-execution. It is also possible to agree on the non-requirement of such a procedure, and in this case, the clause exempting from judicial intervention and warning must be formulated in clear and explicit terms.",
                                                                    "position": 210,
                                                                    "article_number": "241"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1426,
                                                                    "body": "The cancellation due to non-execution of the obligation produces the effects that arise from the fulfillment of an explicit cancellation condition.",
                                                                    "position": 211,
                                                                    "article_number": "242"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1427,
                                                                    "body": "If the execution of an obligation or several obligations becomes impossible without the debtor's fault, that obligation or those obligations lapse due to impossibility in accordance with the provisions of Article 341. If the matter concerns obligations arising from a reciprocal contract, the corresponding obligations lapse with the lapse of their counterparts, as if the contract were automatically dissolved without judicial intervention. In other words, the risks fall on the debtor of the thing that has become impossible, bearing the loss without being able to seek recourse against their contracting party. The situation is different if the debtor has already fulfilled their essential obligations. The contract, despite the impossibility of executing secondary obligations, remains in effect. The debtor, whose obligation is discharged by force majeure, can still demand the other party to fulfill their obligation. In this manner, a seller of a specified item who has transferred the sold item to the buyer can demand the price, so the risks in this case fall on the creditor of the obligation whose execution has become impossible.",
                                                                    "position": 212,
                                                                    "article_number": "243"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1428,
                                                                    "body": "If the contract is dissolved due to the impossibility of execution, there is no place for compensating the losing party, so the risks of the incident fall on them.",
                                                                    "position": 213,
                                                                    "article_number": "244"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 741,
                                                            "name": "On Contract Termination",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1429,
                                                                    "body": "Contracts cannot generally be rescinded except by the mutual consent of all who created them, except for contracts that terminate upon the death of one of the contracting parties, regardless of rescission in its true sense. This consent can be explicit or implicit, or by the arrival of the specified term for the contract's termination.",
                                                                    "position": 214,
                                                                    "article_number": "245"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1430,
                                                                    "body": "Rescission by one party becomes possible if it is stipulated in the contract or in the law. Accordingly, a lease contract can be created for a specific duration, granting either or both parties the right to rescind it before the set term. Similarly, some contracts, such as agency and partnership, may be rescindable by one party at their sole discretion.",
                                                                    "position": 215,
                                                                    "article_number": "246"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1431,
                                                                    "body": "A rescinded contract does not cease to have effect until the date of its rescission, and this rescission does not apply retroactively. Thus, the effects it produced remain definitively acquired.",
                                                                    "position": 216,
                                                                    "article_number": "247"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1432,
                                                                    "body": "The party rescinding the contract is liable for compensation for damages if they misuse their right to rescind, i.e., if they use it contrary to the spirit of the law or the contract.",
                                                                    "position": 217,
                                                                    "article_number": "248"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 742,
                    "name": "On the Effects of Obligations",
                    "number": "Third",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 743,
                            "name": "Execution of the Obligation by Specific Performance",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1433,
                                    "body": "As much as possible, obligations must be fulfilled in kind, as the creditor has an acquired right to receive the subject of the obligation itself.",
                                    "position": 218,
                                    "article_number": "249"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1434,
                                    "body": "This rule applies not only to obligations of performance but also to obligations of action and obligations of abstention. The creditor has the right to request the court to authorize him to execute the obligation of action himself at the debtor's expense. He also has the right to request the removal of what was done contrary to the obligation of abstention, also at the debtor's expense.",
                                    "position": 219,
                                    "article_number": "250"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1435,
                                    "body": "However, this treatment cannot be applied to obligations that require the debtor himself to perform the work in kind. In such cases, the creditor has the right to request that the debtor be fined for each day, week, or month of delay or for each breach committed, in order to coerce the recalcitrant debtor and break his inertia. After the obligation is fulfilled in kind, the court has the right to waive the fine or to retain an amount that compensates the creditor for the damage caused by the unlawful abstention of the debtor.",
                                    "position": 220,
                                    "article_number": "251"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 744,
                            "name": "On Substitute Execution, i.e., Payment of Compensation for Damages",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1436,
                                    "body": "If the obligation to deliver the specific item is not performed completely and perfectly, the creditor has the right to take compensation in place of the specific performance due to not obtaining the best. If the compensation is made in exchange for the final failure to perform, whether partially or completely, it is called compensation. However, if specific performance is still possible because the debtor was only delayed in completing his obligations, the compensation given to the creditor is called delay compensation.",
                                    "position": 1,
                                    "article_number": "252"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 745,
                                    "name": "Conditions Required for Entitlement to Compensation for Damage and Loss (Debtor's Delay)",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1437,
                                            "body": "To be entitled to compensation for damages:\r\nFirst - It must be attributed to the debtor.\r\nSecond - The damage must have occurred.\r\nThird - The debtor must have been warned for his delay, except in exceptional circumstances.",
                                            "position": 221,
                                            "article_number": "253"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1438,
                                            "body": "In the case of a contract, the debtor is responsible for non-performance of the obligation, unless he proves that performance has become impossible in the circumstances outlined in Article 341, in which case he is discharged from liability due to the impossibility of performance.",
                                            "position": 222,
                                            "article_number": "254"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1439,
                                            "body": "In some contracts, and as an exception, the debtor is not responsible merely for not performing the contract, but liability is contingent upon his committing a fault that the creditor must prove, and the law specifies the degree of its importance.",
                                            "position": 223,
                                            "article_number": "255"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1440,
                                            "body": "The conditions for attributing damage, in the absence of a contract, are specified in Article 122 and the following articles.",
                                            "position": 224,
                                            "article_number": "256"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1441,
                                            "body": "The delay of the debtor, without which he is not liable to pay compensation for damages, primarily results from a warning sent to him by the creditor in some manner. However, it must be in writing (such as a registered letter, telegram, notice, or filing a lawsuit against him in court, even if it is not competent), and this warning is obligatory regardless of the nature of the obligation or the origin of the compensation for damages.",
                                            "position": 225,
                                            "article_number": "257"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1442,
                                            "body": "The warning is no longer required:\r\n1- When performance becomes impossible.\r\n2- When the obligation is due immediately for the benefit of the debtor, even partially.\r\n3- When the subject of the obligation to be performed is the return of something the debtor knows is stolen or has acquired knowingly in an unlawful manner. In the three aforementioned cases, the debtor is automatically in a state of delay without any intervention from the creditor.",
                                            "position": 226,
                                            "article_number": "258"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 746,
                                    "name": "On Determining Compensation for Damages",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1443,
                                            "body": "The determination of the value of compensation for damage is primarily made by the judge and may be stipulated by law or by agreement between the contracting parties.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "259"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 747,
                                            "name": "Judicial Appointment",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1444,
                                                    "body": "The compensation for damages must be exactly equivalent to the actual damage or lost profit.",
                                                    "position": 227,
                                                    "article_number": "260"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1445,
                                                    "body": "Indirect damages are considered just like direct damages, but only if their connection to the non-performance of the obligation is fully proven.",
                                                    "position": 228,
                                                    "article_number": "261"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1446,
                                                    "body": "In the case of a contract, compensation only includes damages that could have been foreseen at the time of the contract's creation, unless the debtor has committed fraud.",
                                                    "position": 229,
                                                    "article_number": "262"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1447,
                                                    "body": "Moral damages are considered just like material damages, provided that their monetary valuation is reasonably possible.",
                                                    "position": 230,
                                                    "article_number": "263"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1448,
                                                    "body": "Future damages can be considered under the conditions and criteria specified for criminal compensation in Article 134, paragraph six.",
                                                    "position": 231,
                                                    "article_number": "264"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 748,
                                            "name": "Legal Appointment",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1449,
                                                    "body": "If the subject of the obligation is a sum of money, the compensation for delay shall be by paying interest on the due amount calculated at the legal rate, unless there is a contrary provision in the contract or in the law. However, if the debtor is in bad faith, additional compensation may be granted to the creditor who was harmed by the unlawful refusal.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "265"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 749,
                                            "name": "Appointment by Agreement (Penalty Clause)",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1450,
                                                    "body": "The contracting parties may determine in advance in the contract or in a subsequent document, the value of compensation for damages in the event the debtor fails to fulfill the obligation in whole or in part. The penalty clause is set to compensate the creditor for the damages incurred from the non-fulfillment of the obligation. Therefore, the creditor is not entitled to claim both the principal and the penalty together, unless the penalty clause was set merely for delay or as a means to coerce the debtor into fulfillment. The judge has the right to reduce the coercive penalty if found excessive, and the judge may reduce the compensation specified in the penalty clause if part of the original obligation has been fulfilled.",
                                                    "position": 232,
                                                    "article_number": "266"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1451,
                                                    "body": "The penalty clause is valid and enforceable even if it effectively serves as a clause exempting liability. However, the case of fraud committed by the debtor is an exception.",
                                                    "position": 233,
                                                    "article_number": "267"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 750,
                            "name": "On the Means Granted to the Creditor to Enable the Execution of the Obligation Due to Them (Right of Retention - Direct Action - Indirect Action - Paulian Action)",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1452,
                                    "body": "The creditor has a general lien on the debtor's assets as a whole, not on individual properties. This right, which grants the creditor the status of the general successor of the debtor, does not give him the right of pursuit or preference. Ordinary creditors are fundamentally equal, with no distinction between them based on the dates their rights arose, unless there are legitimate preference reasons arising from the law or agreement.",
                                    "position": 234,
                                    "article_number": "268"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1453,
                                    "body": "The creditor's lien has characteristics, each of which is a means at his disposal to enable him to obtain what he is entitled to. Some of these means are purely precautionary, some aim directly at compulsory execution, and there is a third category of means that are intermediate between the previous two, designed to pave the way for compulsory execution and prepare its causes.",
                                    "position": 235,
                                    "article_number": "269"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1454,
                                    "body": "Precautionary measures such as sealing, registering the mortgage, and interrupting the running of time can be invoked by any creditor, even if his right is contingent upon a term or condition.",
                                    "position": 236,
                                    "article_number": "270"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1455,
                                    "body": "Execution measures, on the contrary, may not be used by the creditor unless his right is due. The most specific of these measures is the execution seizure, and also includes the method of fining (Article 251) and the right of retention, which is the right of any person who is both a creditor and a debtor in the same transaction or situation to refrain from execution as long as the other party has not offered to fulfill his obligation.",
                                    "position": 237,
                                    "article_number": "271"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1456,
                                    "body": "The right of retention is not limited to those who are creditors and debtors under a reciprocal contract but also exists in any situation where the debt is connected to its subject, i.e., where there is a correlation between the obligation required and the debt related to the person exercising the right of retention for the obligation. This right of retention belongs, for example, to the possessor, the investor, or the holder of the pledged item without distinction between movable and immovable property, nor between the good-faith and bad-faith retainer. However, the right of retention is denied to the holder of lost or stolen items and the holder of items taken by force from their rightful owner.",
                                    "position": 238,
                                    "article_number": "272"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1457,
                                    "body": "The right of retention ceases with the cessation of possession because it is based on it. However, the creditor has the right, if the item is taken from him secretly or by force, to request the restoration of the situation to its previous state, provided that this request is made within thirty days from the date he became aware of the taking.",
                                    "position": 239,
                                    "article_number": "273"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1458,
                                    "body": "The right of retention, subject to the aforementioned special condition, does not grant its holder the right of pursuit or preference, but it can be invoked against everyone, meaning that the retainer has the right to refuse to relinquish the item regardless of the identity of the objector.",
                                    "position": 240,
                                    "article_number": "274"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1459,
                                    "body": "The intermediate means that pave the way for the execution of the creditor's lien without completing that execution are: the indirect lawsuit, the Paulian action, and the right to distinguish between two properties.",
                                    "position": 241,
                                    "article_number": "275"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1460,
                                    "body": "Creditors have the right to use all the rights of their debtor and to file all lawsuits related to him, except for the rights and lawsuits related to his person alone, especially those whose subject matter falls outside their lien. However, they cannot use this privilege to take his place in managing his property, as he remains in control of its management despite the poor state of his affairs. Creditors may directly sue on behalf of their debtor without first conducting any procedure to substitute him in the rights and lawsuits related to him, even if they do not have an enforceable title. However, they cannot initiate such litigation unless their debt is due. The results of the lawsuit are shared among all creditors without granting any privilege to the creditor who initiated the lawsuit over the others.",
                                    "position": 242,
                                    "article_number": "276"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1461,
                                    "body": "The situation is different if the law grants creditors the exceptional right to file a direct lawsuit, as its results belong to the plaintiff alone, and he is not required to share the profit with other creditors. However, this procedure can only be conducted if it is stipulated by an explicit provision interpreted in its limited sense.",
                                    "position": 243,
                                    "article_number": "277"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1462,
                                    "body": "Creditors whose debts have become due have the right to request in their own names the annulment of contracts made by the debtor that undermine their rights and were the cause of his inability to pay or exacerbated this inability. However, contracts where the debtor was merely negligent in gaining profit are not subject to annulment. This lawsuit, called the \"Paulian action,\" may involve persons whom the debtor contracted with deceitfully. However, it cannot be filed against persons who acquired their rights in exchange for consideration unless their collusion with the debtor is proven. Only the person or persons who filed this lawsuit benefit from its results, to the extent necessary to protect their rights. As for any excess, the contract remains valid and continues to produce all its effects. This lawsuit is barred by the passage of time after ten years.",
                                    "position": 244,
                                    "article_number": "278"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 776,
                            "name": "On Substitute Execution, i.e., Payment of Compensation for Damages",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 751,
                    "name": "On the Transfer of Obligations",
                    "number": "Fourth",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 1463,
                            "body": "Obligations are transferred upon death or between living persons unless there is an impossibility arising from a legal provision or from the obligation being purely personal and related to the person of the contractor. The transfer due to death is subject to the rules of inheritance, whether by will or otherwise. As for the transfer between living persons, it is subject to the following rules, with a distinction made between the transfer of obligations viewed from the positive aspect (transfer of the creditor's debt) and the transfer of obligations viewed from the negative aspect (transfer of the debtor's debt).",
                            "position": 1,
                            "article_number": "279"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 752,
                            "name": "Transfer of the Creditor's Debt",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1464,
                                    "body": "A creditor may assign a debt to another person unless such assignment is prohibited by law, by the will of the contracting parties, or because the obligation is purely personal and established between two specific persons in a manner that does not allow for change.",
                                    "position": 245,
                                    "article_number": "280"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1465,
                                    "body": "It is permissible to assign rights that are conditional, even if they are purely prospective. The assignment of a disputed right, for which a lawsuit has been filed, becomes valid provided the debtor consents to the creditor's assignment of the debt. The effects of this assignment remain subject to the provisions of Article 3 of the law issued on February 17, 1928.\r\nHowever, the assignee cannot be evaded when they have a legitimate reason for acquiring the disputed rights, such as being an heir with the assignor or a partner in ownership or a creditor to them.",
                                    "position": 246,
                                    "article_number": "281"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1466,
                                    "body": "The assignment is completed between the contracting parties from the moment of their agreement unless the assignment is gratuitous, in which case the formalities related to gifts between living persons must be observed.",
                                    "position": 247,
                                    "article_number": "282"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1467,
                                    "body": "The transfer is not considered effective with respect to a third party, especially the debtor whose debt has been assigned, unless this assignment is notified to the debtor or the debtor declares in a document with a registered date that they have accepted the assignment. Until one of these actions is completed, the debtor may discharge their obligation to the assignor.\r\nIf the assignor has made two successive assignments of the same debt, the assignee who first acts in accordance with the law is preferred over the other, even if their contract is of a later date.",
                                    "position": 248,
                                    "article_number": "283"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1468,
                                    "body": "The assignor must deliver the debt instrument to the assignee and grant them all means available to prove and obtain the assigned right. The assignor guarantees to the assignee—except in the case of a gratuitous assignment—the existence of the assigned right at the time of the assignment and the validity of this right, but does not guarantee the debtor's solvency. If the agreement specifies otherwise regarding the debtor's solvency, the provision must be limited to the present solvency and the liability limited to the value of the consideration for the assignment, unless there is a contrary declaration.",
                                    "position": 249,
                                    "article_number": "284"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1469,
                                    "body": "The assignment transfers to the assignee the debt with all its accessories, such as guarantees, privileges, mortgages, and real securities, in accordance with the forms and conditions stipulated in the Property and Real Rights Law. It also transfers all defects attached to the debt and its inherent characteristics, allowing the debtor to raise defenses and objections that they could have raised against the assignor. The situation is reversed if the debtor has agreed to the transfer unconditionally: they are then considered to have waived the defenses they previously held.",
                                    "position": 250,
                                    "article_number": "285"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1470,
                                    "body": "The aforementioned rules apply not only to the assignment of a creditor's debt but also to the assignment of rights in general, unless there is a contrary provision in the law or the nature of the right prevents their application.",
                                    "position": 251,
                                    "article_number": "286"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 753,
                            "name": "Transfer of the Debtor's Debt",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1471,
                                    "body": "The transfer of a debtor's obligation occurs either by agreement between the creditors and the person assuming the obligation or by agreement between the latter and the debtor. In the second case, the effect of the transfer remains suspended pending the creditor's approval. The contracting parties may, as long as the approval has not been given, modify or cancel their agreement, and if the creditor does not approve the transfer, it becomes void.\r\nIf the creditor approves, the transfer has a retroactive effect from the day the agreement was made between the debtor and the person to whom the obligation was transferred. Approval can only be given after the contracting parties notify the creditor of the transfer.\r\nApproval must be given within the period specified in the notification, and if no period is specified, within a time deemed sufficient for decision-making. If the period expires, the approval is considered refused.",
                                    "article_number": "287"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1472,
                                    "body": "Real securities remain in effect after the transfer of the obligation. However, personal securities are extinguished unless the guarantors agree to the concluded agreement.",
                                    "article_number": "288"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1473,
                                    "body": "The grounds for defense and means of defense inherent to the obligation transfer from the debtor to the person assuming the obligation. However, the means specific to the previous debtor cannot be invoked by the new debtor, who is entitled to present grounds for defense and means of defense specific to themselves.",
                                    "article_number": "289"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 754,
                    "name": "On the Extinction of Obligations",
                    "number": "Fifth",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 1474,
                            "body": "Obligations are extinguished:\r\nFirst - By their execution, which is the natural way of extinguishing them (payment).\r\nSecond - By a measure or event that ensures the creditor obtains a benefit other than what he is entitled to request (such as payment by performance of a substitute, renewal of the obligation, set-off, and merger of debts).\r\nThird - By reasons that extinguish the obligation or may extinguish it regardless of the creditor obtaining any benefit (such as impossibility of performance, discharge from the debt, and the passage of time).",
                            "position": 255,
                            "article_number": "290"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1475,
                            "body": "The extinction of the principal obligation leads to the extinction of the subsidiary obligations and the movable securities that were associated with the debt, and results in the right to erase the records associated with the immovable securities.",
                            "position": 256,
                            "article_number": "291"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 755,
                            "name": "On the Extinction of the Obligation by its Execution (Payment)",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 756,
                                    "name": "To Whom and By Whom Payment Must Be Made",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1476,
                                            "body": "The debtor must personally fulfill the obligation when it is inferred from the contract text or the nature of the debt that it is incumbent upon him to perform it himself. In other cases, any person may execute the obligation without the debtor's knowledge, and the creditor cannot object to this intervention.",
                                            "position": 257,
                                            "article_number": "292"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1477,
                                            "body": "Execution must be carried out in the presence of the creditor or his legally authorized agent or the person appointed for this purpose. Execution to a person without authority does not discharge the debtor except in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the creditor agrees.\r\nSecond - If the creditor benefits from the incorrect execution. The debtor is discharged to the extent of the creditor's benefit.\r\nThird - If payment is made in good faith to a person who appears to have the status of the creditor, such as an apparent heir.",
                                            "position": 258,
                                            "article_number": "293"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1478,
                                            "body": "A creditor who unjustifiably refuses the payment offered to him under conditions conforming to the rules is considered in default from the time his refusal is officially recorded. From that time, the risk of the thing's destruction or deterioration falls on the creditor, and interest on the debt ceases. Additionally, the debtor is then entitled to deposit the subject of the obligation, transferring the burden of costs and risks to the creditor, thereby discharging his obligation.",
                                            "position": 259,
                                            "article_number": "294"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1479,
                                            "body": "If the subject of the obligation is an act, not the delivery of something, the debtor has the right, from the time the creditor is in default, to rescind the contract according to the provisions related to the debtor's default.",
                                            "position": 260,
                                            "article_number": "295"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1480,
                                            "body": "When the due item is depositable, this deposit is made at the place and under the conditions specified by the court of the place of payment. If the item is not depositable, such as being perishable or its preservation entails excessive costs, the debtor may, after obtaining the judge's permission, sell it publicly and deposit the proceeds.",
                                            "position": 261,
                                            "article_number": "296"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1481,
                                            "body": "The debtor may retrieve the deposited item as long as the creditor has not declared acceptance of the deposit. In this case, the debt returns with all its accessories.",
                                            "position": 262,
                                            "article_number": "297"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1482,
                                            "body": "The cost of the deposit is borne by the creditor when the deposit is legitimate.",
                                            "position": 263,
                                            "article_number": "298"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 757,
                                    "name": "With What is the Execution Carried Out",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1483,
                                            "body": "The specific thing due must be fulfilled, and the creditor cannot be forced to accept something else, even if it is of higher value. If the thing is only specified by its type, the debtor is not required to provide it from the highest type, but he is not allowed to provide it from the lowest type.",
                                            "position": 264,
                                            "article_number": "299"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1484,
                                            "body": "The debtor cannot force the creditor to accept partial fulfillment, even if the obligation is divisible, because fulfillment in this sense is indivisible. This rule can be deviated from by applying the rules of set-off or by exercising the right of division concerning guarantors. The judge has the right to grant the well-intentioned debtor a grace period for fulfillment, making the debt payable in installments over a long or short period, depending on the circumstances.",
                                            "position": 265,
                                            "article_number": "300"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1485,
                                            "body": "When the debt is a sum of money, it must be fulfilled in the currency of the country. In normal times, when dealing is not mandatory in paper currency, the contracting parties remain free to stipulate fulfillment in specific metallic money or foreign currency.",
                                            "position": 266,
                                            "article_number": "301"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 758,
                                    "name": "Place and Time of Execution",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1486,
                                            "body": "The debt must be paid at the place specified in the contract. If there is no explicit or implicit condition in this regard, payment must be made at the debtor's place of residence. However, if the obligation involves a specific item, execution must occur where the item was at the time the contract was made.",
                                            "position": 267,
                                            "article_number": "302"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1487,
                                            "body": "The creditor cannot be forced to accept payment before the due date unless the term is set solely for the benefit of the debtor. If there is no specific term or one implied by the nature of the case, the obligation can be executed and demanded without delay. Execution must occur on the due date, taking into account the provisions of Article 105.",
                                            "position": 268,
                                            "article_number": "303"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 759,
                                    "name": "On the Expenses of Fulfillment and Establishing Evidence Thereof",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1488,
                                            "body": "The expenses of fulfillment shall be borne by the debtor.",
                                            "position": 269,
                                            "article_number": "304"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1489,
                                            "body": "Fulfillment is usually proven by the receipt issued by the creditor to the debtor. It is self-evident for its date with respect to the contracting parties themselves. If there is no receipt, evidence can be extracted either from the creditor's records and household documents or from the annotations written by the creditor at the bottom or margin of the debt instrument.",
                                            "position": 270,
                                            "article_number": "305"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1490,
                                            "body": "The debtor who has made full payment has the right to request, in addition to the receipt, the delivery of the instrument itself to him or its destruction. If the payment is partial, he can request, in addition to the receipt, that the amount paid be noted on the debt instrument kept by the creditor.",
                                            "position": 271,
                                            "article_number": "306"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 760,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of Payment (Designation of the Payment Party - Payment with Creditor Substitution)",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1491,
                                            "body": "If a debtor owes several debts to a single creditor, the debtor may declare at the time of payment which debt they wish to settle. If no declaration is made, the choice is up to the creditor, provided they make this choice without delay in the receipt itself, unless the debtor objects.",
                                            "position": 272,
                                            "article_number": "307"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1492,
                                            "body": "The debtor's choice is subject to certain restrictions: if there is no agreement with the creditor, the debtor cannot, in the case of partial payment, allocate this payment to the principal before settling the interest, nor can they prefer to settle a debt that is not yet due over one that is due.",
                                            "position": 273,
                                            "article_number": "308"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1493,
                                            "body": "If there is no explicit allocation by either party, the payment must be considered as pertaining to the debt that is due, not to the debt that is not yet due. If there are several debts due, the payment is allocated to the debt that is in the debtor's interest to settle first, otherwise to the debt that is the most burdensome. In the absence of any other reason for allocation, the payment covers the debts proportionally to their amounts.",
                                            "position": 274,
                                            "article_number": "309"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1494,
                                            "body": "Payment extinguishes the debt absolutely and finally with respect to all parties concerned. Payment may be limited to transferring the debt if it is accompanied by substitution, in which case it is considered that the debt is paid in full or in part by a person who should not bear the entire burden definitively, thus replacing the creditor who received their right to enable recourse against the original debtor or the co-obligors.",
                                            "position": 275,
                                            "article_number": "310"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1495,
                                            "body": "Substitution occurs either by law or by the will of the creditor or debtor.",
                                            "position": 276,
                                            "article_number": "311"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1496,
                                            "body": "Substitution is legal in the following cases:\r\nFirst - For the benefit of the ordinary creditor or the mortgagee or the insurer who settles the rights of another creditor with priority over them. However, substitution concerning rights subject to registration in the land registry is only effective after completing this registration.\r\nSecond - For the benefit of the person obligated to pay with others (as in joint or indivisible obligations) or the person obligated to pay on behalf of others (such as a guarantor or a third party holding the mortgaged property) if compelled to pay or if the payment is in their interest.\r\nThird - For the benefit of the heir who settled the estate's debts from their own funds.",
                                            "position": 277,
                                            "article_number": "312"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1497,
                                            "body": "A creditor who accepts payment from a third party can substitute them in their rights, and substitution must then occur explicitly at the time of payment at the latest. However, the date of the receipt document containing the substitution is not considered fixed concerning other persons regarding the substitution until the date becomes valid.",
                                            "position": 278,
                                            "article_number": "313"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1498,
                                            "body": "Substitution is valid when the debtor borrows an amount of money to settle their obligations and grants the lender, to secure their money, all the rights that belonged to the original creditor who was paid. In such a case, it is required:\r\nFirst - That the borrowing document and the receipt document have a valid date.\r\nSecond - That it is declared in the borrowing document that the money was borrowed for the purpose of settlement and declared in the receipt document that the settlement was made with the borrowed money.\r\nThird - That it is declared that the lender replaces the creditor whose debt was settled in their rights. The creditor's consent is not required for the validity of this transaction.",
                                            "position": 279,
                                            "article_number": "314"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1499,
                                            "body": "Legal or contractual substitution allows the substitute creditor to assume the rights of the creditor whose debt was settled, but it does not grant them the status or position of the assignor. They are not entitled to file a warranty claim against the creditor whose debt was settled. They only replace them to the extent of the money they paid and in proportion to it. If they are obligated with others, they cannot sue their co-obligors except for each one's share and portion. The substitute creditor, in addition to the right to file claims arising from the substitution, is entitled to file a personal claim arising from their intervention as an agent or volunteer.",
                                            "position": 280,
                                            "article_number": "315"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1500,
                                            "body": "In the case of partial payment, the substitute shares with the creditor in exercising the rights pertaining to each of them in proportion to what is owed to each, and their debts are settled from the debtor's funds in proportion to each one's share.",
                                            "position": 281,
                                            "article_number": "316"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 761,
                                    "name": "Payment by Transfer (Check)",
                                    "number": "Sixth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1501,
                                            "body": "Payment by transfer (check) remains subject to the provisions of the law issued on April 7, 1330 (1914), which is still in force.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "317"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 762,
                            "name": "Methods of Extinguishing the Obligation by Which the Creditor Gains a Benefit Other Than What They Were Entitled to Request",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 763,
                                    "name": "On Fulfillment by Providing Compensation",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1502,
                                            "body": "The debt is extinguished if the creditor accepts, instead of execution, the performance of something other than what was due to him. If any doubt arises and the creditor does not object or does not express any reservation at the time of performance by rendering the substitute, the creditor is considered, until proven otherwise, to have accepted that performance and acknowledged it as discharging the debtor's obligation.",
                                            "position": 282,
                                            "article_number": "318"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1503,
                                            "body": "The rules of sale are principally applied to the performance by rendering a substitute, especially the rules related to warranty and the capacity of the contracting parties. However, the rules of performance are applied by analogy and as far as possible, particularly concerning the designation of the party responsible for performance.",
                                            "position": 283,
                                            "article_number": "319"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 764,
                                    "name": "On the Renewal of the Obligation",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1504,
                                            "body": "Renewal is the replacement of the original obligation with a new obligation. The existence of the renewal of the obligation cannot be presumed but must be explicitly derived from the contract.",
                                            "position": 284,
                                            "article_number": "320"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1505,
                                            "body": "The creditor must be competent to dispose of their right, and the debtor must be competent to commit.",
                                            "position": 285,
                                            "article_number": "321"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1506,
                                            "body": "Renewal is not completed unless both the old and new obligations truly exist and have no cause for absolute nullification. However, the mere potential for nullification of this debt or that does not prevent renewal; its effects remain as long as nullification has not been adjudicated. A debt subject to nullification can be replaced with a valid obligation if the party entitled to nullification is aware of the situation, thus considered to have waived their right to initiate it. A natural obligation can be replaced through renewal with a civil obligation.",
                                            "position": 286,
                                            "article_number": "322"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1507,
                                            "body": "Renewal occurs only by introducing a new element into the obligation. The change may involve either the person of one of the contracting parties, the subject of the obligation, or the legal basis from which the obligation is derived.",
                                            "position": 287,
                                            "article_number": "323"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1508,
                                            "body": "Renewal is not inferred from changing the form of the obligation, changing the place of performance, issuing a negotiable instrument, or adding other persons to the obligors.",
                                            "position": 288,
                                            "article_number": "324"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1509,
                                            "body": "Renewal extinguishes the original obligation and its accessories for all parties, and guarantors and other obligors can agree to be subject to the terms of the new obligation. An explicit provision may be stipulated to attach mortgages, privileged rights, and movable pledges to the new debt under the same conditions that guaranteed the extinguished obligation, but this is only possible if the owner of the property subject to the mortgage or privilege consents to this attachment.",
                                            "position": 289,
                                            "article_number": "325"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1510,
                                            "body": "Delegation is an authorization given by one person (called the delegator) to another person (called the delegatee) to contract an obligation towards a third person (called the delegatee). It does not necessarily imply the existence of a prior obligation between the contracting parties, and this transaction is not presumed nor does it lead to the renewal of a prior obligation that linked the delegator to the delegatee or the delegator to the delegatee. If there is no specific provision, the new obligation merges alongside the previous obligations (this is called incomplete delegation).",
                                            "position": 290,
                                            "article_number": "326"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1511,
                                            "body": "If the intention of the contracting parties is to replace the previous obligation or obligations with a new obligation (complete delegation), the delegator's liability towards the delegatee is immediately discharged, provided that the new obligation undertaken by the delegatee is valid and that the delegatee is solvent at the time of delegation.",
                                            "position": 291,
                                            "article_number": "327"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 765,
                                    "name": "On Set-off",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1512,
                                            "body": "If there are two persons, each of whom is both a creditor and a debtor to the other, each of them has the right to offset the other with what he owes to the extent of the lesser amount of the two debts.",
                                            "position": 292,
                                            "article_number": "328"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1513,
                                            "body": "Offsetting only occurs between debts that involve money or items of the same kind of fungibles.",
                                            "position": 293,
                                            "article_number": "329"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1514,
                                            "body": "Only liquidated and due debts are subject to offsetting. However, a grace period granted by the judge does not prevent offsetting. It is not necessary for both debts to be payable in the same place. However, circumstances that prevent payment generally prevent offsetting.",
                                            "position": 294,
                                            "article_number": "330"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1515,
                                            "body": "Offsetting occurs regardless of the reasons for one of the debts, except in the following cases:\r\n1- When claiming the return of something taken without right from its owner\r\n2- When claiming the return of a deposit or a loan for use\r\n3- If there is a debt that cannot be seized\r\n4- If the debtor has previously waived the offsetting.",
                                            "position": 295,
                                            "article_number": "331"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1516,
                                            "body": "Offsetting does not occur automatically but upon the request of one of the parties, and it extinguishes the debt on the day the necessary conditions for invoking it are met, regardless of matters that may have occurred thereafter, such as the expiration of one of the obligations due to the passage of time.",
                                            "position": 296,
                                            "article_number": "332"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1517,
                                            "body": "Offsetting essentially acts as payment when invoked, but only to the extent of the lesser debt, and it extinguishes the accessories of the obligation (such as mortgage of real estate and movable property, guarantee, etc.) in proportion to its extinguishment of the obligation itself. However, the extinction of rights subject to registration in the land registry only occurs with the erasure of that registration.",
                                            "position": 297,
                                            "article_number": "333"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1518,
                                            "body": "A guarantor may request offsetting with what the creditor owes to the principal debtor, but the principal debtor may not request offsetting with what the creditor owes to the guarantor. Similarly, a joint debtor cannot invoke the existence of another debt owed to one of his partners in the debt, owed by the creditor. However, if the guarantor or joint debtor invokes offsetting after becoming creditors to the creditor, the offsetting extinguishes the debt of the principal debtor or all other debtors. They have the right to invoke offsetting.",
                                            "position": 298,
                                            "article_number": "334"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1519,
                                            "body": "Offsetting does not affect the rights of a third party previously acquired.",
                                            "position": 299,
                                            "article_number": "335"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1520,
                                            "body": "When there are several debts subject to offsetting between two persons, the rules established for determining the direction of payment apply.",
                                            "position": 300,
                                            "article_number": "336"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 766,
                                    "name": "On Merger of Obligations",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1521,
                                            "body": "When the conflicting attributes of creditor and debtor converge in a single obligation and in a single person, their convergence creates a union that extinguishes the obligation to the extent of this union. If the cause of the union ceases and its cessation has retroactive effect, the debt, along with all its accessories, is reinstated for all parties as if the union had never occurred.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "337"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 767,
                            "name": "Extinction of the Obligation for Reasons That Apply Regardless of Any Benefit to the Creditor",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 768,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1522,
                                            "body": "Obligations are extinguished by the creditor's retirement who fails to invoke their rights over a period of time.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "344"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Part",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 769,
                                    "name": "Principle of Prescription and Its Duration",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1523,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations does not automatically apply; it must be invoked by the party in whose interest it is. It can be invoked at any stage of the trial, even for the first time on appeal. The judge cannot apply the statute of limitations on their own initiative.",
                                            "position": 301,
                                            "article_number": "345"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1524,
                                            "body": "A creditor cannot waive the statute of limitations in advance, nor can they extend or shorten its duration, but they can waive it after it has been obtained. The waiver can be explicit or implicit. If the waiver is fraudulent, the creditors can seek to annul it by filing a Paulian action.",
                                            "position": 302,
                                            "article_number": "346"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1525,
                                            "body": "Every joint debtor and guarantor has the right to invoke the statute of limitations against the creditor, and another creditor of the debtor can invoke it indirectly.",
                                            "position": 303,
                                            "article_number": "347"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1526,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations does not begin until the debt becomes due. The period is calculated in days, not hours, and the start day is not counted. The statute of limitations is complete at the end of the last day of the period.",
                                            "position": 304,
                                            "article_number": "348"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1527,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is generally completed after ten years.",
                                            "position": 305,
                                            "article_number": "349"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1528,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is five years for overdue payments, interest, dividends, and rents for buildings and agricultural lands, and generally for obligations due annually or less. The statute of limitations is also five years for claims between partners or between them and other persons for obligations arising from a partnership contract. This period begins from the day the dissolution of the partnership or the withdrawal of a partner is announced.",
                                            "position": 306,
                                            "article_number": "350"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1529,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is two years for:\r\n1- The right to claim by sellers and suppliers of goods and factory owners concerning the items they provide.\r\n2- The right to claim by farmers and producers of raw materials concerning the items they provide if used for the debtor's household needs. The period begins from the day these items are provided.\r\n3- The right to claim by teachers, professors, and owners of public and private boarding schools concerning salaries due to them before their students, and the supplies provided to these students. The period begins from the due date of the salaries.\r\n4- The right to claim by servants concerning their wages, advances, and other obligations due to them under the employment contract, as well as the right to claim by the employer against their servants concerning the money advanced to them as servants.\r\n5- The right to claim by workers and trainees concerning their wages, supplies, daily wages, and money advanced for their service. Also, the right to claim by the employer concerning the money advanced to their workers as workers.\r\n6- The right to claim by hotel and restaurant owners concerning the provision of accommodation and food to their clients and the money advanced to them.\r\n7- The right to claim by furniture and movable property lessors concerning the rental fees.\r\n8- The right to claim by private and public institutions specializing in treating diseases or caring for patients concerning the care provided to them and the supplies and advances given to them. The period begins from the day the care is provided or the supplies are given.\r\n9- The right to claim by hired workers concerning the compensations they can demand according to articles 652 and 656 of the mentioned law.",
                                            "position": 307,
                                            "article_number": "351"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1530,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is also two years for:\r\n1- The right to claim by doctors, surgeons, midwives, dentists, and veterinarians for their consultations, operations performed, and supplies and advances provided. The period begins from the date of the last consultation or operation.\r\n2- The right to claim by pharmacists for the medicines they provided. The period begins from the date of provision.\r\n3- The right to claim by lawyers and legal agents for their fees and advances. The period begins from the issuance of the final judgment or from the date of their dismissal from the agency.\r\n4- The right to claim by building and surveying engineers and other engineers and experts for the plans they draw, the work they perform, or the advances they provide. The period begins from the date of delivery of the plans, completion of the work, or payment of the advances.\r\n5- The right to claim by brokers concerning the brokerage fee. The period begins from the date of the agreement.",
                                            "position": 308,
                                            "article_number": "352"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1531,
                                            "body": "In the cases specified in articles 351 and 352, the statute of limitations applies even if the provision of supplies, delivery, service, or work continues.",
                                            "position": 309,
                                            "article_number": "353"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Part",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 770,
                                    "name": "On the Suspension and Interruption of Prescription",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1532,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations does not apply, and if it is in effect, it is suspended:\r\n1- Between spouses during the marriage period\r\n2- Between parents and their children\r\n3- Between an incapacitated person or a legal entity on one side, and the guardian, custodian, or administrator on the other side, as long as their duties have not ceased and they have not rendered a final account of their administration\r\n4- Between the master and the servant as long as the employment contract is in effect.",
                                            "position": 310,
                                            "article_number": "354"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1533,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations for minors who are not emancipated and other incapacitated persons who do not have a guardian, judicial supervisor, or legal representative is suspended until they reach the age of majority, are emancipated, or a legal representative is appointed for them.",
                                            "position": 311,
                                            "article_number": "355"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1534,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is also generally suspended in favor of a creditor who was unable to interrupt it for a reason beyond their control.",
                                            "position": 312,
                                            "article_number": "356"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1535,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is interrupted:\r\n1- By any judicial or extrajudicial demand with a valid date that puts the debtor in default of fulfilling the obligation, even if submitted to a court without jurisdiction or ruled invalid in form.\r\n2- By a request to accept the creditor's claim in the debtor's bankruptcy.\r\n3- By a precautionary measure involving the debtor's property or by a petition seeking permission to undertake such an action.",
                                            "position": 313,
                                            "article_number": "357"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1536,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is interrupted by the debtor's acknowledgment of the creditor's right.",
                                            "position": 314,
                                            "article_number": "358"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1537,
                                            "body": "If the statute of limitations is legally interrupted, the time elapsed before the act that interrupted it does not count towards the period required for the statute of limitations. This remaining period resumes in principle from the moment the act interrupting the statute of limitations ceases to produce its effects. If the debt is acknowledged in a document or proven by a judgment, the new statute of limitations period remains ten years.",
                                            "position": 315,
                                            "article_number": "359"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Part",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 771,
                                    "name": "Effects of Prescription",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1538,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations is considered as evidence of the debtor's discharge, and the presumption of discharge arising from it is irrefutable and does not accept evidence to the contrary.",
                                            "position": 316,
                                            "article_number": "360"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1539,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations not only extinguishes the creditor's right to file a lawsuit but also nullifies the obligation itself. Therefore, it cannot be utilized in any way, neither by filing a lawsuit nor by presenting a defense. However, the debtor who is discharged by the statute of limitations from a civil perspective remains bound by a natural obligation, which can be a reason for payment.",
                                            "position": 317,
                                            "article_number": "361"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Part",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 772,
                    "name": "Evidence in Obligations Rights",
                    "number": "Sixth",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 1540,
                            "body": "Whoever claims to be a creditor must provide evidence of their right. After presenting the evidence, the person claiming the obligation has lapsed must prove the validity of their statement.",
                            "position": 318,
                            "article_number": "362"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1541,
                            "body": "A written contract made at the time of agreement does not have full evidentiary power unless signed by the contracting parties. When the contract is mutual, copies must be made equal to the number of contracting parties with opposing interests. If the agreement is not mutual, the words \"valid for\" must be written before signing. If these procedures, namely multiple copies and the mention of \"valid for,\" are not followed, the agreement remains valid, but the written document is only considered as preliminary evidence that must be supplemented by testimonies and indications. However, multiple copies are not necessary if the contracting parties agree to deposit the original with a third party of their choice.",
                            "position": 319,
                            "article_number": "363"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1542,
                            "body": "If one of the contracting parties cannot sign their signature, they may substitute the signature with their fingerprint.",
                            "position": 320,
                            "article_number": "364"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1543,
                            "body": "The rules of evidence related to contract agreements, the creation of obligations, their transfer, or their lapse are included in the Code of Civil Procedure.",
                            "position": 321,
                            "article_number": "365"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 773,
                    "name": "On the Rules of Interpretation of Legal Acts",
                    "number": "Seventh",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 1544,
                            "body": "The judge, in legal matters, must ascertain the true intention of the obligor (if the obligation is unilateral) or the intention of all contracting parties (if there is a contract), rather than adhering to the literal meaning of the text.",
                            "position": 322,
                            "article_number": "366"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1545,
                            "body": "If a text can be interpreted in two ways, the interpretation that most closely aligns with the spirit of the contract and its intended purpose must be adopted. In any case, the interpretation that gives the text effect is preferred over one that leaves the text without effect.",
                            "position": 323,
                            "article_number": "367"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1546,
                            "body": "The clauses of a single agreement should be coordinated and interpreted in relation to each other, considering the entirety of the contract.",
                            "position": 324,
                            "article_number": "368"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1547,
                            "body": "In case of doubt, the text is interpreted in favor of the debtor against the creditor.",
                            "position": 325,
                            "article_number": "369"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1548,
                            "body": "If there are gaps in the contract text, the judge must fill them either with the provisions included in the law if the contract is named, or otherwise by referring to the rules established for the contracts most similar to the one being interpreted.",
                            "position": 326,
                            "article_number": "370"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1549,
                            "body": "The judge must also, on his own initiative, consider the clauses that are customarily observed, even if they are not explicitly mentioned in the contract text.",
                            "position": 327,
                            "article_number": "371"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [],
                    "position": 1
                }
            ],
            "position": 1
        },
        {
            "id": 774,
            "name": "Rules Specific to Certain Contracts",
            "number": "Second",
            "articles": [],
            "category": "Section",
            "children": [
                {
                    "id": 782,
                    "name": "On Sale",
                    "number": "First",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 783,
                            "name": "On the Conditions of Sale",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 784,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1565,
                                            "body": "Sale is a contract in which the seller undertakes to transfer ownership of an item, and the buyer undertakes to pay its price.",
                                            "position": 328,
                                            "article_number": "372"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1566,
                                            "body": "The validity of the sale depends on the agreement of the contracting parties on the nature of the contract, the sold item, the price, and the general conditions for the validity of contractual obligations.",
                                            "position": 329,
                                            "article_number": "373"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1567,
                                            "body": "The sale can be:\r\n1- In bulk, which involves a collection of items for a single price regardless of number, weight, or measurement, unless the intention is to determine the total price.\r\n2- By weight, count, or measurement.\r\n3- Subject to trial.\r\n4- Subject to taste.\r\n5- A sale with the right of redemption.",
                                            "position": 330,
                                            "article_number": "374"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1568,
                                            "body": "The expenses of the sale deed and what is derived from it are borne by the buyer.",
                                            "position": 331,
                                            "article_number": "375"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1569,
                                            "body": "The sale may be written or verbal, taking into account the rules established for the sale of immovable property.",
                                            "position": 332,
                                            "article_number": "376"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 785,
                                    "name": "Who can be a Buyer or Seller",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1570,
                                            "body": "Both the seller and the buyer must be competent to commit. The seller must be competent to dispose of the item or to waive the right on which the sale is based.",
                                            "position": 333,
                                            "article_number": "377"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1571,
                                            "body": "The persons mentioned below are not allowed to purchase either by themselves or through borrowed persons, even if the purchase is by auction, unless they have a license from the judiciary. If they do, the purchase contract is void:\r\nFirst - Sales agents are not allowed to purchase the goods entrusted to them for sale.\r\nSecond - Public administrators are not allowed to purchase state property, village property, or the property of institutions entrusted to their care.\r\nThird - Official agents are not allowed to purchase the goods entrusted to them for sale.\r\nFourth - A father or mother, guardian, custodian, judicial supervisor, or temporary guardian is not allowed to purchase the property of the persons they represent or supervise.",
                                            "position": 334,
                                            "article_number": "378"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1572,
                                            "body": "Brokers and experts are not allowed to purchase by themselves or through others the goods, rights, and debts entrusted to them for sale or appraisal, nor to litigate or mortgage them.",
                                            "position": 335,
                                            "article_number": "379"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1573,
                                            "body": "Judges, lawyers, court clerks, and their assistants are not allowed to purchase by themselves or through others the disputed rights within the jurisdiction of the courts where they perform their duties.",
                                            "position": 336,
                                            "article_number": "380"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1574,
                                            "body": "The wives and children, even if they are adults, of the aforementioned persons are considered borrowed persons in the cases stipulated in the previous articles.",
                                            "position": 337,
                                            "article_number": "381"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 786,
                                    "name": "Items Suitable for Sale",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1575,
                                            "body": "The sale does not conclude on items that cannot be traded, items that have no estimable value, or items that cannot be delivered due to their nature.",
                                            "position": 338,
                                            "article_number": "382"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1576,
                                            "body": "The sale of tangible and intangible assets is valid.",
                                            "position": 339,
                                            "article_number": "383"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1577,
                                            "body": "The sold item may be a specific object or a right established on it, whether common or specified. The sale may also involve an item specified only by its type, provided that in this case, the sale is not valid unless the type designation refers to fungible items identified by number, weight, category, or measurement in a sufficient manner so that the contracting parties are aware of what they have agreed upon.",
                                            "position": 340,
                                            "article_number": "384"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1578,
                                            "body": "The sale of another's property is void except in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the sold item is specified by its kind or type only.\r\nSecond - If the owner approves it.\r\nThird - If the seller subsequently acquires ownership rights over the sold item. However, if the owner refuses to approve the sale, the seller is liable for compensation for damages to the buyer if the seller knew he did not own the sold item and the buyer was unaware of this. The seller cannot claim the contract's invalidity on the grounds that the sale was concluded on another's property.\r\n- All this while retaining the application of the provisions of Decision No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner on March 15, 1926.",
                                            "position": 341,
                                            "article_number": "385"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 787,
                                    "name": "On the Price",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1579,
                                            "body": "The contracting parties must specify the price of the sale, and it is permissible to delegate the determination of the price to a third party. In this case, if the third party refrains or is unable to determine the price, the sale does not take place.",
                                            "position": 342,
                                            "article_number": "386"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1580,
                                            "body": "If the contract of sale does not mention the payment terms or conditions, the sale is considered to be for cash without conditions.",
                                            "position": 343,
                                            "article_number": "387"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 788,
                                    "name": "When the Sale is Complete",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1581,
                                            "body": "The sale is not complete unless the contracting parties agree on the type of contract, the item sold, and the price.",
                                            "position": 344,
                                            "article_number": "388"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1582,
                                            "body": "A bulk sale is considered complete once the contracting parties agree on the item sold and the price, even if weighing, counting, or measuring, which is necessary to determine the price when required, has not occurred.",
                                            "position": 345,
                                            "article_number": "389"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1583,
                                            "body": "If the sale is by weight, count, or measure, the item sold remains at the seller's risk until the weighing, counting, or measuring is completed.",
                                            "position": 346,
                                            "article_number": "390"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1584,
                                            "body": "A sale on the condition of trial is considered in all cases to be concluded on a condition of suspension.",
                                            "position": 347,
                                            "article_number": "391"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1585,
                                            "body": "A sale on the condition of tasting is not considered complete as long as the buyer has not accepted the item sold.",
                                            "position": 348,
                                            "article_number": "392"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1586,
                                            "body": "The sale of real estate or real rights attached to real estate has no effect, even between the contracting parties, until the date of its registration in the land registry.",
                                            "position": 349,
                                            "article_number": "393"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 789,
                            "name": "On the Effects of Sale",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 790,
                                    "name": "General Provisions - Transfer of Ownership",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1587,
                                            "body": "The buyer automatically acquires ownership of the sold item if it is a specific item when the sale is completed by the agreement of the contracting parties, unless there is a contrary legal provision such as the one mentioned in the previous article. This remains the case even in the following two situations:\r\nFirst - If the delivery or payment of the price is subject to a term.\r\nSecond - If the sale is concluded with a condition of cancellation.",
                                            "position": 350,
                                            "article_number": "394"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1588,
                                            "body": "The buyer has the right, from the completion of the contract, even before delivery, to transfer the sold item unless there is an agreement or a contrary legal provision. The seller has the right to transfer his right to the price before receiving it.",
                                            "position": 351,
                                            "article_number": "395"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1589,
                                            "body": "From the time the contract becomes complete - unless there is a contrary provision - the buyer must bear:\r\nFirst - Taxes, charges, and all burdens imposed on the sold item.\r\nSecond - The expenses of preserving the sold item and the costs of collecting it.\r\nThird - The risks of the specific item.",
                                            "position": 352,
                                            "article_number": "396"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1590,
                                            "body": "If the sale is concluded on an item specified only by its type or is concluded on the condition of weight, count, measurement, trial, or taste, or is concluded by mere description, the seller remains bearing the risks of the sold item even if it has come into the hands of the buyer, until it is specified, weighed, counted, measured, or accepted by the buyer or his representative.",
                                            "position": 353,
                                            "article_number": "397"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1591,
                                            "body": "If the sale is optional and a period for choice has been set, the buyer does not bear the risks until the choice is made, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                            "position": 354,
                                            "article_number": "398"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1592,
                                            "body": "The seller bears the risks of the sold item during its travel until the buyer receives it, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                            "position": 355,
                                            "article_number": "399"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1593,
                                            "body": "If fruit on trees, garden products, or crops that have not yet reached the time of harvest are sold, the fruit or vegetables remain under the seller's guarantee until they mature.",
                                            "position": 356,
                                            "article_number": "400"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 791,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Seller",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 792,
                                            "name": "On Delivery and Warranty",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1594,
                                                    "body": "The seller has two main obligations, which are:\r\nFirst - Delivery of the sold item\r\nSecond - Warranty of the sold item",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "401"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 793,
                                                    "name": "On Delivery",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 794,
                                                            "name": "In what manner delivery must be made",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1595,
                                                                    "body": "Delivery is when the seller or their representative places the sold item at the buyer's disposal so that the buyer can take possession of it and benefit from it without any hindrance.",
                                                                    "position": 357,
                                                                    "article_number": "402"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1596,
                                                                    "body": "Delivery is carried out in the following ways:\r\nFirst - If the sold item is real estate, by relinquishing it and handing over its keys when necessary, provided that the buyer does not encounter anything that prevents them from taking possession of the sold item.\r\nSecond - If the sold item is movable property, by actual delivery or by handing over the keys to the buildings or boxes containing those movables, or by any other means customarily accepted.\r\nThird - Delivery is also completed, even by mere acceptance of the contracting parties, if bringing the sold item is not possible at the time of sale or if the sold item is already in the possession of the buyer for another reason.\r\nFourth - It is also completed by transferring or delivering the certificate of deposit, bill of lading, or transport document if the sold items are stored in public warehouses.",
                                                                    "position": 358,
                                                                    "article_number": "403"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1597,
                                                                    "body": "The delivery of intangible sales, such as a right of passage, for example, is done by delivering the documents that prove the existence of the right or by the seller allowing the buyer to use it, provided that nothing prevents this use. If the subject of the right is intangible and its use requires taking possession of something, the seller must then enable the buyer to take possession of this thing without hindrance.",
                                                                    "position": 359,
                                                                    "article_number": "404"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 795,
                                                            "name": "Where Delivery Must Occur",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1598,
                                                                    "body": "The sold item must be delivered at the location where it was at the time of the contract's creation unless otherwise stipulated. If a location for the sold item is specified in the sales contract that differs from its actual location, the seller must transport the sold item to the specified location if the buyer requests its transportation.",
                                                                    "position": 360,
                                                                    "article_number": "405"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1599,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item must be sent from one place to another, delivery is not completed until the item reaches the buyer or their representative.",
                                                                    "position": 361,
                                                                    "article_number": "406"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 796,
                                                            "name": "When Delivery Must Occur",
                                                            "number": "3",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1600,
                                                                    "body": "Delivery must be made at the time specified in the contract, and if no time is specified, delivery must be made immediately after the contract is concluded, taking into account the periods required by the nature of the sale or custom.\r\nThe seller who has not granted the buyer a period for payment is not obliged to deliver the sold item as long as the buyer has not paid the price. Offering a guarantee or other forms of security does not substitute for payment of the price.",
                                                                    "position": 362,
                                                                    "article_number": "407"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1601,
                                                                    "body": "If several items are sold together, the seller has the right to retain all of them until he receives the total price, even if the price of each item has been specified separately.",
                                                                    "position": 363,
                                                                    "article_number": "408"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 797,
                                                            "name": "Circumstances in which the seller can or cannot refuse delivery",
                                                            "number": "4",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1602,
                                                                    "body": "The seller may not refuse to deliver the sold item:\r\nFirst - if he has authorized another person to receive the price or the remaining amount due.\r\nSecond - if he has accepted an assignment to another person for the payment of the price or the remaining amount due.\r\nThird - if he has granted the buyer a grace period for payment after the contract.",
                                                                    "position": 364,
                                                                    "article_number": "409"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1603,
                                                                    "body": "The seller is not obliged to deliver the sold item even if he has granted the buyer a grace period for payment:\r\nFirst - if the buyer becomes insolvent after the sale contract is concluded.\r\nSecond - if he is in a state of bankruptcy or judicial liquidation at the time of sale, with the seller being unaware of his condition.\r\nThird - if the securities provided as a guarantee for payment have decreased, exposing the seller to the risk of losing the price.",
                                                                    "position": 365,
                                                                    "article_number": "410"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1604,
                                                                    "body": "If the seller exercises the right to withhold the sold item pursuant to the aforementioned articles, he shall be liable for the sold item under the conditions by which a pledgee is liable for the pledged item in his possession.",
                                                                    "position": 366,
                                                                    "article_number": "411"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 798,
                                                            "name": "On Bearing Delivery Expenses",
                                                            "number": "5",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1605,
                                                                    "body": "The seller bears the costs unless there is a contrary provision or custom:\r\nFirst - The delivery expenses such as the fees for measuring, weighing, counting, or determining the volume.\r\nSecond - The necessary expenses for establishing or transferring the right if the sold item is intangible.",
                                                                    "position": 367,
                                                                    "article_number": "412"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1606,
                                                                    "body": "The expenses for taking and receiving the sold item (such as packaging, transport, and shipping) and the expenses for paying the price, cutting, registration, and the cost of documents issued by the notary and the stamps required for the purchase deed, all of these are paid by the buyer unless there is a contrary provision or custom.\r\nThe receiving expenses include transit fees, entry fees, and customs duties that are incurred during the transportation of the sold item and upon its arrival.",
                                                                    "position": 368,
                                                                    "article_number": "413"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 799,
                                                            "name": "Regarding What Delivery Must Include",
                                                            "number": "6",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1607,
                                                                    "body": "The sold item must be delivered in the condition it was in at the time of sale, and the seller may not change its condition thereafter.",
                                                                    "position": 369,
                                                                    "article_number": "414"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1608,
                                                                    "body": "If the specific item sold is destroyed or damaged before delivery due to an act or mistake by the seller, the buyer has the right to claim the value of that item or compensation for the decrease in its value, under the conditions that allow him to claim against any other person.\r\nIf the sold item is fungible, the seller must deliver an item of the same quality and quantity, while preserving the buyer's right to claim additional compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                                                    "position": 370,
                                                                    "article_number": "415"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1609,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item is destroyed or damaged before delivery due to an act or mistake by the buyer, he is obliged to accept it in its condition and pay the full price.",
                                                                    "position": 371,
                                                                    "article_number": "416"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1610,
                                                                    "body": "All products of the sold item and all its civil and natural increments become the property of the buyer from the date of completion of the sale. They must be delivered to him with the sold item, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                                    "position": 372,
                                                                    "article_number": "417"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1611,
                                                                    "body": "The obligation to deliver the item includes its accessories.",
                                                                    "position": 373,
                                                                    "article_number": "418"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1612,
                                                                    "body": "The delivery of real estate also includes the fixtures, as they are considered necessarily part of the sold item.",
                                                                    "position": 374,
                                                                    "article_number": "419"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1613,
                                                                    "body": "The sale of an animal includes:\r\nFirst - The young of the suckling\r\nSecond - The wool or hair that is due for shearing.",
                                                                    "position": 375,
                                                                    "article_number": "420"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1614,
                                                                    "body": "The components and valuable items found within a movable item are not considered included in the sale unless stated otherwise.",
                                                                    "position": 376,
                                                                    "article_number": "421"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1615,
                                                                    "body": "The seller is obliged to deliver the content of the sold item as stipulated in the contract, subject to the modifications stated below.",
                                                                    "position": 377,
                                                                    "article_number": "422"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1616,
                                                                    "body": "If real estate is sold with its content and the unit price specified, the seller must deliver to the buyer, upon his insistence, the quantity specified in the contract. If unable to do so or if the buyer does not insist, the seller must accept a proportional reduction in the price. However, if the content exceeds what is specified in the contract and the excess is one part in twenty of the specified content, the buyer may choose either to pay the increase in price or to rescind the contract.",
                                                                    "position": 378,
                                                                    "article_number": "423"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1617,
                                                                    "body": "If the purchase contract, in the cases outlined in the previous article, refers to the cadastral maps, there is no reason to increase or decrease the price unless the verified amount after measurement exceeds the permissible limit.",
                                                                    "position": 379,
                                                                    "article_number": "424"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1618,
                                                                    "body": "If the sale is contracted on a specific, limited item or on distinct, independent real estate, whether the measurement is specified first or the item then the measurement afterward, the statement of measurement does not entitle the seller to increase the price if the measurement is found to be greater, nor the buyer to decrease it if found to be less.",
                                                                    "position": 380,
                                                                    "article_number": "425"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1619,
                                                                    "body": "In all cases where the buyer exercises the right to rescind the contract, the seller must return the price if he has received it, as well as the contract expenses.",
                                                                    "position": 381,
                                                                    "article_number": "426"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1620,
                                                                    "body": "The seller's claim for an increase in price and the buyer's claim for a reduction or rescission of the contract must be filed within one year starting from the day of contracting, otherwise the right to file them is forfeited.",
                                                                    "position": 382,
                                                                    "article_number": "427"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 800,
                                                    "name": "On Warranty",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1621,
                                                            "body": "The warranty owed by the seller to the buyer aims at two purposes:\r\nThe first is to guarantee possession of the sold item without opposition, and the second is to guarantee against defects and hidden flaws in the sold item.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "428"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 801,
                                                            "name": "Obligation to Guarantee Enjoyment and Possession Without Opposition",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1622,
                                                                    "body": "If nothing specific regarding warranty is stipulated at the time of sale, the seller is obliged to guarantee the buyer against any claims by third parties to the whole or part of the sold item, and against any burdens claimed on the sold item that were not disclosed at the time of sale.",
                                                                    "position": 383,
                                                                    "article_number": "429"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1623,
                                                                    "body": "The contracting parties have the right, by special agreement, to increase or decrease the effect of this legal obligation, and they also have the right to agree that the seller is not obliged to provide any warranty.",
                                                                    "position": 384,
                                                                    "article_number": "430"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1624,
                                                                    "body": "Even if the seller stipulates that they are not obliged to provide any warranty, they remain obliged to guarantee their own actions. Any contrary agreement is void.",
                                                                    "position": 385,
                                                                    "article_number": "431"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1625,
                                                                    "body": "In the case of a stipulation of no warranty, the seller remains obliged, upon the occurrence of a claim, to refund the price unless the buyer has made the purchase and assumed the potential risks and damages.",
                                                                    "position": 386,
                                                                    "article_number": "432"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1626,
                                                                    "body": "If the promise of warranty is made in an absolute manner, or if nothing specific regarding warranty is stipulated, the buyer from whom the entire item is taken due to a claim has the right to demand from the seller:\r\nFirst - A refund of the price\r\nSecond - The value of the fruits if the buyer is compelled to return them to the rightful owner\r\nThird - The expenses incurred by the buyer in the warranty claim and the original claimant's expenses\r\nFourth - Compensation for damages, considering the value of improvements to the property when necessary, and the contract's expenses and legal fees, provided that the buyer cannot demand compensation for damages if they were aware of the risk of the claim at the time of sale.",
                                                                    "position": 387,
                                                                    "article_number": "433"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1627,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item is found at the time of the claim to be damaged, reducing its value, or with a defect due to the buyer's gross negligence or an event arising from force majeure, the seller remains obliged to refund the price. However, if the buyer has benefited from the defect they caused in the sold item, the seller may deduct an amount equivalent to the value of that benefit from the price.",
                                                                    "position": 388,
                                                                    "article_number": "434"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1628,
                                                                    "body": "The seller must personally refund the buyer or compel the rightful owner to refund all expenses for useful repairs and improvements made by the buyer to the sold item.",
                                                                    "position": 389,
                                                                    "article_number": "435"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1629,
                                                                    "body": "A seller of another's property, if acting in bad faith, must pay the buyer all expenses incurred on the sold item for luxuries and enhancements.",
                                                                    "position": 390,
                                                                    "article_number": "436"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1630,
                                                                    "body": "If only a part of the sold item is taken from the buyer, and this part is of such significance to the whole that the buyer would have refrained from purchasing without it, they have the right to rescind the contract.",
                                                                    "position": 391,
                                                                    "article_number": "437"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1631,
                                                                    "body": "If the sale is not rescinded in the case of a claim to part of the sold item, the seller must refund the buyer the value of the claimed part in relation to the total price, with compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                                                    "position": 392,
                                                                    "article_number": "438"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1632,
                                                                    "body": "If there are non-apparent real rights on the sold item that were not disclosed, and they are significant enough that it can be estimated that the buyer would not have purchased had they known, the buyer has the right to rescind the contract unless they prefer to accept compensation.",
                                                                    "position": 393,
                                                                    "article_number": "439"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1633,
                                                                    "body": "If the buyer avoids a claim by paying a sum of money, the seller can avoid the consequences of the warranty by refunding that amount to the buyer with interest and all expenses.",
                                                                    "position": 394,
                                                                    "article_number": "440"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1634,
                                                                    "body": "If the buyer is summoned to court based on a third party's claim to rights on the sold item, they must summon their seller to court. If they fail to do so and a judgment is issued against them that gains the force of res judicata, they lose their right to warranty unless they prove that the seller, even if involved in the lawsuit, could not have obtained a judgment dismissing it.",
                                                                    "position": 395,
                                                                    "article_number": "441"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 802,
                                                            "name": "Warranty Against Defects in the Sold Goods",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1635,
                                                                    "body": "The seller guarantees the defects of the sold item that significantly reduce its value or make it unsuitable for the use intended according to its nature or under the sales contract. However, defects that only slightly reduce the value or usability of the item, and defects that are customarily tolerated, do not warrant a guarantee. The seller also guarantees the presence of the qualities that he mentioned or that the buyer stipulated must exist.",
                                                                    "position": 396,
                                                                    "article_number": "442"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1636,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold items are such that their true condition can only be known by making changes to them, like fruits with a dry shell, the seller does not guarantee their hidden defects unless he explicitly guarantees them or local custom requires him to do so.",
                                                                    "position": 397,
                                                                    "article_number": "443"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1637,
                                                                    "body": "If the sale is concluded based on a sample, the seller guarantees the presence of the sample's qualities in the sold goods. If the sample is destroyed or damaged, the buyer must prove that the goods do not conform to it.",
                                                                    "position": 398,
                                                                    "article_number": "444"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1638,
                                                                    "body": "The seller only guarantees defects existing at the time of sale if the sold item is a specific object, or at the time of delivery if the sold item is fungible and sold by weight, measure, or description.",
                                                                    "position": 399,
                                                                    "article_number": "445"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1639,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item is movable property other than animals, the buyer must inspect the condition of the item upon receipt and inform the seller without delay within seven days following receipt of any defect that the seller must guarantee, otherwise, the item is considered accepted unless the defects are not detectable by ordinary inspection or there are obstacles unrelated to the buyer's will that prevented the inspection of the item's condition. In such a situation, defects must be reported to the seller upon discovery, otherwise, the item is considered accepted. However, a seller acting in bad faith cannot invoke this provision. The latter.",
                                                                    "position": 400,
                                                                    "article_number": "446"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1640,
                                                                    "body": "The buyer must promptly request an inspection of the sold item by a petition to be conducted by an expert appointed by the competent court president.\r\nIf the inspection is not conducted according to the procedures, the buyer must prove the existence of the defect upon receipt. Inspection is not required if the sale is concluded based on a sample with no dispute over its nature.\r\nIf the goods are imported from another country and the seller has no agent at the place of receipt, the buyer must take precautions to temporarily preserve the goods.\r\nIf there is a risk of rapid deterioration, the buyer has the right to request the sale of those goods based on a license requested by a petition from the president of the court where the goods are located after conducting the aforementioned inspection.\r\nIf the seller's interest requires this sale, the buyer is obliged to conduct it in this manner. The buyer must inform the seller without delay of all the above, otherwise, he is liable for damages.",
                                                                    "position": 401,
                                                                    "article_number": "447"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1641,
                                                                    "body": "In the case mentioned in the previous article, the costs of returning the goods are borne by the seller.",
                                                                    "position": 402,
                                                                    "article_number": "448"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 803,
                                                            "name": "Consequences of the Seller's Warranty",
                                                            "number": "3",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1642,
                                                                    "body": "If there is a reason to return the sold item, either due to defects or the absence of certain qualities, the buyer has the right to request the annulment of the sale and the return of the price. In addition to the aforementioned, he is entitled to compensation for damages in the following cases:\r\nFirst - When the seller is aware of the defects of the sold item or its lack of the promised qualities and did not declare that he sold without warranty. It is assumed that the seller is aware if he is a trader or manufacturer selling his own products.\r\nSecond - If the seller declares the sold item free of defects, unless there are defects that only appeared after the sale or are defects that the seller could be unaware of in good faith.\r\nThird - If the presence of qualities that the sold item lacks was explicitly stipulated or if commercial custom requires their presence.",
                                                                    "position": 403,
                                                                    "article_number": "449"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1643,
                                                                    "body": "If the sale is concluded on a collection of specific items and some of them are defective, the buyer has the right to invoke the right granted to him in the previous article. If the sold item is of fungibles, the buyer is only entitled to request the delivery of another quantity of the same type free from those defects. However, he retains the right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                                                    "position": 404,
                                                                    "article_number": "450"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1644,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item consists of several different items purchased as a whole for a single price, the buyer has the right, even after receipt, to annul the sale concerning the defective part of those items and to recover a proportionate part of the price. However, if the items cannot be separated without damage, such as being pairs, he is only entitled to annul the entire sale.",
                                                                    "position": 405,
                                                                    "article_number": "451"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1645,
                                                                    "body": "The annulment due to a defect in the main item also includes its accessories, even if the price of the accessories is specified separately. A defect in the accessory does not annul the sale of the main item.",
                                                                    "position": 406,
                                                                    "article_number": "452"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1646,
                                                                    "body": "The price reduction is determined by estimating the value of the sold item in its intact state at the time of the contract on one hand, and then estimating its value in its current state on the other. When the sale is concluded on several items purchased as a single deal, their value estimation is based on the value of all the items that make up the deal.",
                                                                    "position": 407,
                                                                    "article_number": "453"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1647,
                                                                    "body": "In the event of annulment of the sale, the buyer must return:\r\nFirst - The item affected by the defect that necessitates the return as received, along with what followed it and what is considered part of it and what was attached to it after the contract was concluded.\r\nSecond - The fruits of the sold item from the date of the annulment of the sale by mutual consent or by judgment, and its fruits prior to this date.\r\nHowever, if the fruits were not formed at the time of sale, the buyer has the right to take them if harvested, even before ripening, and he also has the right to take the ripe fruits even if not harvested. On the other hand, the seller is obliged:\r\nFirst - To pay the buyer the expenses of planting, irrigation, maintenance, and the expenses of the fruits returned by the buyer to him.\r\nSecond - To return the price he received along with the legal contract expenses.\r\nThird - To compensate the buyer for the loss caused by the sold item if the seller was fraudulent.",
                                                                    "position": 408,
                                                                    "article_number": "454"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1648,
                                                                    "body": "The buyer is not entitled to recover anything or reduce the price if he cannot return the sold item in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the sold item was destroyed by force majeure or by the buyer's fault or by persons for whom he is responsible.\r\nSecond - If the sold item was stolen or taken from the buyer.\r\nThird - If the buyer transformed the sold item into a form that no longer serves its original purpose.",
                                                                    "position": 409,
                                                                    "article_number": "455"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1649,
                                                                    "body": "If the sold item is destroyed due to the defect it was affected by or by force majeure arising from this defect, its destruction is on the seller, and he is obliged to return the price. If he acted in bad faith, he is also obliged to pay compensation for damages.",
                                                                    "position": 410,
                                                                    "article_number": "456"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1650,
                                                                    "body": "There is no way to annul the sale, and the buyer is only entitled to demand a price reduction:\r\nFirst - If the sold item is damaged by his fault or by the fault of persons for whom he is responsible.\r\nSecond - If the buyer used the sold item in a way that significantly reduced its value. This rule applies if the item was used before knowing about the defect.\r\nHowever, if the use was after knowing about the defect, the provisions of Article 462 apply.",
                                                                    "position": 411,
                                                                    "article_number": "457"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1651,
                                                                    "body": "The price reduction obtained by the buyer for an acknowledged defect does not prevent him from requesting the annulment of the sale or another price reduction if another defect appears.",
                                                                    "position": 412,
                                                                    "article_number": "458"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 804,
                                                            "name": "Cases in which the return of the sold item is not applicable or where there is no basis for this claim",
                                                            "number": "4",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1652,
                                                                    "body": "The claim for rescission is dismissed if the defect is removed before filing the rescission lawsuit or the price reduction lawsuit, or during it, and if this defect is by nature temporary and not likely to reappear. This rule does not apply if the defect is by nature likely to recur.",
                                                                    "position": 413,
                                                                    "article_number": "459"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1653,
                                                                    "body": "The seller is not responsible for apparent defects or defects that the buyer has previously known or could have easily known. However, the seller is responsible, even for defects that the buyer could have easily known, if the seller declared the item free from them.",
                                                                    "position": 414,
                                                                    "article_number": "460"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1654,
                                                                    "body": "The seller is not responsible for defects in the item or for its lack of required qualities:\r\nFirst - if they were declared.\r\nSecond - if it was stipulated that he does not bear any warranty.",
                                                                    "position": 415,
                                                                    "article_number": "461"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1655,
                                                                    "body": "The buyer's right to claim rescission is forfeited:\r\nFirst - if he explicitly waived it after discovering the defect in the item.\r\nSecond - if after discovering the defect, he sold the item or disposed of it in another way as an owner.\r\nThird - if he used the item for his personal benefit and continued to use it after discovering the defect.\r\nThis rule does not apply to houses and similar covered structures, as it is possible to continue residing in or using them during the litigation for rescission of the sale.",
                                                                    "position": 416,
                                                                    "article_number": "462"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1656,
                                                                    "body": "The lawsuit arising from the existence of defects warranting the rescission of the sale or from the lack of promised qualities must be filed as follows, otherwise the right to file it is forfeited:\r\n1- It must be filed for immovable property within 365 days after delivery.\r\n2- It must be filed for movables and animals within thirty days after delivery, provided that the notice stipulated in Article 446 is sent to the seller. These time limits can be extended or shortened by agreement of the contracting parties.",
                                                                    "position": 417,
                                                                    "article_number": "463"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1657,
                                                                    "body": "There is no basis for filing a rescission lawsuit in sales conducted by the judicial authority.",
                                                                    "position": 418,
                                                                    "article_number": "464"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 805,
                                            "name": "On the Obligation of Receipt",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1658,
                                                    "body": "The buyer must take delivery of the sold item at the place and time specified in the contract. If there is no contrary provision, he must take delivery of the sold item without delay, taking into account the necessary time for receipt. If he does not appear to take delivery of the sold item or appears without offering to pay the price at the same time and the sale is for cash, the rules concerning the creditor's delay apply.\r\nIf the sold items are to be delivered in successive installments, failure to take delivery of the first installment results in the same effects as failure to take delivery of the whole. All this unless there is an agreement to the contrary between the parties.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "472"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 806,
                            "name": "On Certain Special Types of Sale",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 807,
                                    "name": "On Sale with Right of Redemption",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1659,
                                            "body": "The sale with a right of redemption or the fiduciary sale is one in which the buyer, after the complete sale, is obligated to return the sold item to the seller in exchange for the refund of the price. The subject of the fiduciary sale may be movable or immovable things.",
                                            "position": 419,
                                            "article_number": "473"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1660,
                                            "body": "It is not permissible to stipulate a period for the redemption of the sold item that exceeds three years from the date of sale. If a period longer than this is stipulated, it shall be reduced to three years.",
                                            "position": 420,
                                            "article_number": "474"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1661,
                                            "body": "The aforementioned period is mandatory, and the judge cannot rule to nullify it, even if it is not optional. However, if the failure to exercise this right is due to an error by the buyer, the expiration of the period does not prevent its exercise.",
                                            "position": 421,
                                            "article_number": "475"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1662,
                                            "body": "The item sold with redemption becomes, by virtue of the sale, the property of the buyer under the condition of redemption, meaning that the buyer remains its owner if the seller does not fulfill the agreed conditions for its redemption. However, if these conditions are met, the sold item is considered as if it never left the seller's ownership. In any case, the buyer enjoys the sold item until the period ends or until the seller exercises the right of redemption, subject to the provisions of Articles 482 and 485. The buyer has the right to reap the fruits of the sold item and to file any related lawsuits, provided no fraud is committed.",
                                            "position": 422,
                                            "article_number": "476"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1663,
                                            "body": "The right of redemption is exercised by the seller notifying the buyer of their desire to redeem the sold item, and they must simultaneously offer to refund the price.",
                                            "position": 423,
                                            "article_number": "477"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1664,
                                            "body": "If the seller dies before exercising their right of redemption, this right passes to their heirs, who may exercise it within the remaining period available to their predecessor.",
                                            "position": 424,
                                            "article_number": "478"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1665,
                                            "body": "The heirs may only exercise the right of redemption collectively and may only request the return of the entire sold item. This rule also applies if several persons sell a jointly owned item under a single contract without preserving each person's right to redeem their share.",
                                            "position": 425,
                                            "article_number": "479"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1666,
                                            "body": "A lawsuit for the redemption of the sold item may be filed against the buyer's heirs collectively. However, if the estate has been distributed and the sold item is part of one heir's share, the redemption lawsuit is filed against that heir alone for the entire sold item.",
                                            "position": 426,
                                            "article_number": "480"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1667,
                                            "body": "If the seller is declared insolvent, the right of redemption belongs to the creditors.",
                                            "position": 427,
                                            "article_number": "481"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1668,
                                            "body": "The seller with a right of redemption is entitled to file a redemption lawsuit against the second buyer.",
                                            "position": 428,
                                            "article_number": "482"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1669,
                                            "body": "The seller exercising the right of redemption cannot repossess the sold item unless they refund:\r\nFirst - The price they received\r\nSecond - Beneficial expenses to the extent they increased the value of the sold item. As for luxury expenses, the buyer may only remove the improvements made to the sold item if they can be removed without damage. The buyer cannot claim reimbursement for necessary expenses, maintenance costs, or the cost of harvesting fruits. On the other hand, the buyer must return:\r\nFirst - The sold item and any increase in it since the sale contract\r\nSecond - The fruits harvested since the day the price was paid or deposited. The buyer may exercise the right of retention if they are not refunded what is due to them, all while retaining the conditions agreed upon between the parties.",
                                            "position": 429,
                                            "article_number": "483"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1670,
                                            "body": "The buyer is responsible for any damage or destruction to the sold item caused by their actions, mistakes, or the mistakes of those they are responsible for. They are also responsible for changes that result in a substantial alteration to the sold item contrary to the seller's interest. However, they are not liable for damage to the sold item caused by force majeure or minor changes. In such cases, the seller is not entitled to request a price reduction.",
                                            "position": 430,
                                            "article_number": "484"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1671,
                                            "body": "The seller who redeems their property under the right of redemption simultaneously acquires the right to erase all records of real rights, burdens, and mortgages created by the buyer. However, they are obligated to honor lease contracts made by the buyer without fraud, provided the lease does not exceed the redemption period and has a valid date.",
                                            "position": 431,
                                            "article_number": "485"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1672,
                                            "body": "If the sold item is agricultural property and the seller exercises the right of redemption during the agricultural year, the buyer, if they or their lessees have sown the seeds, has the right to remain in possession of the cultivated sections until the end of the agricultural year. However, they must pay what is customary locally for the remaining period from the day of redemption to the end of the agricultural year.",
                                            "position": 432,
                                            "article_number": "486"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 808,
                                    "name": "On Salam Sale",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1673,
                                            "body": "A Salam sale is a contract whereby one party advances a certain amount of money to the other party, obligating the latter to deliver a specified quantity of foodstuffs or other movable items at a date agreed upon by both parties. This contract is only valid if documented in writing.",
                                            "position": 433,
                                            "article_number": "487"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1674,
                                            "body": "The entire price must be paid to the seller at the time the contract is established.",
                                            "position": 434,
                                            "article_number": "488"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1675,
                                            "body": "If no delivery period is specified, the parties are considered to have agreed upon the customary practice of the locality.",
                                            "position": 435,
                                            "article_number": "489"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1676,
                                            "body": "The foodstuffs or other items subject to the sale must be specified by their quantity, quality, weight, or measure according to their nature; otherwise, the contract is void. However, if the items sold are not countable or weighable, it suffices to specify their quality with precision.",
                                            "position": 436,
                                            "article_number": "490"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1677,
                                            "body": "If the place of delivery is not specified, it must be at the place where the contract was made.",
                                            "position": 437,
                                            "article_number": "491"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1678,
                                            "body": "If the seller is unable to deliver what was promised due to force majeure and without fault or delay on their part, the buyer may either rescind the contract and recover the advance payment or wait until the following year. If the seller offers the contracted item in the following year, the buyer must accept it and cannot rescind the contract. This ruling also applies if the buyer has received part of the sold item. If the contracted item is unavailable, the provisions of the first paragraph of this article apply.",
                                            "position": 438,
                                            "article_number": "492"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 809,
                                    "name": "On the Promise of Sale or Purchase",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1679,
                                            "body": "A promise of sale is a contract whereby a person commits to selling something to another person who does not commit to purchasing it immediately. By nature, this contract is not reciprocal. It does not create any obligation on the promisee but binds the promisor definitively, so they cannot withdraw their offer and must wait for the decision of the promisee.",
                                            "position": 439,
                                            "article_number": "493"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1680,
                                            "body": "The effects of the contract are transferred to the heirs of the contracting parties, with the obligations and rights it entails for them.",
                                            "position": 440,
                                            "article_number": "494"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1681,
                                            "body": "If the promisor transfers a movable item to a third party despite their commitment, they transfer ownership of that item to the transferee but are liable to pay compensation for damages to the promisee for failing to fulfill their obligation.",
                                            "position": 441,
                                            "article_number": "495"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1682,
                                            "body": "When the promisee declares their intention to purchase, the promise becomes a sale without retroactive effect. Ownership is transferred on the day of acceptance. However, the determination of the extent of any unfairness reverts to the day the seller made the promise.",
                                            "position": 442,
                                            "article_number": "496"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1683,
                                            "body": "A promise to purchase made by one party is also permissible and should be understood and interpreted like a promise of sale, with the necessary modifications.",
                                            "position": 443,
                                            "article_number": "497"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1684,
                                            "body": "A promise of sale concerning immovable property is subject to the applicable real estate laws.",
                                            "position": 444,
                                            "article_number": "498"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 810,
                    "name": "On Barter",
                    "number": "Second",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 1685,
                            "body": "Barter is a contract in which each of the contracting parties undertakes to provide something in exchange for obtaining something else.",
                            "position": 445,
                            "article_number": "499"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1686,
                            "body": "Barter is concluded by the mere consent of the parties. However, if the subject of the barter is real estate or real rights on real estate, the provisions of Article 393 and the applicable real estate laws shall apply.",
                            "position": 446,
                            "article_number": "500"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1687,
                            "body": "If the barter is made on items of varying value, the contracting parties may pay the difference in money or other items.",
                            "position": 447,
                            "article_number": "501"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1688,
                            "body": "The expenses of the contract and its legal costs are necessarily divided between the parties to the barter unless there is another agreement between them.",
                            "position": 448,
                            "article_number": "502"
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 1689,
                            "body": "The rules of sale apply to the extent permitted by the nature of this contract, especially those related to warranty of eviction, hidden defects, and the nullity of contracting on the property of others.",
                            "position": 449,
                            "article_number": "503"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 811,
                    "name": "On Donation",
                    "number": "Third",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 817,
                            "name": "On the Nature of the Gift and Its Creation",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1710,
                                    "body": "A gift is a transaction between living persons whereby an individual transfers to another person all or part of their property without compensation.",
                                    "position": 450,
                                    "article_number": "504"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1711,
                                    "body": "Gifts that take effect upon the donor's death are considered acts stemming from the individual's last will and are subject to the personal status rules related to inheritance.",
                                    "position": 451,
                                    "article_number": "505"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1712,
                                    "body": "Gifts that take effect between living persons are subject to the general rules pertaining to contracts and obligations, taking into account the contrary provisions mentioned in this book.",
                                    "position": 452,
                                    "article_number": "506"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1713,
                                    "body": "The gift is completed and ownership of the gifted property, whether movable or immovable, is transferred when the donor consents to the acceptance by the donee, while applying the following provisions.",
                                    "position": 453,
                                    "article_number": "507"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1714,
                                    "body": "The donor retains the right to retract the offer as long as acceptance has not occurred.",
                                    "position": 454,
                                    "article_number": "508"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1715,
                                    "body": "A manual gift is completed when the donor delivers the item to the donee.",
                                    "position": 455,
                                    "article_number": "509"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1716,
                                    "body": "A gift of real estate or real property rights is not completed unless it is registered in the land registry.",
                                    "position": 456,
                                    "article_number": "510"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1717,
                                    "body": "A promise of a gift is not valid unless it is in writing, and a promise of a gift of real estate or a real property right is not valid unless it is registered in the land registry.",
                                    "position": 457,
                                    "article_number": "511"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1718,
                                    "body": "Gifts may not exceed the limit of the portion that the donor is entitled to dispose of.",
                                    "position": 458,
                                    "article_number": "512"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1719,
                                    "body": "Under no circumstances may a gift include the donor's future property, i.e., property over which they do not have the right to dispose at the time of the gift.",
                                    "position": 459,
                                    "article_number": "513"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1720,
                                    "body": "The donor may gift the ownership of the property to one person and the right to its usufruct to another person or several other persons, and they may also reserve this usufruct for themselves.",
                                    "position": 460,
                                    "article_number": "514"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 818,
                            "name": "Persons Who Can Give and Accept Gifts",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1721,
                                    "body": "Any person who is capable of contracting and disposing of their property can make a donation. The guardian is not entitled to dispose of the assets they manage without compensation.",
                                    "position": 461,
                                    "article_number": "515"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1722,
                                    "body": "Any person who is not explicitly declared by law as incapable of accepting a donation can accept it. The capacity to accept is relatively restricted:\r\nFirst - The guardian in relation to the ward.\r\nSecond - The doctor during the period of terminal illness if they are not a relative of the patient.",
                                    "position": 462,
                                    "article_number": "516"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1723,
                                    "body": "Persons who are unable to contract cannot accept donations that are conditional or entail an obligation, except with the authorization of their legal representatives.",
                                    "position": 463,
                                    "article_number": "517"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1724,
                                    "body": "Donations granted to unborn children in the womb may be accepted by the persons who represent them.",
                                    "position": 464,
                                    "article_number": "518"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1725,
                                    "body": "Donations granted to persons whom the law declares incapable of accepting them are considered void, even if conducted under the guise of another contract or through a borrowed person.",
                                    "position": 465,
                                    "article_number": "519"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1726,
                                    "body": "The donee must accept the donation personally or through another person with a special or sufficiently general power of attorney (such as the father, mother, or guardian), otherwise the acceptance is void.",
                                    "position": 466,
                                    "article_number": "520"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 819,
                            "name": "On the Effects of the Gift",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1727,
                                    "body": "A gift to several persons together is considered granted in equal shares, unless otherwise stipulated.",
                                    "position": 467,
                                    "article_number": "521"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1728,
                                    "body": "The donee assumes the position of the donor in all rights and claims related to it in the event of dispossession due to entitlement. However, the donor is not obliged to guarantee the gifted property unless otherwise stipulated or if the gift is conditional upon a charge. In the latter case, the donor is responsible for the entitlement to the extent of the value of the charge.",
                                    "position": 468,
                                    "article_number": "522"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1729,
                                    "body": "If the gift is conditional upon the payment of the donor's debts, this condition only includes debts contracted before the gift, unless otherwise stipulated.",
                                    "position": 469,
                                    "article_number": "523"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 820,
                            "name": "On Revocation and Reduction of Gifts",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 821,
                                    "name": "Revocation of the Gift",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1730,
                                            "body": "Every gift between living persons granted by someone who has no children or legitimate descendants can be revoked:\r\nFirst - If the donor has children after the gift, even after their death.\r\nSecond - If the donor had a child they believed to be deceased at the time of the gift, and it later turns out the child is still alive.",
                                            "position": 470,
                                            "article_number": "524"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1731,
                                            "body": "Upon revocation of the gift in the case specified in the previous article, the gifted property is returned to the donor. If the property has been transferred, the donor receives the equivalent value of the gain realized by the donee. If the gifted property is mortgaged, the donor may release the mortgage by paying the amount secured by it. However, the donor retains the right to reclaim this amount from the donee.",
                                            "position": 471,
                                            "article_number": "525"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1732,
                                            "body": "The right to file a lawsuit for revocation of the gift due to the appearance of children expires by statute of limitations after five years, starting from the date of birth of the last child, or from the date the donor learned that the child they thought was deceased is still alive. This right to file such a lawsuit is not subject to waiver. It transfers upon the donor's death to their children and descendants.",
                                            "position": 472,
                                            "article_number": "526"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1733,
                                            "body": "The gift is annulled at the request of the donor if the donee fails to fulfill or ceases to fulfill any of the conditions or obligations imposed on them. The rules for returning the property to the donor, as specified in the aforementioned Article 525, apply.",
                                            "position": 473,
                                            "article_number": "527"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1734,
                                            "body": "The gift is also annulled at the request of the donor:\r\nFirst - If the donee commits a misdemeanor or felony against the person, honor, or property of the donor.\r\nSecond - If the donee commits a significant breach of the duties imposed on them by law towards the donor or their family.",
                                            "position": 474,
                                            "article_number": "528"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1735,
                                            "body": "Upon revocation of the gift due to the appearance of children or ingratitude, or upon reduction of the gift for being excessive, the donee does not return the fruits except from the day the lawsuit is filed. However, if the revocation is due to non-fulfillment of obligations or conditions, the donee must return the fruits along with the property from the time they ceased fulfilling those obligations or conditions, or from the time they became delinquent in executing them.",
                                            "position": 475,
                                            "article_number": "529"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1736,
                                            "body": "It is not permissible to waive in advance the right to file a lawsuit for annulment of the gift due to ingratitude. This lawsuit expires by statute of limitations after one year, starting from the day the donor becomes aware of the matter, and the donor's right to file such a lawsuit does not transfer to their heirs if they were capable of filing it and did not do so.\r\nSimilarly, it cannot be filed against the heir of the donee if it was not filed against the donee before their death.",
                                            "position": 476,
                                            "article_number": "530"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 822,
                                    "name": "On the Reduction of the Gift",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1737,
                                            "body": "A donation that exceeds, according to what is stipulated in Article 512, the limit set in relation to the value of the assets left by the donor at the time of death, must have the excess amount reduced. However, this reduction does not invalidate the effects of the donation, nor the donor's possession of the fruits during their lifetime.",
                                            "position": 477,
                                            "article_number": "531"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1738,
                                            "body": "If two or more donations are granted and it is impossible to fulfill them completely without exceeding the limit, the most recent donations are annulled or reduced to the extent that they exceed the limit.",
                                            "position": 478,
                                            "article_number": "532"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 823,
                    "name": "On the Lease of Things",
                    "number": "Fourth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 826,
                            "name": "General Provisions",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 824,
                                    "name": "Applicable Rules in All Leases",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1739,
                                            "body": "Lease of things is a contract by which a person commits to allow another person to benefit from a fixed or movable thing or a right for a specified period in exchange for a consideration that this person commits to pay. Lease in its general sense refers to the lease of real estate that does not yield natural fruits and the lease of tangible movables or rights. Agricultural lease, however, refers to the lease of agricultural lands.",
                                            "position": 479,
                                            "article_number": "533"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1740,
                                            "body": "A lease cannot be contracted on a thing that perishes with use unless it is intended merely for viewing or display. However, it is permissible to lease things that lose value with use.",
                                            "position": 480,
                                            "article_number": "534"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1741,
                                            "body": "The provisions related to the subject of sale are principally applied to the subject of leasing things.",
                                            "position": 481,
                                            "article_number": "535"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1742,
                                            "body": "The consideration must be specified and may be either in money or in products or foodstuffs and other movables, provided they are specified in description and quantity. It may also be a share or an undivided portion of the products of the leased thing. In the lease of agricultural properties, it may be stipulated that the lessee performs certain tasks considered part of the consideration, in addition to an amount paid in money or a quantity imposed on him from the yields.",
                                            "position": 482,
                                            "article_number": "536"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1743,
                                            "body": "If the contracting parties do not specify the rent, they are considered to have agreed on the prevailing rate for things of the type leased in the place of the contract. If there is a fee or tariff in this place, they are considered to have agreed to act accordingly.",
                                            "position": 483,
                                            "article_number": "537"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1744,
                                            "body": "The lease is concluded by the agreement of the parties on the thing, the consideration, and all other conditions intended to be included in the contract.",
                                            "position": 484,
                                            "article_number": "538"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1745,
                                            "body": "Anyone who only has the right of personal use, the right of residence, the right of retention, or the right of security over a thing is not allowed to lease it.",
                                            "position": 485,
                                            "article_number": "539"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 825,
                                    "name": "Rules Pertaining to the Lease of Real Estate",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1746,
                                            "body": "The legal rules pertaining to the lease of immovable property referred to by the law are applied by analogy and to the extent permitted by the nature of things to the rents of other immovable property and to movables unless there is a condition, legal provision, or contrary custom.",
                                            "position": 486,
                                            "article_number": "540"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1747,
                                            "body": "The lease by the investor of immovable property or rights related to such property without the consent of the owner of the freehold lapses in relation to the owner of the freehold after three years from the end of the investment, provided that the lease by the guardian or legal custodian of immovable property or rights related thereto may not be concluded for a period exceeding one year except in the case of guardianship and with the authorization of the competent court.",
                                            "position": 487,
                                            "article_number": "541"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1748,
                                            "body": "A non-written lease contract for real estate cannot be proven before its execution except by the acknowledgment of the person being sued of the existence of the lease or by their oath. If there is a commencement of execution, it is considered proof of the existence of the lease, and the rent is determined in case of disagreement between the contracting parties by an expert, and its duration is determined according to the custom of the country. If the lessee remains in the leased property after the lease term has expired and the concerned party leaves it in their possession, especially if they do not request eviction, the lease is considered implicitly renewed and is subject to the provisions of Article 592 and the following.",
                                            "position": 488,
                                            "article_number": "542"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1749,
                                            "body": "Lease contracts for built properties intended for residential and non-residential purposes are subject to the freedom of contract and the will of the contracting parties in all that does not conflict with the following mandatory provisions:\r\nFirst:\r\nDuration: If the period specified in the contract is less than three years, the lease is considered concluded for a period of three years. However, if the lessee benefiting from the extension wishes to leave the leased property, they must inform the lessor two months before the end of the extended year by an open registered card with acknowledgment of receipt or by a letter addressed through the notary public.\r\nSecond: The following are exempt from the previous provisions:\r\nA- Seasonal lease contracts for summer and winter resorts.\r\nB- Lease contracts for places provided by employers to their employees free of charge or for a fee.\r\nThird: If the lease contract for the property, whether built or not, exceeds three years, it is not considered with respect to a third party unless the contract is registered in the land registry, and the registration of the implicit lease renewal is subject to the same rule.",
                                            "position": 489,
                                            "article_number": "543-Amended"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 827,
                            "name": "On the Effects of Leasing Objects",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 828,
                                    "name": "Obligations of the Lessor",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1750,
                                            "body": "The lessor has three main obligations, which are:\r\nFirst - Delivering the leased property to the lessee\r\nSecond - Maintenance of the leased property\r\nThird - Warranty",
                                            "position": 490,
                                            "article_number": "544"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 829,
                                            "name": "On the Delivery of the Leased Property",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1751,
                                                    "body": "The delivery of the leased property is subject to the provisions of the delivery of the sold property.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "545"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1752,
                                                    "body": "The expenses of delivery are on the lessor. As for the costs of the documents, they are on both parties, meaning that each party pays the expenses of the document delivered to them. The expenses of receiving and taking possession of the leased property are on the lessee, unless there is a custom or a contrary provision.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "546"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 830,
                                            "name": "On the Maintenance of the Leased Property",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1753,
                                                    "body": "The lessor is obliged not only to deliver the leased property in a condition that allows the lessee to use it for its intended purpose according to its nature or according to the specification agreed upon by the contracting parties, but also to maintain the leased property and its appurtenances to keep it in the aforementioned condition, except in the following cases:\r\nFirst - When there are other conditions between the contracting parties.\r\nSecond - If the leased property is real estate and the custom of the country dictates that minor repairs are the responsibility of the lessee. If the lessor delays in carrying out the repairs required of him, the lessee may compel him to perform them through legal means, and if he does not, the lessee may obtain permission from the court to carry them out himself, provided that he recovers their cost from the rent.",
                                                    "position": 491,
                                                    "article_number": "547"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1754,
                                                    "body": "The lessee of the property must carry out minor repairs and maintenance in the leased property unless the contract or custom exempts him from them. The repairs referred to are: repairing room tiles if only some are broken, repairing window glass unless the breakage is due to cold, an unusual accident, or force majeure not attributable to the lessee's fault, and repairing doors, mesh windows, wooden barriers, shop locks, hinges, slides, and locks. However, the cost of whitewashing room walls, renewing paint, replacing wallpaper, and repairing roofs falls on the lessor, even if limited to simple tasks of whitewashing or repair.",
                                                    "position": 492,
                                                    "article_number": "548"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1755,
                                                    "body": "The lessee is not obliged to carry out any minor repairs if the cause is old age, force majeure, a defect in the construction, or an act committed by the lessor.",
                                                    "position": 493,
                                                    "article_number": "549"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1756,
                                                    "body": "The cost of cleaning wells, toilet pits, and water drains is the responsibility of the lessor unless there is a contrary provision or custom.",
                                                    "position": 494,
                                                    "article_number": "550"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1757,
                                                    "body": "The lessor must pay the taxes and charges related to the leased property unless there is a contrary provision or custom.",
                                                    "position": 495,
                                                    "article_number": "551"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 831,
                                            "name": "The Warranty Obligations for the Tenant Printing",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 832,
                                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1758,
                                                            "body": "The warranty owed by the lessor to the lessee has two subjects:\r\nFirst - The enjoyment of the leased property and the disposal of it without interference.\r\nSecond - Defects of the leased property, and this warranty is mandatory even if not stipulated in the contract, and the good faith of the lessor does not exempt him from the obligation of warranty.",
                                                            "position": 1,
                                                            "article_number": "552"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 835,
                                                    "name": "Guarantee of Possession and Enjoyment of the Leased Property, and Guarantee Against Eviction Due to Entitlement",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 833,
                                                            "name": "Lessor's Act Guarantee",
                                                            "number": "1",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1759,
                                                                    "body": "The obligation of warranty includes the requirement for the lessor to refrain from any action that would prevent the lessee from taking possession of the leased property or deprive them of the benefits they were entitled to rely on according to the purpose for which the leased property was intended and according to the condition it was in at the time the contract was established. The lessor is not only responsible for their own actions in this regard but is also accountable for the actions of their workers, other lessees, and rights holders deriving from them.",
                                                                    "position": 496,
                                                                    "article_number": "553"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1760,
                                                                    "body": "However, the lessor has the right to carry out, despite the lessee's opposition, all urgent repairs that cannot be postponed until the end of the contract. If the lessee is deprived of the use of the entire leased property or part of it for a period exceeding seven days due to these repairs, they have the right to request the termination of the contract or a reduction in the rent proportionate to the time they were deprived of using the leased property. The lessor must oversee the urgent repairs and notify the lessee sufficiently in advance before carrying them out. If the lessor fails to provide such notice, they are considered liable unless there is an unavoidable obstacle not resulting from their negligence.",
                                                                    "position": 497,
                                                                    "article_number": "554"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 834,
                                                            "name": "Guarantee of Third Party Actions",
                                                            "number": "2",
                                                            "articles": [
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1761,
                                                                    "body": "The lessor is also legally obligated to guarantee the lessee against any disturbance or eviction affecting the leased property, in whole or in part, arising from a lawsuit concerning ownership or a real right on the leased property.\r\nThe provisions related to the eviction of the buyer due to eviction claims are generally applicable to the eviction of the lessee.",
                                                                    "position": 498,
                                                                    "article_number": "555"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1762,
                                                                    "body": "If the lessee is summoned to court for a lawsuit in which a judgment is sought against him for vacating the leased property, in whole or in part, or for enforcing some easement rights, he is required to notify the lessor without delay and is not obliged during this time to relinquish any part of the leased property. The lessee must be removed from the lawsuit in any case when the person through whom possession of the leased property was established is identified. The lawsuit may only be pursued against the lessor in such a case, but the lessee is allowed to intervene in it.",
                                                                    "position": 499,
                                                                    "article_number": "556"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1763,
                                                                    "body": "The lessor is not obligated to guarantee the lessee against any disturbance caused by a third party through force or violence affecting his enjoyment without this third party claiming any right to the leased property and without the lessor having done anything that led to such disturbance. However, the lessee has the right to sue that person in his own name.",
                                                                    "position": 500,
                                                                    "article_number": "557"
                                                                },
                                                                {
                                                                    "id": 1764,
                                                                    "body": "However, if such actual disturbance is of a nature that deprives the lessee of the enjoyment of the leased property, he may request the termination of the contract or a relative reduction in the rent. In this case, he is required to prove:\r\nFirst - The occurrence of the disturbance\r\nSecond - That this disturbance prevents the continuation of enjoyment.",
                                                                    "position": 501,
                                                                    "article_number": "558"
                                                                }
                                                            ],
                                                            "category": "Subparagraph",
                                                            "children": [],
                                                            "position": 1
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 836,
                                                    "name": "Warranty of Leased Property Defects",
                                                    "number": "Third",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1765,
                                                            "body": "The lessor guarantees to the lessee all defects of the leased property that significantly diminish its use or render it unsuitable for the intended use according to its nature or according to the contract. The lessor is also responsible for the absence of qualities that were explicitly promised or that are required for the intended purpose of the leased property. However, for defects that do not prevent use or only slightly diminish it, the lessee has no right to claim against the lessor. This also applies to defects that are customarily tolerated.",
                                                            "article_number": "559"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1766,
                                                            "body": "If an event occurs that necessitates a guarantee, the lessee may demand the annulment of the contract or a reduction of the rent. The lessee also has the right to claim compensation for damages in the cases specified in Article 449, and the provisions of Articles 451, 452, and 453 related to sales shall then apply.",
                                                            "article_number": "560"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 1767,
                                                            "body": "The lessor does not guarantee defects of the leased property that were easily ascertainable unless it was declared that they do not exist. The lessor is also not liable for:\r\nFirst - if the defects were disclosed to the lessee.\r\nSecond - if the lessee was aware of the defects of the leased property or its lack of required qualities at the time of contract formation.\r\nThird - if the lessor stipulated that they would not bear any guarantee.",
                                                            "article_number": "561"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 837,
                                    "name": "On the Destruction and Defect of the Leased Property",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1768,
                                            "body": "If the leased property is destroyed, damaged, altered, or the lessee is deprived of its use or part of it to the extent that it becomes unsuitable for the intended use, and this is not due to the fault of either contracting party, the lease contract is terminated without compensation to either party. The lessee is only required to pay the rent proportionate to their use. Any clause contrary to the above is void.",
                                            "position": 505,
                                            "article_number": "562"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1769,
                                            "body": "If only part of the leased property is damaged or becomes unsuitable for the intended use, or if only a part of it becomes unsuitable, the lessee is then entitled only to a reduction in rent proportional to the damage.",
                                            "position": 506,
                                            "article_number": "563"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1770,
                                            "body": "The provisions of Articles 562 and 563 apply when the leased property, in whole or in part, without fault of either contracting party, lacks the quality promised by the lessor or required for the intended purpose of the lease.",
                                            "position": 507,
                                            "article_number": "564"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1771,
                                            "body": "The lessee may not file lawsuits under the provisions of Articles 562, 563, and 564 after the contract term has ended.",
                                            "position": 508,
                                            "article_number": "565"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1772,
                                            "body": "The lessee is liable for fire unless it is proven that it occurred due to force majeure, a defect in the building, or flames spreading from a neighboring house.",
                                            "position": 509,
                                            "article_number": "566"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1773,
                                            "body": "If there are multiple lessees, each lessee is liable for the fire in proportion to the value of the part they occupy, unless they prove that the fire originated in one of their homes, in which case that lessee alone is responsible, or if some prove that the fire could not have started in their premises, they are not liable.",
                                            "position": 510,
                                            "article_number": "567"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 838,
                                    "name": "Tenant Obligations",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 839,
                                            "name": "General Provisions",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1774,
                                                    "body": "The lessee has two main obligations.\n1 - Payment of the rent.\n2 - Maintenance of the leased property and its use according to the purpose for which it was intended or the purpose specified in the contract, avoiding excess and misuse.",
                                                    "position": 1,
                                                    "article_number": "568"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 840,
                                            "name": "On the Payment of Rent",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1775,
                                                    "body": "The tenant must pay the rent at the time specified in the contract, and if no time is specified, according to local custom. If there is no custom, then at the end of the period of use. It is permissible to stipulate that the rent be paid in advance. In all cases, the costs of payment shall be borne by the tenant.",
                                                    "position": 511,
                                                    "article_number": "569"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1776,
                                                    "body": "The rent for real estate is paid at the location of the property, and the rent for movable property is paid at the place where the contract was made, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                    "position": 512,
                                                    "article_number": "570"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1777,
                                                    "body": "The landlord has the right to retain the furniture and other movable items located in the rented premises, whether they belong to the tenant or to someone who has taken over the lease. He also has the right to retain them even if they belong to a third party, to secure the due rent and the rent for the current year. He also has the right to resort to the competent authority to prevent the removal of these items, and if they are removed without his knowledge or despite his objection, he can demand their return to where they were or to place them in another warehouse.\r\nHowever, he cannot exercise the right of retention or demand except to the extent necessary to secure him, and he does not have the right to pursue what has been removed if the remaining items in the rented place are sufficient to protect his rights.",
                                                    "position": 513,
                                                    "article_number": "571"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1778,
                                                    "body": "The right to demand cannot be exercised after fifteen days have passed from the day the landlord became aware of the removal of the items.",
                                                    "position": 514,
                                                    "article_number": "572"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1779,
                                                    "body": "The right of retention or demand cannot be exercised:\r\nFirst - On items that cannot be subject to enforcement related to movables.\r\nSecond - On stolen or lost items.\r\nThird - On items owned by a third party if the landlord knew at the time they were brought into the rented premises that they belonged to him.",
                                                    "position": 515,
                                                    "article_number": "573"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1780,
                                                    "body": "The landlord's right of retention extends to what the second tenant brings into the rented premises to the extent that the first tenant has rights over the second tenant. He cannot claim what was paid in advance to the original tenant, but the exceptions stipulated in Article 587 must be considered.",
                                                    "position": 516,
                                                    "article_number": "574"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 841,
                                            "name": "On the Preservation and Return of the Leased Property",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1781,
                                                    "body": "The lessee must promptly notify the lessor of all actions requiring his intervention, such as urgent repairs, the discovery of unexpected defects, infringements on rights, objections related to ownership, real rights, or damage caused by a third party, otherwise, he shall be civilly liable.",
                                                    "position": 517,
                                                    "article_number": "575"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1782,
                                                    "body": "The lessee must return the leased property at the end of the specified term. If he retains it beyond this term, despite a request for eviction or any similar action indicating the lessor's dissatisfaction, he shall be obliged to compensate the lessor.\r\nThe amount of this compensation is determined in proportion to the rental value, taking into account the damage suffered by the lessor.",
                                                    "position": 518,
                                                    "article_number": "576"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1783,
                                                    "body": "If a statement or description of the leased property is made between the lessor and the lessee, the lessee must return the leased property as he received it.",
                                                    "position": 519,
                                                    "article_number": "577"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1784,
                                                    "body": "If no statement or description of the leased property is made, it is presumed that the lessee received the leased property in good condition. He must return it in that condition.",
                                                    "position": 520,
                                                    "article_number": "578"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1785,
                                                    "body": "The lessee is liable for the destruction or damage of the leased property if it arises from his actions. The lessee of a hotel or other premises open to the public is liable for travelers or guests he receives on the premises.",
                                                    "position": 521,
                                                    "article_number": "579"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1786,
                                                    "body": "The lessee is not liable for destruction or damage arising:\r\nFirst - From the normal and customary use of the leased property, taking into account the previous provisions related to minor repairs required from the lessee.\r\nSecond - From force majeure if it is not attributable to his fault.\r\nThird - From the age of the building, a defect in it, or the failure to carry out repairs required from the lessor.",
                                                    "position": 522,
                                                    "article_number": "580"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1787,
                                                    "body": "The leased item must be returned to the place of the contract, and the costs of its return shall be borne by the lessee unless there is an agreement or custom to the contrary.",
                                                    "position": 523,
                                                    "article_number": "581"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1788,
                                                    "body": "The lessee has the right to retain the leased property for debts owed to him by the lessor related to the leased property.",
                                                    "position": 524,
                                                    "article_number": "582"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1789,
                                                    "body": "If the lessee constructs buildings, plants, or other improvements that increase the value of the leased property, the lessor must return to him at the end of the lease either the cost of the expenses or the value of the improvement, provided that these improvements were made with his knowledge and without his opposition. Otherwise, the lessor has the right, after proving that these improvements do not benefit him, to request the lessee to remove them and compensate him, if necessary, for any damage to the property caused by this removal.\r\nIf the lessor prefers to retain the improvements and pay one of the aforementioned values, the judge may grant him a deadline for payment.",
                                                    "position": 525,
                                                    "article_number": "583"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 842,
                                            "name": "On the Right to Assign the Lease and the Tenant's Right in the Lease",
                                            "number": "Fourth",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1790,
                                                    "body": "The tenant has the right to lease all or part of the leased property and to transfer the lease to another, unless the contract stipulates a prohibition on leasing or transferring, or if such prohibition is inferred from the nature of the leased property. The prohibition of transferring the lease does not imply a prohibition on leasing unless explicitly stated. However, prohibiting the tenant from leasing implies prohibiting them from transferring to another, even for free, unless this prohibition is explicitly stated. The prohibition on leasing should be understood in its absolute sense, meaning it entails prohibiting leasing even if it pertains to a part of the leased property or if the purpose is to substitute another person, even for free. If it is stipulated that the tenant has the right to lease or transfer with the consent of the landlord, the landlord cannot refuse the lease or transfer without a legitimate reason.",
                                                    "position": 526,
                                                    "article_number": "584"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1791,
                                                    "body": "In any case, the tenant is not allowed to transfer or lease the property for use that differs from the use specified in the contract or inferred from the nature of the property, or for use that imposes a heavier burden.",
                                                    "position": 527,
                                                    "article_number": "585"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1792,
                                                    "body": "The original tenant guarantees the person to whom they lease or transfer the lease and remains obligated towards the landlord for all obligations arising from the contract. This obligation ceases:\r\nFirst - If the landlord directly collects the rent from the second tenant or the transferee without expressing any reservation regarding their right against the original tenant.\r\nSecond - If the landlord explicitly consents to the tenant leasing to another person or transferring the lease to them without expressing any reservation regarding their right against the original tenant.",
                                                    "position": 528,
                                                    "article_number": "586"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1793,
                                                    "body": "The second tenant or the transferee of the lease is directly obligated towards the landlord to the extent of the debt owed by the original tenant at the time of the notice sent to them. They cannot claim what they have paid in advance to the original tenant except in the following two cases:\r\nFirst - If the payment is in accordance with local custom.\r\nSecond - If it is evidenced by a document with a valid date.",
                                                    "position": 529,
                                                    "article_number": "587"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1794,
                                                    "body": "The landlord, in all cases where they have the right to sue the original tenant, can directly file a lawsuit against the second tenant and the transferee while retaining their right to sue the original tenant. The original tenant always has the right to intervene in the lawsuit.",
                                                    "position": 530,
                                                    "article_number": "588"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1795,
                                                    "body": "The transfer of the lease is subject to the provisions related to the transfer of a creditor's debt and necessitates that the transferee assumes the position of the transferor in the rights and obligations arising from the contract, taking into account the provisions of Article 586.",
                                                    "position": 531,
                                                    "article_number": "589"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 843,
                            "name": "On the Termination of Lease of Things",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 844,
                                    "name": "On the Due Date",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1796,
                                            "body": "The lease of things necessarily ends upon the expiration of the term agreed upon by the contracting parties without the need for a request for eviction, subject to any contrary agreement if it exists, and subject to the provisions related to the lease of agricultural lands.",
                                            "position": 532,
                                            "article_number": "590"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1797,
                                            "body": "If the term is not specified, the lease is considered contracted for a period of a year, six months, a month, a week, or a day, depending on whether the rent is determined for a year, half a year, a month, etc. The lease contract ends upon the expiration of any of these terms without the need for a request for eviction unless there is a contrary custom.",
                                            "position": 533,
                                            "article_number": "591"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1798,
                                            "body": "If the lease contract ends and the lessee remains in possession of the leased property, the lease is considered renewed under the same conditions and for the same period if the lease was contracted for a specific term. If the term was not specified, either party has the right to terminate the contract; however, the lessee has the right to benefit from the period specified according to local custom to vacate the premises.",
                                            "position": 534,
                                            "article_number": "592"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1799,
                                            "body": "Continued use of the leased property does not imply a tacit renewal of the contract if eviction has been requested or if one of the parties has taken another action of this kind indicating their unwillingness to renew the contract.",
                                            "position": 535,
                                            "article_number": "593"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1800,
                                            "body": "In the case provided for in Article 592, the guarantees given for the first contract do not extend to the obligations arising from the tacit renewal of the contract, but mortgages and other forms of security remain in effect.",
                                            "position": 536,
                                            "article_number": "594"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 845,
                                    "name": "On the Termination of Lease",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1801,
                                            "body": "The lease is terminated in favor of the lessor while retaining the right to compensation for damages when necessary:\r\nFirst - If the lessee uses the leased item for a benefit other than that for which it was intended according to its nature or by agreement.\r\nSecond - If the lessee neglects the leased item in a way that causes significant damage to it.\r\nThird - If the rent due is not paid.",
                                            "position": 537,
                                            "article_number": "595"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1802,
                                            "body": "The lessor may not terminate the lease on the pretext that he wants to occupy the leased house himself.",
                                            "position": 538,
                                            "article_number": "596"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1803,
                                            "body": "The lease contract is not terminated by the transfer of the leased property, whether the transfer is voluntary or compulsory. The new owner assumes the position of the transferor in all his rights and obligations arising from leases and contracts whose terms have not expired, provided they are free of fraud and have a valid date prior to the transfer.",
                                            "position": 539,
                                            "article_number": "597"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1804,
                                            "body": "If there is no written contract with a valid date, the new owner has the right to evict the lessee from the leased property, but he must grant him the customary notice period.",
                                            "position": 540,
                                            "article_number": "598"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1805,
                                            "body": "If the ownership of the leased property is removed due to a claim of entitlement, the entitled party has the choice to either maintain the current leases or terminate the contract. However, in the latter case, he must provide the customary notice period if the lessee is in good faith. The lessee has no right to claim rents and compensations from anyone other than the lessor when necessary.",
                                            "position": 541,
                                            "article_number": "599"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1806,
                                            "body": "The lease contract is not terminated by the death of the lessee nor the lessor.",
                                            "position": 542,
                                            "article_number": "600"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1807,
                                            "body": "The termination of the original lease leads to the termination of the secondary leases made by the lessee, except in the cases stipulated in the first and second paragraphs of Article 586.",
                                            "position": 543,
                                            "article_number": "601"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 846,
                            "name": "On the Lease of Agricultural Lands",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1808,
                                    "body": "The lease of agricultural lands is subject to the general rules outlined above and the specific rules stipulated in the following articles.",
                                    "position": 544,
                                    "article_number": "602"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1809,
                                    "body": "A lease can be contracted on agricultural lands for a maximum of forty years. If the lease is contracted for a period exceeding this limit, either party may terminate the contract at the end of the forty years.",
                                    "position": 545,
                                    "article_number": "603"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1810,
                                    "body": "The lease contract must specify the type of crops or yields that are the subject of the investment. If not specified, the lessee is considered authorized to plant anything that can be grown on lands similar to the leased property.",
                                    "position": 546,
                                    "article_number": "604"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1811,
                                    "body": "If the lease contract includes agricultural machinery, livestock, or supplies such as fodder, hay, and fertilizer, both parties must provide each other with a correct, signed statement of these assets and jointly assess their value.",
                                    "position": 547,
                                    "article_number": "605"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1812,
                                    "body": "The lessee must use the leased property according to the conditions specified in the contract. They may not use it in a way that harms the owner. They are not allowed to make changes to the method of exploiting the leased property that could have a harmful effect, even after the lease ends, unless explicitly authorized.",
                                    "position": 548,
                                    "article_number": "606"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1813,
                                    "body": "The lessee has no right to the offspring of animals or to any increases that occur to the leased property during the contract period.",
                                    "position": 549,
                                    "article_number": "607"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1814,
                                    "body": "All work necessary for the use of the leased property, such as digging and maintaining ditches, cleaning canals, repairing roads, paths, and fences, and making minor repairs to rural buildings and silos, is the responsibility of the lessee unless otherwise stipulated. They must carry out this work at their own expense without compensation and are liable to the lessor for damages resulting from failure to fulfill these obligations. \r\nHowever, construction work and major repairs to buildings and other farm dependencies are the responsibility of the lessor, as are repairs to wells, canals, and basins. In case of delay by the lessor, the provisions of Article 547 apply.",
                                    "position": 550,
                                    "article_number": "608"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1815,
                                    "body": "If the lease contract for agricultural land includes more or less than what the leased property actually contains, the rent is increased or decreased, or the contract is terminated in the cases stipulated in the Book of Sale, according to the rules listed therein. The right to litigate in this regard expires one year from the date of the contract unless another date is specified for commencing use, in which case the time limit starts from that date.",
                                    "position": 551,
                                    "article_number": "609"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1816,
                                    "body": "If the lessee is prevented from cultivating or farming their land due to force majeure, they have the right to demand a reduction in the rent or to recover what they have advanced.",
                                    "position": 552,
                                    "article_number": "610"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1817,
                                    "body": "The lessee has the right to demand a reduction in the rent or to recover it if their crop is completely destroyed after planting due to force majeure not attributable to their fault. If part of the crop is destroyed, there is no basis for reducing or refunding the rent in proportion to this part unless it exceeds half. \r\nThere is no way to reduce or refund the rent if the lessee has received compensation for the damage from the party causing the damage or from an insurance company.",
                                    "position": 553,
                                    "article_number": "611"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1818,
                                    "body": "The lessee of the land cannot obtain a reduction in the rent if the fruits were destroyed after being separated from the land unless the lease contract stipulates giving the owner a specific amount of the yields. In this case, the owner must bear their share of the loss, provided that the lessee is not at fault or delayed in delivering the owner's share of the fruits. The lessee also cannot demand a reduction in the rent if the cause of the damage was present and known at the time of the contract's creation.",
                                    "position": 554,
                                    "article_number": "612"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1819,
                                    "body": "A specific provision may impose on the lessee the burden of ordinary emergencies, such as hail, lightning, or frost. However, if this provision is made for extraordinary emergencies, such as destruction resulting from wars in areas not targeted, it is considered void.",
                                    "position": 555,
                                    "article_number": "613"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1820,
                                    "body": "The contract is terminated in favor of the lessor of agricultural land: \r\nFirst - if the lessee neglects to plow the land or does not care for its plowing as a good father would. \r\nSecond - if they do not place the crop in the places designated for it according to the contract. \r\nThird - if they use the leased property for a benefit other than that for which it was intended according to its nature or the lease contract, and in general, if they do not fulfill the lease conditions, resulting in damage to the lessor. All previously mentioned rules are observed while preserving the lessor's right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                    "position": 556,
                                    "article_number": "614"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1821,
                                    "body": "The lease of agricultural land ends automatically at the expiration of the specified period. If no period is specified, the lease is considered contracted for the time necessary for the lessee to harvest all the fruits of the leased land. The notice of eviction must be given at least six months before the end of the current year if the arable lands are divided according to seasons and periods, and the lease ends at the end of the last season.",
                                    "position": 557,
                                    "article_number": "615"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1822,
                                    "body": "If the lessee remains after the agreed term has expired and the lessor leaves them in possession of the leased property, the lease is considered renewed for the same period if there was a specified period; otherwise, it is considered renewed until the next harvest.",
                                    "position": 558,
                                    "article_number": "616"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1823,
                                    "body": "The lessee of agricultural land, if their yield has not grown by the end of the lease due to an incident not attributable to their deception or fault, has the right to remain in the leased property provided they pay the lessor a rent equivalent to the rent specified in the contract, but they must prove the state of the crop at the end of their lease.",
                                    "position": 559,
                                    "article_number": "617"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1824,
                                    "body": "The lessee who vacates the agricultural land may not perform any act that would reduce or delay the benefit of their successor.",
                                    "position": 560,
                                    "article_number": "618"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1825,
                                    "body": "The lessee who vacates the leased property must leave suitable housing with all necessary facilities for the successor to use for the upcoming year before they begin their use. Similarly, the new lessee must leave suitable housing and all necessary facilities for the predecessor to consume the fodder and harvest the remaining crops. In both cases, local customs are observed.",
                                    "position": 561,
                                    "article_number": "619"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1826,
                                    "body": "The lessee must leave, upon vacating the leased property, fodder, hay, and fertilizer from the current year's crop in an amount equivalent to what they received upon entering the leased property. They cannot evade this obligation by claiming need. \r\nIf the lessee did not receive any of these materials, the lessor may retain a sufficient quantity of them after estimating their value according to the prevailing market price at the time. \r\nLocal customs are also followed in this matter.",
                                    "position": 562,
                                    "article_number": "620"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1827,
                                    "body": "The lessee must return the items received according to the inventory at the end of the contract and is responsible for them except in cases arising from force majeure, not attributable to his fault, and except for wear and tear resulting from normal and customary use of those items. If during the contract period he has replenished what was lacking from these items or repaired what was damaged, he has the right to recover the money he spent for this purpose unless there is a fault attributable to him.",
                                    "position": 563,
                                    "article_number": "621"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1828,
                                    "body": "If the lessee has completed from his own funds the equipment for the leased property and added tools not mentioned in the inventory, the owner has the option at the end of the lease to either pay him their value after appraisal or return them to him in their current condition.",
                                    "position": 564,
                                    "article_number": "622"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1829,
                                    "body": "All other agricultural contracts such as sharecropping, watering, and planting remain subject to the provisions of the applicable texts and local customs.",
                                    "position": 565,
                                    "article_number": "623"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 847,
                    "name": "On Service Lease or Employment Contract and on Industry Lease or Contracting",
                    "number": "Fifth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 848,
                            "name": "General Provisions",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 849,
                                    "name": "Definition",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1830,
                                            "body": "A contract of employment or service is a contract whereby one of the contracting parties undertakes to make his work subject to the service of the other party and under his management, in return for a wage that this party undertakes to pay him. A contract for work or a contract for industry is a contract whereby a person undertakes to complete a specific work for another person in return for a suitable remuneration for the importance of the work. A contract whereby a craftsman or a professional undertakes to provide his services to those who contract with him, as well as contracts whereby teachers undertake to perform their profession for the benefit of an institute or a person, are considered contracts for industry. A transport contract is also of this kind.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "624"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 850,
                                    "name": "On Consent",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1831,
                                            "body": "Contracts referred to in the previous article are concluded by the mere consent of the parties.",
                                            "position": 566,
                                            "article_number": "625"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1832,
                                            "body": "Such consent is not valid unless the contracting parties are competent to commit.\r\nAs for the interdicted and the minor, they must act under the supervision of those who have authority over them or obtain their approval.",
                                            "position": 567,
                                            "article_number": "626"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 851,
                                    "name": "On the Subject of Lease - Employment Lease",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1833,
                                            "body": "Any agreement in which a person commits to service for the duration of their life or for an extended period that binds them until their death is absolutely void.",
                                            "position": 568,
                                            "article_number": "627"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1834,
                                            "body": "Also absolutely void is any agreement whose subject is:\r\nFirst - Matters that are physically impossible\r\nSecond - Teaching secret magical works and acts contrary to law, morals, or public order, or performing the mentioned acts.",
                                            "position": 569,
                                            "article_number": "628"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1835,
                                            "body": "Lawyers or others engaged in legal disputes are not allowed to make any agreement with their clients, either personally or under an assumed name, that involves sharing in the outcome of the case by making their fee a portion of what may be obtained.\r\n(Article 69 of the 1970\/8 Law - Regulation of the Legal Profession)",
                                            "position": 570,
                                            "article_number": "629"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 852,
                                    "name": "On the Service Lease Fee",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1836,
                                            "body": "The compensation must be specified or capable of being specified.",
                                            "position": 571,
                                            "article_number": "630"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1837,
                                            "body": "The stipulation of wages or compensation is estimated in the following cases unless there is evidence to the contrary:\r\nFirst - Upon completion of work that is not usually performed without compensation.\r\nSecond - If the work is part of the profession of the person performing it.\r\nThird - If the work is commercial or performed by a merchant during the practice of their trade.",
                                            "position": 572,
                                            "article_number": "631"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1838,
                                            "body": "If no agreement is made to specify the wage or compensation for the work, it is determined according to custom. If there is a tariff or fee, they must be applied.",
                                            "position": 573,
                                            "article_number": "632"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1839,
                                            "body": "The employer or master is obliged to pay the wage or compensation according to the terms of the contract or the custom of the locality. If there is no agreement or custom, compensation is not due until after the service is performed or the work is completed.",
                                            "position": 574,
                                            "article_number": "633"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1840,
                                            "body": "Anyone who is obligated to perform work or service and is unable to complete it for reasons related to their employer is entitled to receive the full wage promised if they have remained at the employer's disposal and have not rented their service to another person. However, the court may reduce the specified wage according to the circumstances.",
                                            "position": 575,
                                            "article_number": "634"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 853,
                                    "name": "On the Execution of Work",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 854,
                                            "name": "On the Method of Conducting Work",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1841,
                                                    "body": "Anyone who leases their work or service may not delegate the execution to another person if it can be inferred from the nature of the work or the will of the contracting parties that it is in the interest of the lessee for the lessor to perform the work themselves.",
                                                    "position": 576,
                                                    "article_number": "635"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1842,
                                                    "body": "The lessor of work or service is not only responsible for their fault but also liable for their negligence, lack of foresight, and incompetence, and any agreement to the contrary has no effect.",
                                                    "position": 577,
                                                    "article_number": "636"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1843,
                                                    "body": "The lessor is also responsible for the damage resulting from their failure to execute the instructions received if they were explicit and there was no sufficient reason for not adhering to them. However, if they had such a reason and there was no danger in the delay, they are obliged to notify the principal and await new instructions.",
                                                    "position": 578,
                                                    "article_number": "637"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1844,
                                                    "body": "The lessor is responsible for the actions of the person they appoint in their place or employ or assist, just as they are responsible for their own actions. However, if they are compelled by the nature of the work to seek the assistance of other persons, they do not bear the consequences, provided they prove:\r\nFirst - that they exercised all necessary care in selecting and supervising their workers.\r\nSecond - that they exhausted all possible means to prevent the failure to perform the obligation and to mitigate its harmful consequences.",
                                                    "position": 579,
                                                    "article_number": "638"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 855,
                                            "name": "On Risks",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1845,
                                                    "body": "The lessor who only provides his labor is obliged to ensure the preservation of the items delivered to him for the execution of the work or manufacture. He must return them after execution and is responsible for their destruction or damage unless it is due to force majeure and he is not in a state of delay. A defect in the item or its perishable nature to the extent that leads to its destruction is considered force majeure. The burden of proof for force majeure lies with the lessor. If the items are not necessary for the execution of the work, he is only responsible for them as a depository is for a deposit.",
                                                    "position": 580,
                                                    "article_number": "639"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1846,
                                                    "body": "Items that must be returned to the owner or master, if stolen, destroyed, or damaged due to fire, are not considered incidents of force majeure that relieve the lessor of liability unless he proves that he took all care to prevent the incidents.",
                                                    "position": 581,
                                                    "article_number": "640"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1847,
                                                    "body": "Hotel and inn owners are responsible for any damage, destruction, or theft that affects the belongings of travelers staying with them unless they prove that the damage is attributable to the traveler himself or to persons visiting, accompanying, or serving him, or that it results from force majeure or the nature of the deposited item.",
                                                    "position": 582,
                                                    "article_number": "641"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1848,
                                                    "body": "Hotel and inn owners are not responsible for documents, securities, financial papers, or valuable items that were not delivered into their hands or the hands of their employees.",
                                                    "position": 583,
                                                    "article_number": "642"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 856,
                                    "name": "On the Termination of Service or Industry Lease",
                                    "number": "Sixth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1849,
                                            "body": "The service or industry lease ends:\r\nFirst - Upon the expiration of the agreed period or the completion of the work.\r\nSecond - By a court ruling to annul the contract in certain cases specified by law.\r\nThird - Due to the impossibility of performing the work due to force majeure or the death of the employee or the contractor. In this last case, the exceptional provisions stipulated by law are observed. The service or industry lease does not end with the death of the employer or the master.",
                                            "position": 584,
                                            "article_number": "643"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 857,
                            "name": "On the Employment Contract or Service Lease",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1850,
                                    "body": "The employment contract or service lease is subject to the general provisions stipulated in Article 624 and the following articles.",
                                    "position": 585,
                                    "article_number": "644"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1851,
                                    "body": "If the worker lives in the employer's house, the employer must cover the care expenses for twenty days if the worker suffers from an illness or accident not caused by the worker's own fault.",
                                    "position": 586,
                                    "article_number": "645"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1852,
                                    "body": "The employer is relieved from the obligation specified in the previous article if the worker can obtain such care from a cooperative association of which they are a member, from an insurance company with which they are insured, or from the public relief department.",
                                    "position": 587,
                                    "article_number": "646"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1853,
                                    "body": "The employer or master, and generally anyone who employs workers, must:\r\n1 - Ensure the provision of necessary safety or health conditions in factories, rooms, and generally in all places provided to workers, employees, or servants to enable them to perform the work lease.\r\n2 - Ensure that the equipment, machines, tools, and generally all items provided to workers, employees, or servants for the execution of the work lease do not pose any danger to their health and lives beyond the inherent risk of performing the work in a normal manner.\r\n3 - Take all necessary measures required by the nature of the work and the conditions under which it is performed to protect the lives of workers, employees, or servants and to maintain their health during the tasks they perform under their management for their account. The employer or master is responsible for any violation of the provisions of this article.",
                                    "position": 588,
                                    "article_number": "647"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1854,
                                    "body": "The employer or master is also responsible for accidents and disasters that befall the worker during the performance of the work assigned to them if the accidents and disasters arise from the employer's violation of the special regulations related to the practice of their trade, industry, or profession, or from their failure to maintain those regulations.",
                                    "position": 589,
                                    "article_number": "648"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1855,
                                    "body": "In the cases stipulated in the previous two articles, the compensation amount may be reduced if the cause of the accident is the fault or negligence of the injured party.",
                                    "position": 590,
                                    "article_number": "649"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1856,
                                    "body": "Any agreement or provision intended to deny or reduce the liability stipulated in the previous articles from the master, employer, or lessee is absolutely void.",
                                    "position": 591,
                                    "article_number": "650"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1857,
                                    "body": "The employment or service lease ends with the expiration of the period specified by the contracting parties. If the worker continues to work or provide service without opposition from the other party after the lease ends, and the contract duration was one year or less, this contract is considered implicitly renewed for the same period. If the contract was for more than one year, it is renewed for one year, and if it was monthly, it is renewed only for one month. However, if there is an explicit dismissal from service, the continuation of work or service does not imply implicit renewal.",
                                    "position": 592,
                                    "article_number": "651"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1858,
                                    "body": "If the lease period is not specified in the contract and cannot be inferred from the nature of the work to be performed, either party may request to cease work, provided they notify the other party in advance. The notice period is one month if the employment contract has been executed for three years or less, and two months if the contract has been executed for more than three years.",
                                    "position": 593,
                                    "article_number": "652"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1859,
                                    "body": "If the worker has committed to working as a laborer, servant, or employee in a store, shop, or public place, the first fifteen days are considered a trial period during which either party may cancel the contract without paying compensation, but the due wage must be paid to the worker, and they must be notified of the dismissal two days before termination - all unless the local custom or agreement dictates otherwise.",
                                    "position": 594,
                                    "article_number": "653"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1860,
                                    "body": "In employment or service leases, each party has the right to terminate the contract if the other party fails to fulfill their obligations. The judge may also rule for termination at the request of one party for other significant reasons.",
                                    "position": 595,
                                    "article_number": "654"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1861,
                                    "body": "The employer or master has the right to terminate the employment contract due to illness or injury that prevents the worker from fulfilling their obligations satisfactorily, after paying them what they are entitled to for their service period.",
                                    "position": 596,
                                    "article_number": "655"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 1862,
                                    "body": "If the contract termination is initiated by the employer and is not caused by violations of the contract obligations or a mistake made by the worker, the worker is entitled to compensation equivalent to one month's salary or wage for each year started from the first five years and half a month's salary or wage for each year started from the remaining years. The salary or wage used as the basis for this compensation is the last salary or wage received by the worker at the time of contract termination. If the employer does not observe the notice period stipulated in the previous article, they must pay the worker additional compensation equal to the salary or wage for the required notice period or the remaining duration of the notice period, and any prior waiver of the right to compensation is void and not considered.\r\nIf the contract termination is initiated by the worker without a legitimate reason and without observing the notice period mentioned above, they must pay for the damage caused to the employer.\r\nIf a worker contracts to perform a new service, the termination of the first employment contract contrary to the rules makes the new employer jointly responsible for the damage caused to the first employer in the following two cases:\r\n1 - If they employ a worker knowing that they are bound by an employment contract.\r\n2 - If they continue to employ a worker after knowing that this worker is still bound to another employer by an employment contract. In this second case, the liability of the second employer is lifted if it is shown that upon learning of the existence of the employment contract terminated by the worker contrary to the rules, this contract had ended by its term if it was a fixed-term contract or by the end of the notice period if it was an indefinite-term contract, and if 15 days have passed since the termination of the mentioned contract.\r\nThe cessation of the project does not relieve the employer from respecting their obligations unless there is a force majeure.\r\nIf there is a change in the legal status of the employer, especially due to inheritance, sale, merger in the form of the institution, or conversion into a company, all employment contracts in effect on the day of the change remain valid between the new employer and the institution's employees.",
                                    "position": 597,
                                    "article_number": "656"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 858,
                            "name": "On the Lease of Industry (Istisna) or Project Commitment Contract",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 859,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1863,
                                            "body": "The lease of industry or the contract for the concession of projects is subject to the general provisions stipulated in Article 624 and the following articles up to Article 628, as well as the provisions set forth in the following articles.",
                                            "position": 598,
                                            "article_number": "657"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1864,
                                            "body": "In the case of manufacturing, the manufacturer may limit themselves to providing only their labor, with the client providing the materials when necessary. It is also permissible for the manufacturer to provide both the materials and the labor. However, if the materials provided by the manufacturer are the main subject of the contract and the labor is only a subsidiary, it is considered a sale, not manufacturing.",
                                            "position": 599,
                                            "article_number": "658"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1865,
                                            "body": "The manufacturer must provide the tools and equipment necessary to complete the work unless there is a custom or agreement to the contrary.",
                                            "position": 600,
                                            "article_number": "659"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1866,
                                            "body": "If it is necessary for the completion of the work that the client performs a certain task, the manufacturer has the right to explicitly invite them to do so. If the client fails to fulfill their obligation after a sufficient period, the manufacturer has the option to either maintain the contract or request its dissolution. In both cases, they may obtain compensation for any damage suffered, if applicable.",
                                            "position": 601,
                                            "article_number": "660"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1867,
                                            "body": "The client has the right to request the dissolution of the contract after notifying the manufacturer:\r\nFirst - If the manufacturer persists in delaying the commencement of the work without a legitimate reason.\r\nSecond - If the manufacturer is in a state of delay in delivery, unless the reason for not completing the work or for its delay or for the delay in delivery is attributed to an error by the client.",
                                            "position": 602,
                                            "article_number": "661"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 860,
                                    "name": "On the Manufacturer's Liability for Warranty",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1868,
                                            "body": "If, during the execution of the work, it becomes apparent that the materials provided by the client or the land on which a building or other structure is to be erected have defects or deficiencies that would prevent the work from being properly executed, the contractor must inform the client without delay. If the contractor fails to do so, they will be liable for the damage resulting from these defects unless they are of a type that a contractor of similar expertise could not have identified.",
                                            "position": 603,
                                            "article_number": "662"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1869,
                                            "body": "A contractor who provides the materials is responsible for their quality. However, if the client provides the materials, the contractor must use them according to technical standards and without negligence, inform the client of how they are being used, and return any unused materials to the client.",
                                            "position": 604,
                                            "article_number": "663"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1870,
                                            "body": "The contractor must, in all cases, guarantee against defects and deficiencies resulting from their work. The provisions of Articles 442, 446, and 449 apply to this guarantee.",
                                            "position": 605,
                                            "article_number": "664"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1871,
                                            "body": "In the situation described in the previous article, the client may reject the manufactured item. If it has been delivered, the client can return it within the week following delivery and set a sufficient deadline for the contractor to repair the defect or make up for the lack of certain qualities if such repair is possible. If the deadline passes without the contractor fulfilling their obligation, the client may choose one of the following options:\n1- Have the item repaired by another person at the contractor's expense if repair is still possible.\n2- Request a reduction in the fee.\n3- Demand the annulment of the contract and leave the item at the contractor's expense.\nAll this while retaining the right to compensation for damages when necessary.\nIf the client provided the materials, they are entitled to recover their value.\nThe provisions of Articles 453, 454, and 455 apply to the situations mentioned under numbers 2 and 3 above.",
                                            "position": 606,
                                            "article_number": "665"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1872,
                                            "body": "If the client receives a manufactured item that contains a defect or lacks one of the required qualities and is aware of these defects but does not return it or reserve their rights according to the provisions of the previous article, then Article 463 may be applied regarding the period within which they can file an objection unless it is proven that they were aware of those defects.",
                                            "position": 607,
                                            "article_number": "666"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1873,
                                            "body": "The guarantee stipulated in Article 663 and the following articles up to Article 665 is nullified if the defects are due to explicit instructions from the client contrary to the contractor's or manufacturer's opinion.",
                                            "position": 608,
                                            "article_number": "667"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1874,
                                            "body": "The engineer, construction engineer, or contractor directly employed by the client are responsible for five years following the completion of the building or other structure they managed or executed if that building or structure collapses entirely or partially or is clearly at risk of collapse due to a deficiency in materials or a defect in construction or the land.\nIf the construction engineer did not manage the work, they are only responsible for defects appearing in the engineering design they provided.\nThe five-year period mentioned begins from the day the work is received.\nA lawsuit must be filed within thirty days starting from the day the event necessitating the guarantee is confirmed, otherwise, it will be dismissed.",
                                            "position": 609,
                                            "article_number": "668"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1875,
                                            "body": "Any provision aiming to negate or reduce the guarantee stipulated in the previous articles is void.",
                                            "position": 610,
                                            "article_number": "669"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1876,
                                            "body": "The client must accept the manufactured item if it complies with the contract terms and transport it at their own expense if it is transportable.",
                                            "position": 611,
                                            "article_number": "670"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 861,
                                    "name": "On the Risk of Damage or Deterioration",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1877,
                                            "body": "In all cases where the manufacturer provides the materials, he is not responsible for the destruction of the construction, in whole or in part, due to force majeure. However, he cannot claim compensation if the destruction occurred before delivery and the client was not delayed in receiving it. Thus, the risks fall on the manufacturer. In this case, the manufacturer must provide proof that the destruction occurred due to force majeure if the destruction happened before the client received the item.",
                                            "position": 612,
                                            "article_number": "671"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1878,
                                            "body": "In the case where the manufacturer only provides his work or craftsmanship, he is not responsible for destruction due to force majeure. He can claim his fee if the item was destroyed due to a defect in the materials, or if the client had received it or was delayed in receiving it.",
                                            "position": 613,
                                            "article_number": "672"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 862,
                                    "name": "On the Payment of Rent",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1879,
                                            "body": "The wage is not due until the completion of the construction or work. If the wage is determined in parts on the condition that a portion is paid whenever a part of the time has elapsed or a section of the work is completed, then the payment is due at the end of each part or upon the completion of each section.",
                                            "position": 614,
                                            "article_number": "673"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1880,
                                            "body": "If the work is interrupted for a reason not related to the will of the parties, the craftsman is only entitled to receive a wage proportional to the work he has completed, while retaining the application of Article 67 concerning the loss of materials provided.",
                                            "position": 615,
                                            "article_number": "674"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1881,
                                            "body": "Anyone who performs work for a specified compensation based on a design or estimate he has prepared or approved cannot request an increase in compensation on the grounds that expenses exceeded the amount estimated in the design or estimate, unless the client explicitly allowed him to exceed the amount, or there is a provision to the contrary.",
                                            "position": 616,
                                            "article_number": "675"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1882,
                                            "body": "Payment must be made at the place where the manufactured item is to be delivered.",
                                            "position": 617,
                                            "article_number": "676"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1883,
                                            "body": "The craftsman has the right to retain the construction and all items received from the client for the work until he is paid the compensation or wage and any advances he may have made when necessary, unless the contract stipulates payment at a specific time. In this case, the craftsman is responsible for the item he retains, according to the rules applicable to the pledgee.",
                                            "position": 618,
                                            "article_number": "677"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1884,
                                            "body": "All those employed in the construction have the right to directly sue the owner of the property to the extent of the amount owed to the contractor at the time of filing the lawsuit.",
                                            "position": 619,
                                            "article_number": "678"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 863,
                                    "name": "On Transportation",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1885,
                                            "body": "The term 'transportation' is specific to the reciprocal contract whose primary purpose is to ensure the transfer of a person or thing from one place to another.",
                                            "position": 620,
                                            "article_number": "679"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1886,
                                            "body": "Transportation is merely a type of work lease or project commitment and, by necessity, has the nature of contracts with consideration. The person engaged in it is called a carrier and is specifically referred to as a transport contractor if this work is his regular profession.",
                                            "position": 621,
                                            "article_number": "680"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1887,
                                            "body": "The transportation contract is concluded when the parties agree on its elements and conditions, even before the item is delivered to the carrier by the sender, unless the parties explicitly or implicitly agree to delay the conclusion of the contract until after delivery.",
                                            "position": 622,
                                            "article_number": "681"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1888,
                                            "body": "If the transported items are goods, the sender must clearly specify to the carrier the address of the recipient, the place of delivery, the number of packages, their weight, contents, delivery deadline, and the route to be followed. If there are valuable items in the packages, he must inform the carrier of their existence and value.",
                                            "position": 623,
                                            "article_number": "682"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1889,
                                            "body": "The carrier is responsible for the loss, damage, or reduction of the items except in cases arising from force majeure, a defect in the transported item, or the sender's fault. The burden of proof for these exonerating circumstances lies with the carrier unless he made reservations upon receipt due to a defect in the packaging, which creates a presumption in favor of the carrier that the sender or recipient may contest if necessary.",
                                            "position": 624,
                                            "article_number": "683"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1890,
                                            "body": "The recipient has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the carrier for the contract made by the carrier with the sender. Through this lawsuit, he can demand delivery or compensation for damages, if necessary, for not completing the work in whole or in part.",
                                            "position": 625,
                                            "article_number": "684"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1891,
                                            "body": "The carrier must immediately inform the recipient upon the arrival of the goods.",
                                            "position": 626,
                                            "article_number": "685"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1892,
                                            "body": "The carrier has a lien on the transported items to collect the transportation fee and its accessories, and he also has the right to retain them.",
                                            "position": 627,
                                            "article_number": "686"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1893,
                                            "body": "The right to file a lawsuit against the carrier is time-barred after one year starting from the day of delivery in the case of damage, and from the day delivery was supposed to occur in the case of loss or delay in delivery.",
                                            "position": 628,
                                            "article_number": "687"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1894,
                                            "body": "The contract for transporting persons, like the contract for transporting goods, is concluded upon mutual consent. It obliges the carrier to deliver the passenger safely to the designated place within the agreed time, and if an unforeseen event occurs, the liability arising from the contract is removed from the carrier by proving the existence of force majeure or fault by the injured party.",
                                            "position": 629,
                                            "article_number": "688"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1895,
                                            "body": "Luggage that has been registered is subject to a transportation contract in addition to the passenger transportation contract, whereas hand luggage is not included in the contract, and the carrier is not responsible for it unless the injured party proves a specific fault committed by the carrier.",
                                            "position": 630,
                                            "article_number": "689"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 864,
                    "name": "On Deposit and Custody",
                    "number": "Sixth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 868,
                            "name": "On Ordinary Deposit",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 865,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1896,
                                            "body": "Deposit is a contract whereby the depositary receives a movable item from the depositor and undertakes to preserve and return it. The depositary is not entitled to any remuneration for preserving the deposit unless the parties agree otherwise.",
                                            "position": 631,
                                            "article_number": "690"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1897,
                                            "body": "If the deposit consists of a sum of money or fungible items, and the depositary is authorized to use them, the contract is considered a loan for consumption.",
                                            "position": 632,
                                            "article_number": "691"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1898,
                                            "body": "The deposit and acceptance of the deposit require the capacity to commit on the part of both the depositor and the depositary. However, if a person with capacity accepts a deposit from a person without capacity, they are obliged to fulfill all the obligations of a depositary.",
                                            "position": 633,
                                            "article_number": "692"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1899,
                                            "body": "If a person with capacity deposits an item with a person lacking capacity, they may request its return if it is still in the hands of the depositary. However, if the deposit has been transferred to another party, they may only file a claim for restitution equivalent to the gain obtained by the person lacking capacity. The rules concerning the liability of those lacking capacity when committing a crime or quasi-crime apply where necessary.",
                                            "position": 634,
                                            "article_number": "693"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1900,
                                            "body": "It is not necessary for the validity of the deposit between the parties that the depositor be the owner of the deposit or have legal possession of it.",
                                            "position": 635,
                                            "article_number": "694"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1901,
                                            "body": "The deposit contract is concluded by the acceptance of both parties and the delivery of the item. Constructive delivery is sufficient when the item to be deposited is already in the possession of the depositary for another reason.",
                                            "position": 636,
                                            "article_number": "695"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 866,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Depositary",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1902,
                                            "body": "The depositary must take care of the deposit as he takes care of his own belongings, while retaining the application of the provisions of Article 713.",
                                            "position": 637,
                                            "article_number": "696"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1903,
                                            "body": "The depositary is not entitled to delegate another person to preserve the deposit except in one of the following two cases:\r\n1- If the depositor explicitly permits it\r\n2- If a very urgent necessity requires it.",
                                            "position": 638,
                                            "article_number": "697"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1904,
                                            "body": "The depositary is, except in the case provided for in number (2) of the previous article, responsible for the person he delegates unless he proves that the deposit would have been destroyed or damaged even if it had remained in his hands without committing a fault. However, if the depositary is entitled to delegate another person, he is only liable in the following two cases:\r\n1- If he chooses a person who does not possess the qualifications to preserve the deposit\r\n2- If he alters the instructions he had or issues instructions to the person he delegated that resulted in damage, even if he made a good choice.",
                                            "position": 639,
                                            "article_number": "698"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1905,
                                            "body": "The depositor has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the deputy of the depositary as if it were against the depositary himself.",
                                            "position": 640,
                                            "article_number": "699"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1906,
                                            "body": "If the depositary uses the deposit or disposes of it without the depositor's permission, he is responsible for its destruction or damage even if the cause is an external event. He is also responsible for destruction or damage in all cases, even if it results from an unforeseen accident, if he trades with the deposit. However, he retains any profit he may have made from this. If he only uses or disposes of part of the deposit, he is only responsible for that part.",
                                            "position": 641,
                                            "article_number": "700"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1907,
                                            "body": "The depositary cannot force the depositor to retrieve his deposit before the agreed term except for a legitimate reason. However, he must return the deposit whenever the depositor requests it, even if the agreed time for its return has not yet arrived.",
                                            "position": 642,
                                            "article_number": "701"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1908,
                                            "body": "The depositary who is asked by the depositor to return the deposit is considered in delay merely for delaying without a legitimate reason. If the deposit is for the benefit of a third party, he must not return the deposit without their authorization.",
                                            "position": 643,
                                            "article_number": "702"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1909,
                                            "body": "If no time is set for the return, the depositary can return the deposit at any time he wishes, provided he does not return it at an inappropriate time and grants the depositor sufficient time for retrieval or to prepare what the circumstances require.",
                                            "position": 644,
                                            "article_number": "703"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1910,
                                            "body": "The deposit must be returned to the place where it was deposited unless there is a contrary provision. If it is agreed that it should be returned to a place other than where it was deposited, the depositor must bear the cost of its return and transportation.",
                                            "position": 645,
                                            "article_number": "704"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1911,
                                            "body": "The depositary must deliver the deposit to the depositor or to the person in whose name it was deposited or to the person designated to receive it. He cannot require the depositor to prove ownership of the deposit. The person designated to receive the deposit has the right to file a lawsuit directly against the depositary to compel him to return the deposit to him.",
                                            "position": 646,
                                            "article_number": "705"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1912,
                                            "body": "If the depositor is a person lacking legal capacity or a person declared insolvent by the court, the deposit cannot be returned except to his legal representative, even if the loss of capacity or insolvency occurred after the deposit.",
                                            "position": 647,
                                            "article_number": "706"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1913,
                                            "body": "If the depositor dies, the depositary cannot return the deposit to anyone other than his heir or his legal representative. If there are multiple heirs, the depositary can choose one of two options: either present the case to the judge and act according to his decision, thereby relieving himself of liability, or return to each heir what corresponds to his share.\r\nIn this case, he remains responsible, and if the deposit is indivisible, the heirs must agree to be able to receive it. If there are minors or absentees among them, the deposit cannot be returned except with the judge's permission. If the heirs do not agree or do not obtain such permission, the depositary is discharged by depositing the deposit in accordance with the provisions of deposit, either on his own initiative or by a court order issued at the request of any interested party. If the estate is insolvent or there are legatees, the depositary must in all cases refer the matter to the judge.",
                                            "position": 648,
                                            "article_number": "707"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1914,
                                            "body": "The provisions of the previous article also apply to the case where the deposit contract is issued by several persons together, unless there is an explicit agreement that the deposit can be returned to one of them or to all of them.",
                                            "position": 649,
                                            "article_number": "708"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1915,
                                            "body": "If the deposit was made by a guardian or custodian in his capacity as guardian or custodian and he no longer holds this capacity at the time of retrieval, the deposit cannot be returned except to the person whom the depositor represented if this person is eligible to receive it, or to the person who succeeded the guardian or custodian.",
                                            "position": 650,
                                            "article_number": "709"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1916,
                                            "body": "The depositary must return the deposit to the depositor even if another person claims it for himself, unless it is seized or a claim of entitlement is filed in court. In such a case, the depositary must inform the depositor without delay about the seizure or claim of entitlement. The depositary is exempt from the lawsuit from the moment he proves that he is merely a depositary. If the dispute lasts beyond the specified date for returning the deposit, the depositary can obtain permission to deposit it for the account of the rightful owner.",
                                            "position": 651,
                                            "article_number": "710"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1917,
                                            "body": "The depositary must return the deposit itself and the accessories delivered with it in the condition they are in, while retaining the application of the provisions of Article 714.",
                                            "position": 652,
                                            "article_number": "711"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1918,
                                            "body": "The depositary must return with the deposit what he has gained from its natural and civil products.",
                                            "position": 653,
                                            "article_number": "712"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1919,
                                            "body": "The depositary is responsible for any destruction or damage that could have been avoided:\r\nFirst- If he receives a fee for guarding the deposit\r\nSecond- If he accepts deposits by virtue of his profession or job.",
                                            "position": 654,
                                            "article_number": "713"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1920,
                                            "body": "The depositary is not responsible for the destruction or damage of the deposit if it results from:\r\n1- The nature of the deposited item or a defect in it or the act of the depositor\r\n2- Force majeure, unless he is in delay in returning the deposit. The burden of proof for the circumstances mentioned in paragraphs (1) and (2) above lies with the depositary if he receives a fee or accepts deposits by virtue of his profession or job.",
                                            "position": 655,
                                            "article_number": "714"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1921,
                                            "body": "The depositary from whom the deposit was taken by force majeure and who received a sum of money or something else in return, is obliged to return what he received.",
                                            "position": 656,
                                            "article_number": "715"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1922,
                                            "body": "If there are multiple depositaries, they are jointly liable concerning the obligations and rights arising from the deposit, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                            "position": 657,
                                            "article_number": "716"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 867,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Depositor",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1923,
                                            "body": "The depositor must pay the depositary the expenses of preserving the deposit and compensate him for the losses incurred due to the deposit.",
                                            "position": 658,
                                            "article_number": "717"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1924,
                                            "body": "The depositary has the right to retain the deposit until he receives all that is due to him because of the deposit.",
                                            "position": 659,
                                            "article_number": "718"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 869,
                            "name": "Detention in the Custody of a Guardian",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 870,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1925,
                                            "body": "Custody is the deposit of a disputed item in the hands of a third person. The subject of custody may be movable or immovable property, and it is subject to the provisions applicable to ordinary deposits and the following provisions.",
                                            "position": 660,
                                            "article_number": "719"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1926,
                                            "body": "Custody is entrusted to a person agreed upon by all parties concerned, and it can also be appointed by the judge. The judge may decide to appoint a custodian:\r\n1- For an item that is the subject of a dispute or questionable legal relations, until the dispute or doubt is resolved, or for an item offered by the debtor to discharge his obligation.\r\n2- For movable and immovable property that the concerned party, for legitimate reasons, fears may be embezzled, damaged, or impaired by the possessor.\r\n3- For movable property secured for the creditor's right if the creditor proves the debtor's insolvency or has legitimate reasons to fear the debtor's escape, embezzlement, or impairment of those items. The rights and obligations of the custodian are determined in the court's decision appointing him; otherwise, they are subject to the rules applicable to an agreed custodian.",
                                            "position": 661,
                                            "article_number": "720"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1927,
                                            "body": "Custody may not be free of charge.",
                                            "position": 662,
                                            "article_number": "721"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 871,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Custodian",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1928,
                                            "body": "The custodian is responsible for preserving the item and managing its affairs. They are required to produce everything that can be produced from it.",
                                            "position": 663,
                                            "article_number": "722"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1929,
                                            "body": "The custodian is not allowed to perform any acts of disposal or transfer except for those necessary for the benefit of the detained item. If the custody involves perishable items, they may be sold with the judge's authorization, and the subject of the custody will then be the proceeds of the sale.",
                                            "position": 664,
                                            "article_number": "723"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1930,
                                            "body": "The custodian must return the detained item without delay to the person designated by both parties or by the court, and they are subject to the obligations related to its return as those of a paid depositary.",
                                            "position": 665,
                                            "article_number": "724"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1931,
                                            "body": "If the custody is not free of charge, the custodian is liable for any fault in their management according to the rules applicable to agency.",
                                            "position": 666,
                                            "article_number": "725"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1932,
                                            "body": "If the custody is entrusted to several persons, solidarity is necessarily established among them according to the rules applicable to agency.",
                                            "position": 667,
                                            "article_number": "726"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 872,
                                    "name": "Obligations of the Party Receiving the Item",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1933,
                                            "body": "The party to whom the item is returned must pay the custodian the necessary and useful expenses incurred in good faith and without excess, and must pay the agreed-upon fee or the fee determined by the judge.\r\nIf the deposit is voluntary, the custodian may file a lawsuit against all depositors to compel them to pay the expenses and fulfill the fee, taking into account the proportion of their interests in the matter.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "727"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 873,
                    "name": "On Loans",
                    "number": "Seventh",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 874,
                            "name": "On the Loan for Use",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 1934,
                                    "body": "There are two types of loans: a loan for use or lending, and a loan for consumption.",
                                    "position": 668,
                                    "article_number": "728"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 875,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1942,
                                            "body": "A loan for use or lending is a contract whereby a person (called the lender) delivers an item to another person (called the borrower) to use for a period of time or for a specific purpose, provided that the same item is returned to him. In lending, the lender remains the owner of the loaned item and retains legal possession of it, while the borrower only has possession and use.",
                                            "position": 669,
                                            "article_number": "729"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1943,
                                            "body": "Lending is essentially free of charge.",
                                            "position": 670,
                                            "article_number": "730"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1944,
                                            "body": "The subject of lending may be movable or immovable property.",
                                            "position": 671,
                                            "article_number": "731"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1945,
                                            "body": "Lending is concluded by the consent of both parties and by delivering the loaned item to the borrower.",
                                            "position": 672,
                                            "article_number": "732"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1946,
                                            "body": "In lending, the lender must be capable of transferring it without compensation. Therefore, a guardian, custodian, or trustee of another's property may not lend the items entrusted to them for management.",
                                            "position": 673,
                                            "article_number": "733"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 876,
                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Borrower",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 877,
                                            "name": "General Provisions",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1947,
                                                    "body": "The borrower must diligently ensure the preservation of the loaned item. He may not entrust its safekeeping to another person except in cases of extreme necessity. If he violates the provision of the previous paragraph, he is not only liable for the fault of this person but also for emergencies resulting from force majeure.",
                                                    "position": 674,
                                                    "article_number": "734"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1948,
                                                    "body": "The borrower may not use the loaned item beyond the manner and limits specified in the contract or derived from custom.",
                                                    "position": 675,
                                                    "article_number": "735"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1949,
                                                    "body": "The borrower may use the loaned item himself and may lend it or transfer its use to another person without compensation, unless the loan was contracted for a consideration related to the borrower's person or for a specific use that prevents such disposition.",
                                                    "position": 676,
                                                    "article_number": "736"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1950,
                                                    "body": "The borrower may not lease, pledge, or dispose of the loaned item except with the lender's permission.",
                                                    "position": 677,
                                                    "article_number": "737"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1951,
                                                    "body": "The borrower must bear:\r\n1- The ordinary expenses for the maintenance of the loaned item.\r\n2- The expenses necessary for the use of the loaned item.",
                                                    "position": 678,
                                                    "article_number": "738"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1952,
                                                    "body": "If the item is borrowed by several persons together, they are jointly liable for it.",
                                                    "position": 679,
                                                    "article_number": "739"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 878,
                                            "name": "On the Obligation of Restitution",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1953,
                                                    "body": "The borrower must return the loaned item itself and all accessories and additions that have been made to it since the date of the loan within the agreed period.",
                                                    "position": 680,
                                                    "article_number": "740"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1954,
                                                    "body": "If the loan is for a specific period, the borrower must return the loaned item after using it according to the agreed purpose or custom. If the intended purpose is not specified, the lender may request it at any time, unless there is a contrary custom.",
                                                    "position": 681,
                                                    "article_number": "741"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1955,
                                                    "body": "The lender may request the return of the loaned item even before the end of the period or before the agreed use in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the lender has an urgent and unforeseen need for the loaned item.\r\nSecond - If the borrower misuses it or uses it for a purpose not specified in the contract.\r\nThird - If the borrower does not give it the necessary care.",
                                                    "position": 682,
                                                    "article_number": "742"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1956,
                                                    "body": "If the borrower waives the use of the loaned item or disposes of it in another manner for the benefit of another person, the lender may directly file a lawsuit against this person, which he was entitled to file against the borrower.",
                                                    "position": 683,
                                                    "article_number": "743"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1957,
                                                    "body": "The borrower must return the loaned item to the place where it was received unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                    "position": 684,
                                                    "article_number": "744"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1958,
                                                    "body": "The borrower must bear the expenses of receiving and returning the loaned item.",
                                                    "position": 685,
                                                    "article_number": "745"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 879,
                                            "name": "Liability for the Destruction or Damage of the Loaned Item",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1959,
                                                    "body": "The borrower shall not be responsible for the destruction or damage of the borrowed item if such destruction or damage arises from its ordinary use in accordance with the agreement made between the parties. If the lender claims that the borrower misused it, the lender must provide evidence.",
                                                    "position": 686,
                                                    "article_number": "746"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1960,
                                                    "body": "The borrower shall be responsible for the damage or destruction of the borrowed item resulting from force majeure:\r\nFirst - if they misused it.\r\nSecond - if they used it for purposes other than those designated by its nature or by agreement.\r\nThird - if they are in a state of delay in returning it.\r\nFourth - if they neglected to take the necessary precautions to maintain the borrowed item or disposed of it for the benefit of another person without the lender's permission, while the loan was made for a consideration related to the borrower's person.",
                                                    "position": 687,
                                                    "article_number": "747"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 1961,
                                                    "body": "Any agreement that imposes on the borrower the liability for emergencies resulting from force majeure, except in the cases stipulated in the previous article, shall be void. Also void is any agreement that exempts the borrower in advance from liability for their fault or negligence.",
                                                    "position": 688,
                                                    "article_number": "748"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 880,
                                    "name": "Obligations of the Lender",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1962,
                                            "body": "The borrower has the right to file a claim for damages against the lender in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the borrower incurs necessary expenses for the maintenance of the borrowed item.\r\nSecond - If the borrowed item has defects that lead to harm to its user.",
                                            "position": 689,
                                            "article_number": "749"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1963,
                                            "body": "However, the lender is not liable:\r\nFirst - If the lender was unaware of the reason that led to the seizure of the borrowed item through a claim of entitlement or was unaware of its hidden defects.\r\nSecond - If the defects or risks were so apparent that it was easy for the borrower to recognize them.\r\nThird - If the lender had warned the borrower of the existence of those defects or risks or of the risk of its seizure through a claim of entitlement.\r\nFourth - If the damage resulted solely from the borrower's fault or negligence.",
                                            "position": 690,
                                            "article_number": "750"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 1964,
                                            "body": "The borrower has the right to retain the borrowed item until they receive the compensation due from the lender.",
                                            "position": 691,
                                            "article_number": "751"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 881,
                                    "name": "On the Termination of the Loan Contract by the Death of the Borrower",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1965,
                                            "body": "The loan contract is dissolved upon the death of the borrower. However, the obligations arising from it are transferred to his heirs.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "752"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 882,
                                    "name": "On the Statute of Limitations for the Right to File a Lawsuit Between the Lender and the Borrower",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 1966,
                                            "body": "The right of the lender to sue the borrower and the right of the borrower to sue the lender in lawsuits arising from the provisions of Articles 734, 735, and 737 are extinguished by the statute of limitations after six months. This period begins, in relation to the lender, from the day the loan is returned to them, and in relation to the borrower, from the day the contract ends.",
                                            "position": 1,
                                            "article_number": "753"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 883,
                            "name": "On Consumer Loans",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 884,
                                    "name": "On the Nature of the Consumption Loan",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2000,
                                            "body": "A consumption loan is a contract whereby one party delivers to the other party money or other fungible items on the condition that the borrower returns to the lender, at the agreed-upon term, an equivalent amount in type and quality.",
                                            "position": 692,
                                            "article_number": "754"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2001,
                                            "body": "A consumption loan is also concluded if a creditor has, in the possession of another person, by way of deposit or otherwise, a sum of money or a quantity of fungible items and allows the debtor to keep those monies or items by way of lending.",
                                            "position": 693,
                                            "article_number": "755"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 885,
                                    "name": "On the Conditions of Consumer Loans",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2002,
                                            "body": "The lender must have the necessary capacity to dispose of the items they wish to lend.",
                                            "position": 694,
                                            "article_number": "756"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2003,
                                            "body": "A consumption loan may be contracted on all movable items of the same kind, whether they are consumed upon first use or not.",
                                            "position": 695,
                                            "article_number": "757"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2004,
                                            "body": "If the borrower receives income bonds, other financial papers, or goods instead of the agreed-upon money, the value of the loan is calculated based on the price of the bonds or the price of the goods at the time and place of delivery. Any provision to the contrary is void.",
                                            "position": 696,
                                            "article_number": "758"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 886,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of the Consumption Loan",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2022,
                                            "body": "The loaned items become the property of the borrower, and their risks are upon him.",
                                            "position": 697,
                                            "article_number": "759"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2023,
                                            "body": "The lender is responsible for hidden defects in the loaned items and for their dispossession by a claim of entitlement, in accordance with the rules established in the section on sales.",
                                            "position": 698,
                                            "article_number": "760"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2024,
                                            "body": "The borrower must return what is equivalent to the loaned item in type and quality.",
                                            "position": 699,
                                            "article_number": "761"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2025,
                                            "body": "The borrower cannot be forced to return what he owes before the due date specified by the contract or custom. However, he may return it before the due date, unless this return harms the interest of the lender.",
                                            "position": 700,
                                            "article_number": "762"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2026,
                                            "body": "If no due date is specified, the borrower is obliged to return upon any request from the lender. If the parties agree that the borrower will only fulfill when he is able or when the means are available, the borrower may then request the judge to set a date for fulfillment.",
                                            "position": 701,
                                            "article_number": "763"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2027,
                                            "body": "The borrower must return the loaned item at the place where the loan was contracted unless there is an agreement to the contrary.",
                                            "position": 702,
                                            "article_number": "764"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2028,
                                            "body": "The expenses of receipt and return are on the borrower.",
                                            "position": 703,
                                            "article_number": "765"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 887,
                            "name": "Loan with Interest",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2029,
                                    "body": "Interest is not due on a consumption loan unless stipulated. If the borrower voluntarily pays interest that is not stipulated or exceeds the agreed interest, they have no right to reclaim it or deduct it from the principal.",
                                    "position": 704,
                                    "article_number": "766"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2030,
                                    "body": "If the parties agree on the payment of interest without specifying a rate, the borrower must pay the legal interest. In civil matters, the agreed interest rate must be corrected if it exceeds the legal interest. If no correction is made, only the legal interest rate is due.",
                                    "position": 705,
                                    "article_number": "767"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2031,
                                    "body": "Interest may be charged on the interest of the principal either by filing a lawsuit or by a special contract established after maturity. In both cases, it is required that the due interest pertains to a period of not less than six months, while preserving the rules and customs related to commerce.",
                                    "position": 706,
                                    "article_number": "768"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 888,
                    "name": "On Agency",
                    "number": "Eighth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 889,
                            "name": "On Agency in General",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2047,
                                    "body": "Agency is a contract by which the principal authorizes the agent to undertake a case or several cases, or to complete a work or act, or a series of works and acts. The acceptance of the agent is required, and the acceptance of the agency may be implicit and inferred from the agent's performance of it.",
                                    "position": 707,
                                    "article_number": "769"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2048,
                                    "body": "Agency is originally without compensation, and there is nothing to prevent stipulating a fee. It is not considered gratuitous in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the agent performs the services contracted under the agency as part of his profession or trade.\r\nSecond - If the agency is between merchants for commercial activities.\r\nThird - If custom dictates payment for the services contracted under the agency.",
                                    "position": 708,
                                    "article_number": "770"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2049,
                                    "body": "The agency may be subject to a condition and may be effective from a specific time or until a specific time.",
                                    "position": 709,
                                    "article_number": "771"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2050,
                                    "body": "The agency is not valid unless the principal himself is competent to undertake its subject. This competence is not required of the agent, but it is sufficient for him to be of discernment.",
                                    "position": 710,
                                    "article_number": "772"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2051,
                                    "body": "The agency is void:\r\nFirst - If its subject is impossible or not sufficiently specified.\r\nSecond - If its subject involves actions contrary to public order, morals, or laws.",
                                    "position": 711,
                                    "article_number": "773"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2052,
                                    "body": "The agency is not valid if its subject involves performing an act that cannot be completed by another, such as taking an oath.",
                                    "position": 712,
                                    "article_number": "774"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2053,
                                    "body": "The agency may only be granted in the form required for the act that is the subject of the agency, unless there is a contrary legal provision.",
                                    "position": 713,
                                    "article_number": "775"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 890,
                            "name": "On the Effects of the Agency Between the Principal and the Agent",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 891,
                                    "name": "On the Rights and Obligations of the Agent",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 892,
                                            "name": "On the Rights of the Agent",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2054,
                                                    "body": "The agency may be special or general.",
                                                    "position": 714,
                                                    "article_number": "776"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2055,
                                                    "body": "A special agency is one that is given to the agent for a specific matter or several specific matters, or that grants him a limited special authority. It does not entitle him to act except in the matters or tasks specified and their necessary appendices as required by the nature of the work or custom.",
                                                    "position": 715,
                                                    "article_number": "777"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2056,
                                                    "body": "A general agency for managing the affairs of the principal only allows the agent to perform administrative tasks, while acts of disposition, reconciliation, and arbitration always require a special agency.",
                                                    "position": 716,
                                                    "article_number": "778"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2057,
                                                    "body": "The agent is not entitled to exceed the limits specified in the agency; however, he can deviate from the instructions given to him if he is unable to inform the principal beforehand and there are circumstances under which the principal's approval can be assumed. In this case, the agent must inform the principal without delay about the modifications made in executing the agency.",
                                                    "position": 717,
                                                    "article_number": "779"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2058,
                                                    "body": "If the agent is able to perform the entrusted task under more beneficial and advantageous conditions than those specified in the agency, the difference benefits the principal.",
                                                    "position": 718,
                                                    "article_number": "780"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2059,
                                                    "body": "If several agents are appointed in one agency for one matter, they may not act individually unless expressly authorized to do so. For example, one of them cannot perform an administrative task in the absence of the other, even if it is impossible for the absent one to assist in this task. However, the previous rule does not apply in the following two cases:\r\nFirst - In defense before the judiciary, returning a deposit, paying a due written debt, taking a precautionary measure in the interest of the principal, or any other urgent matter whose neglect would harm the principal.\r\nSecond - In an agency contracted between merchants for commercial tasks. In these two cases, one of the agents can act alone validly unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                    "position": 719,
                                                    "article_number": "781"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2060,
                                                    "body": "The agent may not delegate another person to execute the agency in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If the principal has expressly granted him this right.\r\nSecond - If granting this right arises from the nature of the work or the circumstances.\r\nThird - If the agency is general and absolute.",
                                                    "position": 720,
                                                    "article_number": "782"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2061,
                                                    "body": "An agent who does not have the power to delegate is responsible for the actions of the person he appoints as he is for his own actions. If delegation is permitted, he is only responsible if he chooses a person who does not have the required qualifications for the agency or if, despite making a good choice, he gave his deputy instructions that caused harm or neglected to supervise him when necessary.",
                                                    "position": 721,
                                                    "article_number": "783"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2062,
                                                    "body": "In all cases, the deputy agent is directly responsible to the principal as the agent himself, and he has the same rights as the agent.",
                                                    "position": 722,
                                                    "article_number": "784"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 893,
                                            "name": "In the Obligations of the Agent",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2063,
                                                    "body": "The agent must execute the agency with the care of a good father.",
                                                    "position": 723,
                                                    "article_number": "785"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2064,
                                                    "body": "The obligations stipulated in the previous article must be interpreted strictly:\r\nFirst - if the agency is for a fee\r\nSecond - if it is in the interest of a minor or an incapacitated person or in the interest of a legal entity.",
                                                    "position": 724,
                                                    "article_number": "786"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2065,
                                                    "body": "The agent must inform the principal of all circumstances that may lead them to modify or revoke the agency.",
                                                    "position": 725,
                                                    "article_number": "787"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2066,
                                                    "body": "The agent is obliged, upon completing the agency, to promptly inform the principal in a manner that allows them to fully understand how it was completed. If the principal delays in responding after receiving the notification beyond what the nature of the work or customary practice requires, they are considered to have approved what the agent has done, even if it exceeds their authority.",
                                                    "position": 726,
                                                    "article_number": "788"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2067,
                                                    "body": "The agent must provide the principal, upon request at any time, with a statement of their management and deliver to them everything received through the agency by any means, and must pay interest on funds delayed in payment.",
                                                    "position": 727,
                                                    "article_number": "789"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2068,
                                                    "body": "The agent is responsible for the items received through the agency, according to the conditions stipulated in articles 696, 697, 711, 712, 714, and 715. If the agency is for a fee, the agent's liability is subject to the provisions of article 713.",
                                                    "position": 728,
                                                    "article_number": "790"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2069,
                                                    "body": "If there are several agents, there is no solidarity among them unless stipulated, but the solidarity of agents necessarily exists:\r\nFirst - when the damage suffered by the principal arises from a joint error they conspired on\r\nSecond - when the agency is indivisible\r\nThird - when the agency is contracted for commercial activities between merchants, and there is no contrary provision that, even if the agent is jointly liable with the other agents, they are not responsible in any case for what one of them does outside the scope of the agency or exceeds its limits.",
                                                    "position": 729,
                                                    "article_number": "791"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 894,
                            "name": "Effects of the Agency with Respect to Third Parties",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2070,
                                    "body": "If the agent contracts in his own name and on his own behalf, he shall have the rights arising from the contract. He remains directly bound to those he contracted with as if the matter concerned him alone without the principal, even if those he contracted with knew him as a borrowed person or an intermediary working on commission.",
                                    "position": 730,
                                    "article_number": "799"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2071,
                                    "body": "An agent who acts in the capacity of an agent and does not exceed his authority does not incur any personal obligation whatsoever to the other persons he contracted with.\r\nThese persons cannot claim against anyone other than the principal.",
                                    "position": 731,
                                    "article_number": "800"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2072,
                                    "body": "A third party does not have the right to file a lawsuit against the agent to compel him to execute the agency unless it was contracted for the benefit of that person as well.",
                                    "position": 732,
                                    "article_number": "801"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2073,
                                    "body": "A third party has the right to file a lawsuit against the agent to compel him to accept the execution of the contract when its execution is necessarily included in his agency.",
                                    "position": 733,
                                    "article_number": "802"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2074,
                                    "body": "In the presence of a special agency, anyone dealing with the agent in his capacity as an agent has the right to request him to present the agency document and to obtain, when necessary, an official copy of this document, provided that he pays its cost.",
                                    "position": 734,
                                    "article_number": "803"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2075,
                                    "body": "The acts performed by the agent in the name of the principal correctly and within the limits of his authority have effect in benefiting or harming the principal as if the principal himself had performed them.",
                                    "position": 735,
                                    "article_number": "804"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2076,
                                    "body": "The principal is obliged to fulfill directly the commitments made by the agent on his behalf within the limits of the authority granted to him in the agency. However, the conditional terms and secret agreements made between the principal and the agent, which are not derived from the agency itself, cannot be invoked against a third party unless it is proven that this person was aware of them at the time of the contract.",
                                    "position": 736,
                                    "article_number": "805"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2077,
                                    "body": "The principal is not bound by what the agent does that falls outside his authority or exceeds its limits except in the following cases:\r\nFirst - If he approves it, even implicitly\r\nSecond - If he benefits from it\r\nThird - If the agent contracts under conditions more beneficial than those specified in the instructions he received\r\nFourth - If the agent contracts under conditions more costly than those specified in the instructions he received, in the following cases:\r\n1- If the party is of little significance\r\n2- If it conforms to the usual tolerance in trade or in the place where the contract was concluded.",
                                    "position": 737,
                                    "article_number": "806"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2078,
                                    "body": "An agent who acts without an agency or exceeds the limits of his agency is obliged to compensate for damages to the persons he contracted with if the contract cannot be executed. The agent is not obliged to guarantee anything if he provided his contracting party with sufficient knowledge of his authority unless the agent had undertaken to execute the obligation.",
                                    "position": 738,
                                    "article_number": "807"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 895,
                            "name": "On the Termination of Agency",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2117,
                                    "body": "The agency ends:\r\nFirst - Upon the completion of the work for which it was given.\r\nSecond - Upon the fulfillment of the cancellation condition or the arrival of the specified term for the agency.\r\nThird - By the principal dismissing the agent.\r\nFourth - By the agent withdrawing from the agency.\r\nFifth - By the death of the principal or the agent.\r\nSixth - By a change in the condition of the principal or the agent leading to the loss of legal capacity to exercise their rights, such as interdiction or declaration of bankruptcy, unless the subject of the agency involves actions that can be completed despite such change.\r\nSeventh - By the impossibility of execution arising from a cause unrelated to the will of the contracting parties.",
                                    "article_number": "808"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2118,
                                    "body": "The agency given by a legal entity or a company ends with the dissolution of this company or that entity.",
                                    "article_number": "809"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2119,
                                    "body": "The principal may dismiss the agent at any time. Any contrary provision is not enforceable, whether concerning the contracting parties or third parties. The stipulation of remuneration does not prevent the principal from exercising this right. However, if the agency is contracted in the interest of the agent or another person, the principal may not revoke the agency except with the consent of the party for whom it was contracted.",
                                    "article_number": "810"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2120,
                                    "body": "The dismissal may be explicit or implicit. If the dismissal is made by letter or telegram, it is not effective until the agent receives the notification of their dismissal.",
                                    "article_number": "811"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2121,
                                    "body": "If the agency is from several persons in a single matter, dismissal is only permissible with the agreement of all principals. However, if the matter is divisible, the dismissal by one of the principals removes the agency concerning the part related to that principal alone. In partnerships (collective) and other companies, each partner with the right to represent the company may revoke the agency.",
                                    "article_number": "812"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2122,
                                    "body": "The dismissal of the entire agency or part of it is not effective against a third party acting in good faith if the agent contracted before knowing of their dismissal. However, the principal retains the right to recourse against their agent.",
                                    "article_number": "813"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2123,
                                    "body": "When the law requires a specific form for establishing the agency, the same form must be used to revoke it.",
                                    "article_number": "814"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2124,
                                    "body": "The agent may not withdraw from the agency unless they notify the principal of their withdrawal. The agent is liable for any damage or loss caused by this withdrawal if they fail to take necessary measures to fully protect the principal's interests until the principal can take the necessary actions themselves.",
                                    "article_number": "815"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2125,
                                    "body": "The agent may not withdraw from their agency if it is contracted in the interest of a third party, except in the case of illness or another legitimate impediment. In the mentioned case, the agent must notify the person for whom the agency was given and grant them sufficient time to take necessary actions.",
                                    "article_number": "816"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2126,
                                    "body": "The dismissal or death of the original agent leads to the dismissal of the sub-agent except in the following two cases:\r\nFirst - When the sub-agent is appointed with authorization from the principal.\r\nSecond - When the original agent has absolute authority to act or has the right to appoint a sub-agent.",
                                    "article_number": "817"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2127,
                                    "body": "The death of the principal or a change in their condition nullifies the agency of the original agent and their sub-agent except in the following two cases:\r\nFirst - When the agency is given in the interest of the agent or a third party.\r\nSecond - When the subject of the agency is an action intended to be completed after the principal's death, in which case the agent becomes the executor of the will.",
                                    "article_number": "818"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2128,
                                    "body": "The actions performed by the agent in the name of the principal before knowing of their death or any reason leading to the termination of the agency are considered valid, provided that the third party with whom they contracted was also unaware of this reason.",
                                    "article_number": "819"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2129,
                                    "body": "If the agency ends due to the death of the principal, their bankruptcy, or loss of capacity, the agent must, if delay poses a risk, complete what they started as necessity dictates and take all necessary actions for the principal's benefit if there is no heir with capacity or legal representative for the principal or the heir. The agent is also entitled to recover what they have advanced or spent to execute the agency according to the rules related to negotiorum gestio.",
                                    "article_number": "820"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2130,
                                    "body": "If the agent dies and the heirs are aware of the agency's existence, they must promptly inform the principal of the death. They must also retain the documents and other papers related to the principal and take all necessary measures to protect their interests. However, the provisions of this article do not apply to minor heirs as long as they are without a guardian.",
                                    "article_number": "821"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2131,
                                    "body": "If the principal or the agent suddenly terminates the agency contract at an inappropriate time and without an acceptable reason, they may be liable for damages to the other party due to the misuse of this right.\r\nThe existence and amount of damage are determined by the judge according to the nature of the agency, the circumstances of the case, and local customs.",
                                    "article_number": "822"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 896,
                    "name": "On Companies",
                    "number": "Ninth",
                    "articles": [
                        {
                            "id": 2153,
                            "body": "Companies are of two types:\r\nFirst - Companies of ownership or quasi-companies\r\nSecond - Contractual companies or companies in the true sense.",
                            "position": 1,
                            "article_number": "823"
                        }
                    ],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 897,
                            "name": "Co-ownership or Quasi-Partnership",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 898,
                                    "name": "Rights and Obligations of Partners in Ownership",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2154,
                                            "body": "When an object or a right is jointly owned and shared among several people, a legal entity called a co-ownership or quasi-company is established, which can be either voluntary or compulsory.",
                                            "position": 754,
                                            "article_number": "824"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2155,
                                            "body": "In case of doubt, the shares of the partners are considered equal.",
                                            "position": 755,
                                            "article_number": "825"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2156,
                                            "body": "Each partner can use the shared object in proportion to their right, provided they do not use it in a manner contrary to the nature of that object or the purpose for which it is intended, or contrary to the interest of the company, or in a way that prevents other partners from exercising their rights.",
                                            "position": 756,
                                            "article_number": "826"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2157,
                                            "body": "A partner may not make changes to the shared object without the explicit or implicit consent of their partners. If the provisions of the previous paragraph are not observed, the following rules apply:\r\nFirst - Division is carried out when the object is divisible. If the part where the change occurred falls within the share of the partner who made it, no party can object. However, if the change falls within the share of another partner, this partner can choose either to receive compensation for the change or to compel their partner to restore the object to its original state.\r\nSecond - When the object is indivisible, the partners can compel the one who made the change to restore the object to its original state and bear the cost, with compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                            "position": 757,
                                            "article_number": "827"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2158,
                                            "body": "When the object is by nature indivisible, a partner is entitled only to what corresponds to their share of its products. It must be leased for the benefit of all partners, even if one of them objects.",
                                            "position": 758,
                                            "article_number": "828"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2159,
                                            "body": "Each partner must account to their partners for everything they received in excess of their share of the products of the shared object.",
                                            "position": 759,
                                            "article_number": "829"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2160,
                                            "body": "Partners may agree that each of them individually enjoys the object or the shared right by way of rotation. In this case, each of them can dispose of their specific right enjoyed during the designated period, whether for compensation or not, and is not required to account to their partners for what they received. However, they cannot do anything that would diminish or prevent the rights of the other partners when it is their turn to enjoy.",
                                            "position": 760,
                                            "article_number": "830"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2161,
                                            "body": "Each partner must ensure the maintenance of the shared object as they would their own belongings.",
                                            "position": 761,
                                            "article_number": "831"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2162,
                                            "body": "Each partner has the right to compel the other partners to contribute according to their shares to the necessary expenses for maintaining the shared object and keeping it suitable for its intended use. However, each of them can be relieved from this obligation:\r\nFirst - By selling their share while retaining the right of preemption associated with co-ownership for the partner who incurred the expense or offered to incur it.\r\nSecond - By allowing the mentioned partner the right to enjoy the shared object with its products until they recover what they paid on behalf of the partners.\r\nThird - By requesting division if possible. If the expense has been paid, the partners are liable for it according to their shares.",
                                            "position": 762,
                                            "article_number": "832"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2163,
                                            "body": "Each partner is obliged towards the others to bear the burdens of the shared object and the expenses of management and investment, and each partner's share of these burdens and expenses is determined according to their share in that object.",
                                            "position": 763,
                                            "article_number": "833"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2164,
                                            "body": "Beneficial and luxury expenses incurred by one of the partners do not entitle them to claim anything from their partners unless they have been expressly or implicitly authorized to incur them.",
                                            "position": 764,
                                            "article_number": "834"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2165,
                                            "body": "The minority of partners is compelled to accept the decisions made by the majority regarding the management of the shared object and how to benefit from it, provided the majority holds three-quarters of the interests that constitute the subject of the company. If the majority does not hold three-quarters, the partners may resort to the judge, who will decide what is most in line with the general interest of the company. He may appoint a manager for it if necessary or order its division.",
                                            "position": 765,
                                            "article_number": "835"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2166,
                                            "body": "The minority is not compelled to accept the majority's decisions if they pertain to:\r\nFirst - Acts of disposition, and administrative acts as well if they directly affect ownership.\r\nSecond - New amendments to the company contract or the shared object.\r\nThird - Contracting new obligations. In the aforementioned cases, the opinion of the dissenters must prevail. However, the other partners may exercise the right stipulated in Article 86 when necessary.",
                                            "position": 766,
                                            "article_number": "836"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2167,
                                            "body": "Each partner has a common share in the ownership of the shared object and its products. They may sell that share, transfer it, mortgage it, delegate someone else to enjoy it, and dispose of it in any other way, whether for compensation or not, unless they only hold a right specific to their person.",
                                            "position": 767,
                                            "article_number": "837"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2168,
                                            "body": "If one of the partners sells their common share to another person, the other partners may invoke the right of preemption in accordance with the legal provisions related to it.",
                                            "position": 768,
                                            "article_number": "838"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 899,
                                    "name": "How the Co-ownership Company Ends",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2169,
                                            "body": "The co-ownership or quasi-partnership ends:\r\nFirst - By the destruction of all the jointly owned property.\r\nSecond - By the partners transferring their shares to one of them or leaving them to him.\r\nThird - By partition.",
                                            "position": 769,
                                            "article_number": "839"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2170,
                                            "body": "No one is compelled to remain in co-ownership, so each partner may request partition. However, the court may temporarily suspend the partition lawsuit if it finds that the circumstances are not suitable for conducting it.",
                                            "position": 770,
                                            "article_number": "840"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2171,
                                            "body": "It is permissible to agree to remain in co-ownership for a specified period not exceeding five years, and any extension beyond this limit is disregarded. The court may decide to terminate the co-ownership even during the specified period if strong and unforeseen reasons justify it. However, the court may, even in this case, order the dissolution of the partnership and partition during the agreed period for the continuation of co-ownership.",
                                            "position": 771,
                                            "article_number": "841"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2172,
                                            "body": "Partition cannot be requested if the subject of the partnership consists of items that, after partition, are no longer suitable for their intended use.",
                                            "position": 772,
                                            "article_number": "842"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2173,
                                            "body": "The statute of limitations does not apply to a lawsuit requesting partition.",
                                            "position": 773,
                                            "article_number": "843"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 933,
                            "name": "On Contractual Companies",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 934,
                                    "name": "General Provisions Common to Civil and Commercial Companies",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2174,
                                            "body": "A company is a mutual contract whereby two or more persons participate in something with the intent to share the profits resulting from it.\r\nIn cases provided by law, it can be established by an act issued by the will of a single person.",
                                            "position": 774,
                                            "article_number": "844"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2175,
                                            "body": "The participation of employees or representatives of legal entities or companies in a portion of the profits as total or partial compensation for the services they perform is not sufficient to grant them the status of a partner.",
                                            "position": 775,
                                            "article_number": "845"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2176,
                                            "body": "A company cannot be formed:\r\nFirst - Between a father and a son who is still under paternal authority.\r\nSecond - Between a guardian and a minor until the minor reaches the age of majority, the guardian presents the guardianship account, and final approval is obtained.\r\nThird - Between a guardian of an incapacitated person or a manager of a religious establishment, and the persons managing their funds.\r\nThe authorization of a father or guardian for a minor or incapacitated person to engage in commerce is not sufficient to make them eligible to contract with them to establish a company.",
                                            "position": 776,
                                            "article_number": "846"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2177,
                                            "body": "Every company must have a lawful purpose: any company with a purpose contrary to morals, public order, or the law is absolutely void. Also absolutely void is any company whose subject matter consists of things not considered property among people.",
                                            "position": 777,
                                            "article_number": "847"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2178,
                                            "body": "A company is formed by the agreement of the contracting parties to establish it and to all the terms of the contract, except in cases where the law requires a special form. However, if the subject of the company is real estate or other properties subject to mortgage, and the duration exceeds three years, the contract must be written and registered in the legal form, and the transactions stipulated in Decision No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner on March 15, 1926, must also be completed.",
                                            "position": 778,
                                            "article_number": "848"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2179,
                                            "body": "The partners' shares in the capital may be money, movable or immovable property, or intangible rights, and may also be the industry of one or all of the partners.",
                                            "position": 779,
                                            "article_number": "849"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2180,
                                            "body": "It is also permissible for one of the partners to contribute the commercial trust they enjoy.",
                                            "position": 780,
                                            "article_number": "850"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2181,
                                            "body": "The items contributed by the partners may differ in value and type. In case of doubt, they are considered equal in what they have contributed.",
                                            "position": 781,
                                            "article_number": "851"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2182,
                                            "body": "The share of each partner in the capital must be specified, along with its type. If it consists of all the present assets owned by one of the partners, an inventory must be organized for it. If it consists of non-monetary items, they must be appraised according to their value on the day they are introduced into the company's assets, otherwise, the partners are considered to agree that their market price on the day of contribution is the basis for appraisal. If there is no price, it is according to the value determined by experts.",
                                            "position": 782,
                                            "article_number": "852"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2183,
                                            "body": "The joint capital or the company's capital consists of the total shares contributed by the partners and the items purchased with them to carry out the company's activities. The compensation received for the destruction, damage, or expropriation of an item belonging to the capital is also included in the company's capital, but only to the extent of the value assigned to that item when it was placed in the company according to the contract. The company's capital is jointly owned by the partners, each having a common share in it proportional to what they contributed to the capital.",
                                            "position": 783,
                                            "article_number": "853"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2184,
                                            "body": "A company may be formed for a fixed term or an indefinite period. If its subject is an activity with a specific duration, it is considered formed for the duration of that activity.",
                                            "position": 784,
                                            "article_number": "854"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2185,
                                            "body": "The company begins from the date of the contract, unless the partners agree to set another date.",
                                            "position": 785,
                                            "article_number": "855"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 935,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of the Company",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 936,
                                            "name": "Effects of the Partnership Among Partners",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 937,
                                                    "name": "On the Obligations of Partners",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2186,
                                                            "body": "Each partner is indebted to the other partners for everything they promised to provide to the company. In case of doubt, partners are considered obligated to provide equal shares.",
                                                            "position": 786,
                                                            "article_number": "856"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2187,
                                                            "body": "Each partner must deliver what they are obligated to provide at the specified time. If no specific time is set, then immediately after the contract is concluded. The time required by the nature of the thing or the distance should be considered. If a partner is late in providing their share of the capital, the other partners may request their removal from the company or compel them to fulfill their obligation, while retaining the right to claim compensation for damages in both cases.",
                                                            "position": 787,
                                                            "article_number": "857"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2188,
                                                            "body": "If a partner's share in the capital is a debt owed to them by another person, the partner is not discharged until the day the company receives the amount that the debt was provided in place of. The partner is liable for damages if the amount is not paid on the due date.",
                                                            "position": 788,
                                                            "article_number": "858"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2189,
                                                            "body": "If the share provided is the ownership of a specific asset, the partner who provided it is obligated to guarantee against hidden defects and eviction due to rightful claims, as a seller would. If what was provided is limited to the right of usufruct, the partner is obligated to guarantee as a lessor and must also guarantee the content of that thing under the same conditions.",
                                                            "position": 789,
                                                            "article_number": "859"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2190,
                                                            "body": "A partner who has committed to providing their craft is obligated to perform the promised work and to account for all profits earned from the date of the contract through that craft, which is the subject of the company. However, they are not required to include in the company any patents obtained, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.",
                                                            "position": 790,
                                                            "article_number": "860"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2191,
                                                            "body": "If a partner's share is destroyed or damaged due to force majeure after the contract and before actual or constructive delivery, the following rules apply:\r\nFirst - If what the partner provides is money or other fungibles, or the right of usufruct of a specific thing, the risk of destruction or damage is borne by the owning partner.\r\nSecond - If it is a specific thing whose ownership was transferred to the company, all partners bear the risk.",
                                                            "position": 791,
                                                            "article_number": "861"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2192,
                                                            "body": "No partner is required to renew their share in the capital if it is destroyed, except in the case mentioned in Article 911, nor are they required to increase it beyond what is specified in the contract.",
                                                            "position": 792,
                                                            "article_number": "862"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2193,
                                                            "body": "A partner may not invoke set-off between damages for which they are responsible and profits the company has gained through them from another matter.",
                                                            "position": 793,
                                                            "article_number": "863"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2194,
                                                            "body": "A partner may not delegate another to execute what they have committed to the company. They are responsible in all cases for the actions of the persons they appoint in their place or assist them, and for any mistakes they make.",
                                                            "position": 794,
                                                            "article_number": "864"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2195,
                                                            "body": "A partner may not, without the consent of their partners, engage in activities similar to those of the company for their own account or for the account of others if such competition harms the company's interests. In case of violation, the partners have the choice between demanding compensation for damages or taking over the activities the partner engaged in and claiming the profits made. All this while retaining the right to work on removing them from the company. If three months pass without choosing one of the mentioned options, they lose the right to choose and are left only with the right to claim compensation for damages when necessary.",
                                                            "position": 795,
                                                            "article_number": "865"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2196,
                                                            "body": "The provision of the previous article does not apply if the partner had an interest in competing projects before joining the company or was engaged in similar activities with the knowledge of their partners and was not required to abandon them. The mentioned partner may not resort to the courts to compel their partners to consent.",
                                                            "position": 796,
                                                            "article_number": "866"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2197,
                                                            "body": "Each partner is required to show the same care and diligence in fulfilling their duties to the company as they do in managing their own affairs. Any negligence of this kind is considered a fault for which they are liable to the other partners, as well as for failing to fulfill the duties arising from the partnership contract and for the misuse of the authority granted to them. They are not liable for force majeure unless it results from their fault.",
                                                            "position": 797,
                                                            "article_number": "867"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2198,
                                                            "body": "Each partner is required, under the same conditions as an agent, to account for:\r\nFirst - All amounts and assets they take from the company's capital for joint activities.\r\nSecond - Everything they receive on the joint account or through activities that are the subject of the company.\r\nThird - In general, for every action they undertake on behalf of the company.\r\nAny provision exempting a partner from the duty to account is void.",
                                                            "position": 798,
                                                            "article_number": "868"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 938,
                                                    "name": "On the Rights of the Partner",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2199,
                                                            "body": "Each partner has the right to take from the joint funds the amount specified in the contract for their personal expenses. They are not entitled to exceed this amount.",
                                                            "position": 799,
                                                            "article_number": "869"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2200,
                                                            "body": "Any partner who uses the funds or common items without the permission of the other partners, for their own benefit or for the benefit of a third party, is required to return the amounts taken and add to the company's funds the profits they have gained. The partners retain the right to compensation for damages and to file a criminal lawsuit against them if necessary.",
                                                            "position": 800,
                                                            "article_number": "870"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2201,
                                                            "body": "A partner, even if they are a manager, may not, without the consent of the other partners, involve another person in the company's activities, unless the contract grants them this right. However, they may allow a third party to have an interest in their own share or transfer it to them, and they may transfer their share in the capital during division, unless there is an agreement to the contrary. If the partner exercises a right recognized in the previous paragraph, it does not create a legal relationship between the company and the third party concerned or the person to whom the partner has transferred their rights, as these two persons have no rights other than the profits and losses attributable to that partner based on the balance sheet. They may not file any lawsuit against the company, even as a proxy for the partner whose rights have been transferred to them.",
                                                            "position": 801,
                                                            "article_number": "871"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2202,
                                                            "body": "A person who replaces an outgoing partner with the consent of all partners or pursuant to a provision in the partnership contract assumes their position in all rights and obligations according to the conditions derived from the nature of the partnership.",
                                                            "position": 802,
                                                            "article_number": "872"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2203,
                                                            "body": "Each partner has the right to claim from the other partners in proportion to their shares in the company:\r\nFirst - For the amounts spent to preserve the common items, and the expenses incurred for the benefit of all with prudence and without extravagance.\r\nSecond - For the obligations they have undertaken for the benefit of all with prudence and without extravagance.",
                                                            "position": 803,
                                                            "article_number": "873"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2204,
                                                            "body": "A managing partner is not entitled to receive special remuneration for their management unless explicitly stated. This rule applies to the other partners concerning the work they do for the common interest or the special services they provide to the company, which are not part of their obligations as partners.",
                                                            "position": 804,
                                                            "article_number": "874"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2205,
                                                            "body": "The obligations of the company towards the partners are divided among them in proportion to what each has contributed to it.",
                                                            "position": 805,
                                                            "article_number": "875"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 939,
                                                    "name": "On the Management of the Company",
                                                    "number": "Third",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2253,
                                                            "body": "The right to manage the company's affairs belongs to all partners together, and none of them has the right to exercise it individually unless authorized by the other partners.",
                                                            "position": 806,
                                                            "article_number": "876"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2254,
                                                            "body": "The right to manage the company includes the right to represent it towards others unless stated otherwise.",
                                                            "position": 807,
                                                            "article_number": "877"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2255,
                                                            "body": "When partners agree to give each of them a mandate to manage the company's affairs and clarify that each partner can act without consulting the others, their company is then called a delegation or general mandate company.",
                                                            "position": 808,
                                                            "article_number": "878"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2256,
                                                            "body": "In a general delegation company, each partner may individually perform all management acts that fall within the company's subject, including acts of disposition. In particular, they may:\r\nFirst - Enter into a private company on behalf of the company with others intended for one or a series of administrative acts.\r\nSecond - Provide funds to third parties to undertake a project on behalf of the company.\r\nThird - Appoint workers and representatives.\r\nFourth - Appoint and dismiss agents.\r\nFifth - Receive money, terminate contracts, sell for cash, credit, or deferred payment, or upon delivery items within the company's subject, acknowledge debts, bind the company to obligations as required by management needs, mortgage or otherwise secure to the same extent, accept such mortgages or securities, issue or endorse promissory notes or drafts, accept the return of sold goods due to a defect warranting return when the partner who contracted it is absent, represent the company in lawsuits whether as plaintiff or defendant, and settle provided it is beneficial - all unless there is fraud or specific restrictions clarified in the company contract.",
                                                            "position": 809,
                                                            "article_number": "879"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2257,
                                                            "body": "In a general delegation company, a partner may not, without specific authorization stated in the company contract or a subsequent contract:\r\nFirst - Dispose without compensation, except for customary gifts and rewards.\r\nSecond - Guarantee others.\r\nThird - Lend without compensation.\r\nFourth - Conduct arbitration.\r\nFifth - Waive the foundation, business establishment, or patent certificate on which the company was contracted.\r\nSixth - Waive guarantees unless the waiver is in exchange for compensation.",
                                                            "position": 810,
                                                            "article_number": "880"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2258,
                                                            "body": "If the company contract specifies that all partners have the right to manage but none may act individually without the others, the company is then described as limited or with limited agency. If there is no specific provision or custom, each partner in the limited company may perform administrative acts provided they obtain the consent of their partners, unless there is a matter requiring urgency and its neglect would harm the company.",
                                                            "position": 811,
                                                            "article_number": "881"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2259,
                                                            "body": "If the company contract states that decisions are made by majority, it should be understood, in case of doubt, that the majority refers to the number. If the votes are equally divided, the opposition prevails. If the parties disagree on the decision to be made, it is referred to the court to decide what aligns with the company's general interest.",
                                                            "position": 812,
                                                            "article_number": "882"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2260,
                                                            "body": "Management may be entrusted to one or several managers, and they may be appointed from outside the company members. However, they may only be appointed by the majority required by the company contract for its decisions.",
                                                            "position": 813,
                                                            "article_number": "883"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2261,
                                                            "body": "A partner entrusted with managing the company under the contract may, despite the opposition of the other partners, perform all administrative acts, including acts of disposition within the company's subject, in accordance with Article 887, provided there is no fraud and the restrictions clarified in the contract granting the authority are observed.",
                                                            "position": 814,
                                                            "article_number": "884"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2262,
                                                            "body": "A manager appointed from outside the partners has the rights granted to an agent under Article 777, unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                            "position": 815,
                                                            "article_number": "885"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2263,
                                                            "body": "If the company has several managers, none of them may act without the assistance of the others unless there is a contrary provision, except in urgent situations where delay would cause significant harm to the company. In case of disagreement, the majority opinion must be followed, and if the votes are equally divided, the opposition prevails. If the disagreement is limited to the method to be followed, it is referred to the decision of all partners. If the management branches are distributed among the managers, each may perform acts within their branch's management and may not exceed it under any circumstances.",
                                                            "position": 816,
                                                            "article_number": "886"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2264,
                                                            "body": "Managers, even if unanimous, and partners, even if the majority decides, may not perform acts outside the company's subject according to its nature and commercial custom. Unanimity of partners is required:\r\nFirst - To dispose without compensation of the joint property or any of its parts.\r\nSecond - To amend the company contract or deviate from its requirements.\r\nThird - To perform acts outside the company's subject. Any provision allowing managers or the majority to make such decisions in advance without consulting others is void.\r\nIn this case, even partners who are not managers have the right to participate in discussions.\r\nIf a disagreement arises, the opposition's opinion must be followed.",
                                                            "position": 817,
                                                            "article_number": "887"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2265,
                                                            "body": "Non-managing partners may not participate in any management acts or object to acts performed by managers appointed under the contract unless they exceed the acts that are the company's subject or explicitly violate the contract or law.",
                                                            "position": 818,
                                                            "article_number": "888"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2266,
                                                            "body": "Non-managing partners have the right to request an account of the company's management and the state of the joint property at any time, to inspect the company's books and papers, and to examine them. Any contrary provision is void. This right is personal and cannot be exercised by an agent or other representative except in the case of incapacitated persons, in which case their legal representatives may act on their behalf, or in the presence of a validly proven impediment.",
                                                            "position": 819,
                                                            "article_number": "889"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2267,
                                                            "body": "A partner who is only a silent partner has no right to inspect the company's books and papers except for a significant reason and with the judge's permission.",
                                                            "position": 820,
                                                            "article_number": "890"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2268,
                                                            "body": "Managers appointed under the company contract may not be dismissed except for legitimate reasons and by a decision made with the agreement of all partners. However, the company contract may grant this right to the majority or state that managers appointed under the contract can be dismissed as an agent is dismissed. Legitimate reasons include mismanagement, severe disagreement among managers, significant breach of their duties by one or more of them, and the impossibility of performing their duties. On the other hand, managers appointed under the company contract may not resign from their positions without a legally acceptable impediment, otherwise, they are liable to pay compensation for damages to the partners. If the dismissal of managers is subject to the partners' discretion, they may resign under the conditions set for an agent.",
                                                            "position": 821,
                                                            "article_number": "891"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2269,
                                                            "body": "If the partner managers are not appointed according to the company contract, they are subject to dismissal like agents. However, their dismissal can only be decided by the majority required for their appointment. On the other hand, they have the right to resign from their duties under the conditions set for agents. The provisions of this article apply to non-partner managers.",
                                                            "position": 822,
                                                            "article_number": "892"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2270,
                                                            "body": "If nothing is decided regarding the management of the company's affairs, it is considered a \"limited company,\" and the relations of the partners in this regard are subject to the provisions of Article 891.",
                                                            "position": 823,
                                                            "article_number": "893"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 940,
                                                    "name": "Rules Pertaining to the Allocation of Partners' Shares in Profits and Losses",
                                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2271,
                                                            "body": "If the partnership contract does not specify each partner's share of profits and losses, each partner's share shall be proportional to their contribution to the company's capital. If the contract specifies only the share of profits, this specification applies to losses as well, and vice versa. As for the partner who only contributes their expertise, their share is determined based on the importance of this expertise to the company. A partner who, in addition to their expertise, contributes money or other assets, is entitled to a share appropriate to their contributions in both respects.",
                                                            "position": 824,
                                                            "article_number": "894"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2272,
                                                            "body": "If the contract stipulates granting one of the partners all the profits, the partnership is void. Any clause that exempts a partner from sharing in the losses leads to the nullification of the partnership.",
                                                            "position": 825,
                                                            "article_number": "895"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2273,
                                                            "body": "The company's profits and losses are settled based on the balance sheet, which must be organized along with the inventory list at the end of each year or at the end of each fiscal year for the company.",
                                                            "position": 826,
                                                            "article_number": "896"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 941,
                                                    "name": "On the Formation of the Reserve Fund",
                                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2274,
                                                            "body": "Before any distribution, one-twentieth of the net profits at the end of the year is deducted to form the reserve fund until it reaches one-fifth of the capital. If the capital decreases, it must be replenished according to the loss with the profits earned thereafter. The company ceases to distribute any profit to the partners until the capital returns to its original amount, unless the partners decide to reduce the company's capital to the actual existing amount.",
                                                            "position": 827,
                                                            "article_number": "897"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2275,
                                                            "body": "After deducting what is required by the previous article, each partner's share of the profits is settled, and they are entitled to take it. If they fail to take it, it is kept as a deposit for them without increasing their share in the company's capital, unless the other partners explicitly agree to add it to their share, all unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                                            "position": 828,
                                                            "article_number": "898"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 943,
                                                    "name": "Special Provisions",
                                                    "number": "Sixth",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2276,
                                                            "body": "A partner is not required, in the event of a loss, to return to the company's assets the share he received from the profits of a previous year if he took it in good faith based on a legally organized balance sheet also prepared in good faith. However, if the balance sheet was not organized in good faith, the partner has the right to file a lawsuit for damages against the company's managers.",
                                                            "position": 829,
                                                            "article_number": "899"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2277,
                                                            "body": "If the company is established for a specific purpose, the final settlement of accounts and distribution of profits shall only occur after the completion of that purpose.",
                                                            "position": 830,
                                                            "article_number": "900"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 944,
                                            "name": "Effects of the Company with Respect to Third Parties",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2283,
                                                    "body": "If the company contract does not require solidarity, the partners are liable to creditors in proportion to what each has contributed to the company.",
                                                    "position": 831,
                                                    "article_number": "901"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2284,
                                                    "body": "In a general mandate company, the partners are jointly liable for the obligations correctly undertaken by any one of them, unless there is deceit.",
                                                    "position": 832,
                                                    "article_number": "902"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2285,
                                                    "body": "A partner who undertakes obligations outside the scope of his authority or the purpose for which the company was established is solely liable for those obligations.",
                                                    "position": 833,
                                                    "article_number": "903"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2286,
                                                    "body": "Acts performed by one of the partners outside the limits of his authority bind the company towards third parties to the extent that the company has benefited from his actions.",
                                                    "position": 834,
                                                    "article_number": "904"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2287,
                                                    "body": "The partners are liable to third parties - if in good faith - for acts of deceit and fraud committed by the company's representative, and are obliged to compensate for the damage caused by those acts, while retaining their right to sue the person who caused the damage.",
                                                    "position": 835,
                                                    "article_number": "905"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2288,
                                                    "body": "Anyone who joins an established company is bound, to the extent required by its type, by the obligations contracted before his entry, even if the company's name or title has changed, and any contrary agreement is void with respect to third parties.",
                                                    "position": 836,
                                                    "article_number": "906"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2289,
                                                    "body": "Creditors of the company can file lawsuits against the company represented by its managers and against the partners themselves. However, the execution of the judgment in their favor must first target the company's assets. They have priority over these assets over the personal creditors of the partners.",
                                                    "position": 837,
                                                    "article_number": "907"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2290,
                                                    "body": "If the company's assets are insufficient, they can turn to the partners to recover what remains of the debt under the conditions required by the type of company. Each partner may then present defenses specific to him and the company against the company's creditors, including set-off.",
                                                    "position": 838,
                                                    "article_number": "908"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2291,
                                                    "body": "Creditors of an individual partner cannot exercise their rights during the company's existence except in the partner's share of the realized profits according to the balance sheet, not in his share of the capital. After the company ends or is dissolved, they have the right to exercise those rights in his share of the company's assets after debts are deducted. However, they may impose a precautionary seizure on this share before any liquidation.",
                                                    "position": 839,
                                                    "article_number": "909"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 946,
                                    "name": "On the Dissolution of the Company and the Expulsion of Partners",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2294,
                                            "body": "The company ends:\r\nFirst - Upon the expiration of the specified term or upon the occurrence of a cancellation condition.\r\nSecond - Upon the completion of the purpose for which it was established or if it becomes impossible to complete it.\r\nThird - Upon the destruction of the shared assets or a significant portion thereof, making it impossible to conduct beneficial investment.\r\nFourth - Upon the death of one of the partners, declaration of their absence, or their incapacitation due to mental reasons, unless there is an agreement to continue the company with their heirs or successors, or to continue it among the surviving partners.\r\nFifth - Upon the bankruptcy declaration or judicial liquidation of one of the partners.\r\nSixth - By agreement of the partners.\r\nSeventh - By the withdrawal of one or more partners if the company's duration is not specified by the contract or according to the nature of the work that was the subject of the company.\r\nEighth - By a court ruling in the cases stipulated by law.",
                                            "position": 840,
                                            "article_number": "910"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2295,
                                            "body": "If one of the partners contributes the usufruct of a specific item to the company, the destruction of this item before or after its delivery results in the dissolution of the company among the partners. This rule applies when it becomes impossible for the partner who promised to provide their craft to perform the work.",
                                            "position": 841,
                                            "article_number": "911"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2296,
                                            "body": "A company that is automatically dissolved upon the expiration of its specified term or upon the completion of the purpose for which it was established is considered to have its term implicitly extended if the partners continue the activities that were the subject of the company after the agreed term or the completion of the work for which it was established. This implicit extension is year by year.",
                                            "position": 842,
                                            "article_number": "912"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2297,
                                            "body": "The private creditors of one of the partners have the right to object to the extension of the company's term, but they only have this right if the amount of their debt is determined by a judgment that has acquired the status of res judicata. This objection suspends the effect of the company's extension concerning the objectors, and the other partners may decide to expel the partner for whom the objection was made. Article 918 specifies the effects of this expulsion.",
                                            "position": 843,
                                            "article_number": "913"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2298,
                                            "body": "Each partner has the right to request the dissolution of the company even before the specified term if there are legitimate reasons, such as significant disagreements among the partners, or if one or several partners fail to fulfill the obligations arising from the contract, or if it becomes impossible for them to do so. The partners cannot waive in advance their right to request the dissolution of the company in the cases stipulated in this article.",
                                            "position": 844,
                                            "article_number": "914"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2299,
                                            "body": "If the company's duration is not specified by the contract or according to the nature of the work, each partner may withdraw from the company by notifying the other partners of this withdrawal, provided it is done in good faith and not at an inappropriate time. Withdrawal is not considered in good faith if the withdrawing partner intends to monopolize the benefit that the partners intended to avoid jointly. Withdrawal is considered at an inappropriate time if it occurs after the commencement of activities, making it in the company's interest to delay its dissolution. In all cases, the withdrawal only takes effect from the end of the company's year, and it must be declared at least three months before this date, unless there are significant reasons.",
                                            "position": 845,
                                            "article_number": "915"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2300,
                                            "body": "If it is stipulated that the company continues after the death of one of the partners with their heirs, this stipulation has no effect if the heir is incapacitated. However, the competent judge may authorize minors or incapacitated persons to continue the company if it is in their significant interest and may order all necessary measures to protect their rights in such cases.",
                                            "position": 846,
                                            "article_number": "916"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2301,
                                            "body": "Commercial companies are not considered dissolved concerning third parties before the expiration of their specified term, except after one month from the announcement of the judgment or other documents indicating the company's dissolution.",
                                            "position": 847,
                                            "article_number": "917"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2302,
                                            "body": "In the case stipulated in Article 914 and in all cases where the company is dissolved due to the death of one of the partners, their absence, incapacitation, declaration of insolvency, or due to the incapacity of one of the heirs, the remaining partners may continue the company among themselves by obtaining a court ruling to expel the partner who caused the company's dissolution. In this case, the expelled partner or the heirs of the deceased or other legal representatives of the deceased, incapacitated, absent, or insolvent partner have the right to receive their share of the company's assets and profits after liquidation on the day the expulsion is decided. They do not share in the profits and losses occurring after this date except to the extent that such profits and losses are a direct necessary result of the activities preceding the expulsion of the partner they succeed, their absence, death, or insolvency. They are only entitled to claim their share on the distribution date specified by the company's contract.",
                                            "position": 848,
                                            "article_number": "918"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2303,
                                            "body": "If the company consists of two partners, the partner who did not cause its dissolution in the cases stipulated in Articles 914 and 915 may obtain permission from the judge to settle with the other partner and continue to invest in the company, assuming its assets and liabilities.",
                                            "position": 849,
                                            "article_number": "919"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2304,
                                            "body": "The heirs of the deceased partner are obligated to fulfill the obligations that fall upon the heirs of the agent.",
                                            "position": 850,
                                            "article_number": "920"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2305,
                                            "body": "After the dissolution of the company, managers are not allowed to initiate new activities other than those necessary to complete the ongoing projects. If they do so, they are personally liable in solidarity for the activities they initiated. This prohibition applies from the date of the company's term expiration, the completion of the purpose for which it was established, or the occurrence of the event leading to the company's dissolution according to the law.",
                                            "position": 851,
                                            "article_number": "921"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 948,
                                    "name": "On Liquidation and Division",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2312,
                                            "body": "The division among partners in contract companies or ownership occurs if they are adults and have the right to dispose of their rights, according to the method specified in the company's founding contract or the method they agree upon, unless they unanimously decide to conduct liquidation before any division.",
                                            "position": 852,
                                            "article_number": "922"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 949,
                                            "name": "On Liquidation",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2318,
                                                    "body": "All partners, including those not involved in management, have the right to participate in the liquidation. Liquidation is conducted by all partners or by a liquidator appointed unanimously if not previously appointed under the company contract. If the concerned parties do not agree on the choice of the liquidator or if there are legitimate reasons preventing the liquidation from being entrusted to the persons appointed in the company contract, the liquidation is conducted by the judiciary, based on the first request submitted by one of the partners.",
                                                    "position": 853,
                                                    "article_number": "923"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2319,
                                                    "body": "The managers, until the appointment of the liquidator, are considered trustees of the company's assets and must handle urgent matters.",
                                                    "position": 854,
                                                    "article_number": "924"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2320,
                                                    "body": "In all activities undertaken by the dissolved company, it must be stated that it is \"under liquidation.\" The contract clauses and legal provisions related to operating companies apply to the company under liquidation, whether concerning the relationships between the partners themselves or their relationships with others, to the extent that these clauses and provisions apply to a company under liquidation and in consideration of the provisions contained in this section.",
                                                    "position": 855,
                                                    "article_number": "925"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2321,
                                                    "body": "If there are several liquidators, they are not allowed to act individually unless explicitly authorized to do so.",
                                                    "position": 856,
                                                    "article_number": "926"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2322,
                                                    "body": "Upon commencing work, the judicial and non-judicial liquidator must, in conjunction with the company managers, prepare an inventory list and a balance sheet of the company's assets and liabilities. They must receive and preserve the company's books, papers, and assets handed over by the managers and record all liquidation-related activities in a daily ledger according to their chronological order, following the accounting rules used in commerce, and retain all supporting documents and other papers related to the liquidation.",
                                                    "position": 857,
                                                    "article_number": "927"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2323,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator represents the company under liquidation and manages its affairs. Their agency includes all necessary actions to liquidate the company's assets and settle its liabilities, particularly the authority to collect debts, complete pending cases, take all precautionary measures required by the common interest, publish necessary announcements to invite creditors to present their claims, settle the company's due and outstanding debts, conduct judicial sales of the company's immovable assets that cannot be easily divided, sell goods in storage, and sell tools—all while observing the restrictions outlined in the document appointing them as liquidator and the decisions made unanimously by the partners during the liquidation.",
                                                    "position": 858,
                                                    "article_number": "928"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2324,
                                                    "body": "If a known creditor does not appear, the liquidator has the right to deposit the amount due to them if the deposit is mandatory. For debts that are not due or are disputed, the liquidator must reserve a sufficient amount of money to settle them and place it in a secure location.",
                                                    "position": 859,
                                                    "article_number": "929"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2325,
                                                    "body": "If the company's assets are insufficient to settle the due debts, the liquidator must request the necessary amounts from the partners if they are obliged to provide them according to the type of company or if they are still indebted for their entire share in the capital or part of it. The shares of insolvent partners are distributed among the other partners in proportion to their liability for the losses.",
                                                    "position": 860,
                                                    "article_number": "930"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2326,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator may borrow and undertake other obligations, even through commercial transfer, issue commercial papers, grant extensions, delegate and accept delegation, and mortgage the company's assets, all to the extent required by the interest of the liquidation, unless otherwise stated in their power of attorney document.",
                                                    "position": 861,
                                                    "article_number": "931"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2327,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator is not allowed to make settlements, arbitrate, or relinquish securities except in exchange for compensation or equivalent securities. They are also not allowed to sell the commercial establishment entrusted to them for liquidation wholesale, conduct transfers without compensation, or initiate new activities unless explicitly authorized to do so. However, they are allowed to undertake new activities to the extent necessary to liquidate pending business. If they violate these provisions, they are personally liable for the activities they initiated. If there are multiple liquidators, they are jointly liable.",
                                                    "position": 862,
                                                    "article_number": "932"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2328,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator has the right to delegate others to carry out one or several specific tasks and is responsible for the persons they delegate, according to the rules related to agency.",
                                                    "position": 863,
                                                    "article_number": "933"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2329,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator, even if judicial, is not allowed to contravene the decisions made unanimously by the concerned parties regarding the management of the joint assets.",
                                                    "position": 864,
                                                    "article_number": "934"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2330,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator must, upon every request, provide the partners or the co-owners with comprehensive information about the state of the liquidation and make available to them the books and papers related to the liquidation activities.",
                                                    "position": 865,
                                                    "article_number": "935"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2331,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator is bound by the obligations that apply to a paid agent concerning the submission of accounts and the return of money received through their agency. At the end of the liquidation, they must prepare an inventory list and a balance sheet of assets and debts, summarizing all the activities they conducted and the final state resulting from them.",
                                                    "position": 866,
                                                    "article_number": "936"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2332,
                                                    "body": "The liquidator's agency is not without compensation. If their fee is not determined, the judge may set its amount. The concerned parties retain the right to object to the determined value.",
                                                    "position": 867,
                                                    "article_number": "937"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2333,
                                                    "body": "A liquidator who has paid joint debts from their own funds only has the right to initiate claims related to the creditors whose debts they have settled. They do not have the right to seek recourse from the partners or the co-owners except in proportion to their shares.",
                                                    "position": 868,
                                                    "article_number": "938"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2334,
                                                    "body": "After the completion of the liquidation and the submission of accounts, the liquidator deposits the dissolved company's books, papers, and documents with the court registry or another secure location designated by the court, unless the majority of the partners appoint a person to receive them. They must remain preserved in the specified location for fifteen years from the date of deposit. The concerned parties, their heirs, successors in rights, or liquidators have the right to review and audit the documents.",
                                                    "position": 869,
                                                    "article_number": "939"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2335,
                                                    "body": "If the position of one or several liquidators becomes vacant due to death, bankruptcy, interdiction, resignation, or dismissal, a successor is appointed in the manner established for their appointment.",
                                                    "position": 870,
                                                    "article_number": "940"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 950,
                                            "name": "On Partition",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2344,
                                                    "body": "Partners may agree on the division in the manner they see fit. If there is among them someone who is not legally competent or is intermittently absent, the approval of their legal representative is not sufficient; the competent civil judge must approve the division for it to become effective.",
                                                    "position": 871,
                                                    "article_number": "941"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2345,
                                                    "body": "If the partners disagree on the division or if there is among them someone who is not legally competent or is intermittently absent and the judge does not approve the consensual division, any of the partners may file a lawsuit before the court against all partners and holders of real rights whose names are listed in the land registry or in the Mukhtar's list for unregistered and undetermined properties. The court must seek the assistance of experts to appraise the common property and divide it in kind without depriving any partner of the intended benefit before the division, taking into account the characteristics of each section and ensuring its independence as much as possible with servitude rights. The following rules must also be observed:\r\n1 - For contiguous properties - the shares of the partners are determined by consolidation and partition.\r\n2 - For non-contiguous properties - they are considered as if they are combined, and shares are determined based on their value in a manner that allows one or more partners to have a piece or several pieces.\r\n3 - In case of small shares, and the impossibility of determining shares based on the smallest, small shares can be combined and added to one or more shares.\r\n4 - In case of disparity between shares - they are adjusted with cash up to one-fifth of their value.\r\n5 - Shares are chosen by lot unless one of the partners has a property adjacent to the common property, in which case they are given their share from the adjacent section. The judge must determine the method of drawing lots, considering the interest of the partners in what it requires in terms of combining or separating their shares.\r\n6 - If division in kind is impossible, the property is sold at public auction according to the provisions of the execution law through the enforcement department, with the appraisal value as the basis for the first bid. The auction can be limited to the partners if they agree on that.",
                                                    "position": 872,
                                                    "article_number": "942"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2346,
                                                    "body": "Creditors of the company or creditors of one of the insolvent partners have the right to object to the division or sale of the common property at auction in their absence, and they can intervene at their own expense. They also have the right to request the annulment of the division if it was conducted despite their objection.",
                                                    "position": 873,
                                                    "article_number": "943"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2347,
                                                    "body": "The dividing partners or any of them may stop the annulment lawsuit by paying the creditor or depositing the claimed amount.",
                                                    "position": 874,
                                                    "article_number": "944"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2348,
                                                    "body": "Creditors who were duly summoned and did not attend until after the division is completed do not have the right to demand its annulment. However, if a sufficient amount was not left to settle their debts, they have the right to claim their rights from the common property if a part of it remains undivided, and they are allowed to sue the dividing partners to the extent determined by the type of partnership, whether it is a contractual partnership or a property partnership.",
                                                    "position": 875,
                                                    "article_number": "945"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2349,
                                                    "body": "Each dividing partner is considered as if they originally owned the items that came out in their share or that they purchased at auction when the common property was sold, and as if they never owned the other items.",
                                                    "position": 876,
                                                    "article_number": "946"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2350,
                                                    "body": "The division, whether by agreement, law, or court, cannot be annulled except for reasons of error, coercion, fraud, or unfairness.",
                                                    "position": 877,
                                                    "article_number": "947"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2351,
                                                    "body": "The dividing partners guarantee each other against any disturbance or claim due to a reason preceding the division, and each is obligated to compensate the entitled guarantors based on the value of the item at the time of division. If one of the dividing partners is insolvent, what is due to the entitled guarantor is distributed among all the other dividing partners in proportion to each one's share.",
                                                    "position": 878,
                                                    "article_number": "948"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2352,
                                                    "body": "The annulment of the division for the reasons specified by law returns each of the dividing partners to the legal and practical state they were in at the time of the division, taking into account the rights acquired by a third party in good faith according to the rules and for a consideration. The annulment lawsuit must be filed in the year following the division and is not accepted after its expiration.",
                                                    "position": 879,
                                                    "article_number": "949"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 951,
                    "name": "On Aleatory Contracts",
                    "number": "Tenth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 952,
                            "name": "On Warranty",
                            "number": "First",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 953,
                                    "name": "On Warranty in General",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 954,
                                            "name": "General Provisions",
                                            "number": "First",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2375,
                                                    "body": "Insurance is a contract whereby a person (called the guarantor) commits to certain obligations upon the occurrence of certain events affecting the insured person or their property, in exchange for a payment called the premium or fee.",
                                                    "position": 880,
                                                    "article_number": "950"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2376,
                                                    "body": "The provisions of this section apply to premium-based insurance but do not apply to mutual insurance companies and insurance syndicates if they are contrary to the laws or regulations established for those companies or syndicates.",
                                                    "position": 881,
                                                    "article_number": "951"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2377,
                                                    "body": "Marine insurances remain subject to the Commercial Law and the laws specific to them.",
                                                    "position": 882,
                                                    "article_number": "952"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2378,
                                                    "body": "All provisions of this section that are not explicitly stated to be enforceable despite any contrary agreement or that their non-compliance results in nullity, are merely interpretations of the contracting parties' intentions and may be deviated from by explicit provision.",
                                                    "position": 883,
                                                    "article_number": "953"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2379,
                                                    "body": "The guarantor may insure others against the risks they have insured and this reinsurance may cover a specific insurance contract, several contracts, or all contracts made by the guarantor. In all cases, the guarantor alone is responsible towards the insured.",
                                                    "position": 884,
                                                    "article_number": "954"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2380,
                                                    "body": "Insurance related to property is only a contract of indemnity and may not place the insured person, after the occurrence of the event, in a better financial position than they would have been if the event had not occurred.",
                                                    "position": 885,
                                                    "article_number": "955"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2381,
                                                    "body": "If insurance is contracted for an amount exceeding the value of the insured item and there is fraud or deceit by one of the contracting parties, the contract is void with respect to that party, and compensation for damages may be awarded to the party for whom the annulment is decided for this reason. If there is no fraud or deceit, the contract is considered valid only up to the true value of the insured item. The guarantor is not entitled to collect premiums on the excess amount. However, the premiums due and the premiums for the current year remain definitively acquired by the guarantor.",
                                                    "position": 886,
                                                    "article_number": "956"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2382,
                                                    "body": "The amounts insured in life insurance contracts (insurance in case of death and insurance in case of life) are definitively determined in the schedule of conditions. When insurance is contracted for accidents affecting individuals, the insured amount specified in the schedule of conditions may not be disputed.",
                                                    "position": 887,
                                                    "article_number": "957"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2383,
                                                    "body": "A single person may not contract multiple insurances related to the same item and the same risks for a total amount exceeding the value of the insured item. If different insurances are contracted without fraud on the same date or on different dates for a total amount exceeding the value of the insured item, all those contracts are valid, and each produces its effect in proportion to the value assigned to it, provided that it does not exceed the total value of the insured item. The provisions of this article may be circumvented by including a clause in the schedule of conditions that stipulates following the rule of chronological order or requires solidarity among the guarantors.",
                                                    "position": 888,
                                                    "article_number": "958"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2384,
                                                    "body": "If the insurance contract covers only a portion of the value of the insured item, the insured person is considered as still insuring themselves for the remaining portion and thus bears a proportionate part of the damage unless it is explicitly stated that the insured person is entitled - within the limits of the insurance amount - to receive full compensation if the damage does not exceed the insured value.",
                                                    "position": 889,
                                                    "article_number": "959"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2385,
                                                    "body": "Any person with an interest in preserving an item can insure it. This right is particularly available to the owner, investor, pledgee, privileged creditor, or mortgagee of real estate income, and to any person liable for the destruction or damage of the item in their possession.",
                                                    "position": 890,
                                                    "article_number": "960"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2386,
                                                    "body": "Insurance may be contracted under a general or special power of attorney or without a power of attorney for the benefit of a specific person. In this case, the person for whose benefit the insurance is contracted benefits from it even if they only agree to it after the occurrence of the event. Insurance may also be contracted for the benefit of an unspecified person, and this clause acts as an insurance contract for the benefit of the person signing the schedule of conditions and as a contract for the benefit of a third party for the person benefiting from this clause, whether known or future. The person signing the schedule of conditions related to insurance contracted for the benefit of an unspecified person is solely liable to the guarantor for paying the premium, but the objections that the guarantor can raise against the signer can also be raised against the person benefiting from the insurance, whoever that person may be.",
                                                    "position": 891,
                                                    "article_number": "961"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2387,
                                                    "body": "The duration of the contract is specified in the schedule of conditions, and it may be stipulated that the contract is automatically renewed implicitly if the insured does not express their desire before the end of the period specified in the current schedule of conditions. This renewal is only effective year by year, as the insured retains the right to terminate the contract at any time despite any contrary provision.",
                                                    "position": 892,
                                                    "article_number": "962"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 955,
                                            "name": "On Proving the Insurance Contract and the Format of the Terms List and How to Transfer It",
                                            "number": "Second",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2388,
                                                    "body": "The insurance contract is drawn up in a document registered with the notary public or an ordinary document. If the document is ordinary, a number of original copies must be made equal to the number of contracting parties with distinct interests. Each copy must mention the number of original copies made, and any addition to the original insurance contract and any amendment to it must be proven at the end, signed by the contracting parties. These provisions do not prevent the insurer from being obligated towards the insured, even before the delivery of the terms list or the additional appendix, if the insured proves that the insurer accepted the contract by means of a temporary memorandum.",
                                                    "position": 893,
                                                    "article_number": "963"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2389,
                                                    "body": "The insurance contract is dated on the day it is concluded and specifies:\r\n1 - The insured item\r\n2 - The names of the insurer and the insured and their places of residence\r\n3 - The type of insured risks\r\n4 - The start date and end date of the risks\r\n5 - The insured value\r\n6 - The premium or insurance fee\r\n7 - The submission of the contracting parties to the judgment of arbitrators in case of dispute if they have agreed to that. The terms list may be for a named person or \"to order\" or to the bearer, and the terms list drawn up \"to order\" may be transferred by endorsement, even in blank. The provisions of this article do not apply to life insurance contracts except in accordance with the conditions stipulated in Article 999.",
                                                    "position": 894,
                                                    "article_number": "964"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2390,
                                                    "body": "The insurer has the right to invoke against the holder of the terms list, even if it is drawn up to order or to the bearer, the objections related to it that he could have raised against the original insured if the transfer had not occurred.",
                                                    "position": 895,
                                                    "article_number": "965"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 956,
                                            "name": "On the Obligations of the Guarantor and the Guaranteed, and on Nullity and Rescission",
                                            "number": "Third",
                                            "articles": [],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 957,
                                                    "name": "On the Obligations of the Guarantor and His Rights in Litigation",
                                                    "number": "First",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2411,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor is responsible for the destruction or damage that occurs due to force majeure or an unforeseen accident or results from the fault of the insured, provided that the guarantor is not responsible for the destruction or damage that occurs due to a fault committed by the insured intentionally, even if there is an agreement to the contrary.",
                                                            "position": 896,
                                                            "article_number": "966"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2412,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor is liable for the destruction and damage caused by persons for whom the insured is civilly responsible, regardless of the type of their fault and its significance.",
                                                            "position": 897,
                                                            "article_number": "967"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2413,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor is not responsible for the defect, malfunction, or deficiency that affects the insured item due to an inherent defect.",
                                                            "position": 898,
                                                            "article_number": "968"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2414,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor is not responsible for the destruction or damage caused by external war, civil war, sedition, or a national movement unless there is an agreement to the contrary, and the guarantor must provide evidence that the destruction or damage resulted from one of these causes. Any provision requiring the insured to prove that the damage or destruction did not result from one of these causes is void.",
                                                            "position": 899,
                                                            "article_number": "969"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2415,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor is not obliged to pay more than the insured value, but within the limits of that value, he must pay the insured for what he spent to mitigate the damage when the risk materializes. The guarantor is obliged to this duty regardless of the outcome. The judge may decide to reject or reduce the expenses if he deems them unnecessary or excessive.",
                                                            "position": 900,
                                                            "article_number": "970"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2416,
                                                            "body": "When the entire insured item is destroyed, the insurance contract is automatically terminated, and the insured is not entitled to claim any refund of the current year's premium.",
                                                            "position": 901,
                                                            "article_number": "971"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2417,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor who has paid the insurance compensation automatically subrogates the insured in all rights and claims against other persons who caused the damage that led to the guarantor's liability. The guarantor may relieve himself of all or part of the liability towards the insured if it is impossible for him to subrogate in those rights and claims due to an act by the insured. Contrary to the previous provisions, the guarantor is not entitled to pursue the insured's children, descendants, ascendants, direct in-laws, officers, employees, workers, or servants, or generally all persons who usually reside in the insured's house, unless one of these persons committed fraud.",
                                                            "position": 902,
                                                            "article_number": "972"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 958,
                                                    "name": "In the Obligations of the Insured",
                                                    "number": "Second",
                                                    "articles": [
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2418,
                                                            "body": "The insured may not, under any circumstances, waive the guaranteed items.",
                                                            "position": 903,
                                                            "article_number": "973"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2419,
                                                            "body": "The insured must:\r\nFirst - Pay the premiums on the specified dates.\r\nSecond - Clearly inform the guarantor at the time of contract completion of all conditions that would enable him to assess the risks he guarantees.\r\nThird - Inform the guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Article 977 of any new conditions that may increase the risks.\r\nFourth - Inform the guarantor of any incident that may lead to liability within three days of becoming aware of it. The provisions of the third and fourth paragraphs mentioned above do not apply to life insurance.",
                                                            "position": 904,
                                                            "article_number": "974"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2420,
                                                            "body": "Premiums are paid at the residence of the insured, except for the first premium.\r\nWhether the premium is payable at the residence of the guarantor or the insured, the insurance contract is suspended after ten days from the date of notifying the insured of the delay in paying a premium on time. The notification is made by sending a registered letter to the insured or the person authorized to pay the premiums at their last known residence to the guarantor. This letter must state that it is sent for notification purposes and include the premium due date and the text of this article.\r\nThe guarantor has the right, after twenty days from the expiration of the period specified in the previous paragraph, to terminate the contract or demand its enforcement in court. Termination can be effected by a declaration from the guarantor in a registered letter sent to the insured. In contracts that stipulate that the contract does not lapse when the insured delays paying the due premium, the guarantor is exempt from sending the notification and collects the due premium automatically from the reserve, sending a registered letter to the insured about it.\r\nAn insurance contract that has not been terminated resumes its effects for the future at noon on the day following the payment of the overdue premium to the guarantor and the payment of expenses if necessary.\r\nThe periods specified in this article do not include the day the registered letter is sent, and if the last day of any of these periods is a holiday, the period is extended to the next day.\r\nThese periods are not extended due to distance, but if the notification is directed to a place outside Lebanese territories, the ten-day period mentioned in the second paragraph of this article only starts from the day the registered letter is submitted as recorded in the postal administration's records.\r\nAny clause that shortens the periods specified by the previous provisions or exempts the guarantor from notification is void.",
                                                            "position": 905,
                                                            "article_number": "975"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2421,
                                                            "body": "The guarantor has a lien on the guaranteed item to collect the premium debt, and if this lien applies to immovable property, it must be registered in the form of a compulsory mortgage, ranking after the lien for legal expenses, and its effect only covers an amount equivalent to the premiums of the last two years. It is only effective if the insurance contract has not been terminated.",
                                                            "position": 906,
                                                            "article_number": "976"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2422,
                                                            "body": "If the insured intends to perform an act that would increase the risks to the extent that the guarantor, if aware of such an increase, would not have contracted with him or would have contracted only for a higher premium, he must notify the guarantor by registered letter before performing that act. If the risks increase without any action from the insured, he must inform the guarantor within eight days at most from the date he becomes aware of the increased risks. In both cases, the guarantor has the right to terminate the contract unless the insured agrees to increase the premium based on the guarantor's proposal. However, the guarantor cannot invoke the increased risks if, after becoming aware of them, he has shown a desire to continue the insurance, especially if he continues to collect premiums or pays compensation after the incident occurs.",
                                                            "position": 907,
                                                            "article_number": "977"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2423,
                                                            "body": "If the list of conditions refers to specific situations that were considered when determining the premium amount and that would increase the risks, the insured has the right, if those situations cease during the insurance, to request the termination of the contract if the guarantor does not agree to reduce the corresponding premium, even if there is an agreement to the contrary.",
                                                            "position": 908,
                                                            "article_number": "978"
                                                        },
                                                        {
                                                            "id": 2424,
                                                            "body": "If the insured dies or transfers the item covered by the insurance, the insurance contract continues for the benefit of the heir or buyer, provided they fulfill the obligations that the insured was required to fulfill towards the guarantor under the contract. However, in the aforementioned case, the guarantor, heir, or buyer has the right to terminate the contract made by the predecessor or seller by notifying the other party of their desire. Any agreement that stipulates the payment of an amount exceeding the annual premium as compensation for damages to the guarantor if the insured item is sold or the insured dies and the buyer or heir chooses to terminate the contract as mentioned in the second paragraph of this article is void. When the guaranteed item is sold, the seller remains obligated to the guarantor for the payment of due premiums but is released from all obligations, even as a guarantor, concerning premiums not yet due, from the date he notifies the guarantor of the sale contract by registered letter. If there are multiple heirs or buyers and the insurance contract continues, they are jointly liable for paying the premiums.",
                                                            "position": 909,
                                                            "article_number": "979"
                                                        }
                                                    ],
                                                    "category": "Paragraph",
                                                    "children": [],
                                                    "position": 1
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "position": 1
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 959,
                                            "name": "On Prescription",
                                            "number": "Fourth",
                                            "articles": [
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2425,
                                                    "body": "All rights of claim arising from the insurance contract are extinguished by the statute of limitations after two years from the incident that gives rise to them. However, this period does not run:\r\nFirst - In the case of concealment of the insured risk, omission, or false or incorrect declaration, except from the day the insurer becomes aware of it.\r\nSecond - Nor does it run in the event of an occurrence except from the day the concerned parties become aware of it if they prove their ignorance of it until that day, and when the lawsuit filed by the insured against the insurer arises from the litigation of a third party, the statute of limitations does not run except from the day this person files their lawsuit against the insured or from the day they receive compensation from the insured.",
                                                    "position": 910,
                                                    "article_number": "985"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2426,
                                                    "body": "The duration of the statute of limitations cannot be shortened by a clause included in the terms and conditions.",
                                                    "position": 911,
                                                    "article_number": "986"
                                                },
                                                {
                                                    "id": 2427,
                                                    "body": "The two-year statute of limitations applies even to minors, interdicted persons, and others lacking legal capacity.\r\nIt can be interrupted by one of the ordinary causes interrupting the statute of limitations. Moreover, the statute of limitations related to the claim for premium payment can be interrupted by the insurer sending a registered letter to the insured person.",
                                                    "position": 912,
                                                    "article_number": "987"
                                                }
                                            ],
                                            "category": "Part",
                                            "children": [],
                                            "position": 1
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 960,
                                    "name": "On Fire Insurance",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2428,
                                            "body": "The fire insurer is responsible for all damages resulting from conflagration, ignition, or simple burning, but is not responsible for damages arising merely from the act of heat or direct contact with fire or contact with a hot substance, if no fire or beginning of a fire that could turn into an actual fire occurs.",
                                            "position": 913,
                                            "article_number": "988"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2429,
                                            "body": "The insurer only covers material damages directly resulting from the fire or the beginning of the fire.",
                                            "position": 914,
                                            "article_number": "989"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2430,
                                            "body": "Considered as direct material damages are the material damages inflicted on the insured items due to rescue operations and means of salvation.",
                                            "position": 915,
                                            "article_number": "990"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2431,
                                            "body": "The insurer is responsible, despite any contrary agreement, for the loss or disappearance of the insured items during the fire, unless it is proven that the loss or disappearance was due to theft.",
                                            "position": 916,
                                            "article_number": "991"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2432,
                                            "body": "The insurer is not responsible for the destruction or damage of the insured item arising from an inherent defect, according to the provisions of Article 968, but covers fire damages resulting from that defect unless he has the right to request the annulment of the insurance contract according to the provisions of the first paragraph of Article 982.",
                                            "position": 917,
                                            "article_number": "992"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2433,
                                            "body": "The insurance does not cover fires resulting from volcanic eruptions, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes, and other calamities. However, it does cover fires resulting from lightning.",
                                            "position": 918,
                                            "article_number": "993"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 961,
                                    "name": "On Life Insurance",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2434,
                                            "body": "Insurance can be contracted on the life of a person by that person or by another.",
                                            "position": 919,
                                            "article_number": "994"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2435,
                                            "body": "The insurance contingent upon death contracted by a third party for the benefit of the insured is void if the insured does not expressly declare their acceptance, stating the value of the insurance.\r\nSimilarly, the insured must expressly declare their acceptance upon any transfer of the right to benefit from the contract made by a third party for their benefit.",
                                            "position": 920,
                                            "article_number": "995"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2436,
                                            "body": "No person may contract insurance contingent upon the death of a minor under fifteen years of age, a person under guardianship, or any other person placed in a mental institution. Any contract contrary to this prohibition is void. Annulment is ruled upon at the request of the insurer or the person who signed the policy or the agent of the incapacitated person.\r\nAll premiums paid must be fully refunded. Furthermore, the insurer and the policy signer are subject to a monetary penalty ranging from five to two hundred and fifty Syrian pounds for each insurance knowingly contracted contrary to this prohibition. However, the provisions of this article do not prevent the conclusion of a contract that guarantees, upon the death of one of the persons specified in the first paragraph of this article, the return of premiums paid under a life insurance contract made for one of those persons.",
                                            "position": 921,
                                            "article_number": "996"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2437,
                                            "body": "A third party may not contract insurance contingent upon the death of a person placed under judicial supervision without the supervisor's authorization. However, this authorization does not substitute for the consent of the incapacitated person themselves, when necessary.\r\nIf such authorization or consent is not obtained, the contract is annulled at the request of the supervisor, the policy signer, or the insurer, as the case may be.",
                                            "position": 922,
                                            "article_number": "997-معدلة"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2438,
                                            "body": "The life insurance policy must include, in addition to the matters specified in Article 964:\r\nFirst - The name, surname, and date of birth of the insured.\r\nSecond - The name and surname of the beneficiary if a specific beneficiary is designated.\r\nThird - The event or term upon which the entitlement to the insurance amount depends.",
                                            "position": 923,
                                            "article_number": "998"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2439,
                                            "body": "The life insurance policy may be made \"to order\" but not to bearer.\r\nThe endorsement of a life insurance policy made \"to order\" must include the date, the name of the endorsee, and the signature of the endorser, otherwise it is void. The specification of the amount paid is not required, and the transfer is not effective against the insurer unless notified by registered letter or if the insurer acknowledges in writing the holder's right to benefit from it.",
                                            "position": 924,
                                            "article_number": "999"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2440,
                                            "body": "The insurer may undertake, by a special clause, to pay the insurance amounts in the event of the insured's intentional and voluntary suicide or in the event of execution by death penalty. However, this clause is only effective after a period of two years from the creation of the contract, and in the case of execution, the date of the crime is considered for calculating the period.",
                                            "position": 925,
                                            "article_number": "1000-معدلة"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2441,
                                            "body": "If the contract does not include the clause stipulated in the previous article, or if the suicide or the crime leading to the death penalty occurred before the expiration of the two-year period mentioned, the insurer must pay the beneficiaries an amount equal to the reserve amount.",
                                            "position": 926,
                                            "article_number": "1001-معدلة"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2442,
                                            "body": "It may be stipulated that the guaranteed amounts be paid:\r\nFirst - In the event the insured person remains alive on a certain date.\r\nSecond - In the event of their death.\r\nThird - Either on a certain date if the insured remains alive, or in the event of their death if it occurs before that date.\r\nThe capital or guaranteed income may be paid upon the death of the insured either to their heirs or successors in rights, or to a designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The insurance is considered contracted for the benefit of designated beneficiaries when the insured grants the right to benefit to their spouse without naming them or to their children and descendants born or to be born, and it is not necessary to record their names in the policy or any subsequent document specifying the beneficiary of the guaranteed capital.\r\nThe children and descendants designated in the aforementioned manner benefit from the insurance in proportion to their inheritance shares and retain this right even if they renounce the inheritance. If no specific beneficiary is mentioned in the policy or if the designated beneficiary refuses, the policy signer has the right to designate the beneficiary or replace them with another.\r\nThis designation or replacement is made inter vivos by adding a clause to the contract or by endorsement if the policy is made \"to order\" - or by way of a will.",
                                            "position": 927,
                                            "article_number": "1002"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2443,
                                            "body": "When the insurance is contracted for the benefit of a specific person, it becomes irrevocable upon the beneficiary's acceptance. This acceptance can be explicit or implicit. As long as acceptance has not occurred, the right to revoke is limited to the insurance contractor, excluding their creditors or legal agents and their heirs after death or those to whom they bequeathed. The beneficiary's acceptance of the insurance contracted for their benefit or its revocation is not effective against the insurer until the date they become aware of it. The allocation of the insurance benefit to a specific person is conditional upon the existence of this person at the date of entitlement to the guaranteed capital or income unless the contract or circumstances indicate otherwise.",
                                            "position": 928,
                                            "article_number": "1003"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2444,
                                            "body": "The right to benefit from the insurance may be pledged in favor of the insured's creditor by a clause to the contract or by a written document delivered to the insurer. If the policy is made \"to order,\" the pledge contracted to secure a debt, even if this debt is non-commercial, can be created by an endorsement stating that the policy is delivered as security.",
                                            "position": 929,
                                            "article_number": "1004"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2445,
                                            "body": "When insurance contingent upon death is contracted without designating a beneficiary or for the benefit of the insured's heirs or successors in rights designated as such, the guaranteed capital is considered part of their estate.",
                                            "position": 930,
                                            "article_number": "1005"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2446,
                                            "body": "The amount stipulated to be paid upon the insured's death to a specific beneficiary does not enter their estate. The beneficiary, regardless of the form and date of their designation, is considered to have solely acquired that amount from the day of the contract, even if their acceptance occurs after the insured's death.",
                                            "position": 931,
                                            "article_number": "1006"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2447,
                                            "body": "The amounts paid upon the insured's death to a specific beneficiary are not subject, if applicable, to reduction rules due to exceeding the reserve amount allocated to the insured's heirs. These rules also do not apply to amounts paid by the insured as insurance premiums unless they are manifestly excessive relative to their financial capacity or income, particularly.",
                                            "position": 932,
                                            "article_number": "1007"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2448,
                                            "body": "The creditors of the insured do not have the right to claim the capital contracted upon for the benefit of a specific person, and they can only recover the premiums in the cases specified in the second paragraph of the previous article.",
                                            "position": 933,
                                            "article_number": "1008"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2449,
                                            "body": "Every beneficiary can, after accepting the guarantee contracted for their benefit, transfer the benefit of the contract either by sale or by endorsement if the list of conditions is drafted \"to order.\" Any transfer, regardless of its form, is considered void if the person who contracted the guarantee on their life has not accepted it in writing.",
                                            "position": 934,
                                            "article_number": "1009"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2450,
                                            "body": "Each spouse may contract a guarantee for the benefit of the other reciprocally and under a single deed.",
                                            "position": 935,
                                            "article_number": "1010"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2451,
                                            "body": "The insured alone, without their creditors, has the right to either maintain the contract or choose reduction or cancellation. If the contract is maintained, it continues with all its effects for the benefit of the beneficiary designated in the list of conditions or at the end of the contract. If there is no designated beneficiary, any person has the right to maintain the contract for their benefit if the insured agrees, provided that this person pays the insured's creditors the cancellation compensation.",
                                            "position": 936,
                                            "article_number": "1011"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2452,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has no right to litigate for the payment of premiums. Non-payment of a premium only leads to the termination of the guarantee contract or the reduction of its effects after fulfilling the conditions specified in Article 975. In life insurance contracts contingent on death and contracted for the entire life of the insured without stipulating their survival beyond a certain date, and in all contracts where it is agreed to pay the guaranteed amount or income after a certain number of years, non-payment only results in reduction despite any contrary agreement if three or more premiums have been paid. This reduction particularly affects either the amount of the guaranteed sum or income or the duration of the guarantee contract. Contracts that stipulate that the contract does not lapse when the insured delays in paying the due premium are not subject to the termination or reduction mentioned in the previous paragraphs.",
                                            "position": 937,
                                            "article_number": "1012-Amended"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2453,
                                            "body": "Despite any contrary provision, the guarantor must include in the contracts a detailed and explicit table of the amounts specified in the contract, such as the cash reserve, the reduced guarantee, and the amount the insured is entitled to borrow on their contract for each year of the contract. The guarantor must also state that they guarantee these amounts, commit to them, and will fulfill what must be fulfilled upon request submitted to them or to the company's agent in Lebanon without the need for any procedure.",
                                            "position": 938,
                                            "article_number": "1013-Amended"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2454,
                                            "body": "The cancellation of the contract is optional except in the cases specified in Articles 1001 and 1015 and in cases where the guarantor compels the insured to terminate, and it is also optional for the guarantor to advance to the insured.",
                                            "position": 939,
                                            "article_number": "1014-Amended"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2455,
                                            "body": "The effect of the guarantee contract necessarily ends if the beneficiary intentionally causes the death of the insured or through their act, unless it was merely an error. The guarantor must pay the reserve value to the heirs of the insured or their successors in rights if the premiums have been paid for three years or more. If there was only an attempt to kill, the insured has the right to revoke the designation of the guarantee beneficiary even if the perpetrator of the attempt accepted the guarantee contracted for their benefit.",
                                            "position": 940,
                                            "article_number": "1015"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2456,
                                            "body": "If the guarantee beneficiary is designated by will and the guarantor pays the guaranteed amount to a person who, without the designation, would have been the beneficiary, the payment discharges the guarantor's obligation provided they acted in good faith.",
                                            "position": 941,
                                            "article_number": "1016"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2457,
                                            "body": "If the list of conditions related to life insurance is lost, the following rules apply: If the list is not \"to order,\" the guarantor must deliver a second copy to the insured in exchange for their declaration that they have not granted any right on the guarantee - the second copy serves as the lost document. If the list is \"to order,\" the claimant must submit a sealed statement containing a summary of the circumstances in which the list was lost. This statement acts as an objection that suspends the payment of the principal and its accessories. If a third person appears holding the contested list, the guarantor informs the objector by registered letter and temporarily holds the list. The objector must bring the matter to the competent court within the month following the receipt of that letter to decide on the ownership of the list. If they do not file their claim within the specified period, the objection is automatically nullified unless there is fraud or an acceptable impediment. If two years pass from the date of the objection to the list without a third person appearing with it, the objector has the right to submit a petition to the court president requesting authorization to obtain a second copy of the list. This copy, in the eyes of the guarantor, replaces the original list, which becomes unenforceable against them. The person from whom it was taken retains the right to seek recourse against anyone by ordinary legal means.",
                                            "position": 942,
                                            "article_number": "1017"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2458,
                                            "body": "An error in the age of the insured does not lead to the nullity of the guarantee contract unless the actual age of the insured exceeds the limit set for the guarantee contract according to the guarantor's tariff. In other cases, if the premium paid due to such an error is less than the premium that should have been paid, the guaranteed principal or income is reduced in proportion to the premium paid and the premium appropriate for the insured's actual age. If the situation is reversed, meaning the premium paid due to an error in the insured's age was excessively high, the guarantor must refund the excess without interest.",
                                            "position": 943,
                                            "article_number": "1018"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2459,
                                            "body": "If the guarantor goes bankrupt or enters judicial liquidation, and if they do not provide a solvent guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Article 980, the debt of each beneficiary of ongoing guarantee contracts is determined on the day of the bankruptcy or judicial liquidation ruling, equivalent to the value of each contract's reserve calculated without any increase - based on the conventional premium tariff that was in effect at the time the contract was completed.",
                                            "position": 944,
                                            "article_number": "1019"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 962,
                                    "name": "On Accident Insurance",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2460,
                                            "body": "Accident insurance is a contract whereby the insurer, in return for a premium, undertakes to pay a certain capital or a known income to the insured himself, his heirs, successors in rights, or specified persons, upon the death of the insured or his permanent or temporary disability, if the death or disability results from an accident or a known type of accident that befell the insured person. The insured may be the one who signs the terms sheet, or it may be one or several persons for whose benefit the insurance terms sheet is signed. The provisions of this section related to life insurance apply to accident insurance, except for the exceptional provisions and amendments outlined in the following articles.",
                                            "position": 945,
                                            "article_number": "1020"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2461,
                                            "body": "The payment of premiums is mandatory in accident insurance.",
                                            "position": 946,
                                            "article_number": "1021"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2462,
                                            "body": "The provisions of this section related to reduction or cancellation in life insurance do not apply to accident insurance.",
                                            "position": 947,
                                            "article_number": "1022"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2463,
                                            "body": "When the insured is not the person who signed the terms sheet, it is permissible to suffice with specifying his profession or occupation contrary to the provisions of Article 998. In this case, the provisions of Article 996, which prohibit the insurance contract for a minor under the age of fifteen, do not apply.",
                                            "position": 948,
                                            "article_number": "1023"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 963,
                            "name": "On Gambling and Betting",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2464,
                                    "body": "The law does not grant the right to litigate regarding gambling debts or the payment of betting stakes.",
                                    "position": 949,
                                    "article_number": "1024"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2465,
                                    "body": "Excluded from the provision of the previous article are bets made between persons participating in games related to weapons training, racing, and sports games, provided that the judge has the right to dismiss the case if he deems the value excessive. In the cases mentioned in the first paragraph of this article, legally licensed intermediaries collecting betting stakes from persons not participating in the games cannot invoke the provision of the previous article.",
                                    "position": 950,
                                    "article_number": "1025"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2466,
                                    "body": "The loser does not have the right to recover what he voluntarily paid in a game or bet free from any fraud.",
                                    "position": 951,
                                    "article_number": "1026"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2467,
                                    "body": "The game of \"lottery\" does not grant the right to litigate unless it is legally authorized.",
                                    "position": 952,
                                    "article_number": "1027"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 964,
                            "name": "On Lifetime Income",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2468,
                                    "body": "A lifetime income contract is a contract whereby a person (referred to as the income debtor) commits to pay another person (referred to as the income creditor) for his lifetime or the lifetime of another person or several persons, an annuity or annual income in exchange for some movable or immovable property that is transferred at the time of the creation of the income obligation. If the transferred property is immovable, the creation of the income has no effect, even between the parties, until it is registered in the land registry.",
                                    "position": 953,
                                    "article_number": "1028"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2469,
                                    "body": "It is permissible to create an income contract on the life of the person who provided the capital or on the life of a third person or several persons. It is also permissible to create it for the benefit of the person or persons whose life the contract is contingent upon or for the benefit of another person or several other persons.",
                                    "position": 954,
                                    "article_number": "1029"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2470,
                                    "body": "An income contract is void if it is created on the life of a person who was deceased at the time of its creation or was, on that date, suffering from an illness that led to his death within twenty days of the mentioned date.",
                                    "position": 955,
                                    "article_number": "1030"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2471,
                                    "body": "The non-payment of due installments does not entitle the income creditor to claim the recovery of the capital or the transferred property. In this case, he is only entitled to claim the payment of the due installments and to secure future installments.",
                                    "position": 956,
                                    "article_number": "1031"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2472,
                                    "body": "The installment for the year in which the income creditor dies is paid in proportion to the number of days he lived in that year. However, if the agreement is for advance payment, the installment that began during the creditor's lifetime must be paid in full.",
                                    "position": 957,
                                    "article_number": "1032"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2473,
                                    "body": "A person who creates an income on his property without compensation for the benefit of another person for his lifetime has the right to stipulate at its creation that it is not subject to seizure for the settlement of debts owed by the income creditor.",
                                    "position": 958,
                                    "article_number": "1033"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2474,
                                    "body": "The claim for income is not permissible if the existence of the person whose life the contract is contingent upon is not proven.",
                                    "position": 959,
                                    "article_number": "1034"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 965,
                    "name": "On Conciliation",
                    "number": "Eleventh",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 966,
                            "name": "On the Conditions of Settlement",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2475,
                                    "body": "Settlement is a contract by which the parties resolve the existing dispute between them or prevent its occurrence through mutual concessions.",
                                    "position": 960,
                                    "article_number": "1035"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2476,
                                    "body": "Anyone entering into a settlement must be competent to dispose, in exchange for compensation, of the assets included in the settlement.",
                                    "position": 961,
                                    "article_number": "1036"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2477,
                                    "body": "Settlement is not permissible on matters related to personal status or public order, nor on personal rights that are not considered assets among people. However, it is permissible on a financial interest arising from a matter related to personal status or from a crime.",
                                    "position": 962,
                                    "article_number": "1037"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2478,
                                    "body": "The parties may settle on rights or things even if their value is unknown to them.",
                                    "position": 963,
                                    "article_number": "1038"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2479,
                                    "body": "Settlement is not permissible on the right to food, but it is permissible on the manner of providing food or the manner of fulfilling due installments.",
                                    "position": 964,
                                    "article_number": "1039"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2480,
                                    "body": "Settlement on acquired inheritance rights is permissible in exchange for compensation that is less than the legal share prescribed by law, provided that the concerned parties are aware of the extent of the estate.",
                                    "position": 965,
                                    "article_number": "1040"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2481,
                                    "body": "When a settlement involves the creation of rights on real estate or other mortgageable assets, or the disposal of these rights or modification thereof, it must be made in writing. It will only be effective if registered in the land registry.",
                                    "position": 966,
                                    "article_number": "1041"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 967,
                            "name": "On the Effects of Settlement",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 968,
                                    "name": "General Provisions",
                                    "number": "One",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2482,
                                            "body": "Settlement shall definitively extinguish the rights and claims that were the subject of the reconciliation and shall secure for each party the ownership of the items delivered to them by the other party or the rights acknowledged to them. A settlement on a debt in exchange for the payment of part of the due amount extinguishes the remaining part of the debt and releases the debtor from liability.",
                                            "position": 967,
                                            "article_number": "1042"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2483,
                                            "body": "Each of the contracting parties must guarantee to the other the items they provide by way of settlement. If one of the parties receives, by virtue of the settlement, the disputed item, and then this item is taken from them by a claim of entitlement or found to have a defect warranting return, there is a basis for annulling the entire settlement contract or part of it, or for reducing the compensation according to the conditions set for sale. If the settlement involves granting the right to use an item for a period of time, the guarantee owed by each party to the other is the same guarantee owed in the lease of items.",
                                            "position": 968,
                                            "article_number": "1043"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2484,
                                            "body": "The settlement contract must be interpreted narrowly and, regardless of its wording, may only apply to the disputes and rights that were the subject of the settlement.",
                                            "position": 969,
                                            "article_number": "1044"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2485,
                                            "body": "A person who settles on a right they had or received based on a specific cause, and then acquires the same right from another person or based on another cause, is not bound by the provisions of the previous settlement contract concerning the right they newly acquired.",
                                            "position": 970,
                                            "article_number": "1045"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2486,
                                            "body": "If one of the parties refuses to fulfill the commitments they made in the settlement contract, the other party has the right to demand the execution of the contract if possible; otherwise, they have the right to request annulment, while preserving their right to claim compensation for damages in both cases.",
                                            "position": 971,
                                            "article_number": "1046"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 969,
                                    "name": "On the Grounds for Annulment or Dissolution of the Settlement Contract",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2487,
                                            "body": "A reconciliation contract can be contested:\r\nFirst - Due to coercion or deception.\r\nSecond - Due to a material error concerning the identity of the other party, their status, or the subject matter of the dispute.\r\nThird - Due to the absence of cause when the reconciliation is based on:\r\n1- A forged document\r\n2- A non-existent cause\r\n3- A case concluded by a valid reconciliation or a final judgment not subject to appeal or retrial, and one or both parties were unaware of its existence. Annulment for the aforementioned reasons can only be requested by the party who acted in good faith.",
                                            "position": 972,
                                            "article_number": "1047"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2488,
                                            "body": "Reconciliation cannot be contested due to a legal error or due to unfairness.",
                                            "position": 973,
                                            "article_number": "1048"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2489,
                                            "body": "When reconciliation is generally agreed upon concerning all matters existing between the contracting parties, the discovery of documents unknown at the time of the contract and later discovered does not constitute grounds for annulment unless there is deception by the other party. This rule does not apply to reconciliation made by an agent lacking capacity, motivated by the absence of a document later found.",
                                            "position": 974,
                                            "article_number": "1049"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2490,
                                            "body": "Reconciliation is indivisible, so the annulment of a part or its invalidation leads to the annulment or invalidation of the entire contract. However, this rule does not apply:\r\nFirst - When the contract's wording and the nature of the agreement indicate that the contracting parties consider the contract's clauses as independent and separate sections.\r\nSecond - When the annulment results from the incapacity of one of the contracting parties. In this latter case, only the incapacitated party, for whose benefit the annulment was established, benefits from the annulment, unless there is an explicit contrary provision.",
                                            "position": 975,
                                            "article_number": "1050"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2491,
                                            "body": "Annulment or dissolution returns the contracting parties to the same legal status they were in at the time of the contract and allows each party to recover what they provided for the execution of the reconciliation, with the exception of rights acquired by a third party in good faith legally and for consideration. If the use of the waived right becomes impossible, the value of this right is recovered.",
                                            "position": 976,
                                            "article_number": "1051"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2492,
                                            "body": "If the contract named reconciliation actually involves a gift, sale, or other contracts contrary to its wording, its validity and effects are assessed according to the provisions governing the contract implied by the reconciliation.",
                                            "position": 977,
                                            "article_number": "1052"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                },
                {
                    "id": 970,
                    "name": "On Suretyship",
                    "number": "Twelfth",
                    "articles": [],
                    "category": "Book",
                    "children": [
                        {
                            "id": 971,
                            "name": "On the Conditions of Suretyship",
                            "number": "One",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2493,
                                    "body": "Suretyship is a contract whereby a person undertakes towards the creditor to fulfill the obligation of their debtor if the debtor fails to fulfill it.",
                                    "position": 978,
                                    "article_number": "1053"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2494,
                                    "body": "Whoever instructs a person to open a financial credit for a third party, taking upon themselves to be responsible for them, is obliged as a guarantor for the obligations contracted by the third party up to the amount specified for them. If the guarantor does not specify an amount, they are responsible to a reasonable extent consistent with the situation of the person for whom the credit was opened. The commitment mentioned in the first paragraph of this article can be revoked as long as the person instructed to open the credit has not begun its execution. This commitment cannot be proven except in writing.",
                                    "position": 979,
                                    "article_number": "1054"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2495,
                                    "body": "Only those who have the capacity to dispose of property without compensation can appoint themselves as a guarantor. Suretyship is not valid from a minor, even with the permission of their father or guardian, if they have no interest in the matter they are tasked with.",
                                    "position": 980,
                                    "article_number": "1055"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2496,
                                    "body": "Suretyship is only valid for a legitimate obligation.",
                                    "position": 981,
                                    "article_number": "1056"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2497,
                                    "body": "The subject of suretyship may be a possible obligation (such as guaranteeing the removal of ownership in a claim of entitlement) or a future or unspecified obligation, provided that specification is possible later (such as guaranteeing the amount that will be adjudicated against a person). In this case, the guarantor's obligation is determined by what the original debtor owes.",
                                    "position": 982,
                                    "article_number": "1057"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2498,
                                    "body": "Suretyship is not valid for an obligation that the guarantor cannot fulfill in place of the original debtor, such as a corporal punishment.",
                                    "position": 983,
                                    "article_number": "1058"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2499,
                                    "body": "Suretyship is not presumed; the intention to guarantee must be explicitly stated in the document.",
                                    "position": 984,
                                    "article_number": "1059"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2500,
                                    "body": "A promise to guarantee a person is not a suretyship, but the promisee has the right to demand the completion of the suretyship, otherwise, they may claim compensation for damages.",
                                    "position": 985,
                                    "article_number": "1060"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2501,
                                    "body": "Suretyship must be explicitly accepted by the creditor.",
                                    "position": 986,
                                    "article_number": "1061"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2502,
                                    "body": "Suretyship for an obligation is permissible without the knowledge of the original debtor and despite their will. However, suretyship given despite the explicit prohibition of the debtor does not create a legal relationship between the debtor and the guarantor; the guarantor is only obligated towards the creditor.",
                                    "position": 987,
                                    "article_number": "1062"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2503,
                                    "body": "The suretyship of a guarantor is valid just as the suretyship of the original debtor is valid.",
                                    "position": 988,
                                    "article_number": "1063"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2504,
                                    "body": "Suretyship cannot exceed what is owed by the original debtor except concerning the term.",
                                    "position": 989,
                                    "article_number": "1064"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2505,
                                    "body": "Suretyship may be conditional on a term, meaning it can be for a specific time or starting from a certain date. It may also be contracted for only part of the debt or under less burdensome conditions.",
                                    "position": 990,
                                    "article_number": "1065"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2506,
                                    "body": "If the suretyship is not explicitly limited to a specific amount or a known part of the debt, the guarantor also guarantees compensation for damages and expenses adjudicated against the original debtor for failing to fulfill the obligation. The guarantor is not responsible for new obligations contracted by the original debtor after the creation of the guaranteed obligation unless the guarantor has explicitly guaranteed the fulfillment of all obligations the debtor undertakes due to the contract, in which case they are responsible like the original debtor for all obligations the debtor may be responsible for under the contract.",
                                    "position": 991,
                                    "article_number": "1066"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2507,
                                    "body": "Suretyship is gratuitous by nature unless there is a contrary provision.",
                                    "position": 992,
                                    "article_number": "1067"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2508,
                                    "body": "If the guarantor accepted by the creditor under the contract becomes insolvent, they must provide another guarantor or equivalent security, otherwise, the creditor has the right to demand immediate payment of their debt or to rescind the contract made on this condition. However, if the guarantor's solvency becomes insufficient, additional suretyship or security must be provided. These provisions do not apply:\nFirstly, if the suretyship was given without the debtor's knowledge or despite them.\nSecondly, if the suretyship was given under an agreement in which the creditor specified the person of the guarantor.",
                                    "position": 993,
                                    "article_number": "1068"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 972,
                            "name": "On the Effects of Suretyship",
                            "number": "Second",
                            "articles": [],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [
                                {
                                    "id": 973,
                                    "name": "On the Effects of Suretyship in General",
                                    "number": "First",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2509,
                                            "body": "The guarantee does not include solidarity without an explicit agreement. If solidarity is stipulated or if the guarantee is considered a commercial act by the guarantor, its effects are subject to the provisions related to joint obligations among debtors.",
                                            "position": 994,
                                            "article_number": "1069"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2510,
                                            "body": "The creditor has no claim against the guarantor unless the original debtor is in default of fulfilling the obligation.",
                                            "position": 995,
                                            "article_number": "1070"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2511,
                                            "body": "However, the following provisions must be observed:\r\n1- If the guarantor dies before the debt is due, the creditor has the right to claim from the heirs immediately without waiting for the due date. If the heirs pay the debt in this case, they have the right to recourse against the debtor when the original debt is due.\r\n2- The declaration of the guarantor's insolvency makes the debt due for payment even before the original debt's due date. In this case, the creditor has the right to request the inclusion of his debt among the debts of the group of creditors.\r\n3- The creditor, in the case stipulated in Article 114, does not have the right to claim from the guarantor except when the agreed-upon term is due.",
                                            "position": 996,
                                            "article_number": "1071"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 974,
                                    "name": "Grounds for Requesting to Sue the Debtor First",
                                    "number": "Second",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2512,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has the right to request from the creditor at the start of the trial and before any defense on the merits that the original debtor be pursued first in his movable and immovable property, and to specify from them what is suitable for execution, provided that their location is within the areas under the jurisdiction of the courts of the countries under the French mandate. In this case, the pursuit of the guarantor is suspended until litigation in the debtor's property is completed, but this does not prevent the creditor from being authorized to take precautionary measures against the guarantor. If the creditor has a mortgage or a lien on some of the debtor's movable property, he must satisfy his debt from it, unless this property is subject to securing other obligations of the debtor and is insufficient to fulfill them all.",
                                            "position": 997,
                                            "article_number": "1072"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2513,
                                            "body": "The guarantor cannot insist on pursuing the original debtor:\r\nFirst - if he has expressly waived this right, especially if he has committed to the obligation jointly with the original debtor.\r\nSecond - if the original debtor has become notoriously insolvent or declared his inability to pay.\r\nThird - if the assets suitable for pursuit are subject to dispute or mortgaged as security for debts that consume a large portion of their value, or are clearly insufficient to satisfy the creditor, or if the debtor only has a revocable right to these assets.",
                                            "position": 998,
                                            "article_number": "1073"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2514,
                                            "body": "The guarantor who insists on pursuing the debtor must indicate to the creditor the original debtor's assets and cover the necessary expenses for execution.",
                                            "position": 999,
                                            "article_number": "1074"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 975,
                                    "name": "On Multiple Guarantors",
                                    "number": "Third",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2515,
                                            "body": "If several persons guarantee a single debt in one document, each of them is only liable for their share and portion, and they have the right to demand from the creditor the division of the claim. There is no solidarity among the guarantors unless it is stipulated or if each of them has contracted the guarantee separately for the entire debt or when the guarantee is considered a commercial act by the guarantors.",
                                            "position": 1000,
                                            "article_number": "1075"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2516,
                                            "body": "The guarantor of the guarantor is not liable towards the creditor unless the original debtor and all guarantors become insolvent, or if they are discharged based on personal reasons related to the debtor or the guarantors.",
                                            "position": 1001,
                                            "article_number": "1076"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 976,
                                    "name": "On Certain Defenses the Guarantor May Invoke Against Creditors",
                                    "number": "Fourth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2517,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has the right to invoke all defenses available to the original debtor, whether personal or in rem, including defenses based on the incapacity of the original debtor. The guarantor retains this right even if the original debtor opposes or renounces those defenses. The guarantor also has the right to invoke defenses specific to the person of the debtor, such as the discharge of the debt that was granted to the debtor personally.",
                                            "position": 1002,
                                            "article_number": "1077"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2518,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has the right to take action against the original debtor to be released from the obligation of the guarantee:\r\nFirst - When the guarantor is legally pursued for the payment of the debt, or before any legal action when the debtor is in default of performing the obligation.\r\nSecond - When the debtor has undertaken to provide the guarantor with a discharge document from the creditor within a specified period if the period has expired.\r\nIf the debtor is unable to provide the discharge document, they must pay the debt or provide the guarantor with sufficient collateral or security. The guarantor who finds themselves in one of the situations stipulated in Article 1073 cannot invoke the right to benefit from the previous provisions.",
                                            "position": 1003,
                                            "article_number": "1078"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2519,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has the right, in order to be released from the debt, to take action against the creditor if they delay in demanding the performance of the obligation that has become due.",
                                            "position": 1004,
                                            "article_number": "1079"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 977,
                                    "name": "The Surety's Right of Recourse Against the Debtor",
                                    "number": "Fifth",
                                    "articles": [
                                        {
                                            "id": 2520,
                                            "body": "The guarantor who has fulfilled the original obligation has the right to seek reimbursement from the debtor for all that he has paid, even if the guarantee was given without the debtor's knowledge. He also has the right to seek reimbursement for expenses and damages arising necessarily from the guarantee. Any act by the guarantor - other than actual fulfillment - that would extinguish the original obligation and release the debtor is considered equivalent to fulfillment and opens the way for the guarantor to seek reimbursement from the debtor for the principal debt and related expenses.",
                                            "position": 1005,
                                            "article_number": "1080"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2521,
                                            "body": "The guarantor who has paid the debt is not entitled to seek reimbursement from the original debtor unless he presents a receipt from the creditor or other documents proving the extinguishment of the debt. The guarantor who paid before the due date can only seek reimbursement from the debtor at the time of the original obligation's maturity.",
                                            "position": 1006,
                                            "article_number": "1081"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2522,
                                            "body": "If there are several joint guarantors and one of them pays the entire debt at maturity, he has the right to seek reimbursement from the other guarantors according to each one's share and portion. He also has the right to seek reimbursement for the share of any who have become insolvent.",
                                            "position": 1007,
                                            "article_number": "1082"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2523,
                                            "body": "If the guarantor and the creditor reach a settlement, the guarantor has the right to seek reimbursement from the debtor and other guarantors only for what he has actually paid or its equivalent value if a specific amount is involved.",
                                            "position": 1008,
                                            "article_number": "1083"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2524,
                                            "body": "The guarantor who has properly fulfilled the debt steps into the creditor's position in all his rights and privileges against the original debtor to the extent of the amount he has paid, and against the other guarantors to the extent of their shares and portions. However, this substitution does not alter the specific agreements made between the original debtor and the guarantor.",
                                            "position": 1009,
                                            "article_number": "1084"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2525,
                                            "body": "The guarantor has no right to seek reimbursement from the debtor:\r\nFirst - when he pays a debt that concerns him personally, even if it appears in someone else's name\r\nSecond - when the guarantee was given despite the debtor's prohibition\r\nThird - when it is evident from the guarantor's explicit acknowledgment or from the circumstances that the guarantee was given as a donation without consideration of the right to seek reimbursement from the original debtor.",
                                            "position": 1010,
                                            "article_number": "1085"
                                        },
                                        {
                                            "id": 2526,
                                            "body": "The guarantor is not entitled to seek reimbursement from the original debtor if he has paid the debt or has been adjudicated in the final instance without the debtor's knowledge, provided the debtor proves that he has settled the debt or has reasons proving the debt's invalidity or extinguishment. However, this rule does not apply when it is impossible for the guarantor to inform the debtor, such as when the debtor is absent.",
                                            "position": 1011,
                                            "article_number": "1086"
                                        }
                                    ],
                                    "category": "Chapter",
                                    "children": [],
                                    "position": 1
                                }
                            ],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 978,
                            "name": "On the Termination of Suretyship",
                            "number": "Third",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2527,
                                    "body": "All causes of nullity or lapse related to the original obligation nullify the guarantee.",
                                    "position": 1012,
                                    "article_number": "1087"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2528,
                                    "body": "The obligation of the guarantee lapses for the same reasons that other obligations lapse, even if those reasons are unrelated to the original obligation.",
                                    "position": 1013,
                                    "article_number": "1088"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2529,
                                    "body": "The guarantor is discharged if subrogation into the creditor's rights becomes impossible due to an act by the creditor.",
                                    "position": 1014,
                                    "article_number": "1089"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2530,
                                    "body": "The payment of the debt by the guarantor discharges both the guarantor and the original debtor. Similarly, the guarantor's assignment to a third party, if accepted by the creditor and the third party, the proper deposit of the owed item, payment by performance of a substitute, and renewal of the debt between the creditor and the guarantor.",
                                    "position": 1015,
                                    "article_number": "1090"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2531,
                                    "body": "The release of the debtor from the debt discharges the guarantor, but the release of the guarantor does not discharge the debtor. The release of one of the guarantors without the consent of the others discharges them to the extent of the share of the guarantor whose obligation was released.",
                                    "position": 1016,
                                    "article_number": "1091"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2532,
                                    "body": "The renewal of the debt between the creditor and the original debtor discharges the guarantors unless they have agreed to guarantee the new debt. However, if the creditor stipulates the inclusion of the guarantors in the new obligation and they do not agree, the previous obligation does not lapse.",
                                    "position": 1017,
                                    "article_number": "1092"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2533,
                                    "body": "The unification of the roles of creditor and original debtor in one person discharges the guarantor. If this unification occurs in the original debtor due to the death of the creditor and the original debtor is an heir along with others, the guarantor is discharged to the extent of the debtor's share. However, the unification of the roles of creditor and guarantor in one person does not discharge the original debtor. The unification of the roles of original debtor and guarantor when one becomes the heir of the other nullifies the guarantee, leaving only the original debt. The creditor retains the right to pursue those who guaranteed the guarantor and maintains the securities taken to guarantee the guarantor's obligation.",
                                    "position": 1018,
                                    "article_number": "1093"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2534,
                                    "body": "The extension of the term granted by the creditor to the original debtor benefits the guarantor unless it is due to the debtor's insolvency. However, the extension granted by the creditor to the guarantor does not benefit the original debtor unless the creditor states otherwise.",
                                    "position": 1019,
                                    "article_number": "1094"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2535,
                                    "body": "The interruption of the statute of limitations on the original debtor applies to the guarantor, and the statute of limitations completed in favor of the original debtor benefits the guarantor.",
                                    "position": 1020,
                                    "article_number": "1095"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2536,
                                    "body": "When the creditor voluntarily accepts something other than the owed item as payment for the debt, the guarantor, even if jointly liable with the debtor, is discharged, even if that item is claimed from the creditor through a claim of entitlement or returned by the creditor due to hidden defects.",
                                    "position": 1021,
                                    "article_number": "1096"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2537,
                                    "body": "The death of the guarantor does not nullify the guarantee; rather, the guarantor's obligation transfers to their heirs.",
                                    "position": 1022,
                                    "article_number": "1097"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        },
                        {
                            "id": 979,
                            "name": "On the Guarantee of Attendance",
                            "number": "Fourth",
                            "articles": [
                                {
                                    "id": 2538,
                                    "body": "Appearance surety is a commitment by which a person undertakes to present another person before the judiciary or to bring him when the obligation is due or when needed.",
                                    "position": 1023,
                                    "article_number": "1098"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2539,
                                    "body": "Appearance surety is not valid from someone who does not have the right to transfer without compensation.",
                                    "position": 1024,
                                    "article_number": "1099"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2540,
                                    "body": "Appearance surety is only completed by declaration.",
                                    "position": 1025,
                                    "article_number": "1100"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2541,
                                    "body": "The surety must bring the guaranteed person to the place specified in the contract, and if no place is specified, the guaranteed person must be brought to the place of contract completion.",
                                    "position": 1026,
                                    "article_number": "1101"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2542,
                                    "body": "The surety is discharged if the guaranteed person is brought or if the guaranteed person voluntarily appears on the specified day and place. It is not sufficient to discharge the surety if the guaranteed person is brought before the specified day.",
                                    "position": 1027,
                                    "article_number": "1102"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2543,
                                    "body": "The surety is discharged if the guaranteed person is in the custody of the judicial authority on the due date for reasons unrelated to the surety and this is communicated to the creditor.",
                                    "position": 1028,
                                    "article_number": "1103"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2544,
                                    "body": "The surety is liable for the original debt if the guaranteed person is not brought on the specified day, and is discharged if the guaranteed person appears after this date. However, if a judgment has been issued against the surety, the appearance of the guaranteed person is not sufficient to overturn this judgment. The death of the guaranteed person, his well-known insolvency, and the declaration of his incapacity all discharge the surety.",
                                    "position": 1029,
                                    "article_number": "1104"
                                },
                                {
                                    "id": 2545,
                                    "body": "A surety who has been judged to pay for not bringing the debtor has the right to request the reversal of the judgment if he proves that the guaranteed person was dead or insolvent at the time of the judgment. If the surety has executed the judgment issued against him, he has the right to claim back from the creditor the amount he paid according to the conditions set for recovering what was not due.",
                                    "position": 1030,
                                    "article_number": "1105"
                                }
                            ],
                            "category": "Title",
                            "children": [],
                            "position": 1
                        }
                    ],
                    "position": 1
                }
            ],
            "position": 1
        },
        {
            "id": 980,
            "name": "Repeal of Conflicting Provisions and Entry into Force of the Law",
            "number": "Third",
            "articles": [
                {
                    "id": 2546,
                    "body": "All provisions of the \"Majalla\" and other legislative texts that contradict the Code of Obligations and Contracts or do not conform to its provisions are repealed and remain repealed.",
                    "position": 1031,
                    "article_number": "1106"
                },
                {
                    "id": 2547,
                    "body": "This law shall come into effect thirty months after its publication in the Official Gazette.",
                    "position": 1032,
                    "article_number": "1107"
                }
            ],
            "category": "Section",
            "children": [],
            "position": 1
        }
    ],
    "root_articles": []
}

FR translation

Status: Processing

Model: gpt-4o

Provider: openai

Source version: 2025-10-04T18:11:35+00:00

Translation in progress... 6%

Translated في الموجبات التخييرية فصل الثاني structure.

Keep this page open to watch the translation progress.